HomeMy WebLinkAboutCC WORKSESSION PACKET 01302018If you would like to request special accommodations or alternative formats, please contact the City Clerk at 612-782-3313
or email city@savmn.com. People who are deaf or hard of hearing can contact us by using 711 Relay.
Work Session Agenda
Tuesday, January 30, 2018
5:30 p.m.
Food will be available beginning at 5:00 p.m.
1. Draft Comprehensive Plan. Breanne Rothstein, City Planner presenting
2. FiberLAN Connections. Mark Casey, City Manager presenting
3. Adjournment
City of St. Anthony
CITY COUNCIL WORK SESSION
City Council Chambers
Minutes
December 4, 2017
Present:
Mayor & Council. Jerry Faust, Mayor; Hal Gray, Councilmember; Randy Stille, Councilmember; and Jan Jenson,
Councilmember.
Absent:
None
Staff:
Mark Casey, City Manager and Jay Hartman, Public Works Director
Consultants:
Todd Hubmer, City Engineer – WSB
Call to Order:
Meeting called to order by Mayor Faust at 4:30 p.m.
2018 Street and Utility Reconstruction Project:
Staff presented exhibits showing the proposed design including a new sidewalk on Foss Road. Mayor and Council
discussed a possible sidewalk on Highcrest, staff will review the available right of way. In regards to the swale to
Mirror Lake, Mayor and Council wanted to make sure the contributing properties are assessed. By consensus of
the Mayor and Council, staff was directed to continue to proceed.
Planning Commission Interviews:
The following applied and were interviewed:
Amber Stock
Juli Thompson – did not show
Robert Hanson
Don Jensen
Christopher Wagner
Bibi Neumann
Paul Morita
Dan Payne
Natalie Synhavsky
Tom Deegan
William Risse – did not show
Meridith Socha
By consensus of the Mayor and Council, staff was directed to forward on Bibi Neumann and Meridith Socha to a
future City Council meeting for appointment.
Adjourn:
The meeting adjourned at 8:11 p.m.
Minutes respectfully submitted by Mark Casey, City Manager.
1. Draft Comprehensive Plan
COMPREHENSIVE
PLAN2040
St. Anthony 2040 Comprehensive Plan
1
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Chapter 1: Introduction ............................................................................ 2
Chapter 2: Community Vision and Goals ................................................. 4
Chapter 3: Community Profile .................................................................. 9
Chapter 4: Land Use .............................................................................. 30
Chapter 5: Housing ................................................................................ 47
Chapter 6: Transportation ...................................................................... 65
Chapter 7: Sanitary Sewer ................................................................... 137
Chapter 8: Water Supply ...................................................................... 154
Chapter 9: Sustainability ...................................................................... 180
Chapter 10: Implementation ................................................................. 186
APPENDICES
1: Water Resources Management Plan
2: Comprehensive Water Supply Plan
Chapter 1:
Introduction
St. Anthony 2040 Comprehensive Plan Chapter 1: Introduction
2
CHAPTER 1: INTRODUCTION
WHAT IS A COMPREHENSIVE PLAN?
This is an update of the comprehensive plan adopted by the City of St.
Anthony Village in 2008. The current comprehensive plan was preceded
by a plan adopted in 1998, and prior to that a plan in 1979. St. Anthony is
a desirable place to live, work and play in part because of a strong history
of planning. Long-range planning has provided certainty and direction to
homeowners and investors and helped the City make cost-effective
investments in streets, parks and utilities.
The purpose of a comprehensive plan is to cast a vision and to establish
policy direction for those elements over which the City has jurisdiction.
These primarily include the pattern of land development and public. Land
development is regulated through the City’s zoning ordinance and map,
which is prepared or amended with guidance from the comprehensive
land use plan map and policies. Any change in the pattern of land use or
in the development of a property is initiated by the owner, not the City.
The City’s role in the land development process is to administer the
regulations of the zoning ordinance and to consider public comments on
those aspects that are discretionary, such as amendments to the zoning
ordinance or map. The City also installs or oversees the private
construction of streets and utilities that serve land development.
ST. ANTHONY WITHIN THE REGIONAL THRIVE MSP 2040
FRAMEWORK
St. Anthony is situated within the greater seven-county metropolitan area,
which is served by the Metropolitan Council, the regional policy-making
body, planning agency, and provider of essential services for the Twin
Cities metropolitan region. The Council's mission is to foster efficient and
economic growth for a prosperous region. As granted by statutory
authority, the Metropolitan Council reviews and requires updates to
comprehensive plans every ten years. This round of comprehensive
planning is due to the Metropolitan Council for completion by December
of 2018.
Every community in the region received a System Statement in 2015
derived from Thrive MSP 2040 policy. The System Statement provides
specific planning direction for each community as well as decadal
community forecasts which are subject to review and reasonable
amendment by each individual community. The 2015 System Statement
guidance for St. Anthony, as well as amended community forecasts, are
St. Anthony 2040 Comprehensive Plan Chapter 1: Introduction
3
reflected throughout this comprehensive plan update through cross-
chapter compatibility and consistent planning guidance that is
appropriately scaled to the agreed-upon forecasts for the upcoming
decades.
The Metropolitan Council adopts a regional policy framework to guide
local planning decisions. In 2014, the Metropolitan Council adopted a new
regional development guide entitled Thrive MSP 2040 that serves as a
guide for long-range planning in the region. Thrive outlines goals and
policies as they relate to land use and community designations as well as
the laying the policy foundation for water systems, transportation,
housing, and regional parks planning.
Thrive MSP 2040 provides some insights into regional trends which
should affect local comprehensive planning efforts.
1. In total, the region is expected to gain just over 800,000 people by
the year 2040.
2. The population of the region is aging, and the share of elderly
people will continue to grow in the decades to come.
3. The population of the region is also growing more racially and
ethnically diverse. By 2040, 40 percent of the region’s population
will be a person of color.
Thrive MSP also indicates some of the region’s most prominent
challenges. There are significant income and educational disparities that
persist along racial lines that will threaten the economic and social well-
being of the region if allowed to continue unchecked. The region must
also contend with rapidly aging infrastructure, reduced groundwater
supply and other area-wide challenges with wide-ranging impacts.
ThriveMSP 2040 Outcomes
In Thrive MSP 2040, the Metropolitan Council provides five regional
outcomes of planning that can serve as the lenses through which St.
Anthony can view its planning process. Thrive MSP 2040 promotes
building on the region’s history of effective stewardship of resources,
and envisions a prosperous, equitable, and livable region that is
sustainable for today and generations to come. This vision for the region
will be reflected in St. Anthony’s comprehensive plan goals and policies
which are embedded into each chapter of this plan document. These
regional outcomes are also echoed in St. Anthony’s city mission, vision
and goals which will be introduced in the next chapter.
Chapter 2:
Community Vision
and Goals
St. Anthony 2040 Comprehensive Plan Chapter 2: Vision & Goals
4
CHAPTER 2: C OMMUNITY VISION AND GOALS
DEVELOPMENT OF MISSION, VISION AND GOALS
Saint Anthony Village has a history of sound decision-making rooted in
annual strategic planning. A necessity to the effective implementation of
any Comprehensive Plan, a strategic plan provides the critical
adjustments needed for successful realization of the long-term Goals and
Policies. Therefore, this document will restate and reflect the mission,
vision, and goals of Saint Anthony’s Village. Nothing in the remainder of
the Comprehensive Plan should conflict with these overarching policy
statements.
St. Anthony 2040 Comprehensive Plan Chapter 2: Vision & Goals
5
VOICES FROM THE COMMUNITY: PUBLIC ENGAGEMENT
A comprehensive planning process is enhanced and strengthened by
input from local residents, business owners, interest groups and advisory
committees. St. Anthony’s 2040 comprehensive planning process was
structured to allow for robust community engagement during early phases
of the project, to guide the visioning process and aid in developing plan
goals; then again during the draft plan stage. The engagement strategy
specifically pursued participation from subsets of the community who
typically do not or cannot attend traditional public meetings. Target
engagement populations included seniors and longtime St. Anthony
residents, parents with young children, high school students, and citizen
sustainability advocates. An online engagement forum was established to
provide a 24/7 input opportunity. The forum was used to post updates
about the planning process and ask directed questions from the public.
2040 Comp Plan Public Engagement Efforts
Comprehensive Plan Steering Committee
The 2040 Plan Steering Committee membership comprised sitting Planning
Commissioners and two City Councilmembers. The role of the Steering
Committee was to provide feedback and guidance on plan goals, direction and
content throughout the planning process. The Committee were asked to think
critically about the issues facing the City of St. Anthony and suggest appropriate
planning measures to address these issues in the context of the Comprehensive
Plan. The Steering Committee received assistance from City staff and invited
guest experts in sustainability and housing planning to provide education and
guidance during the planning process.
Community Visioning Meeting
Open to all community members, this meeting was designed to introd uce the
comprehensive plan to the St. Anthony
community and guide participants
through interactive exercises to reveal
community strengths, weaknesses and
opportunities. In small groups,
participants were directed through
both spatial and imaginative activities
surrounding land use, environment,
transportation and public amenities.
Wine Tasting event at St. Anthony Wine & Spirits
Capitalizing on a bi-annual event, staff set up a table at the Marketplace St.
Anthony Wine and Spirits during a wine tasting eve nt and asked people to show,
on a map, their personal destinations and issue areas in the City. Visitors
engaged in verbal survey questions and talked about their concerns and their
hopes for St. Anthony’s future.
St. Anthony 2040 Comprehensive Plan Chapter 2: Vision & Goals
6
ECFE class chats and Parent Council
Staff attended a series of parent events through the Early Child and
Family Education program and the Parent Council through Community
Education. This allowed staff to gain access to families with young
children, which is a group difficult to engage in comprehensive plan
discussions. Also, these groups included young immigrant families who
were new to the city and to the country. The successful discussions with
groups who normally are not present at open houses or community
meetings resulted in valuable insights related to walkability, transit, mixed
use developments, and affordable housing in St. Anthony.
SAV High School Connection Club conversation
Planning staff visited St Anthony Village High School and met with Key Club
students to get some perspective on what younger members of the community
would like to see the city plan for in the decades to come. The students like that
the city is friendly and close to Minneapolis, and they frequent the many dining
and retail establishments located here. The students also have big visions for a
safer and more vibrant city, complete with more amenities (like dog parks and a
drive-in movie theatre) and safer streets and pedestrian infrastructure.
Senior citizen/longtime resident conversation
During the community engagement portion of this project, staff went to
rental apartment buildings and met with residents. One particular visit to
Autumn Woods resulted in a long discussion with life long senior
residents about their community and why they live where they live.
ADVANCE Community PLANBuilder workshop
In an effort to take a deeper dive into sustainability and how to
incorporate it into the comprehensive plan, St. Anthony conducted an
Advance workshop, partnering with the US Green Building Council. The
result of that convening was a set of recommendations, that are
incorporated herein, on how the plan can result in a more sustainable
community.
Citizens for Sustainability and Park Board community visioning
input
Early on in the process, staff convened a visioning session with Citizens
for Sustainability, an advocacy group who cares deeply about walkability
and living in a sustainable, environmentally friendly community. The
session identified gaps and opportunities within the city to increase
environmental protection, encourage walking and biking, and reducing
auto-dependence.
MySidewalk online forum
St. Anthony 2040 Comprehensive Plan Chapter 2: Vision & Goals
7
Recognizing that public engagement opportunities are only as good as the
participants who are able to join in the conversation, an online public -facing page
was developed so that participants
could receive information and offer
ideas and suggestions at any time
during the planning process, at any
hour of the day. Postings were
created to “share back” new
developments in the planning
process, but also to ask for comments
and feedback to open-ended or
directed questions.
St. Anthony 2040 Comprehensive Plan Chapter 2: Vision & Goals
8
Key Themes: What we heard from the community
The following summarizes some of the common themes heard during the
public engagement and visioning phase of comprehensive plan
development.
What people love
• People love St. Anthony in general, and believe it is a great place to
live.
• The schools are great and an attraction to people and the community
is great for children.
• Proximity is one of the city’s biggest assets.
• It’s peaceful, quiet, and has a small town feel.
• The City has a reputation for being a sustainability leader.
Opportunities for change
• People want more physical connectivity through bicycle and
pedestrian infrastructure
• There should be options for long-time residents to stay, as well as
accommodate new people
• Housing affordability is an increasing challenge as rents and property
values go up
• People support new housing options on underutilized property
(including some density)
• Sustainable initiatives will continue to be important to the community
• Silver Lake Road is a main thorough-fare and is dangerous to cross
Chapter 3:
Community Profi le
St. Anthony 2040 Comprehensive Plan Chapter 3: Community Profile
9
CHAPTER 3: C OMMUNITY PROFILE
HISTORY OF ST. ANTHONY VILLAGE
St. Anthony Village is a first-ring suburb located just north and east of
Minneapolis, and its 2.35 square miles in land area span across both
Hennepin and Ramsey counties. St. Anthony is bordered by Minneapolis
to the west and is also adjacent to Roseville to its east, New Brighton to
the northeast, and Columbia Heights to the northwest.
Originally part of the larger St. Anthony Township, the area now known as
St. Anthony Village became an incorporated municipality in 1945. In the
years following World War II, housing demand increased rapidly and St.
Anthony’s landscape was transformed from a rural area into an urbanized
and largely residential location.
THE LAND
Existing Land Use
Existing land use can be thought of as what actually exists on the ground
at the present time, regardless what has been planned or what zoning
regulations exist. The most accurate depiction of what land uses currently
exist in St. Anthony come from the Metropolitan Council’s 2016
Generalized Land Use map, which uses a combination of aerial
photography, county parcel data and community “ground truthing” to
provide current land use types by acreage.
The existing Land Use in St. Anthony is typical of a post-WWII, first-ring
suburb community. Over 40 percent of its 1,508 acres are devoted to
single family detached housing. Perhaps unique for a community the size
and age of St. Anthony is the amount of redevelopment in the form of
multifamily and attached housing, consisting of about 155 acres or 10
percent of the total land area.
Existing land use types, total acreage and percent of total acreage are
shown in the table below. As a fully-developed inner-ring suburb
community, very little land in the City remains undeveloped.
St. Anthony 2040 Comprehensive Plan Chapter 3: Community Profile
10
FIGURE 3-1: EXISTING LAND USE IN ST. ANTHONY
Land Use Type Total
Acres
Percent
(%)
Single Family Detached 625 42
Institutional 200 13
Golf Course 158 11
Multifamily 102 6.8
Retail and Other Commercial 92.3 6.1
Park, Recreational, or Preserve 88.7 5.9
Open Water 68.1 4.5
Industrial and Utility 62.4 4.1
Single Family Attached 54.6 3.6
Office 23.9 1.6
Manufactured Housing Parks* 17.6 1.2
Undeveloped 13.5 0.9
Major Highway 1.2 0
Mixed Use Industrial 0.0 0
Mixed Use Residential 0.0 0
Total 1,507 100
Source: Metropolitan Council 2016 Generalized Land Use
*Since the time this data was gathered, the Lowry Grove mobile home park
has closed (effective 2017)
Existing Land Use Map
St. Anthony’s Existing Land Use map, which uses 2016 Metropolitan
Council land use data, shows the diversity of land uses that exist in this
inner-ring suburb. While detached family residential is the primary use of
land, the “bookends” of the city to the north and the south host higher
intensity uses ranging from light industrial to commercial and multifamily
centers. The City is also home to large areas of recreation, park and open
space for a community of its size.
St. Anthony 2040 Comprehensive Plan Chapter 3: Community Profile
11
FIGURE 3-2: EXISTING LAND USE MAP
St. Anthony 2040 Comprehensive Plan Chapter 3: Community Profile
12
Existing Residential Land Use
The primary land use type in St. Anthony is residential. More than half of
the city’s land is devoted to the combined residential uses of single family
detached, townhome and multifamily housing. Of these, single family
housing remains the most prominent residential land use type by area at
80 percent of all residential acres.
Existing Commercial and Industrial Land Use
Retail, office, and industrial land uses make up about 12 percent of the
city by area. Commercial and industrial uses are prominent at both the
northern and southern ends of the city, with the two main commercial
centers being the Gateway District (housing the St. Anthony Shopping
Center) and Silver Lake Village. There is some limited commercial
development along Stinson Boulevard and Highway 88.
Existing Public Land Use
Civic buildings and public uses make up nearly 20 percent of the city by
area (including Silverwood Park), and parks alone are 6 percent of the
land. The Francis A. Gross golf course, managed by the Minneapolis
Parks and Recreation Board, comprises an additional 11 percent of the
City’s land area.
Single Family Detached
Multifamily
Single Family Attached
Source: Met Council Generalized Land Use 2016, City of St. Anthony
FIGURE 3-3: EXISTING RESIDENTIAL LAND USE BY LAND AREA
St. Anthony 2040 Comprehensive Plan Chapter 3: Community Profile
13
Existing Natural Features
St. Anthony is a fully developed community that was largely built during
an era when there were lesser protections on wetlands and other natural
features than there are today. Consequently, there are only a few
remaining wetlands, and most of them have been degraded from their
original conditions.
However, there are two major natural features that will be considered in
this plan:
Silverwood Park
This 115-acre regional park, located at the northern end of the City, was
acquired by the Three Rivers Park District. Silverwood boasts 2,300 feet
of shoreline on Silver Lake and a 20-acre mature upland oak forest that
features mainly white oaks, but also contains red oak, bur oak, cherry and
aspen. The woods also provide habitat for wildlife such as sharp-shinned
hawks, white-breasted nuthatches and cedar waxwings. FIGURE 3-3 shows
the location of Silver Lake and the only other lake in the city, Mirror Lake.
Gross Golf Course and Sunset Memorial Park
Gross Golf Course is owned by the Minneapolis Park and Recreation
Board, and Sunset Memorial Park is a private cemetery. While both are
highly managed for turf grass and trees rather than ecological integrity,
their combined area totals approximately 250 acres.
Other Features
There are several low areas in the city used for ponding surface water
that are dry during parts of the year. Also, Mirror Lake exists on the
municipal boundary shared with New Brighton.
Existing Park System
St. Anthony’s current parks and recreation system contains several city
parks, a regional park and several regional trails. All of these features are
shown on the map in FIGURE 3-3. The entire portion of St. Anthony
Boulevard that is located within the City of St. Anthony is part of a
regional Trail Search Corridor to connect a “missing link” of the Grand
Rounds trail system.
St. Anthony 2040 Comprehensive Plan Chapter 3: Community Profile
14
FIGURE 3-4: ST. ANTHONY’S LOCAL & REGIONAL PARKS AND TRAIL FEATURES
St. Anthony 2040 Comprehensive Plan Chapter 3: Community Profile
15
THE PEOPLE WHO LIVE HERE
Population
St. Anthony is a small community and there has a small population in
comparison to most of its surrounding communities (FIGURE 3-4). After
experiencing moderate population loss in the 1970s, St. Anthony’s
population began rising slightly again in the 1990s. In 2010, St. Anthony
had 8,226 residents, a growth of 2.7 percent from 2000. Today, Saint
Anthony’s population is estimated at 8,501 residents.
FIGURE 3-5: HISTORIC CITY POPULATION COMPARISON
Source: U.S. Census 2010
Saint Anthony
Columbia
Heights
New Brighton
Falcon Heights
Roseville
0
5,000
10,000
15,000
20,000
25,000
30,000
35,000
40,000
1970 1980 1990 2000 2010
City
Population
City population, 1970-2010
St. Anthony & surrounding communities
St. Anthony 2040 Comprehensive Plan Chapter 3: Community Profile
16
Age demographics
The median age in St. Anthony is 43, compared with 36 for Hennepin
County and 35 for Ramsey County. Currently, St. Anthony has a higher
proportion of seniors (over the age of 65) than either Hennepin or
Ramsey County on the whole. In fact, St. Anthony’s percentage of senior
residents was nearly double that of Hennepin County in 2010. Providing
adequate housing and services for residents of advanced age has been
and will continue to be a priority for the City of St. Anthony. However, as
senior residents age out of their long-time family homes, St. Anthony’s
population is transitioning to younger residents and families. FIGURE 3-6
below shows declines in seniors and a significant increase in the
percentage of residents in their 20s in the decade from 2000 to 2010.
FIGURE 3-6: AGE DEMOGRAPHICS OF ST. ANTHONY POPULATION (2000,
2010 & 2015)
0 5 10 15 20
Under 5 Years
5 to 14 years
15 to 19 years
20 to 29 years
30 to 39 years
40 to 49 years
50 to 59 years
60 to 74 years
75 and older
PopulationAgeAge of Population
Saint Anthony residents, 2000, 2010 & 2015
Percentage in 2000
Percentage in 2010
Percentage in 2015
Source: Data from 2000 and 2010 are from U.S. Census counts. 2015 data is based on
ACS estimates and is not as reliable as Census data at small geographic scales; however,
it is the most recent demographic data available.
St. Anthony 2040 Comprehensive Plan Chapter 3: Community Profile
17
The inclusion of 2015 age data from the ACS indicates that the trend
toward slight declines in senior residents and significant increases in
younger families in St. Anthony has continued. But while the older senior
population shows signs that it is shrinking, seniors remain one of the
largest age cohorts in the city, and significant increases in the percentage
of “empty nesters: (i.e. 50-59 year olds) signify that the provision of a
diversity of housing and amenities for residents of all ages and life stages
will continue to be a topic of significance for St. Anthony as the population
of the city expands in the coming decades.
THE LEGENDS AT SILVER LAKE VILLAGE, 55+ AFFORDABLE LIVING
COMMUNITY
St. Anthony 2040 Comprehensive Plan Chapter 3: Community Profile
18
Income diversity
FIGURE 3-7: MEDIAN AND AVERAGE HOUSEHOLD INCOME
Median household
income ($)
Average household income ($)
Columbia Heights 48,857 60,479
Minneapolis 50,767 73,922
Saint Anthony 54,943 81,452
Ramsey County 55,460 74,375
New Brighton 61,324 78,284
Roseville 62,464 79,489
Hennepin County 65,033 91,395
Falcon Heights 66,635 88,166
Compared to its surrounding communities and the two counties in which
the city is located, St. Anthony has a lower median household income.
However, its average household income level is relatively high (FIGURE 3-
7). Indeed, a closer look at the income distribution of households across
the city reveals a wide array of household incomes in the City.
FIGURE 3-8: HOUSEHOLD INCOME DISTRIBUTION (ACS 2014)
According to ACS 2014 estimates, approximately 32 percent of
households earn less than $35,000 in annual income, while nearly a
0.0%5.0%10.0%15.0%20.0%
Less than $10,000
$10,000 to $14,999
$15,000 to $24,999
$25,000 to $34,999
$35,000 to $49,999
$50,000 to $74,999
$75,000 to $99,999
$100,000 to $149,999
$150,000 to $199,999
$200,000 or more
Percent of all households
Household
Income
Range
Data source: ACS 2010-2014 Estimates. ACS estimates are not as reliable as Census data at small
geographic scales; however, ACS Estimates represent the most recent income data available
(Census 2010 did not collect income data).
Saint Anthony Household Income Distribution
St. Anthony 2040 Comprehensive Plan Chapter 3: Community Profile
19
quarter of St. Anthony households have an annual income of $100,000 or
more.
It is important to remember that there are people and communities living
in St. Anthony who are experiencing more of a struggle to make ends
meet. City policies and decisions with long-term implications must take
into account not only the “average” St. Anthony family but also seniors
and disabled individuals living on a fixed income, low-income families,
larger-sized households and residents of St. Anthony’s affordable housing
developments. There are many populations with unique needs who call
St. Anthony their home.
Poverty rate
The poverty rate is defined as the
percentage of people who are
living at or below the “poverty
level”, which in 2015 was
measured at an income threshold
of $24,457 for a family of four. The
City’s poverty rate has risen from
5.1 percent in 2000 to 6.1 percent
in 2015, according to the latest
ACS estimates. However, St.
Anthony’s poverty rate today
remains significantly lower than
almost all of its surrounding
communities, and significantly lower than the Hennepin and Ramsey County rate
overall.
Poverty can be defined in a number of different ways, and a “poverty level” is a
somewhat arbitrary metric. Certainly there are households living above the
“poverty level” that may be struggling financially. School-aged children may
qualify for free or reduced lunch up to 185 percent of the poverty level. In the
Twin Cities metro, affordable housing thresholds are applied to households
making up to 80 percent of Area Median Income, which is $65,700 for a family of
four. Poverty is nuanced and likely impacts more than the 6.1 percent of St.
Anthony residents than the ACS statistics imply.
Community Below
poverty (%)
Saint Anthony 6.1
Falcon Heights 11.1
New Brighton 11.4
Roseville 11.5
Hennepin County 12.5
Ramsey County 16.5
Columbia Heights 16.8
Minneapolis 21.9
St. Anthony 2040 Comprehensive Plan Chapter 3: Community Profile
20
Education
St. Anthony’s population is becoming more educated. In 2000, 34 percent
of residents had a bachelor’s degree or higher. By 2010, that rate had
risen to 43 percent, mirroring similar increases in education level in
Hennepin County overall.
FIGURE 3-9: LEVEL OF EDUCATION OF ST. ANTHONY RESIDENTS
Enrollment in the St. Anthony – New Brighton School District has
increased over the past decade. Findings from a Saint Anthony New
Brighton School District 2016 report indicate that upward enrollment
trends are expected to increase over the next ten years, speculating that
a trend toward younger families and increased births will continue as
older residents age out of their homes and younger families move into the
area.
3%5%
26%
18%6%
25%
18%
St. Anthony residents by education level (2010)
Less than 9th grade
9th - 12th grade, no diploma
High school graduate (or
equivalent)Some college, no degree
Associate's Degree
Bachelor's Degree
Graduate or professional degree
St. Anthony 2040 Comprehensive Plan Chapter 3: Community Profile
21
Racial demographics
The latest Census data from 2010 indicates that St. Anthony’s racial
makeup is typical of a post-WWII Twin Cities suburb: 85 percent of the
residents identify as white.
A more nuanced look at the community’s racial composition over time,
however, reveals that the community has become more racially diverse
over time. This is on par with the regional trend toward increasing shares
of racial minorities in the population overall, a trend that is expected to
continue as the region approaches the year 2040. Data from 1990, 2000
and 2010 are based on Census counts while the 2015 data is based on
ACS estimates.
FIGURE 3-11: CHANGING RACIAL DEMOGRAPHICS IN ST. ANTHONY
1990 2000 2010 2015
Pct White
Pct African American
Pct American Indian
Pct Asian
Pct Pacific Islander
Pct Some Other Race
Pct Two or More Races
Pct Hispanic or Latino
FIGURE 3-10: ST. ANTHONY RESIDENTS BY RACE (2010 CENSUS DATA)
St. Anthony 2040 Comprehensive Plan Chapter 3: Community Profile
22
The Housing Landscape
In 2010, there were just over 4,000 housing units in St. Anthony village
according to the U.S. Census. More recent 2014 estimates put the
number of housing units closer to 4,300. Housing is the predominant land
use in St. Anthony, and residential land uses account for half of St.
Anthony’s total area.
Housing unit types
St. Anthony’s housing units are split almost evenly between single-family
and multifamily types of units. While only seven percent of the
community’s land use is dedicated to multifamily housing, FIGURE 3-11
shows that one half of all units are multifamily (according to 2014
estimates), which is a notable difference from surrounding communities.
FIGURE 3-12: ST. ANTHONY HOUSING UNITS BY HOUSING TYPE
About half of St. Anthony’s homes were built before 1970. Around 42
percent of the city’s land is dedicated to single family detached homes,
forming the predominant land use type by a large margin.
Housing Tenure
FIGURE 3-12 shows that in 2010, approximately 62 percent of St. Anthony’s
inhabited housing units were owner-occupied. The housing tenure
landscape of St. Anthony shifted slightly in the decade from 2000 to 2010.
During that decade, the amount of renter-occupied housing increased by
243 units, while there were overall losses in owner-occupied housing
units and gains in vacant housing units. Overall, the total stock of housing
units increased by nearly 300 units from 2000 to 2010 and shifted away
from owner-occupied housing. Estimates from 2014 show the trend
toward rentership increasing.
Source: ACS 2014 estimates
Single-family units
Single-Family Detached 1,769 40.9%
Townhomes (single-family attached) 288 6.7%
Manufactured Home 98 2.3%
Multifamily units
Duplex and triplex and quad 39 0.9%
Multifamily (5 units or more) 2,131 49.3%
2014 Total 4,325
St. Anthony 2040 Comprehensive Plan Chapter 3: Community Profile
23
FIGURE 3-13: ST. ANTHONY HOUSING UNITS BY TENURE
Age of Housing Stock
Half of St. Anthony’s housing stock was built prior to 1970, but only 7
percent was built prior to 1950. This is a fairly common housing age
distribution for a first-ring suburb community, although St. Anthony’s
housing stock is somewhat younger than several of its neighboring
communities. Nearly 42 percent of Saint Anthony homeowners do not
have a mortgage on their home, compared to just 25 percent of Hennepin
County homeowners.
FIGURE 3-14: AGE OF ST. ANTHONY HOUSING STOCK
2,142
1,536
275
2,398
1,450
250
2,490
1,207
115
0 500 1,000 1,500 2,000 2,500 3,000
Owner
Renter
Vacant
St. Anthony: Housing Units by Tenure
2000 to 2010 (U.S. Census) and 2014 (ACS estimates)
2000
2010
2014 Estimates
0
100
200
300
400
500
600
700
800
900
1,000
2010 or
later
2000 -
2009
1990 -
1999
1980 -
1989
1970 -
1979
1960 -
1969
1950 -
1959
1940 -
1949
1939 or
earlierNumber of unitsYear built
St. Anthony: Age of housing stock
Source: ACS 2010-2014
St. Anthony 2040 Comprehensive Plan Chapter 3: Community Profile
24
Jobs and Employment
The Metropolitan Council estimates there are approximately 3,482 jobs in
the City of St. Anthony in 2016, with only modest job growth expected
within the 2040 planning horizon. Average annual wages for jobs in St.
Anthony in 2016 are estimated at $40,718, which is $22,433 less than the
average for Hennepin County and $17,398 less than Ramsey County.
Employment data from the state department of Employment and
Economic Development that there is no clear “dominant” industry in St.
Anthony, as seen in the table below.
Industry Employment Total
Finance and Insurance 35
Real Estate and Rental and Leasing 88
Public Administration 134
Accommodation and Food Services 135
Manufacturing 157
Other Services, Ex. Public Admin 168
Retail Trade 270
Health Care and Social Assistance 461
All Other Industries 2,034
St. Anthony 2040 Comprehensive Plan Chapter 3: Community Profile
25
FIGURE 3-15: ST. ANTHONY EMPLOYMENT FLOW
Data source: On The Map 2014 data for St. Anthony city geography, a product of the U.S. Census
The latest data from 2014 on employment inflow and outflow in St.
Anthony indicates that only about 226 people, a small percentage of the
4,185 people who make up the employed population of St. Anthony, work
within St. Anthony itself. About 1,000 more people leave the city to work
elsewhere than come into the city from outside to work.
St. Anthony 2040 Comprehensive Plan Chapter 3: Community Profile
26
PAST AND FUTURE GROWTH
Regional Context: Community Designation
In Thrive MSP 2040, the Metropolitan Council groups jurisdictions within
the metro with similar characteristics based on urban or rural character for
the application of the regional policies outlined in Thrive. As described in
FIGURE 3-14, St. Anthony’s “Urban” designation translates to specific
expectations in terms of development density and incorporation of transit
services as a transition city between the urban core and more auto-
dependent suburban communities.
Comprehensive planning often involves planning for people and jobs that
are not yet here. The Council develops population, housing and
employment forecasts as a component of a community System Statement
to help communities set realistic goals and policies to plan for the future
needs and trajectories of the community over the decades to come. The
Council’s forecasts have been incorporated into this plan update.
Community Designation: The Metropolitan Council identifies St. Anthony
Village as an Urban community. Urban communities experienced rapid development
during the post-World War II era, and exhibit the transition toward the development
stage dominated by the influence of the automobile.
Urban communities are expected to plan for forecasted population and household
growth at average densities of at least 10 units per acre for new development and
redevelopment. In addition, Urban communities are expected to target opportunities
for more intensive development near regional transit investments at densities and in
a manner articulated in the 2040 Transportation Policy Plan
St. Anthony 2040 Comprehensive Plan Chapter 3: Community Profile
27
FIGURE 3-16: ST. ANTHONY REGIONAL COMMUNITY DESIGNATION
St. Anthony 2040 Comprehensive Plan Chapter 3: Community Profile
28
Forecasts for St. Anthony
The Metropolitan Council has developed growth forecasts for St. Anthony
by decade, addressing the projected population, number of households,
and number of jobs.
The total population of the City of St. Anthony is expected to grow by
more than 1,500 people by the year 2040. Much of that growth is likely to
occur by the year 2020. St. Anthony can anticipate an increase of close to
1,000 households in the next quarter century. As an inner-ring developed
suburb, accommodation of population growth will largely be achieved
through strategic redevelopment opportunities that allow for new or
denser configurations of housing within the community.
Source: 2010 U.S. Census & Metropolitan Council Forecasts
St. Anthony forecast, 2010-2040
Forecast Year Population Households Employment
2010 8,226 3,848 2,983
2016 (estimate) 9,234 4,167 3,481
2020 10,000 4,600 3,500
2030 10,800 5,000 3,630
2040 10,900 5,100 3,700
Overall Change
from 2016
+1,666 +933 +219
St. Anthony 2040 Comprehensive Plan Chapter 3: Community Profile
29
St. Anthony’s overall number of households grew by 11 percent between
1990 and 2010. Future growth is expected to be more significant, with
over 900 new units expected to be added by 2040.
0
2,000
4,000
6,000
8,000
10,000
12,000
1970 1980 1990 2000 2010 2020 2030 2040Total PopulationPopulation
Forecasted
2,000
2,500
3,000
3,500
4,000
4,500
5,000
5,500
1990 2000 2010 2020 2030 2040Housing UnitsYear
St. Anthony Housing Units
History & forecasts
Census Data
METC Estimate
METC Forecast
FIGURE 3-17: PAST AND FUTURE (PROJECTED) POPULATION FOR ST.
ANTHONY
FIGURE 3-18: PAST AND FUTURE (PROJECTED) HOUSEHOLDS IN ST.
ANTHONY
Chapter 4:
Land Use
St. Anthony 2040 Comprehensive Plan Chapter 4: Land Use
30
CHAPTER 4: L AND USE
A key purpose of a Comprehensive Plan is to incorporate forecasted
population growth, housing needs, and development opportunities into
future land use decisions through the creation of a future land use map.
Updating the city’s land use guidance offers St. Anthony the occasion to
anticipate the physical landscape and development patterns that will best
meet the needs of the community, and to make forward-thinking decisions
that direct land use toward a particular outcome.
As an inner-ring suburb community adjacent to a large metropolitan city,
the land in St. Anthony is largely “built out” and only one percent of St.
Anthony’s land remains undeveloped. However, when opportunities for
redevelopment and change arise, the future land use plan offers targeted
guidance on the specific redevelopment locations and land uses that will
create the most benefit for the community.
LAND USE: WHAT DID WE HEAR FROM THE COMMUNITY?
During the public engagement phase, the following land use themes
emerged:
• The old Walmart site is a priority redevelopment opportunity for
residents.
• Redevelopment of business park areas will make them more future-
oriented and attractive to prospective businesses.
• Citizens want to see green space better utilized and maintained
across all land use types.
• Citizens want to see creative development of the few remaining
vacant parcels in the city.
• The City must strike a balance between preservation of what exists
now and inviting greater density and greater intensity of land uses.
St. Anthony 2040 Comprehensive Plan Chapter 4: Land Use
31
CURRENT LAND USE GUIDANCE FROM THE 2030 PLAN
The land use districts identified in St. Anthony’s 2030 Comprehensive
Plan have served as the City’s land use guidance since the plan’s
adoption. The 2030 Future Land Use map and its associated land use
district descriptions are included here, to provide some background
context for the land use policies that currently exist in St. Anthony. It
should be noted that while this 2030 Future Land Use map has guided St.
Anthony land use and development over the past 10 years, it is not
necessarily representative of the land uses that actually exist on the
ground. That information is provided in the Community Profile chapter.
These land use categories and descriptions are taken from the 2030
Comprehensive Plan for St. Anthony.
FIGURE 4-1: FUTURE LAND USE PLAN TABLE FROM THE 2030
COMPREHENSIVE PLAN, ADOPTED BY THE CITY IN 2008.
St. Anthony 2040 Comprehensive Plan Chapter 4: Land Use
32
FIGURE 4-2: 2030 FUTURE LAND USE MAP FROM THE 2030 COMPREHENSIVE
PLAN, ADOPTED IN 2008.
St. Anthony 2040 Comprehensive Plan Chapter 4: Land Use
33
LAND USE: WHAT WILL BE HERE IN THE FUTURE?
Accommodating Growth and Change
Future land use planning begins with incorporating forecasts of
community growth, and anticipating the needs that will arise as a result of
this growth and change. The Metropolitan Council has developed growth
forecasts for St. Anthony by decade, addressing the projected population,
number of households, and number of jobs. Meeting expected growth
projections requires intentional land use planning.
FIGURE 4-3: ST. ANTHONY POPULATION, HOUSEHOLD AND EMPLOYMENT
FORECASTS
St. Anthony forecast, 2010-2040
Source: 2010 U.S. Census & Metropolitan Council Forecasts
Forecast Year Population Households Employment
2010 8,226 3,848 2,983
2016 (estimate) 9,234 4,167 3,481
2020 10,000 4,600 3,500
2030 10,800 5,000 3,630
2040 10,900 5,100 3,700
Overall Change
from 2016 +1,666 +933 +219
Planning for growth in a developed community
The Twin Cities region overall is experiencing a period of growth,
especially in areas closest to the region’s urban core. That growth is
expected to continue through the year 2040. It is predicted that the overall
regional population in 2040 will be older, more racially diverse and more
likely to live in smaller households than the current population of the
present day. The needs and preferences of an aging and diversifying
population is likely to translate to a need for more smaller housing units
and multifamily development, and if trends endure, a continued
preference for locating in areas closer to the urban center.
Inner ring suburban communities like St. Anthony can respond to this
regional trend by identifying areas where infill redevelopment is likely to
occur. As a built-out community, planning for an increase in population
and housing in St. Anthony necessitates looking for redevelopment
opportunity areas because little to no undeveloped land remains in the
St. Anthony 2040 Comprehensive Plan Chapter 4: Land Use
34
community. Redevelopment areas may be identified as such because
they are areas that are currently underutilized or mismatched with
surrounding uses, they are strategic economic development opportunities
for the City, or they are locations in which developers have recently
expressed interest.
Potential opportunity areas were identified early in the planning process
by the community and the Steering Committee based on known areas of
development interest and inconsistencies in the current land use map
guidance. Some of these target areas necessitated a change in land use
guidance from the current land use map, while others are simply areas of
discussion because of their “likely redevelopment” potential. City staff and
the City Council also provided input on land use discussion areas.
Development of a Future Land Use Guide Plan
The city’s 2030 Planned Land Use map (shown in FIGURE 4-5) is limited by
the fact that it does not show specific parcels or lots in detail. The first
step in developing an updated land use map was to recreate the existing
planned land use map using better data and visualization. FIGURE 4-5
shows (on the left) a modified draft version of a land use map using 2030
Planned Future Land Uses from the Metropolitan Council’s Regional
Planned Land Use layer, overlaid with the land use “opportunity areas”
identified early in the planning process by the community and the
Steering Committee. The map on the right shows the final 2040 guide
land use plan after holding land use discussions with the Steering
Committee and City Council about appropriate choices for the target
opportunity areas. FIGURE 4-4 describes each discussion area and the
ultimate outcome of each area’s 2040 land use guidance.
Additional updates to the 2030 land use guide plan include the following,
as seen in the comparison map:
• Removal of certain categories. In this land use plan update, the
guide plan will not include a district for Mixed Use, Multi-Optional
Development, Golf Course, Water, or Storm Water Ponds.
• Institutional uses. In the 2040 guide plan, institutional uses are
replaced by their appropriate proximate surrounding land use
types. In all cases, institutional uses are replaced either by Low
Density Residential or Recreation Open Space guidance.
• Errors and inconsistencies resolved. A close look at existing
land use, zoning, and desired future land use conditions resulted
in minor adjustments to individual areas or parcels that were
guided in a manner incompatible with either their surrounding
uses or the community’s stated vision for the future.
St. Anthony 2040 Comprehensive Plan Chapter 4: Land Use
35
FIGURE 4-4: GUIDE TO DISCUSSION AREAS SHOWN IN FIGURE 4-5
Area Discussion Question Decision
1 Keep commercial guidance Commercial guidance stays
2 Keep commercial guidance Commercial guidance stays
3 Maintain guidance at High Density
Residential
High density guidance stays
4 Reflect desire for attached housing
along block
All medium-density
residential
5 Commercial and mixed use out of place Re-guide all industrial
6 Re-guide so like uses are adjacent West of Foss industrial, East
of Foss residential
7 Keep commercial guidance
Commercial guidance stays,
but medium-density
residential is allowed
8 Change guidance to all high-density
residential
Guidance should be
medium-density
9 Bowling alley site – commercial
Re-guide to high-density
residential – a spot for
affordable housing
St. Anthony 2040 Comprehensive Plan Chapter 4: Land Use
36
FIGURE 4- 5: THE EVOLUTION OF THE 2040 FUTURE LAND USE MAP
St. Anthony 2040 Comprehensive Plan Chapter 4: Land Use
37
A first iteration of Future Land Use map shows the land use Discussion
Areas outlined in black overtop of the Metropolitan Council’s Regional
Planned Land Use Layer. A guide land use plan for 2040 (shown at right)
evolved from reflection centering on the highlighted Discussion Areas.
Future Land Use Categories
The development of St. Anthony’s 2040 land use plan involves updating
the land use descriptions and density ranges of each land use category.
FIGURE 4-6 below shows how St. Anthony’s 2040 land use categories are
defined.
St. Anthony 2040 Comprehensive Plan Chapter 4: Land Use
38
FIGURE 4-6: ST. ANTHONY’S 2040 LAND USE CATEGORIES
Land Use
Category Land Uses
2040 Plan
Density Range
2030 Plan
Density Range
Min Max Min Max
Low Density
Residential
• Detached housing units
• Accessory units
• Duplexes
• Churches, schools and institutional
uses
2 4 2 4
Mid Density
Residential
• Duplexes or multiplexes
• Accessory units
• Rowhomes or Side-by-Side
townhomes
• Garden apartments
• Apartment buildings (2-3 stories)
• Churches, schools and institutional
buildings
4 20 3 8
High Density
Residential
• Rowhomes or Side-by-Side
townhomes
• Accessory units
• Garden apartments
• Apartment buildings (2-5 stories)
• Churches, schools and institutional
uses
20 40 8 40
Commercial
• Retail goods, services and
entertainment
• Employment-based buildings or
centers
• Office uses
• Business uses
• Residential development (in areas
where appropriate)
Industrial
• Office or showroom uses
• Light industrial uses
• Manufacturing or warehousing
Recreation
Open Space
• City or County parks
• Golf course
• Recreational uses
• Public or privately-held open space
• Outdoor preserve
St. Anthony 2040 Comprehensive Plan Chapter 4: Land Use
39
FIGURE 4-7: 2040 FUTURE LAND USE GUIDE PLAN FOR ST. ANTHONY
St. Anthony 2040 Comprehensive Plan Chapter 4: Land Use
40
FIGURE 4-8: ST. ANTHONY 2040 PLANNED LAND USES BY AREA
2040 Land Use Category Total
Acres
Percent of
total land
area (%)
Low Density Residential 508 34%
Recreation Open Space 445 30%
ROW, Other 213 14%
Mid Density Residential 103 6.8%
Lakes 68 4.5%
Industrial 63 4.1%
Commercial 57 3.8%
High Density Residential 51 3.4%
Total 1,508
Redevelopment Target Areas
Expected Growth from Residential Redevelopment
The areas that are expected to be residential redevelopment
opportunities over the 2040 planning period are shown in FIGURE 4-10, and
described in the table below. Expected decadal phasing is also included
in the table below.
FIGURE 4-9: RESIDENTIAL GROWTH AND REDEVELOPMENT, BY LAND USE AND
DECADE
Map
Label
Opportunity
Area
Guided
density
Net Site
Acreage
Density
(Min)
Density
(Mid)
Existing
Units
Net Unit
Potential
(Min)
Net Unit
Potential
(Mid)
Staging (midpoint
density)
2020 2030 2040
1
Southern
Gateway site
High
density 17.3 20 30 0 346 646* ✓
(433)
✓
(213)
2
Stinson Silver
Lake Village
High
density 3.8 20 30 0 76 114 ✓
3
Stinson south
of 33rd
Medium
density 4.11 3 11.5 11 1 47 ✓
4
West of
Mirror Lake
Medium
density 2.36 3 11.5 0 7 27 ✓
5
Residential
block south
of the Legacy
Medium
density 2.2 8 20 5 39 61 ✓
6
Bowling Alley
site
High
density 1.26 20 30 0 25 38 ✓
31.03 494 933 433 401 99
*Adjusted upward to reflect more likely development scenario at the Southern Gateway site, based on current development proposals
St. Anthony 2040 Comprehensive Plan Chapter 4: Land Use
41
Applying the expected density ranges to the land use areas, this table
demonstrates the two ways in which the likely redevelopment areas will
meet St. Anthony’s forecasted and expected 2040 growth.
• Overall Average Density: Applying the minimum end of the density
range to each residential land use category, the overall density is the
total number of expected minimum units divided by the total number
of acres in the likely redevelopment areas. St. Anthony’s overall
average density is 16 units per acre, which is above the expected
minimum of 10 units per acre for a community with an Urban
designation.
• Overall Forecasted Growth: Applying the midpoint of the density
range to each residential land use category, the net number of
expected units from this calculation is 933. This number
accommodates a higher unit growth calculation for the Southern
Gateway site than a midpoint calculation would yield. Given what is
currently known about the development plans proposed at that site,
that area is likely to yield a housing unit count between 600 and 700
new units.
• Affordable Housing Allocation: Given the expected staging of St.
Anthony’s opportunity areas, the number of “affordable units” (defined
as minimum units that will develop between 2021 and 2030 at a
minimum of 8 units per acre or more) is 190 units. The high density
residential land use is the only category that will produce affordable
units using minimum densities. Of the expected affordable units, 114
are expected to come from the redevelopment of the Southern
Gateway site and 76 units from other sites. This total number of
affordable units meets and exceeds the required allocation of 152
units for that time period.
Growth Table Summary
Overall Community Density 17 units/acre
Expected Housing Unit Growth 933 units
Units Considered Affordable (≥8 du/ac) in the 2021-2030 decade 401 units
Unit potential for affordable housing (≥8 du/ac) in the 2021-2030
decade, based on density
Unit potential using
minimum densities
Southern Gateway redevelopment (one third of site expected to
develop in 2021-2030) 114 units
Other sites 76 units
Total 190 units
St. Anthony 2040 Comprehensive Plan Chapter 4: Land Use
42
FIGURE 4-10: TARGET AREAS OF RESIDENTIAL REDEVELOPMENT WITHIN THE
2040 PLANNING TIME HORIZON
St. Anthony 2040 Comprehensive Plan Chapter 4: Land Use
43
Residential Redevelopment
By majority land area, St. Anthony is guided to remain a largely low-to-
medium density residential community. The most significant residential
growth and redevelopment opportunities are, however, on sites that can
accommodate higher density housing. Examples of housing
redevelopment from within the last decade in the community include the
Legacy assisted living apartments as well as the Landings and Legends
apartment buildings at Silver Lake Village.
This plan acknowledges some key areas that are most likely to become
residential redevelopment opportunities within the time horizon of this
plan. One of these key areas includes the site of the former Lowry Grove
mobile home park, now referred to as the Southern Gateway site, which
was sold in 2016 and formally closed in 2017. This 17-acre site
represents a very large redevelopment area for a community the size of
St. Anthony, and its propensity to support higher density housing is
underscored by its proximity to existing transit lines and nearby
commercial development. Other high-opportunity sites for residential
redevelopment include Silver Lake Village sites along Stinson Boulevard
and a portion of the northeast industrial park near Mirror Lake that is
currently zoned medium-density residential.
Commercial and Industrial Infill and Redevelopment
St. Anthony has four significant commercial and industrial nodes: the
Southern Gateway area (between Kenzie Terrace and Lowry Avenue);
Silver Lake Village (north of 37th Avenue and west of Silver Lake Road;
the industrial park on the southeast side of the city (south of New Brighton
Boulevard); and the industrial area in the northeast corner of the city north
of 37th Avenue.
The Legacy of St. Anthony (left) at 2540 Kenzie Terrace is 73 units on a 1.25 -acre
parcel, while the housing developments at Silver Lake Village (the Landings is shown
here) are about 38 units per acre overall.
fff
St. Anthony 2040 Comprehensive Plan Chapter 4: Land Use
44
Each of these four areas will retain their commercial and industrial
guidance in the 2040 Comprehensive Plan update, but there may be
opportunities to promote infill development at each of these sites as land
ownership or tenancy changes hands. In particular, St. Anthony supports
the creative use of commercial land for alternative or varied uses,
including the possibility of incorporating residential uses into commercial
developments where the integration of residential uses would be
appropriate and well-supported by existing infrastructure.
A short summary of foreseeable opportunities at each of these nodes is
summarized here:
• Southern Gateway. In 2016, St. Anthony was the recipient of a
technical assistance panel (TAP) from ULI Minnesota in which ULI
staff and experts analyzed the redevelopment potential of the
Southern Gateway. The panel found that the cost of land acquisition
and relatively good condition of the existing developments in this area
may be prohibitive to redevelopment. However, they also suggest that
placemaking improvements such as welcoming entry points and
streetscape and commercial design elements could help to draw
people to the location and create a unified “district feel”. A possible
catalyst that could spur redevelopment might be the attraction of a
strong retail anchor. Another consideration is the impact that
redevelopment of the nearby Southern Gateway site could have on
the surrounding area and an increased demand for retail opportunities
and livable spaces in the Southern Gateway.
• Silver Lake Village. This area represents relatively recent
development, but the current vacancy of the Walmart building on the
corner of 37th Avenue and Silver Lake Road has been a difficult
challenge for St. Anthony for many years. The Walmart building and
associated parking lot are large and currently sit empty. A change in
ownership and tenancy at the Walmart site is the most significant
opportunity to bring new uses and vibrancy to Silver Lake Village.
• Southeast industrial park. The industrial park area east of Highway
88 hosts a mixture of office and warehousing or light industrial uses.
Some of the aging properties may become redevelopment target
areas or sites for more modern industrial building as the properties
undergo changes or sale.
• Northeast industrial area. The properties in the northeast industrial
park area are located in close proximity to existing medium and high-
density residential development. Some of these aging properties may
become redevelopment target areas or sites for more modern
industrial building as the properties undergo changes or sale.
St. Anthony 2040 Comprehensive Plan Chapter 4: Land Use
45
Draft Land Use and Housing Goals
• Saint Anthony Village makes the best use of its land and focuses re-
development on aging and underutilized commercial and industrial
properties.
• Current public park and community center facilities are well
maintained and enhanced to meet the demands of a diversity of
residents.
• Our community is welcoming and accommodating to all ages and
generations.
• Land uses are integrated, walkable, and well-connected
• The housing supply meets the spectrum of needs for all ages and
income levels
• Our existing neighborhoods are well-maintained
• New development is environmentally friendly
Draft Land Use and Housing Policies (Action Items)
1. Allow for housing churn of single-family homes by continuing to plan
for senior housing options at all affordability levels.
2. Conduct further study and planning on the re-development or better
utilization of the current industrial park.
3. Monitor the interest in teardowns and large expansions of single-
family homes and examine the zoning code to ensure opportunities
for investment are maximized.
4. Coordinate with school district and community education to plan for
changing programming and spatial needs at the community center.
5. Explore the potential for affordable housing development at the city-
owned site on Kenzie Terrace (former bowling alley site).
6. Identify areas in the city for co-operative senior housing at medium
density, especially along Stinson Boulevard.
7. Utilize available financing techniques to encourage multi-family
housing developments to include a component of affordable housing.
8. Plan for the re-development of underutilized commercial properties,
especially those on higher volume streets and transit routes, for
higher-density, multi-family and senior housing.
9. Evaluate the appropriateness for ordinances that encourage
alternative housing options like accessory dwelling units and smaller
apartment units.
10. Identify areas in the community for the development of new, higher
end office space.
11. Utilize the Planned Unit Development re-zoning as a tool at key
locations to promote market flexibility and integrated land uses.
12. Explore available grants and funding opportunities to promote the type
of desired development.
St. Anthony 2040 Comprehensive Plan Chapter 4: Land Use
46
13. Review and revise the purpose statement, allowed uses and
dimensional standards of the R-4 Residential district as necessary to
support the higher density residential uses guided in this
Comprehensive Plan update.
14. Revise the zoning code to allow for residential uses in commercial
districts, in order to better meet anticipated market and transportation
trends.
Chapter 5:
Housing
St. Anthony 2040 Comprehensive Plan Chapter 5: Housing
47
CHAPTER 5: H OUSING
St. Anthony is a self-described “village” located adjacent to a major
metropolitan area. While a majority of the city’s land area is devoted to
single family homes that were largely built after the 1950s, the actual
number of housing units in St. Anthony is split almost evenly between
single family units (detached homes and attached housing) and
multifamily unit types (multiplexes, apartments and condominiums). The
images shown below represent the range of housing types that can be
found in St. Anthony Village.
Traditional Single Family Homes.
Many, such as the home shown here,
have tuck-under or attached garages.
Duplex/Multiplex. Similar in appearance
to single family homes but with more than
one dwelling unit per building.
Attached Townhomes. Housing units
have shared walls and can be one or two
stories.
Apartment Buildings. Some apartments
in St. Anthony, such as the building
shown here, are built in an older walk -up
style. Newer construction apartments can
be found at Silver Lake Village.
Senior Living. St. Anthony is host to
several senior-oriented housing
complexes that offer a spectrum of
specialized programming or care.
St. Anthony 2040 Comprehensive Plan Chapter 5: Housing
48
HOUSING: WHAT DID WE HEAR FROM THE COMMUNITY?
During the public engagement phase of comprehensive plan
development, the following housing themes emerged from public
comment:
• Overwhelming positivity for the “small town feel” of St. Anthony.
• Balance the need for housing redevelopment and property
improvements with the need to maintain an affordable housing
stock.
• There is an interest in increasing housing density in strategic
locations (along transit routes or in underutilized areas).
• Being inviting to new residents will keep the community vibrant.
• The City should have housing for all types of families, households
and residents at all stages of their lives.
• Prioritize mixed uses and allowing housing to co-occur within
proximity to services, businesses, and critical infrastructure.
• Stabilize rising rents.
EXISTING HOUSING AFFORDABILITY IN ST. ANTHONY
The regional planning authority looks at housing affordability through lens
of area median income, or AMI. For a family of four, reg ional AMI in the
Twin Cities is $85,800. Households that have an income at or below 80%
of the regional AMI are the targeted population for affordable housing.
Median household income in St. Anthony is $54,943 which is 64% of area
median income for a household of four.
According to the Metropolitan Council’s 2016 housing assessment, of the
4,325 total housing units in St. Anthony, around 65 percent are affordable
to low or moderate-income households that are at or below 80% of AMI.
As shown in FIGURE 5-1, most of St. Anthony’s affordable housing is
affordable to households in the highest AMI band, or those making
incomes of $43,758 to $65,700 annually. For those with yearly incomes of
less than $25,740, around 11 percent of St. Anthony’s housing units are
affordable. These statistics were calculated prior to the sale of the Lowry
Grove mobile home park in 2016.
St. Anthony 2040 Comprehensive Plan Chapter 5: Housing
49
FIGURE 5-1: ST. ANTHONY HOUSING AFFORDABILITY
Publicly subsidized units often comprise the most deeply affordable units
in a community. There are 453 publicly subsidized housing units in St.
Anthony, as shown in FIGURE 5-2.
FIGURE 5-2: ST. ANTHONY SUBSIDIZED UNITS
458
636
1,674
1,557
0
500
1,000
1,500
2,000
2,500
3,000
3,500
4,000
4,500
Existing Housing Units
Number
of
housing
units
Housing affordability
by AMI level
Not affordable to low and
moderate income families
51% to 80% AMI
31% to 50% AMI
At or below 30% AMI
215
4
234
Publicly subsidized housing units
by target population
Seniors
People with disabilities
All other subsidized
Income range of
affordability
Data source: Metropolitan
Council Existing Housing
Assessment (2016)
Area median income for
a family of four = $85,800
St. Anthony 2040 Comprehensive Plan Chapter 5: Housing
50
St. Anthony provides a higher percentage and more diverse array of
affordable housing options than many metro communities, but provides a
smaller share of units affordable to households whose incomes range
from 31-50% of AMI.
FIGURE 5-3: EXISTING AFFORDABLE UNITS
City
Existing Affordable Units
at <30% AMI at 31-50% AMI at 51-80% AMI Total Affordable
Units
St. Anthony 9% 15% 35% 60%
Roseville 7% 16% 48% 72%
New Brighton 7% 33% 38% 77%
Columbia Heights 7% 49% 42% 98%
Robbinsdale 9% 42% 43% 94%
Source: Met Council Existing Housing Assessment 2017
Rental Affordability
St. Anthony’s rental housing landscape looks different than it did 20 years
or even a decade ago. About 30 percent of the city’s existing rental stock
has been constructed over just the past 15 years.
A 2017 Ehlers assessment looked in depth at the affordability of available
rental housing in St. Anthony. Of the 13 rental properties and 1,458 rental
units comprising the study, the assessment found that more than 80
percent of these units can be considered affordable at some level. In a
similar manner to the Metropolitan Council’s 2016 housing assessment,
the Ehlers assessment shows affordability broken down by AMI bands.
The greatest share of affordable rental housing in St. Anthony is
affordable at 50% of AMI and above.
Number of
Properties
Number of
Units
Number of
Affordable units
Percent of Units
Affordable
Number &
Percent
Affordable at
30% of AMI
Number &
Percent
Affordable at
50% of AMI
Number &
Percent
Affordable at
60% of AMI
45 423 753
4%35%62%13 1,458 1,221 84%
St. Anthony 2040 Comprehensive Plan Chapter 5: Housing
51
Figure 5-4 shows the market value of owner-occupied housing units in St. Anthony. Housing
units valued at $238,500 or less are deemed affordable for residents making less than 30% of
AMI. Housing units valued between $238,501 and $350,000 are affordable to residents making
31-50% AMI. Housing units valued between $300,001 and $450,000 are affordable to residents
making 51-80% AMI, while housing units valued over $450,000 are not affordable.
FIGURE 5-4: OWNER-OCCUPIED HOUSING ESTIMATED MARKET VALUE
St. Anthony 2040 Comprehensive Plan Chapter 5: Housing
52
Existing Cost-Burdened Households
While the price of housing units relative to area median income is one
measure of housing affordability in a community, another way to examine
the impact of housing costs is by looking at cost-burdened households.
Households are “cost-burdened” if their housing costs are at or over 30
percent of their income. This is an indicator of households that are
spending a disproportionate share of their income on housing. The
implications of a housing cost burden are most severe for households in
the lowest income tier.
FIGURE 5.5 illustrates the share of low-to-moderate income households that
are cost-burdened in St. Anthony, by AMI income level. At least one-
quarter of St. Anthony’s total households are cost-burdened, and almost
50 percent of those cost-burdened households have incomes in the
lowest AMI tier.
FIGURE 5-5: COST-BURDENED HOUSEHOLDS
Source: Metropolitan Council Existing Housing Assessment 2017
AMI level Households Percentage
Income at or below 30% AMI 501 12%
Income 31-50% AMI 336 8%
Income 51-80% AMI 221 5%
The rate of cost burdened households in St. Anthony mirrors the cost-
burdened households rate in the Twin Cities region overall, at about one
in four households experiencing this phenomenon. In comparison to
neighboring and comparable inner-ring suburb cities, St. Anthony’s cost-
burdened share is very similar to surrounding communities.
FIGURE 5-6: COST-BURDENED HOUSEHOLDS COMPARISON
City
Cost-burdened households
at <30% AMI at 31-50% AMI at 51-80% AMI Total percent cost-
burdened
St. Anthony 12% 8% 5% 25%
Roseville 12% 8% 7% 27%
New Brighton 14% 8% 4% 26%
Columbia Heights 14% 9% 5% 29%
Robbinsdale 14% 7% 7% 28%
Source: Met Council Existing Housing Assessment 2017
St. Anthony 2040 Comprehensive Plan Chapter 5: Housing
53
Meeting the Regional Affordable Housing Allocation
Share
St. Anthony, along with every community in the metro area, is responsible
for retaining an adequate regional share of affordable housing. The
Housing Element of Metropolitan Council’s Thrive 2040 plan has the
determined the affordable housing requirement for every community by
affordability level, as determined by a household’s relationship to the Area
Median Income (AMI). St. Anthony’s affordable housing requirement is
shown in FIGURE 5-7.
FIGURE 5-7: AFFORDABLE HOUSING NEED ALLOCATION*
Affordable Housing Need Allocation, 2021-
2030
At or Below 30% AMI 74
From 31 to 50% AMI 53
From 51 to 80% AMI 25
Total Units 152
AMI = Area Median Income
* THIS IS IN DRAFT FORM, FROM THE EAW COMMENTS FOR SOUTHERN
GATEWAY SITE
Housing calculations from FIGURE 5-10 indicate that St. Anthony has
guided sufficient high density land at a minimum of 8 units per acre to
produce 190 units of housing at affordable densities in the 2021-2030
decade, which well exceeds the Metropolitan Council’s affordable housing
allocation of 152 units.
Future Residential Land Use
From the 2040 guide land use map, FIGURE 5-8 below shows the total
acreage within St. Anthony that is allotted to residential land uses in the
2040 plan.
Of the 660 acres guided residential in St. Anthony, 31 of these acres are
expected to be redevelopable within the 2040 planning horizon.
Affordable densities as defined by the Metropolitan Council are those at
with a minimum range of 8 units per acre and above, which means that all
high density residential redevelopment areas expected to develop within
the 2021-2030 decade qualify as affordable housing – using the minimum
density to calculate unit potential as directed by the Metropolitan Council.
FIGURE 5-9 below summarizes the residential redevelopment potential from
St. Anthony 2040 Comprehensive Plan Chapter 5: Housing
54
the land use chapter, and highlights in red the units that would be
considered affordable to meet St. Anthony’s regional affordable
allocation.
Using minimum density to calculate unit potential, St. Anthony can expect
to net 190 units of affordable housing in the decade from 2021-2030.
In practical terms, housing development above a particular density
threshold does not guarantee housing affordability. The next section of
this chapter will discuss the tools and strategies that St. Anthony can
employ to help ensure that housing affordability goals are achieved.
FIGURE 5-8: FUTURE RESIDENTIAL LAND USE
Land Use
Category Land Uses Total 2040 Guided
Residential Acres
Low Density
Residential
(2-4 units/acre)
• Detached housing units
• Accessory units
• Duplexes
• Churches, schools and institutional uses
508
Mid Density
Residential
(4-20
units/acre)
• Duplexes or multiplexes
• Accessory units
• Rowhomes or Side-by-Side townhomes
• Garden apartments
• Apartment buildings (2-3 stories)
• Churches, schools and institutional uses
103
High Density
Residential
(20-40
units/acre)
• Rowhomes or Side-by-Side townhomes
• Accessory units
• Garden apartments
• Apartment buildings (2-5 stories)
• Churches, schools and institutional uses
49
FIGURE 5-9: GUIDED DENSITY FOR RESIDENTIAL LAND USE
Guided
density
Re-
developable
Acreage
Density
(Min)
Density
(Mid)
Net Unit
Potential
(Min)
Net Unit
Potential
(Mid)
Staging (Minimum
Density)
Staging (Midpoint
Density)
2020 2030 2040 2020 2030 2040
Mid
density 6.47 4 11.5 8 74 0 8 0 0 74 0
High
density 24.56 20 30 486 859 232 190 64 323 437 99
TOTAL 31.03 494 933 232 198 64 323 511 99
St. Anthony 2040 Comprehensive Plan Chapter 5: Housing
55
FIGURE 5-10: AFFORDABLE UNITS BY SITE
EXISTING HOUSING NEEDS
From this assessment of the physical and cost characteristics of the
housing stock in St. Anthony, combined with the demographic analysis of
the community, there are some features and trends of the housing
landscape that are especially notable and will shape the actions St.
Anthony will take to address housing in the coming decades. The
following section summarizes the community’s most critical housing
needs as they relate to affordability, demand and supply. Each section
contains a housing trend observation, a supplemental narrative and a
subsequent “housing need goal” that arises out of this observation.
Connecting each housing need goal to applicable tools and policies will
occur in a later section entitled “Planning for Affordable Housing.”
The most critical housing trends and needs in St. Anthony are as follows:
• Rental housing demand at all affordability levels is increasing.
The population of St. Anthony is older, and is also becoming more
diverse. The need for affordable and appropriate rental housing will
only increase with this trend. As this trend towards greater diversity
and a higher share of older residents plays out across the region
overall in the decades to come, St. Anthony must consider what
initiatives to undertake if it wants to provide housing opportunities for
people of all ages, incomes, backgrounds, and in all stages of life.
In St. Anthony, renters represent an increasing share of the occupied
households. Whereas in 2000 only 33 percent of households were
renter-occupied, that share increased to 38 percent in 2010. As an
inner-ring suburban community located close to jobs and transit, St.
Anthony should expect the overall demand for housing to be strong
and the rental demand to be maintained or increase in the coming
decades. The regional forecasted trend predicts population movement
back to the urban core and increasing preferences for rental housing
due to cost considerations and lifestyle choices. As market demand
for rental remains strong, St. Anthony should continue to evaluate
Unit potential for affordable housing (≥8 du/ac) in the 2021-2030
decade, based on density
Unit potential using
minimum densities
Southern Gateway redevelopment (one third of site expected to
develop in 2021-2030) 114 units
Other sites 76 units
Total 190 units
St. Anthony 2040 Comprehensive Plan Chapter 5: Housing
56
whether its regulatory structure and city identity are attractive to rental
housing development.
Housing need goal: Anticipate and meet increased rental demand at
all affordability levels.
• A quarter of St. Anthony’s households are cost-burdened, and a
majority of these households are at or below 50% AMI. One in
four households meet the definition of cost-burdened meaning they
are paying more than 30% of their income on housing. A
disproportionate share of these cost burdened households are lower-
income households.
• Housing need goal: Reduce overall community housing cost burden,
particularly by supporting those projects that provide affordability for
households in the <50% AMI categories.
• The housing stock in St. Anthony is aging, and residents will
have increasing maintenance and upkeep requirements in the
coming decades. St. Anthony contains mostly smaller-lot single
family homes developed in the 1950s, 60s and 70s that are beginning
to age and may not be as attractive or suitable for modern households
as they once were. Developing strategies to maintain and support St.
Anthony’s existing housing stock, particularly for those households
with lower incomes and fewer resources, will remain a significant
challenge in the decades to come, and will be important to continue to
attract newcomers to the city.
Housing need goal: Support housing maintenance assistance
programs, particularly for lower-income households.
• St. Anthony, along with many urban communities, is at risk of
losing its naturally occurring affordable housing to
redevelopment.
St. Anthony has a certain amount of housing that is considered
affordable by way of “naturally occurring” means. Typically, naturally
occurring affordable housing comprises older attached and multifamily
housing that may have deferred maintenance needs or is of an older
or obsolete style. Naturally occurring affordable housing is an
important source of housing affordability in many Twin Cities urban
communities but requires a careful, balanced approach. All residents
have a right to live in safe and well-maintained housing, but
maintenance and other upgrades (including redevelopment) can
contribute to the loss of housing affordability in a community.
There are proactive steps that St. Anthony can take to recognize the
important role that naturally occurring affordable housing plays in the
community, typically supporting households between 30-80% AMI,
St. Anthony 2040 Comprehensive Plan Chapter 5: Housing
57
and to pursue opportunities to preserve this housing and improve its
safety and livability while maintaining its affordability.
Housing need goal: Anticipate the need for preservation of naturally-
occurring affordable housing within all affordability bands.
Planning for Affordable Housing
Affordable housing implementation toolbox
Simply guiding land at higher densities is not a guarantee that affordable
housing will be produced. To increase the likelihood of affordable housing
development, St. Anthony has identified implementation tools that it is
willing and able to use to advance its housing goals.
St. Anthony does already provide a variety of affordable rental housing
options in comparison to many of its surrounding communities.
Nonetheless, maintenance and production of affordable housing is a
priority for St. Anthony through 2040 and beyond. The City recognizes
that the regional demand for affordable housing is great, and can only be
met through proactive policies and strategies by cities across the region
working in partnership with affordable housing developers and agencies.
Strong partnerships are essential, as the city has limited tools at its
disposal to produce and maintain affordable housing on its own.
However, there are areas in which cities have flexibility to enact financial
and regulatory discretion. The provision of Tax Increment Financing (or
TIF) is one of the most effective tools that cities have at their discretion to
aid the production of affordable housing projects, and St. Anthony has
financially assisted affordable rental projects through TIF and other
available means if and when they come forward and will continue to
evaluate TIF as an appropriate tool for affordable housing development.
Cities also have control over their zoning, regulatory and land use
policies. St. Anthony must systematically review its zoning and city code
to ensure that the regulatory environment is favorable to affordable
housing development, and consider amending policies that present
barriers to affordable housing development.
Many affordable housing tools and strategies require partnerships with
outside entities, counties, HRAs, funding and granting agencies, and non-
profits that offer programs, funding and policies on a wider scale that
support affordable housing. Tools that can be used to generate or
maintain housing affordability can generally be grouped into the following
categories:
• Local funding (city or county)
• Local policy or strategy
St. Anthony 2040 Comprehensive Plan Chapter 5: Housing
58
• Regional or Federal funding source
• Affordable housing preservation
An overview of housing needs and the tools that may be used to address
them are shown in the matrix below (FIGURE 5-11). The section that follows
explains each of the affordability tools in greater detail, and gives more
details about when these strategies might be used.
St. Anthony 2040 Comprehensive Plan Chapter 5: Housing
59
FIGURE 5-11: AFFORDABLE HOUSING TOOLS
Identified Housing
Need Goals
Affordable Housing Tools*
Local Funding Local policy/Strategy Regional/Federal Funding Affordable Housing Preservation Development Authorities Housing Bonds Tax Abatement Tax Increment Finance Supportive Referrals Local Fair Housing Policy Homebuyer assistance programs Foreclosure prevention Repair & Rehab Support City involvement in housing groups/initiatives Site assembly Zoning and subdivision policies Rental license and inspections program MHFA Consolidated RFP Livable Communities grant (Met Council) CDBG grants & HOME funds Aff. Housing Incentive Funds (Hennepin Cty) Public housing and project based assistance LIHTC properties 4(d) tax program & private unsubsidized Community land trusts Housing Improvement Areas (HIAs) Anticipate and meet increased
rental demand at all
affordability levels.
P/E P/E P P P P P E P/E E E E E
Reduce overall community
housing cost burden,
particularly by supporting
those projects that provide
affordability for households in
the <50% AMI categories.
P/E P/E P P E E P P P E P/E E E E E E
Support housing maintenance
assistance programs,
particularly for lower-income
households.
P/E P/E E E P P E E
Anticipate the need for
preservation of naturally-
occurring affordable housing
within all affordability bands.
P/E E E P P P E E E E E
*”E” indicates the City encourages and/or supports a partnership for this tool. “P” indicates the City can provide this tool directly.
St. Anthony 2040 Comprehensive Plan Chapter 5: Housing
60
Affordability tools
This section explains each of the affordability tools from FIGURE 5-11 in
greater detail.
Affordability
Category Housing Affordability Tool
Local funding
for Affordable
Housing
Development Authorities (local HRA, CDA, or EDA) The Hennepin and Ramsey County
HRAs can and do levy funds for affordable housing maintenance and production within
St. Anthony. The City does have its own HRA, but the city HRA is currently inactive.
Activating the city’s HRA would allow St. Anthony to have more discretion over funding
of affordable housing projects and programs and would allow the city to consider
appropriate levies to support specific affordable housing needs, such as specific
developments and/or housing maintenance programs. The City could even consider
creating an Affordable Housing Trust Fund through its HRA to support project by
project requests.
Housing Bonds HRAs have the ability to issue bonds that help to develop and
administer affordable housing developments or programs. Cities may make or
purchase loans using the proceeds of the bond sales for activities such as ne w
construction, acquisition and rehabilitation, or refinancing bond debt. There are
specific affordable unit thresholds that must be met in bond-financed projects. Bond-
supported projects would typically support affordable housing for the 50% and 80%
AMI bands.
Tax Abatement Tax abatement is a financing tool that reduces taxes or tax increases for
owners of specific properties. Local governments offer the tax reduction to provide a
financial incentive for a public benefit, such as creation of housing affordable to low
and moderate-income households. St. Anthony will prioritize temporary tax abatement
over permanent tax abatement, except in cases where the project provides a
significant public benefit beyond the provision of affordable housing and would not
happen “but for” the provision of tax abatement.
St. Anthony 2040 Comprehensive Plan Chapter 5: Housing
61
Tax Increment Financing The City may create a tax increment financing (TIF) district.
The TIF bonds issued on this district are to be used to support the construction of
affordable housing and entire property taxes received above the original tax value
from the development to finance these bonds. The City has discretion over TIF
allocations and will consider using TIF for housing projects that include not only a
significant percentage of affordable units but also provide a substantial public benefit
(including but not limited to: environmental remediation, enhanced walkable urban
design, open space or park land, provision of green space, stormwater infiltration,
and/or improved streetscape design) and would not happen “but for” TIF assistance.
TIF-supported affordable housing projects will help to reduce the City’s housing cost
burden. By legislative definition, TIF used for affordable rental housing projects must
meet provide affordability to those at 60% of AMI or less. The affordability threshold is
115% of AMI for owner-occupied housing projects.
Local policies
and
strategies to
promote
access to
affordable
housing
Effective referrals The City supports providing appropriate resources and education
about existing housing support programs offered by other agencies and organizations.
While the city does not have the capacity to provide a full-time staff to offer this
service, there are opportunities to more effectively communicate to residents and
prospective residents about existing programs offered through Minnesota Housing
(first-time homebuyer and fix-up loan programs) and local non-profits serving the area.
Effective housing referrals will increase opportunities for residents to enter the
community who would otherwise have barriers, and improve the likelihood of existing
housing maintenance.
Fair Housing Policy Both Hennepin & Ramsey County HRA support Fair Housing Policies,
and the City will support implementation of that policy.
First time homebuyer, down payment assistance, and foreclosure prevention programs
The City encourages residents to access existing programs available through Hennepin
& Ramsey counties, as well as the Minnesota Homeownership Center and the StartUp
program through Minnesota Housing. The City will continue to form partnerships with
external organizations who offer these programs and seek to provide referral
information wherever possible. These programs will be especially valuable to
households at or below 80% AMI who would otherwise face extreme hardships in
purchasing or maintaining a home.
St. Anthony 2040 Comprehensive Plan Chapter 5: Housing
62
Repair and rehabilitation programs There are many programs external to the city that
support housing repair and rehabilitation assistance for homeowners and rental
housing properties. Many of these programs and sources of funding assistance can be
accessed through the County HRAs, Greater Minnesota Housing Corporation (GMHC),
Minnesota Housing, or others. The City will continue promoting its partnership with
GMHC to residents and to support the efforts of external organizations to offer these
programs to residents, particularly targeting those low-income residents most in need.
Participation in housing-related organizations, partnerships, and initiatives City supports
staff, commissioners and/or elected officials’ involvement in housing collaborations,
working groups, technical assistance panels, or other events focused on the topic of
maintaining or furthering affordable housing, and encourage collaboration and
knowledge-sharing on best practices between cities and other jurisdictions.
Site assembly The City states an intention of supporting policies that encourage land
banking, reserving publicly owned properties, and other site assembly techniques for
affordable housing. The City should consider taking a proactive stance to monitor and
purchase city properties that can be assembled and developed into a public good
project such as the production of affordable housing, or maintaining and rehabbing an
existing affordable housing development. The Twin Cities Land Bank serves
communities in Hennepin and Ramsey counties. St. Anthony might pursue greater
partnership or collaboration with the Twin Cities Land Bank and support land banking
opportunities as they arise.
Zoning and subdivision ordinances City codes should encourage and streamline
development of affordable housing. The City may consider proactive zoning policies
that incentivize higher density or greater affordability. These might include: adoption
of an accessory dwelling unit ordinance, continuing to use PUDs as a means of
supporting mixed-use and/or dense and walkable projects, considering of upzoning in
areas where appropriate, evaluation of existing dimensional requirements for barriers
to production of multifamily housing, possible fee waivers or expedited process for
projects that meet affordability standards, inclusionary housing thresholds for new
developments, and others. Such updates to zoning ordinances may help to meet rental
demand and produce housing that is affordable to households at or above 50% AMI.
Rental license and inspections programs St. Anthony already has a rental license and
inspection program. These programs are enacted not only to ensure tenants are
treated fairly, but can also a data collection opportunity to keep tabs on rental
properties. This data can help cities understand where naturally occurring affordable
housing in the community exists and to better understand what steps need to be taken
to help preserve it.
St. Anthony 2040 Comprehensive Plan Chapter 5: Housing
63
Regional &
Federal
funding for
Affordable
Housing
MHFA Consolidated Request for Proposals This is the big annual funding request from
Minnesota Housing Finance Agency that supports affordable housing developments.
The City will continue to work with developers in coordination with MHFA in
supporting RFP submissions for projects that will bring a significant number of new
affordable units, and will urge more support for projects that meet affordability
thresholds of 50% AMI or below as a reflection of the city’s greatest cost-burdened
need.
Livable Communities Demonstration Account (LCDA) St. Anthony is eligible for Met
Council funding for developments within the community that will innovative projects
often involving affordable and connected housing. The City will continue to work with
developers in coordination with the Met Council in supporting RFP submissions for
projects that will bring a significant number of new affordable units, and will urge more
support for projects that meet affordability thresholds of 50% AMI or below as a
reflection of the city’s greatest cost-burdened need.
Community Development Block Grant Funds (CDBG) Hennepin & Ramsey counties
manage these funds, which can be used on a number of housing and revitalization
projects. St. Anthony may apply annually through a coordinated County RFP, and
should be actively considering opportunities to apply for and use CDBG funds.
HOME Investment Partnerships Program (HOME) Offered through Hennepin & Ramsey
County for construction or rehabilitation projects. St. Anthony may apply annually
through a coordinated County RFP, and should be actively considering opportunities to
apply for and use HOME funds, particularly for projects to mitigate the loss of naturally
occurring affordable housing.
Hennepin communities: Affordable Housing Incentive Fund (AHIF) Financing supports
acquisition, rehabilitation or new construction activities. St. Anthony may apply
annually through a coordinated County RFP, and should be actively considering
opportunities to apply for and use AHIF funds, particularly for projects to mitigate the
loss of naturally occurring affordable housing.
Affordable
Housing
preservation
Strategies
Project Based Rental Assistance Typically HUD-funded, this type of assistance is a deep
subsidy that remains with the units of a project or development. Although the City
does not fund this type of assistance, St. Anthony should consider stating its intent of
support for project-based assistance, as such projects are one of the only
opportunities to support and retain housing affordable to households at or below 30%
AMI.
St. Anthony 2040 Comprehensive Plan Chapter 5: Housing
64
Low Income Housing Tax Credit Properties (LIHTC) With LIHTC, developers apply for tax
credits to offset costs at the time of development. Although the City does not fund this
type of assistance, St. Anthony should consider stating its intent of support for
developers who pursue LIHTC and who intend to seek ways to retain the affordability
of the LIHTC property after the terms of LIHTC are up.
4d tax program Non-subsidized properties may be eligible for a tax break if the owner
of the property agrees to rent and income restrictions (serving households at 60% AMI
or below) and receives “financial assistance” from federal, state or local government.
St. Anthony should consider stating its intent of support for the 4d tax program.
Private unsubsidized affordable housing May be naturally occurring, or supported
through 4d tax program. St. Anthony should consider stating its intent of support for
private unsubsidized affordable housing, and explore opportunities to work with
property owners to retain the affordability of these properties over the long term.
Community Land trusts and Land Banks. Land trusts provide permanent affordability for
income eligible households. Typically, a land trust is structured where a homeowner
owns the building and the land trust leases the land to the homeowner. Households
that make at or below 80% of AMI typically qualify for these homes. Although there is
not an active CLT working within St. Anthony, the city can signal its support for CLT
initiatives as a means of providing homeownership affordability in perpetuity in the
community.
Housing Improvement Areas (HIAs) A housing improvement area (HIA) is a defined area
in a city in which housing improvements in condominium or townhome complexes may
be financed with the assistance of the city (EDA, HRA). An active city HRA would have
the opportunity to designate an HIA in an area where existing housing needs
improvement for retention of housing affordability is at risk.
Public Housing Typically HUD-funded or supported through Federal funding, this type
of assistance is a deep subsidy that remains with the units of a project or development.
Although the City does not fund this type of assistance, St. Anthony should consider
stating its intent of support for public housing, as such projects ar e one of the only
opportunities to support and retain housing affordable to households at or below 30%
AMI.
Chapter 6:
Transportation
St. Anthony 2040 Comprehensive Plan Chapter 6: Transportation
65
CHAPTER 6: TRANSPORTATION
INTRODUCTION
The transportation system in St. Anthony Village generally operates well today.
The City’s multimodal transportation system includes facilities for vehicles,
freight, walking, bicycling and transit. Facilities are operated by a number of
agencies, including the City of St. Anthony Village, Hennepin County, Ramsey
County, Three Rivers Park District, Minneapolis Park and Recreation Board, the
Minnesota Department of Transportation (MnDOT), and the Canadian Pacific
(CP) Railway.
This transportation chapter has been prepared in compliance with State of
Minnesota Statutes and applicable Metropolitan Council guidelines. As part of
this Plan, the City has reviewed existing and future conditions for each mode and
identified safety, operations, and network improvements that will be important to
address over the 2040 planning horizon. The City has also developed goals and
strategies to preserve and improve the transportation system.
This transportation plan includes the following information:
1. Summary of Regional Strategies
2. Existing Roadway System
3. 2040 Traffic Forecasts and Roadway Network Planning
4. Existing and Planned Non-Motorized Transportation Network
5. Freight Network
6. Transit
7. Aviation
8. Goals and Multimodal Strategies
9. Proposed Short and Long Range Roadway Projects
10. Public Comments
11. Conclusion and Next Steps
St. Anthony 2040 Comprehensive Plan Chapter 6: Transportation
66
TRANSPORTATION GLOSSARY
CIP: Capital Improvement Plan – five year plan for capital investments in the
transportation system and in other capital assets owned by the City (equipment,
buildings, etc.).
CR: County Road – county-owned roadway that does not receive State funding.
Critical Crash Rate: Statistical indicator of a safety problem at a location. If
crash rates at a location are above the critical crash rate, it indicates that the
location has a crash rate that is statistically significant compared to similar
roadways.
CSAH: County State Aid Highway – county-owned roadway that receives State
Aid funding.
MnDOT: Minnesota Department of Transportation.
RBTN: Regional Bicycle Transportation Network – existing and planned regional
bicycle network established by the Metropolitan Council.
TH: Trunk Highway – State highway owned and operated by MnDOT.
TPP: Transportation Policy Plan – Regional transportation plan for the Twin
Cities metropolitan region, developed by the Metropolitan Council.
St. Anthony 2040 Comprehensive Plan Chapter 6: Transportation
67
SUMMARY OF REGIONAL STRATEGIES
This Plan has been prepared to be consistent with the regional transportation
strategies outlined in the Metropolitan Council 2040 Transportation Policy Plan
(TPP). Similar to this Plan, the TPP evaluates the existing transportation system,
identifies transportation challenges to the region, and sets regional goals,
objectives, and priorities to meet the transportation needs of current residents
while accommodating the region’s anticipated growth. The TPP also guides local
agencies in coordinating land use and transportation and establishes regional
performance measures and targets.
The TPP is guided by the following goals:
• Transportation system stewardship: Sustainable investments in the
transportation system are protected by strategically preserving,
maintaining, and operating system assets.
• Safety and Security: The regional transportation system is safe and
secure for all users.
• Access to Destinations: People and businesses prosper by using a
reliable, affordable, and efficient multimodal transportation system that
connects them to destinations throughout the region and beyond.
• Competitive Economy: The regional transportation system supports the
economic competitiveness, vitality, and prosperity of the region and State.
• Healthy Environment: The regional transportation system advances
equity and contributes to communities’ livability and sustainability while
protecting the natural, cultural, and developed environments.
• Leveraging Transportation Investment to Guide Land Use: The
region leverages transportation investments to guide land use and
development patterns that advance the regional vision of stewardship,
prosperity, livability, equity, and sustainability.
St. Anthony 2040 Comprehensive Plan Chapter 6: Transportation
68
Funding is a key constraint that is acknowledged in the TPP. Current
transportation revenue will not meet the region’s transportation needs through
2040. As a result, the TPP includes two long-term investment scenarios: a
fiscally-constrained scenario that identifies projects anticipated to be funded
based on current revenue projections, and an increased revenue scenario that
identifies project priorities should additional transportation funding become
available.
Under the current revenue scenario, the TPP is focused on operations and
maintenance of the existing transportation system. Investments in highway
mobility and access are limited to those projects that address multiple TPP goals
and objectives. The increased revenue scenario would allow additional
investments in operations and maintenance, as well as regional mobility, access,
safety, and bicycle/pedestrian improvements. However, congestion cannot be
greatly reduced under even the increased revenue scenario. Under both
scenarios, proposed investments are focused on areas of the metro with the
greatest existing and future challenges and anticipated growth.
The Metropolitan Council classifies St. Anthony Village under the Urban
Community Designation. Based on Thrive MSP 2040, Urban areas are expected
to plan for forecasted population and household growth at average densities of at
least ten units per acre for new development and redevelopment. These
communities are also expected to target opportunities for more intensive
development near regional transit investments.
St. Anthony 2040 Comprehensive Plan Chapter 6: Transportation
69
EXISTING ROADWAY SYSTEM
The sections below provide information about the existing roadway system in St.
Anthony Village, including existing number of lanes, existing roadway jurisdiction,
existing functional classification, existing traffic, existing safety, and access
management. This chapter also includes summary recommendations from recent
plans and corridor studies.
Functional Classification
The functional classification system groups roadways into classes based on
roadway function and purpose. Functional classification is based on both
transportation and land use characteristics, including roadway speeds, access to
adjacent land, connection to important land uses, and the length of trips taken on
the roadway.
Four classes of roadways are included in the seven-county metropolitan area
functional classification system: principal arterials, minor arterials, collector
streets, and local streets. FIGURE 6-1 shows the existing functional classification of
each road in the City of St. Anthony Village and FIGURE 6-2 shows the existing
roadway jurisdiction. The following sections describe each functional class in
greater detail and indicate which roadways fall into each classification.
The functional classification system organizes a
roadway and street network that distributes traffic from
local neighborhood streets to collector roadways, then
to minor arterials and ultimately the principal arterial
system. Roads are placed into categories based on
the degree to which they provide access to adjacent
land and mobility for through traffic. Functional
classification gives an indication of the relative
hierarchy of roadways in the transportation network.
Image: MnDOT
St. Anthony 2040 Comprehensive Plan Chapter 6: Transportation
70
FIGURE 6-1: EXISTING FUNCTIONAL CLASSIFICATION
St. Anthony 2040 Comprehensive Plan Chapter 6: Transportation
71
FIGURE 6-2: EXISTING ROADWAY JURISDICTION
St. Anthony 2040 Comprehensive Plan Chapter 6: Transportation
72
Principal Arterials
Principal arterials are roadways that provide the greatest level of mobility and
access control. Within the metropolitan area, the great majority of principal
arterials are under MnDOT jurisdiction. Principal arterials are typically Interstate
highways or other state or US freeways or expressways. These facilities are
intended to serve trips greater than eight miles and express transit trips. Spacing
of principal arterials varies within developing areas of the metropolitan area.
Typically these facilities are spaced between two and six miles apart. These
facilities connect regional business and commercial concentrations,
transportation terminals, and large institutions within the metropolitan area.
Principal arterials also connect to other cities, regions, and states outside of the
metropolitan area.
Principal arterials are intended to maintain average speeds of 40 mph during
peak traffic periods. To maintain mobility and speeds on principal arterials, land
access and transportation system connections are limited. There is little to no
direct land access from principal arterials. Intersections are limited to interstate
freeways, other principal arterials, and “A” Minor arterials. Access points are
typically grade-separated or controlled with a signal and are spaced one to two
miles apart.
One existing principal arterial is located adjacent to St. Anthony Village. MnDOT
Interstate (I-) 35W is located near the far southeast corner of the City, but it does
not have any access points within the City. I-35W connects Minneapolis with
Roseville, New Brighton, Arden Hills, and Blaine. The 2040 Transportation Polic y
Plan does not propose any additional principal arterials within the City.
Minor Arterials
Minor arterials maintain a focus on mobility, but provide more land access than
principal arterials. Within St. Anthony Village, all minor arterials are under the
jurisdiction of Hennepin County or Ramsey County. Minor arterials are intended
to serve trips of four to eight miles in length. Within developing areas of the
metro, these facilities are spaced between one and two miles apart. Minor
arterials connect cities and towns within the region and link to regional business
and commercial concentrations. Access points along minor arterials are
generally at-grade and typically controlled with signals or stop signs.
During peak traffic, minor arterials in developing areas are intended to maintain
30 mph average speeds. As a result, transportation system connections are
limited to interstate freeways, other principal arterials, other minor arterials,
collectors, and some local streets. Land access is limited to concentrations of
commercial and industrial land uses. The Metropolitan Council has established a
system of “A” Minor and “B” Minor arterials. “A” Minor arterials are eligible for
federal funding administered by the Metropolitan Council.
St. Anthony 2040 Comprehensive Plan Chapter 6: Transportation
73
The Metropolitan Council has further split “A” Minor arterials into four types,
described below:
• Relievers: Arterials located parallel to congested principal arterials. The
purpose of “A” Minor Relievers is to provide additional capacity in
congested corridors.
• Augmenters: Arterials that supplement the principal arterials system
within urban centers and urban communities.
• Expanders: Arterials that supplement principal arterials in less-densely
developed areas of the metro area.
• Connectors: Arterials that provide connections between rural towns and
connect rural areas with the principal arterial system.
There are four “A” Minor Augmenters and one “A” Minor Reliever within the City:
“A” Minor Augmenters:
• Hennepin County State Aid Highway (CSAH) 94
• Hennepin CSAH 93
• Ramsey CSAH 19
• Ramsey CSAH 44
“A” Minor Reliever:
• Hennepin CSAH 88
“B” Minor arterials have a similar focus on mobility above land access. These
roadways connect major traffic generators in the region. “B” Minor arterials are
not eligible for federal funding. “B” Minor arterials within the City include the
following:
• Hennepin CSAH 136
• Hennepin CSAH 153
• Ramsey CSAH 15
No additional minor arterials are proposed within the City at this time.
Major and Minor Collectors
Major and minor collector roadways provide linkages to larger developments and
community amenities. They generally do not link communities to one another.
Collector roadways generally favor access to the system over mobility, but try to
balance the two competing needs. Collector roadways are generally lower speed
than the principal or minor arterial routes. Collector roadways are often owned
and operated by cities, although counties operate some of these facilities. Within
St. Anthony Village, most collector roadways are owned and operated by the
City, but Hennepin County operates one. Collectors are intended to serve trips of
St. Anthony 2040 Comprehensive Plan Chapter 6: Transportation
74
one to four miles in length. Collectors link minor arterials, other collectors, and
local streets.
Major collectors typically serve higher density residential areas and
concentrations of commercial and industrial land uses. These facilities tend to
serve longer trips than minor collectors. Major collectors within the City include
the following:
• CSAH 27 (Stinson Boulevard Northeast)
• Silver Lane (west of CSAH 44)
• 29th Avenue Northeast (west of CSAH 88)
• St. Anthony Boulevard
There are no minor collectors within the City, and the 2040 Transportation Policy
Plan does not propose any additional collector roadways within the City.
Local Roadways
The primary function of local roadways is land access. Local roadways connect
individual land parcels with other local roadways and collectors. Trips on local
roadways are typically under two miles. Speeds on local roadways are typically
low. Longer trips are facilitated by local roadway connections to the collector and
arterial systems. Local roadways are under the jurisdiction of the City of St.
Anthony Village. Local roadways are all roadways that are not arterials or
collectors.
Planned Functional Classification
Several functional classification changes are recommended in response to
changes in traffic patterns, development patterns, and increased population and
employment in the City. Planned functional classification changes are listed
below.
Change from a local street to major collector:
• Stinson Parkway from St. Anthony Boulevard to Lowry Avenue
Change from a local street to minor collector:
• Highcrest Road/Old Highway 8 from 37th Avenue to Rankin Road
• 33rd Avenue from Stinson Boulevard to Highcrest Road
• Chandler Drive/Foss Road from Silver Lane to 37th Avenue
• 39th Avenue from Silver Lake Road to Stinson Boulevard
• Stinson Boulevard from Silver Lane to 37th Avenue
FIGURE 6-3 on the following page provides a map illustrating the existing and
planned functional classification system for St. Anthony Village.
A note on transportation plan strategies:
Throughout this Plan, locations associated with numbered mode-specific strategies are
identified on corresponding maps. These strategies are listed and described in further detail
in FIGURE 6-20.
St. Anthony 2040 Comprehensive Plan Chapter 6: Transportation
75
St. Anthony 2040 Comprehensive Plan Chapter 6: Transportation
76
FIGURE 6-3: EXISTING AND PLANNED FUNCTIONAL CLASSIFICATION
St. Anthony 2040 Comprehensive Plan Chapter 6: Transportation
77
Existing Roadway Capacity and Safety
Roadway capacity and roadway safety are two key indicators of how well the
roadway system is meeting the City’s transportation needs. The sections below
provide information to better understand capacity and safety issues within St.
Anthony Village.
Existing Roadway Capacity
A roadway’s capacity indicates how many vehicles may use a roadway before it
experiences congestion. Capacity is largely dependent upon the number of
lanes. FIGURE 6-4 below lists planning-level thresholds that indicate a roadway’s
capacity. Additional variation (more or less capacity) on an individual segment is
influenced by a number of factors including: amount of access, type of access,
peak hour percent of traffic, directional split of traffic, truck percent, opportunities
to pass, and amount of turning traffic, the availability of dedicated turn lanes,
parking availability, intersection spacing, signal timing and a variety of other
factors.
FIGURE 6-4: PLANNING-LEVEL URBAN ROADWAY CAPACITIES
Facility Type
Daily Two-way Volume
Lower
Threshold
Higher
Threshold
Arterials Two-lane Undivided 10,000 12,000
Two-lane Divided or Three-lane
Divided 15,000 17,000
Four-lane Undivided 18,000 22,000
Four-lane Divided or Five-lane
Undivided 28,000 32,000
Freeways Four-lane Freeway 60,000 80,000
Six-lane Freeway 90,000 120,000
Eight-lane Freeway or Higher
Calculated on a
segment-by-segment basis
St. Anthony 2040 Comprehensive Plan Chapter 6: Transportation
78
Existing Capacity Problems on Arterial Roads
At the planning level, capacity problems are identified by comparing the existing
number of lanes with current traffic volumes. FIGURE 6-7 and FIGURE 6-5 illustrate
the existing number of lanes on arterial roadways within the City. FIGURE 6-6
illustrates existing traffic volumes on Principal Arterial, A-Minor Arterials and
other significant roadways within the City.
As shown in the table, I-35W is the only arterial roadway located within or
adjacent to the City that has more than four lanes. All other arterial roadways
have four or fewer lanes. Two arterial roadways transition between the number of
lanes. In some locations, these roadways have two lanes, four lanes, or three
lanes (one travel lane in each direction with a center two-way left-turn lane). All
St. Anthony Village existing and forecasted 2040 traffic volumes are below or
within the planning level capacity thresholds shown in FIGURE 6-4, however, some
congestion does occur along some primary routes, such as Silver Lake Road,
due to operational constraints at intersections.
St. Anthony 2040 Comprehensive Plan Chapter 6: Transportation
79
FIGURE 6-5: EXISTING NUMBER OF LANES
St. Anthony 2040 Comprehensive Plan Chapter 6: Transportation
80
FIGURE 6-6: EXISTING TRAFFIC VOLUMES
St. Anthony 2040 Comprehensive Plan Chapter 6: Transportation
81
FIGURE 6-7: EXISTING NUMBER OF LANES ON ARTERIAL ROADS
Functional
Classification
Roadway Name Location Number
of
Lanes
Principal
Arterial
I-35W St. Anthony Village-Minneapolis border to
St. Anthony Village-Roseville border
7
“A” Minor
Augmenter
Hennepin CSAH 94
(29th Avenue)
CSAH 88 (New Brighton Boulevard) to
St. Anthony Village-Roseville border
4
Hennepin CSAH 93
(37th Avenue)
CSAH 44 (Silver Lake Road) to Chandler
Drive
3-4
Ramsey CSAH 19
(37th Avenue)
Chandler Drive to St. Anthony Village-New
Brighton border
4
Ramsey CSAH 44
(Silver Lake Road)
CSAH 93 to St. Anthony Village-New
Brighton/Roseville border
4
“A” Minor
Reliever
Hennepin CSAH 88
(New Brighton
Boulevard)
St. Anthony Village-Minneapolis border to
St. Anthony Village-Roseville border
4
“B” Minor
Arterial
Hennepin CSAH 136
(Silver Lake Road)
St. Anthony Boulevard to CSAH 93
(37th Avenue)
2-4
Hennepin CSAH 153
(Kenzie Terrace)
St. Anthony Village-Minneapolis border to St.
Anthony Boulevard
4
Ramsey CSAH 15
(County Road E)
St. Anthony Village-Columbia Heights border
to St. Anthony Village-New Brighton border
2
Existing Safety and Operational Issues
There are a number of locations within St. Anthony Village where safety and
operational issues have been identified for motorists and pedestrians. These
locations fall into one of three categories: intersections with general concerns
regarding safety and operations, intersections where pedestrian facilities need to
be upgraded to conform to Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) standards, and
roadway segments experiencing unwanted through traffic on neighborhood
streets.
Corridors within the City that experience some level of congestion in the a.m. and
p.m. peak periods as a result of intersection operational deficiencies include the
following:
St. Anthony 2040 Comprehensive Plan Chapter 6: Transportation
82
• Stinson Boulevard
• St. Anthony Boulevard
• New Brighton Boulevard
• Kenzie Terrace
• 29th Avenue
• Silver Lake Road
• 37th Avenue
• 39th Avenue
As outlined in FIGURE 6-20, Transportation Implementation Strategies, the City has
new APS push buttons, countdown timers and ADA reconstructs programmed for
construction during the summer of 2017 to make improvements at the following
intersections:
• Silver Lake Road and Silver Lane
• 39th Avenue and Silver Lake Road
• 39th Avenue and Stinson Boulevard
• 37th Avenue and Stinson Boulevard
• 37th Avenue and Highcrest Road
St. Anthony 2040 Comprehensive Plan Chapter 6: Transportation
83
Access Management
The purpose of access management is to provide adequate access to adjacent
land development while maintaining acceptable and safe traffic flow on higher
level roadways. Access management consists of carefully controlling the spacing
and design of public street intersections and private access points to the public
roadway system. Because they are designed for higher speed, longer distance
trips, arterials generally have restricted access, while local streets can
accommodate much greater access. Collector roadways fall in between arterials
and local roadways regarding the amount of access that is permitted.
The agency with jurisdiction over a roadway sets access management
guidelines. Access to I-35W must meet MnDOT access management guidelines.
See FIGURE 6-8 and FIGURE 6-9 for MnDOT Access Management Guidelines.
Hennepin County has established access management guidelines for urban
(areas within the 20-year MUSA boundary) and rural areas (areas outside the
MUSA boundary). Hennepin County access management guidelines are
displayed in FIGURE 6-10. Hennepin County requires permits for new driveway
access to County Roads and when land uses change at a site adjacent to a
County Road. Hennepin County typically requires that new access points meet
its guidelines; however, the County can make exceptions to the guidelines with
sufficient justification.
Ramsey County has also developed a draft set of access management policies.
Rather than a set of specific standards, Ramsey County’s draft policies “are
intended to apply accepted access management principles in a context-sensitive
manner to maximize the possible benefits as development occurs or as existing
properties are modified.” The draft policies are as follows.
• A parcel has the legal right to one access from a public street. If access
can be obtained from an adjacent street, access from a County Road or
County State Aid Highway should be directed to the minor street.
• Opportunities to combine or eliminate accesses shall be considered when
new accesses are proposed.
• Where feasible, the access spacing standards of the MnDOT Access
Management Manual shall be met.
• Where possible, new driveways shall be aligned with existing driveways
or streets.
• Any proposed new access or modification of an existing access to a
Ramsey County Road or County State Aid Highway requires a County
access permit, with approval subject to review by the County Engineer.
• Any change in land use of a property with access to any County Road or
County State Aid Highway, requires review of the access, in accordance
with Minnesota Rules 8810.5200. Existing access is not automatically
perpetuated.
St. Anthony 2040 Comprehensive Plan Chapter 6: Transportation
84
• Unless no other option for access to a property exists, access will not be
allowed within the functional area of a street intersection, or within the
functional area of another existing access. As defined by MnDOT, the
functional areas of intersections are defined as follows:
o On roadways with posted speed limits less than 45 MPH, 435 feet.
o On roadways with posted speed limits of 45 MPH or greater, 650
feet.
The interpretation of the functional area of an intersection shall be made
by the County Engineer and adjustments to these distances shall be
made, as appropriate to the particular situation. Diagrams of intersection
functional areas are shown below:
• If no access to a parcel can be obtained, except from a County Road or
County State Aid Highway, Ramsey County acknowledges that a parcel
has the right to one access, subject to approval by the County Engineer.
More than one access may be approved, but should not be assumed.
• The need for turn lanes, bypass lanes, medians or median improvements,
signage, or any other accommodations necessary for safe operation of an
access shall be determined by the County Engineer and incorporated into
access permit provisions. All construction costs shall be paid for by the
permit applicant. Ramsey County will not contribute to the costs of
necessary improvements.
• The need for a Traffic Impact Study for any proposed access shall be
determined by the County Engineer. The County Engineer may require
St. Anthony 2040 Comprehensive Plan Chapter 6: Transportation
85
installation of any mitigation measures recommended by a Traffic Impact
Study.
• The County Engineer may require dedication of access control over the
remainder of a parcel as a condition of granting access in a particular
location.
It should be noted that there are existing access points within the City that do not
meet Hennepin County access spacing guidelines or are inconsistent with
Ramsey County’s draft access management policies. In many cases these
access points were established prior to agency access spacing
guidelines/policies. In other cases the agency has granted an exception to the
existing guidelines. As roadways are reconstructed and as development or
redevelopment occurs, each of these agencies generally works to modify and/or
relocate access points that do not meet current access spacing guidelines,
recognizing that this may not be feasible in all instances.
St. Anthony 2040 Comprehensive Plan Chapter 6: Transportation
86
MnDOT Access Management Manual
FIGURE 6-8: SUMMARY OF RECOMMENDED STREET SPACING FOR IRCS
Category Area or
Facility Type
Typical
Functional
Class
Public Street Spacing
Signal Spacing Primary
Full-
Movement
Intersection
Secondary
Intersection
1 High Priority Interregional Corridors & Interstate System (IRCs)
1F Interstate
Freeway
Principal
Arterials
Interchange Access Only
1AF Non-Interstate
Freeway
Interchange Access Only
(see Section 3.2.7 for interim
spacing)
See Section 3.2.5 for
Signalization on
Interregional Corridors
1A Rural 1 mile 1/2 mile
1B Urban/Urbanizing 1/2 mile 1/4 mile
1C Urban Core 300-660 feet dependent upon block
length
2 Medium Priority Interregional Corridors
2AF Non-Interstate
Freeway
Principal
Arterials
Interchange Access Only
(See Section 3.2.7 for interim
spacing) See Section 3.2.5 for
Signalization on
Interregional Corridors 2A Rural 1 mile 1/2 mile
2B Urban/Urbanizing 1/2 mile 1/4 mile
2C Urban Core 300-660 feet, dependent upon block
length ¼ mile
3 Regional Corridors
3AF Non-Interstate
Freeway
Principal
and Minor
Arterials
Interchange Access Only
(see Section 3.2.7 for interim
spacing)
Interim
3A Rural 1 mile 1/2 mile See Section 3.2.5
3B Urban/Urbanizing 1/2 mile 1/4 mile 1/2 mile
3C Urban Core 300-660 feet, dependent upon block
length 1/4 mile
St. Anthony 2040 Comprehensive Plan Chapter 6: Transportation
87
MnDOT Access Management Manual
FIGURE 6-9: SUMMARY OF RECOMMENDED STREET SPACING FOR NON-IRCS
Category Area or
Facility Type
Typical
Functional
Class
Public Street Spacing
Signal Spacing Primary
Full-Movement
Intersection
Secondary
Intersection
4 Principal Arterials in the Twin Cities Metropolitan Area
and Primary Regional Trade Centers (Non-IRCs)
4AF Non-Interstate
Freeway
Principal
Arterials
Interchange Access Only
(see Section 3.2.7 for interim spacing) Interim
4A Rural 1 mile 1/2 mile See Section 3.2.5
4B Urban/Urbanizing 1/2 mile 1/4 mile 1/2 mile
4C Urban Core 300-660 feet dependent upon block
length 1/4 mile
5 Minor Arterials
5A Rural
Minor
Arterials
1/2 mile 1/4 mile See Section 3.2.5
5B Urban/Urbanizing 1/4 mile 1/8 mile 1/4 mile
5C Urban Core 300-660 feet, dependent upon block
length 1/4 mile
6 Collectors
6A Rural
Collectors
1/2 mile 1/4 mile See Section 3.2.5
6B Urban/Urbanizing 1/8 mile Not Applicable 1/4 mile
6C Urban Core 300-660 feet, dependent upon block
length 1/8 mile
7 Specific Area Access Management Plans
7 All All By adopted plan
St. Anthony 2040 Comprehensive Plan Chapter 6: Transportation
88
89
FIGURE 6-10: HENNEPIN COUNTY ACCESS SPACING GUIDELINES
Rural Arterial Urban and Urbanizing Arterial
Collector Collector Access Type Movements
Allowed
Greater than
7,500 ADT
Less than
7,500 ADT Undivided Divided
Single family
residential driveway Full movements
allowed
1/4 mile (1,320
feet)
1/8 mile (660
feet)
1/8 mile (660
feet) Not allowed Not allowed
1/8 mile (660
feet)
Limited access Not allowed Not allowed Not allowed Not allowed Not allowed
1/16 mile (330
feet)
Low Volume
Driveway (less than
or equal to 500 trips
per day)
Full movements
allowed
1/4 mile (1,320
feet)
1/8 mile (660
feet)
1/8 mile (660
feet) Not allowed Not allowed
1/8 mile (660
feet)
Limited access Not allowed Not allowed Not allowed Not allowed
1/8 mile
(660 feet)
1/16 mile (330
feet)
High Volume
Driveway (greater
than 500 trips per
day)
Full movements
allowed
1/4 mile (1,320
feet)
1/4 mile
(1,320 feet)
1/8 mile (660
feet)
1/4 mile
(1,320 feet)
1/4 mile
(1,320 feet)
1/8 mile (660
feet)
Limited access Not allowed Not allowed Not allowed Not allowed
1/8 mile
(660 feet) Not allowed
Low Volume Public
Street (less than or
equal to 2,500 ADT)
Full movements
allowed
1/4 mile (1,320
feet)
1/4 mile
(1,320 feet)
1/8 mile (660
feet)
1/4 mile
(1,320 feet)
1/4 mile
(1,320 feet)
1/8 mile (660
feet)
Limited access Not allowed Not allowed Not allowed Not allowed
1/8 mile
(660 feet) Not allowed
High Volume Public
Street (greater than
2,500 ADT)
Full movements
allowed
1/2 mile (2,640
feet)
1/4 mile
(1,320 feet)
1/4 mile
(1,320 feet)
1/4 mile
(1,320 feet)
1/4 mile
(1,320 feet)
1/4 mile (1,320
feet)
Limited access
Not allowed
Not allowed Not allowed Not allowed
1/8 mile
(660 feet)
Not allowed
90
Recommendations from Recent Traffic Study
As part of a major proposed redevelopment site in St. Anthony Village, a traffic
study was recently completed as part of an Environmental Assessment
Worksheet. The 15-acre redevelopment site is located in the northeast quadrant
of the intersection of Kenzie Terrace (CR 153) and NE Stinson Parkway. The
proposed Village LLC development is anticipated to consist of a combination of
multi-family residential units, totaling approximately 800 units. As a result of the
traffic study completed for this project, specific operational improvements were
outlined to support the safe and efficient performance of the transportation
system in and around the redevelopment site. Recommendations were generally
categorized into one group occurring with site development (2018), while others
are intended to be implemented over a longer timeframe as the area continues to
develop (2030).
Traffic study improvements recommended for implementation at the same time
as the redevelopment include:
• Optimize signal time and coordination between St. Anthony Boulevard
intersections at New Brighton Boulevard (CSAH 88) and Silver Lake
Road/Kenzie Terrace (CR 153)
• Lengthen northeast bound right-turn lane from Kenzie Terrace (CR 153)
to southeast St. Anthony Boulevard from 170 feet to 200 feet
• Lengthen southwest bound left-turn lane from Silver Lake Road to
southeast St. Anthony Boulevard from 100 feet to 175 feet
• Lengthen northwest bound left-turn lane from St. Anthony Boulevard to
southbound New Brighton Boulevard (CSAH 88) from 125 feet to 200 feet
• Lengthen westbound left-turn lane from Kenzie Terrace to southbound
Stinson Parkway by shortening or removing the existing left-turn lane
from Kenzie Terrace to the Bremer Bank Building
• Lengthen the northbound left-turn lane from Stinson Parkway to
westbound Lowry Avenue from 150 feet to 300 feet
• At the proposed site driveway at Wilson Street on Kenzie Terrace (CR
153) provide:
o Two lanes exiting the site (one left-turn and one through/right-turn
lane)
o Left-turn lane from Kenzie Terrace (CR 153) into the site
o Right-turn lane from Kenzie Terrace (CR 153) into the site
Traffic study improvements recommended for long-term implementation include:
• Consider a dual roundabout or other traffic control improvements at the
St. Anthony Boulevard intersections at New Brighton Boulevard (CSAH
88) and Silver Lake Road (CR 136)/Kenzie Terrace (CR 153)
91
• Consider a roundabout or other intersection control improvements at the
intersection of Kenzie Terrace (CR 153)/Lowry Avenue and Stinson
Parkway
These recommended improvements are included in the list of Transportation
Implementation Strategies outlined in FIGURE 6-20 and also FIGURE 6-21,
Roadway Strategies.
FUTURE ROADWAY SYSTEM
This section addresses future roadway improvement needs and roadway design
guidelines.
Roadway Capacity – Traffic Forecasting
To determine future roadway capacity needs, year 2040 traffic forecasts were
prepared using the Metropolitan Council travel demand model. The model was
refined for application specifically for St. Anthony Village. The 2040 projections
were compared against the assumed 2040 roadway network to see where
roadway segment capacity deficiencies may result. The 2040 roadway network
assumed for this analysis is the same as the current roadway network, as the
City and County Capital Improvement Plans (CIPs) do not include any projects
that add significant capacity to the roadway network.
While the travel demand model is a valuable tool for identifying future traffic
based on the proposed land use impacts, it is not meant for use in detailed traffic
operations studies. For a more accurate representation of the transportation
impacts from specific developments, detailed traffic studies should be conducted
to determine the operational impacts on adjacent roadways and intersections.
A central concept of travel demand forecasting is the use of Transportation
Analysis Zones (TAZs). Each forecast study area, in this case, the City of St.
Anthony Village, is divided into a series of TAZs. Each TAZ has population,
employment, and household data that is used by the model to assign trips to the
various network roadways. FIGURE 6-11 displays Metropolitan Council TAZs within
St. Anthony Village.
The results of the St. Anthony Village modeling process are summarized in FIGURE
6-12, which displays Metropolitan Council 2040 projected average daily traffic
volumes compared to the existing (2014) traffic volumes. For purposes of
comparison, FIGURE 6-12 also includes 2030 forecasted traffic volumes resulting
from adding the proposed Village LLC development in the southwestern portion
of the City.
TABLES 5A and 5B provide a summary of existing and forecasted demographic
growth by TAZ for St. Anthony Village through the year 2040. The St. Anthony
92
Village population is forecasted to reach nearly 10,000 by the year 2040, with
households and employment increasing by 933 and 717 respectively. Allocated
demographic growth and associated land use was generally located in the
southwestern and northern portions of the community. High density residential
was also generally allocated to the southwestern and northwestern portions of
the City, with commercial and multi-optional development areas also generally
identified within the northern portion of the City. For more information about the
demographic allocation and associated land use forecast, please refer to the St.
Anthony Village Land Use Plan in Chapter 4 of the St. Anthony Village
Comprehensive Plan.
93
FIGURE 6-11: ST. ANTHONY VILLAGE TAZS – METROPOLITAN COUNCIL
94
FIGURE 6-12: EXISTING AND FORECASTED TRAFFIC VOLUMES
95
96
2040 Future Roadway Capacity Improvement Needs
To identify the need for potential future capacity improvements, Metropolitan
Council 2040 forecasts were compared to planning-level roadway capacities for
Principal and A-Minor Arterial Roadways. Planning-level roadway capacities
used for this analysis are illustrated in FIGURE 6-13 below. Based on this
comparison, all roadways in the City have adequate capacity to accommodate
forecasted Metropolitan Council 2040 travel demands.
FIGURE 6-13: PLANNING-LEVEL ROADWAY CAPACITY
Facility Type
Daily Two-way Volume
Lower
Threshold
Higher
Threshold
Arterials Two-lane Undivided 10,000 12,000
Two-lane Divided or Three-lane
Divided 15,000 17,000
Four-lane Undivided 18,000 22,000
Four-lane Divided or Five-lane
Undivided 28,000 32,000
Freeways Four-lane Freeway 60,000 80,000
Six-lane Freeway 90,000 120,000
Eight-lane Freeway or Higher
Calculated on a
segment-by-segment basis
97
EXISTING AND PLANNED NON-MOTORIZED TRANSPORTATION
NETWORK
This section addresses network needs for walking and bicycling within St.
Anthony Village. This section also addresses the needs of people using
wheelchairs and assistive mobility devices such as mobility scooters, as they are
considered pedestrians.
Enhancing the non-motorized elements of the St. Anthony Village transportation
system is a key goal in terms of improving transportation sustainability in the City
and in the region. This approach gives residents an alternative to driving,
supports transportation options for people who do not have consistent access to
a personal vehicle, and encourages healthy activities and lifestyles.
This section includes information on the existing non-motorized transportation
network within St. Anthony Village, connections to land use planning, the planned
local non-motorized transportation network, and the planned regional non-
motorized transportation network. This section also includes recommendations
for intersection improvements and design best practices.
Existing Non-Motorized Transportation Network
The non-motorized transportation network in St. Anthony Village is comprised
primarily of sidewalks and one regional trail. As shown in FIGURE 6-14, there is
existing sidewalk along one or both sides of the following roadways:
• St. Anthony Boulevard
• Kenzie Terrace
• Stinson Boulevard
• CSAH 44/Silver Lake Road
• Old Highway 8
• Highcrest Road
• 29th Avenue
• 33rd Avenue
• 37th Avenue
• 39th Avenue
• Silver Lane
• Chandler Drive
• Foss Road
Additionally, there is one regional multi-use trail located within the City of St.
Anthony Village and two others that are located adjacent to the City. The
Northeast Diagonal Regional Trail is an existing regional trail that is managed
and maintained by the Three Rivers Park District. The trail runs along the south
side of New Brighton Boulevard from Broadway Street NE to the boundary with
the City of Roseville, where it connects to the County Road B-2 Trail in Roseville.
98
The trail includes a ramp connection to the existing sidewalk along the east side
of St. Anthony Boulevard.
The Ridgway Parkway Regional Trail is also adjacent to the southern border of
the City, where it connects to St. Anthony Boulevard at its junction with Ridgway
Parkway. The St. Anthony Parkway Regional Trail is a regional multi-use trail that
is located along the north side of St. Anthony Parkway and runs west from
Stinson Parkway through Minneapolis, where it connects with other trails that are
operated by the Minneapolis Park & Recreation Board as part of the Grand
Rounds Scenic Byway System. Stinson Parkway south of St. Anthony Boulevard
is also identified as a part of the regional parks and trails system; however, it
does not currently include any bicycle-specific facilities.
Connections to Land Use Planning
St. Anthony Village has development patterns consistent with its designation as
an Urban community. Existing residential development is higher in density
compared with suburban areas, but reflects the transition toward development
patterns influenced by the rise of the automobile, with some commercial land
uses separated from largely single-family residential land uses. This means that
people walking and bicycling must cover greater distances to reach commercial
areas from their homes. However, the development patterns in the City are
well-suited to bicycling and walking, due to a largely regular street grid, relatively
short blocks, and convenient connections to regional trails, parks, and schools.
There are also commercial destinations throughout St. Anthony Village that lie
within walking or biking distance of many City residents, including Silver Lake
Village Shopping Center in the northwest portion of the City and St. Anthony
Shopping Center in the southwest portion of the City.
The City’s land use planning and coordination with developers can help improve
opportunities for walking and bicycling for transportation. The City can encourage
mixed-use development that situates residents within a short walk of commercial
destinations. The City can also work with developers to construct sidewalks and
trails within developments. Additionally, the City can require pedestrian and
bicycle connections in areas where the roadway network does not connect, such
as cul-de-sac connector trails that provide shortcuts for people walking and
bicycling.
99
FIGURE 6-14: EXISTING AND PROPOSED LOCAL BICYCLE AND PEDESTRIAN NETWORK
100
Planned Local Non-Motorized Transportation Network
Because the City’s existing non-motorized transportation network is well-
established, the planned network focuses on filling gaps that exist and improving
safety conditions and the comfort or convenience of non-motorized facilities
through intersection design, streetscape improvements, and other design
considerations. When the network is complete, it will provide safe, convenient
linkages between residential areas and commercial, institutional, and recreational
areas within the City. The network will improve options for people to walk and
bicycle for transportation within the City, and facilitate regional connections
(described in greater detail in the following section). The existing and proposed
local bicycle and pedestrian network is shown in FIGURE 6-14. The identified non-
motorized gaps in this network include the following locations:
• St. Anthony Boulevard between Ridgway Parkway and Stinson Boulevard
(bicycle)
• New Brighton Boulevard/Old Highway 8 between St. Anthony Boulevard
and 33rd Avenue NE (bicycle/pedestrian)
• 29th Avenue between Stinson Boulevard and St. Anthony Village-
Roseville border (bicycle/pedestrian)
• Stinson Boulevard between St. Anthony Boulevard and Silver Lane
(bicycle/pedestrian)
• Maplewood Drive/Chelmsford Road between Skycroft Drive and 37th
Avenue (pedestrian)
• Private road/driveway south of Silver Lane within Silver Lake Village
Shopping Center (pedestrian)
• Silver Lake Road between Silver Lane and Silverwood Park (bicycle)
Planned Regional Non-Motorized Transportation Network
The Metropolitan Council 2040 TPP encourages the use of bicycles as a mode of
transportation and establishes a Regional Bicycle Transportation Network
(RBTN) to establish an integrated network of on-street bikeways and off-road
trails that complement each other to improve conditions for bicycle transportation
at the regional level. The RBTN identifies Tier 1 and Tier 2 alignments where
existing regional or other trails exist or where a specific alignment has bee n
identified. The RBTN also identifies Tier 1 and Tier 2 corridors where specific
alignments have not yet been defined.
Within St. Anthony Village, the RBTN identifies three Tier 1 RBTN alignments
and three Tier 1 RBTN corridors. The alignments include the existing Northeast
Diagonal Trail, Stinson Parkway between Kenzie Terrace and St. Anthony
Boulevard, and St. Anthony Boulevard between Stinson Parkway and the
Northeast Diagonal Trail. The Northeast Diagonal Trail and Stinson Parkway
alignments are also designated as regional trails. The two RBTN corridors all
101
extend from the southwest corner of the City, and include one corridor running
north-south on the western edge of the City (centered on Stinson Boulevard
north of St. Anthony Boulevard), one running in a southwest/northeast direction
(centered on Silver Lake Road, 29th Avenue, and Old Highway 8). There is also
a corridor running to the east from St. Anthony Village centered on the existing
Northeast Diagonal Trail; however, because that trail already exists, an alignment
does not need to be identified for the segment within the St. Anthony Village.
The RBTN alignment identified along St. Anthony Boulevard, along with the
remaining portion of St. Anthony Boulevard south of the Northeast Diagonal Trail,
is also identified in the Hennepin County 2040 Bicycle Transportation Plan as
part of the planned off-street bikeway system. The Minneapolis Park &
Recreation Board has also identified this corridor for a regional trail as part of the
Grand Rounds Missing Link project, a project to develop connections to the
existing Grand Rounds trail system. The Hennepin County plan also identifies
Stinson Boulevard as part of the planned on-street bikeway system.
Hennepin County has a planned reconstruction project on 29th Avenue which will
add sidewalk to CSAH 94 (29th Avenue) between CSAH 88 and the county line.
This project also includes participation from the City and Ramsey County.
The Ramsey County-Wide Pedestrian & Bicycle Plan identifies a Connected
Ramsey Communities Network, with a series of corridors that represent long-
distance bikeways crossing the county. Within St. Anthony Village, there are
three of these corridors: County Road D (37th Avenue), Stinson (Stinson
Boulevard), and Silver Lake Road. County Road E (45th Avenue) is shown as a
planned Local Corridor, while Silver Lane is identified as a Local Corridor with an
identified need.
The City proposes the following alignments for the RBTN corridors identified
within the City:
• Along Stinson Boulevard between St. Anthony Boulevard and Silver Lane
(coordination with City of Minneapolis needed).
• Along New Brighton Boulevard (CSAH 88) and Old Highway 8.
The existing and proposed regional network is shown in FIGURE 6-15.
102
Intersection Improvements for Bicycling and Walking
A number of intersections have been identified for improvements based on safety
issues related to skew or operations for motor vehicles; however, improvements
at many of these same intersections would also benefit pedestrians and bicyclists
by slowing vehicles, shortening crossing distances, providing pedestrian refuges,
and/or adding improved pavement markings or signals. Intersections include:
• Kenzie Terrace/Silver Lake Road and St. Anthony Boulevard
• CSAH 88 and St. Anthony Boulevard
• 29th Avenue and CSAH 88
• 33rd Avenue and Highway 8/Highcrest Road
103
FIGURE 6-15: EXISTING AND PROPOSED REGIONAL BICYCLE AND PEDESTRIAN
NETWORK
104
105
Non-Motorized Transportation Design Considerations
Design dimensions for sidewalks are recommended to be five-feet or wider, with
a minimum of a four-foot-wide boulevard between the sidewalk and the curb.
Increased separation improves pedestrian comfort and provides space for street
signs and snow storage.
The Hennepin County Bicycle Plan includes the following hierarchy for types of
bicycle facilities. In order of their ability to provide a comfortable bicycling
environment from largest improvement to smallest, facilities include: off-street
facilities, protected bikeways, buffered bicycle lanes, conventional bicycle lanes,
bicycle boulevards, and wide paved shoulders. FIGURE 6-16 shows examples of
these facility types.
Multi-use trails are recommended to be a minimum of eight-feet wide. Regional
trails are recommended to be a minimum of ten-feet wide due to higher use and
the design requirements to comply with federal funding. Trails must have a two-
foot wide clear zone on either side to reduce hazards for bicyclists and provide a
recovery zone if a bicyclist leaves the edge of the trail. The clear zone can be
paved or turf surface. No signs, furnishings, trees, or other obstructions can be in
the clear zone.
Paved shoulders should be a minimum of four-feet wide if intended for bicycle
and pedestrian use. Four-foot wide shoulders are adequate on streets with traffic
volumes below 1,000 vehicles per day. Six- to eight-foot shoulders are
recommended when traffic volumes exceed 1,000 vehicles per day. A wider
shoulder improves pedestrian and bicyclist safety and comfort when vehicle
traffic speeds and volumes are higher.
As non-motorized facilities are planned and designed, the City should consult
additional planning and design resources, including:
• Hennepin County Bicycle Transportation Plan
• Hennepin County Pedestrian Plan
• Ramsey County-Wide Pedestrian & Bicycle Plan
• MnDOT Bikeway Facility Design Manual
• Minnesota Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices
• Guide for the Development of Bicycle Facilities – American Association of
State Highway and Transportation Officials
• Guide for the Planning, Design, and Operation of Pedestrian Facilities –
American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials
• Public Rights of Way Accessibility Guidelines (PROWAG) – US Access
Board
Accessibility is a very important consideration for non-motorized design. All new
pedestrian and bicycle facilities must meet the ADA accessibility guidelines
106
established in PROWAG. The guidelines in PROWAG address the design needs
of people with physical and/or visual impairments. Accessibility will become
increasingly important over the next 20 years due to demographic changes. Baby
boomers are aging and the population over age 65 is increasing. People over 65
are more likely to have physical and/or visual impairments that affect their ability
to get around.
107
FIGURE 6-16: EXAMPLE BICYCLE FACILITIES
108
FREIGHT
Freight transportation in St. Anthony Village is primarily served by two rail lines
and arterial roadways. FIGURE 6-17 shows the City’s freight system and potential
freight generators. A Canadian Pacific (CP) rail line passes through the northern
portion of the City and a Minnesota Commercial (MNNR) rail line passes through
the extreme southeast corner of the City. An abandoned rail line also passes
diagonally across the southern portion of the City; this rail line was purchased by
the Hennepin County Railroad Authority and developed into the Northeast
Diagonal Trail.
There are no large freight traffic generators within the City. Most truck and rail
traffic is passing through St. Anthony Village on trips to, from, and through the
Twin Cities. Shoreham Yard, a major CP rail/truck intermodal terminal is located
to the west of the City along Central Avenue in Minneapolis. Freight traffic
generators within St. Anthony Village are located along portions of the CP rail
line and along CSAH 88. Freight generators include concentrations of industrial
land uses north of CSAH 93/CSAH 19 and south of CSAH 88. Silver Lake Village
and the St. Anthony Shopping Center are also commercial centers that generate
some freight traffic along CSAH 44 and CSAH 88 respectively.
FIGURE 6-18 shows Heavy Commercial Average Annual Daily Traffic (HCAADT)
within St. Anthony Village. New Brighton Boulevard (CSAH 88) carries the
greatest number of heavy commercial vehicles (1,234 vehicles per day). 37th
Avenue NE (CSAH 19) also carries a substantial amount of heavy commercial
traffic within the City.
As of January 2015, the CP rail line carries approximately 10 trains per day. The
Metropolitan Council 2040 TPP notes that freight rail traffic has increased
substantially since 2010. Throughout the region, freight rail traffic is expected to
increase, especially as the regional population continues to grow.
There are two locations in the City where the CP rail line crosses public
roadways: CSAH 27 (Stinson Boulevard Northeast) and CSAH 44 (Silver Lake
Road Northeast). The CSAH 27 crossing is at-grade and is controlled by flashing
lights and gates. The CSAH 44 crossing is grade-separated. There is also a
sidewalk crossing of the rail line between Foss Road and Silver Lane. This
crossing includes signing and sections of chain link fence in order to encourage
pedestrians and bicyclists to slow and look for trains prior to crossing. The only
MNNR railroad crossing within the City is a grade-separated crossing under I-
35W.
The Metropolitan Council 2040 TPP acknowledges several freight challenges
that impact the City and the region. As mentioned above, freight traffic is
expected to increase and place pressure on the region’s highway and rail
systems. East-west traffic on the CP lines has increased in recent years in part
109
due to growth in the Bakken oil fields of North Dakota and Montana. Safety is
also an increasing concern, particularly rail safety as related to Bakken crude oil
being transported through the region on the CP lines. The CP Shoreham Yard in
northeast Minneapolis has been identified as operating near full capacity, which
has resulted in congestion and additional freight truck traffic on principal arterials
in the region. Based on discussions with City fire department personnel, there
have been periods during which nine freight trains move through St. Anthony
Village in an average day. Depending on operations at the CP Shoreham Yard,
trains sometimes need to idle within the St. Anthony Village City limits for an
extended period of time while they wait to be loaded or unloaded at the railyard.
The volume of rail traffic has therefore raised concerns about compatibility
between freight traffic and adjacent land uses. While land use adjacent to the
City’s primary freight routes is generally compatible with these uses (industrial,
commercial, etc.), there are several areas of single-family and multi-family
residential housing that lie adjacent to the rail lines.
110
FIGURE 6-17: EXISTING FREIGHT SYSTEM
111
FIGURE 6-18: HEAVY COMMERCIAL AADT
112
TRANSIT
St. Anthony Village is located within the Transit Capital Levy District as shown in
the Metropolitan Council 2040 TPP. The TPP further classifies the metropolitan
area into transit markets based on demographic and urban design factors. Much
of the southern portion of St. Anthony Village is located in Market Area II, and the
northern portion is located within Market Area III. Market Area II generally
supports fixed-route transit, but at lower frequencies or shorter service spans
than provided in Market Area I. Transit service in Market Area III is primarily
commuter express bus service with some fixed-route local service providing
basic coverage. General public dial-a-ride services are available where fixed-
route service is not viable.
Most of the transit routes that serve St. Anthony Village provide connections to
downtown Minneapolis; several also provide connections to regional destinations
such as the Rosedale Mall. Fixed route bus service in St. Anthony Village is
described below and shown on FIGURE 6-19. Note that there are several bus
routes that cross the extreme southeast corner of the City along I -35W. These
are not listed below because they do not include any stops within the City
boundaries.
• Route 4: Daytime and evening service between New Brighton, downtown
Minneapolis, and Bloomington via 37th Avenue and Silver Lake Village in
St. Anthony Village.
• Route 25: Daytime service between Blaine, downtown Minneapolis, and
south Minneapolis via Silver Lake Road, Silver Lake Village, 33rd
Avenue, and Stinson Boulevard in St. Anthony Village.
• Route 32: Daytime service between Robbinsdale, north and northeast
Minneapolis, and Rosedale via New Brighton Boulevard and Kenzie
Terrace in St. Anthony Village.
• Route 141: Limited stop commuter service between downtown
Minneapolis and New Brighton via 37th Avenue in St. Anthony Village.
• Route 801: Daytime service between the Rosedale Transit Center and
the Brooklyn Center Transit Center via Silver Lake Road, 37th Avenue,
and Silver Lake Village in St. Anthony Village.
• Route 825: Limited stop commuter service between downtown
Minneapolis and Blaine via Silver Lake Road and New Brighton
Boulevard in St. Anthony Village.
The bus routes that serve this area have a mix of frequencies and types of
service that they provide. Some routes operate every 30 minutes or every hour
during the day while others operate only during peak commuting times. Between
Kenzie Terrace and 29th Avenue NE, Route 25 diverges from Stinson
Parkway/Stinson Boulevard, instead running along McKinley Street NE in the
City of Minneapolis. The City has discussed the desirability of eliminating this
113
diversion in order to more conveniently serve higher-intensity existing and
planned land uses east of Stinson Parkway.
In addition to the fixed-route transit options, the City is also served by Hennepin
County and Anoka County Transit Link, a dial-a-ride service for the general
public (the portion of St. Anthony Village within Ramsey County is served by
Anoka County Transit Link). Transit Link provides connections to destinations
within Hennepin and Ramsey Counties. Transit Link also connects to regular
route transit for trips within the metro area, including outside of Hennepin and
Ramsey Counties. St. Anthony Village residents also have opportunities to
participate in the Metro Vanpool program. This program provides financial
assistance for vanpools to serve areas with limited regular-route transit service.
The TPP’s transit investment plan does not show any transitway investments
planned for St. Anthony Village in the current revenue scenario. Under the
increased revenue scenario, the TPP includes the Central Avenue arterial BRT
corridor and the I-35W North transitway, both of which are located adjacent to St.
Anthony Village. These corridors are not funded within the currently-expected
resources for transitways. Nonetheless, residents and employees in St. Anthony
Village may benefit from development of an arterial BRT corridor, depending on
its final alignment and operational plan. According to the TPP, MnDOT led a
feasibility study related to managed lanes and bus rapid transit along the I-35W
corridor; however, it is unlikely that St. Anthony Village would be directly affected
by any developments along this transitway, because there are no access points
to I-35W within the City.
There are no formal park-and-ride lots located within St. Anthony Village and it is
not anticipated that future demand will require a formal park-and-ride lot within
the City.
114
FIGURE 6-19: TRANSIT FACILITIES
115
AVIATION
There are currently no existing or planned aviation facilities within the St.
Anthony Village. However, the City is responsible for airspace protection in order
to reduce hazards to air travel within the region. The closest airports to St.
Anthony Village are:
• Anoka County-Blaine Airport approximately 5 miles north of St. Anthony
Village
• Minneapolis Crystal Airport, approximately 5 miles northwest of St.
Anthony Village
Due to the distance to the nearest airports, there are no radio beacons or other
air navigation aids located in off-airport locations in St. Anthony Village. The City
is not within the area of influence of either of the airports identified above, and is
therefore not subject to associated land use restrictions.
Any person or organization who intends to sponsor the construction or alteration
of a structure affecting navigable airspace as defined in Federal Regulation Title
14; Part 77 needs to inform the Federal Aviation Agency (FAA) of the project.
This notification is accomplished through the completion and submittal to FAA of
Form 7460-1, Notice of Proposed Construction or Alteration. In St. Anthony
Village, this requirement applies to any construction or alteration exceeding 200
feet above ground level. The City’s zoning code allows a maximum structure
height of 75 feet; therefore it is unlikely that any structures in the City will require
FAA notification.
There are currently no heliports in St. Anthony Village or any known plans to
construct one. Additionally, none of the surface waters within the City are
identified by MnDOT as an authorized landing site for seaplanes.
116
GOALS AND MULTIMODAL STRATEGIES
This Plan, and the City’s actions over the next 20 years, will be guided by the
following transportation goals and strategies.
Goals
The list below displays the goals of the St. Anthony Village Transportation Plan.
These goals represent the City’s overall vision for transportation over the next 20
years. The strategies listed in the following section provide guidance that the City
can use to reach the transportation goals.
1. Maintain a well-connected system of collector and arterial roadways.
2. Provide safe and efficient routes for emergency and public safety
vehicles.
3. Provide adequate capacity to relieve congestion.
4. Encourage sound access management.
5. Preserve necessary rights-of-way for the 20-year planning horizon.
6. Maintain a safe and effective network of roadways for truck and rail freight
movement.
7. Coordinate with Canadian Pacific Railroad to proactively address freight
rail safety and minimize conflicts between rail operations and adjacent
land use.
8. Coordinate transportation system investments with the St. Anthony
Village Land Use Plan.
9. Design, construct, and maintain roadways that fit the character of the
adjacent land use.
10. Implement safety improvements to address high crash locations.
11. Proactively address bicycle and pedestrian safety concerns and complete
gaps along roadways and at crossings.
12. Bring sidewalks, trails, and intersections into compliance with ADA.
13. Support traffic calming and design to minimize speed on minor City
collectors and local roadways, especially Silver Lake Road.
14. Support investments in multi-modal transportation solutions including
bicycle and pedestrian infrastructure and public transit.
15. Preserve and accommodate adequate right of way for sidewalk and trail
construction.
16. Support walkability through urban design and maintenance decisions that
make walking safe, comfortable, and convenient.
17. Manage storm water effectively and minimize the construction of new
impervious surfaces.
18. Regularly assess transportation maintenance needs and include
roadway, trail pavement, and other transportation infrastructure
maintenance in the St. Anthony Village Capital Improvement Plan (CIP).
117
Multimodal Strategies
The multimodal strategies listed in this section are specific, actionable steps that
the City can take in support of the goals of this Plan. These strategies are based
upon existing and future transportation needs as described in detail in the
previous sections of this Plan.
The multimodal strategies are broken into several categories:
1. Roadway Safety/Operations
2. Roadway Functional Classification
3. Roadway Reconstruction
4. Bicycle/Pedestrian
5. Freight
6. Transit
Each strategy is tied to one or multiple goals; however, not all goals are
associated with a specific strategy. In these cases, the City’s goals apply across
individual projects, and the City will identify opportunities to achieve them
throughout its existing project and policy development processes. FIGURE 6-20 on
the following pages describes each strategy, notes which goal(s) is/are related to
each strategy, and identifies the lead agency for the strategy. FIGURES 6-21 – 6-24
following the tables illustrate the strategies geographically with reference
numbers tied back to the table information.
118
FIGURE 6-20: TRANSPORTATION IMPLEMENTATION STRATEGIES
Location Type of
Improvement Strategy Map
Reference Lead Agency(ies) Goal(s)
Silver Lake Rd.
& Silver Lane
Safety/Operations Monitor for potential future safety and
traffic operations needs. 2017 programmed
improvements include upgrades to the
existing signalized intersection including
new APS push buttons, countdown timers
and ADA reconstructs.
Figure 14,
#1
Ramsey County/
St. Anthony Village
10, 12
39th Avenue &
Silver Lake Rd.
Safety/Operations Monitor for potential future safety and
traffic operations needs. 2017 programmed
improvements include upgrades to the
existing signalized intersection including
new APS push buttons, countdown timers
and ADA reconstructs.
Figure 14,
#2
Ramsey County/
St. Anthony Village
10, 12
39th Avenue &
Stinson Blvd.
Safety/Operations Monitor for potential future safety and
traffic operations needs. 2017 programmed
improvements include upgrades to the
existing signalized intersection including
new APS push buttons, countdown timers
and ADA reconstructs.
Figure 14,
#3
Ramsey County/
St. Anthony Village/
Minneapolis Park
Board/Columbia
Heights
10, 12
37th Avenue &
Monitor for potential future safety and
Figure 14,
Hennepin County/
119
Location Type of
Improvement Strategy Map
Reference Lead Agency(ies) Goal(s)
Stinson Blvd. Safety/Operations traffic operations needs. 2017 programmed
improvements include upgrades to the
existing signalized intersection including
new APS push buttons, countdown timers
and ADA reconstructs.
#4 Ramsey County/
St. Anthony Village/
Minneapolis Park
Board/Columbia
Heights
10, 12
37th Avenue &
Silver Lake Rd.
Safety/Operations Monitor for potential future safety and
traffic operations needs. 2017 programmed
improvements include upgrades to the
existing signalized intersection including
new APS push buttons, countdown timers
and ADA reconstructs.
Figure 14,
#5
Hennepin County/
Ramsey County/
St. Anthony Village
10, 12
37th Avenue &
Highcrest Rd.
Safety/Operations Monitor for potential future safety and
traffic operations needs. 2017 programmed
improvements include upgrades to the
existing signalized intersection including
new APS push buttons, countdown timers
and ADA reconstructs.
Figure 14,
#6
Hennepin County/
Ramsey County/
St. Anthony Village
10, 12
29th Avenue &
Stinson Blvd.
29th Avenue &
Silver Lake Rd.
Safety/Operations
Safety/Operations
Evaluate solutions to improve intersection
safety and traffic operations.
Evaluate solutions to improve intersection
safety and traffic operations.
Figure 14,
#7
Figure 14,
#8
Hennepin County/
St. Anthony Village/
Minneapolis Park
Board
Hennepin
County/St. Anthony
10
10
120
Location Type of
Improvement Strategy Map
Reference Lead Agency(ies) Goal(s)
29th Avenue &
New Brighton
Blvd.
Kenzie Terrace
& St. Anthony
Blvd.
Kenzie Terrace
& St. Anthony
Blvd.
Kenzie Terrace
& St. Anthony
Blvd.
Kenzie Terrace
& St. Anthony
Blvd.
Safety/Operations
Safety/Operations
Safety/Operations
Safety/Operations
Safety/Operations
Evaluate solutions to improve intersection
safety and traffic operations.
Per Village LLC Traffic Study (11/11/16):
2018 recommendation to optimize signal
time and coordination between St. Anthony
Blvd. intersections at New Brighton Blvd. (CR
88) and Silver Lake Rd./Kenzie Terrace (CR
153).
Per Village LLC Traffic Study (11/11/16):
2018 recommendation to lengthen the
northeast bound right turn lane from Kenzie
Terrace (CR 153) to southeast St. Anthony
Blvd. from 170 feet to 200 feet.
Per Village LLC Traffic Study (11/11/16):
2018 recommendation to lengthen the
southwest bound left turn lane from Silver
Lake Rd. to southeast St. Anthony Blvd. from
100 feet to 175 feet.
Per Village LLC Traffic Study (11/11/16):
2030 recommendation to consider a
roundabout or other intersection control
Figure 14,
#9
Figure 14,
#10
Figure 14,
#10
Figure 14,
#10
Figure 14,
#10
Village
Hennepin
County/St. Anthony
Village
Hennepin
County/St. Anthony
Village
Hennepin
County/St. Anthony
Village
Hennepin
County/St. Anthony
Village
Hennepin
County/St. Anthony
10
8, 9
8, 9
8, 9
8, 9
121
Location Type of
Improvement Strategy Map
Reference Lead Agency(ies) Goal(s)
St. Anthony
Blvd. & New
Brighton Blvd.
St. Anthony
Blvd. & New
Brighton Blvd.
St. Anthony
Blvd. & New
Brighton Blvd.
Driveway
Access to
Stinson Parkway
at Village LLC
Redevelopment
Safety/Operations
Safety/Operations
Safety/Operations
Safety/Operations
improvements at St. Anthony Blvd./Silver
Lake Rd./Kenzie Terrace (CR 153).
Per Village LLC Traffic Study (11/11/16):
2018 recommendation to optimize the
signal time and coordination between St.
Anthony Blvd. intersections at New Brighton
Blvd. (CR 88) and Silver Lake Road/Kenzie
Terrace (CR 153).
Per Village LLC Traffic Study (11/11/16):
2018 recommendation to lengthen the
northwest bound left turn lane from St.
Anthony Blvd. to southbound New Brighton
Blvd (CR 88) from 125 feet to 200 feet.
Per Village LLC Traffic Study (11/11/16):
2030 recommendation to consider a
roundabout or other intersection control
improvements at St. Anthony Blvd. & New
Brighton Blvd (CR 88).
Monitor safety and operations of stop
condition driveway access from Village LLC
redevelopment to Stinson Blvd. (No
Figure 14,
#11
Figure 14,
#11
Figure 14,
#11
Figure 14,
#12
Village
Hennepin
County/St. Anthony
Village
Hennepin
County/St. Anthony
Village
Hennepin
County/St. Anthony
Village
Hennepin
County/St. Anthony
8, 9
8, 9
3, 8, 9
9
122
Location Type of
Improvement Strategy Map
Reference Lead Agency(ies) Goal(s)
Driveway
Access at Wilson
Street along
Kenzie Terrace
(CR 153) at
Village LLC
Redevelopment
Stinson
Parkway/Lowry
Avenue/Kenzie
Terrace
Stinson
Parkway/Lowry
Avenue/Kenzie
Terrace
Stinson
Parkway/Lowry
Avenue/Kenzie
Safety/Operations
Safety/Operations
Safety/Operations
recommendations made as part of the
Village LLC Traffic Study (11/11/16).
Include a dedicated left turn lane and
through/right turn lane exiting the site.
Include a dedicated left turn lane from
Kenzie Terrace (CR 153) into the site.
Include a dedicated right turn lane from
Kenzie Terrace (CR 153) into the site.
Per Village LLC Traffic Study (11/11/16):
2018 recommendation to lengthen the
westbound left turn lane from Kenzie
Terrace (CR 153) to southbound Stinson
Parkway by shortening or removing the
existing left turn lane from Kenzie Terrace to
the Bremer Bank Building.
Per Village LLC Traffic Study (11/11/16):
Lengthen the northbound left turn lane from
Stinson Parkway to westbound Lowry
Avenue from 150 feet to 300 feet.
Per Village LLC Traffic Study (11/11/16):
Figure 14,
#13
Figure 14,
#14
Figure 14,
#14
Village/
Minneapolis Park
Board
Hennepin
County/St. Anthony
Village
Hennepin
County/St. Anthony
Village/
Minneapolis Park
Board
Hennepin County/St.
Anthony
Village/Minneapolis
Park Board
8, 9
8, 9
8, 9
3, 8, 9
123
Location Type of
Improvement Strategy Map
Reference Lead Agency(ies) Goal(s)
Terrace
Stinson Parkway
& New Brighton
Blvd.
Various
Neighborhood
Streets
Stinson Parkway
from St. Anthony
Blvd. to Lowry
Ave.
Highcrest
Safety/Operations
Safety/Operations
Safety/Operations
Functional
Classification
2030 recommendation to consider a
roundabout or other intersection control
improvements at the intersection of Kenzie
Terrace (CR 153)/Lowry Avenue and Stinson
Parkway.
Explore safety and traffic operations
improvements at this intersection, which lies
immediately southwest of St. Anthony
Village.
Explore solutions to deter or eliminate
unwanted through traffic on the following
neighborhood local streets:
1. 39th Avenue/Fordham Drive NE between
Silver Lake Road and Silver Lane
2. Parking lot between New Brighton
Blvd./Kenzie Terrace and along 27th
Avenue to Stinson Blvd.
3. 36th Avenue between Silver Lake Road
and Highcrest Road
4. 36th Avenue/Colgate Street between
Silver Lake Road and 37th Avenue
5. Belden Drive west of Silver Lake Road
Proposed functional classification change
from local street to Major Collector.
Figure 14,
#14
Figure 14,
#15
Figure 14,
#16
Figure 14,
#17
Hennepin County/St.
Anthony
Village/Minneapolis
Park Board
Hennepin County/St.
Anthony
Village/Minneapolis
Park Board
St. Anthony Village
Hennepin
County/St. Anthony
Village/
Minneapolis Park
3, 10
9, 13
1
124
Location Type of
Improvement Strategy Map
Reference Lead Agency(ies) Goal(s)
Rd./Old Hwy 8
from 37th Ave. to
Rankin Rd.
33rd Ave. from
Stinson Blvd. to
Highcrest Rd.
Chandler Dr./
Foss Rd. from
Silver Lane to
37th Ave.
39th Ave. from
Silver Lake Rd. to
Stinson Blvd.
Stinson Blvd.
from Silver Lane
to 37th Ave.
Lowry Avenue
from Johnson
Ave. to Stinson
Blvd.
County Rd.
Change
Functional
Classification
Change
Functional
Classification
Change
Functional
Classification
Change
Functional
Classification
Change
Functional
Classification
Change
Reconstruction
Proposed functional classification change
from local street to Minor Collector.
Proposed functional classification change
from local street to Minor Collector.
Proposed functional classification change
from local street to Minor Collector.
Proposed functional classification change
from local street to Minor Collector.
Proposed functional classification change
from local street to Minor Collector.
Consider planning for potential long-term
reconstruction to tie into Corridor Study and
preliminary design plans to the east from
Figure 14,
#18
Figure 14,
#19
Figure 14,
#20
Figure 14,
#21
Figure 14,
#22
Figure 14,
#23
Board
St. Anthony Village
St. Anthony Village
St. Anthony Village
St. Anthony Village
St. Anthony Village/
Minneapolis Park
Board
Hennepin
County/City of
1
1
1
1
1
125
Location Type of
Improvement Strategy Map
Reference Lead Agency(ies) Goal(s)
C/County Rd.
94/29th Ave.
from just East of
New Brighton
Blvd. to Long
Lake Road
Reconstruction
Marshall St. to Johnson Ave.
2019 programmed reconstruction of County
Road C/County Road 94, including right-of-
way acquisition, drainage and utility work.
Figure 14,
#24
Minneapolis
Ramsey
County/Hennepin
County/St. Anthony
Village
18
6, 11, 18
Various
Intersections
Bicycle/Pedestrian
Improvements
Evaluate solutions to improve crossing
safety and conditions at the following
intersections:
1. Kenzie Terrace/Silver Lake Road and St.
Anthony Blvd.
2. New Brighton Blvd. and St. Anthony Blvd.
3. 29th Avenue and New Brighton Blvd.
4. 33rd Avenue and Highway 8/Highcrest
Figure 15,
#25
St. Anthony Village/
Hennepin County/
Ramsey County/
Roseville
11, 14, 16
126
Location Type of
Improvement Strategy Map
Reference Lead Agency(ies) Goal(s)
Road
Stinson Blvd.
from St.
Anthony Blvd.
to Silver Lane
Bicycle/Pedestrian
Improvements
Coordinate with Hennepin County and City
of Minneapolis regarding planned bikeway
and sidewalk (on east side of roadway
between St. Anthony Blvd. and 37th
Avenue). Designate as RBTN alignment.
Figure 15,
#26
Hennepin County/
St. Anthony Village/
Minneapolis
11, 14
New Brighton
Blvd./Old
Highway 8 from
St. Anthony
Blvd. to 33rd
Avenue
Bicycle/Pedestrian
Improvements
Coordinate with Hennepin County to
explore bicycle and pedestrian
improvements along this corridor. Designate
as RBTN alignment.
Figure 15,
#27
Hennepin County/
St. Anthony Village 11, 14
29th Avenue
from Stinson
Blvd. to New
Brighton Blvd.
Bicycle
Improvements
Evaluate potential to add on-road bike
lanes.
Figure 15,
#28
St. Anthony Village 11, 14
Silver Lake
Road from
Silver Lane to
County Road E
Bicycle and
Pedestrian
Improvements
Coordinate with Ramsey County regarding
planned bikeway; evaluate potential for
multiuse trail connection to Silverwood Park.
Figure 15,
#29
Ramsey County/
St. Anthony Village 11, 14, 16
Maplewood
Drive/ Pedestrian Evaluate solutions to improve pedestrian
connections to St. Anthony Village High
Figure 15, St. Anthony Village 11, 14, 16
127
Location Type of
Improvement Strategy Map
Reference Lead Agency(ies) Goal(s)
Chelmsford
Road between
Skycroft Drive
and 37th
Avenue
Improvements School, Central School Park, and Wilshere
Park Elementary School
#30
St. Anthony
Blvd. from
Stinson Blvd. to
Ridgway Pkwy.
Bicycle
Improvements
Evaluate potential for adding an on-road
bicycle facility.
Figure 15,
#31
St. Anthony Village 11, 14
Various
locations
Bicycle/pedestrian
improvements
Encourage increased bicycle and
pedestrian movement to both local and
regional destinations
Figure 15,
#32
St. Anthony Village 16
Railroad
Crossings at
Stinson
Boulevard and
Foss Road
Freight
Improvement
Coordinate with Canadian Pacific Railroad
to improve safety and operations while
minimizing effects on other transportation
system uses and adjacent land uses
Figure 16,
#33
St. Anthony Village 7
Various
locations
Transit
Improvement
Evaluate adequacy of transit service in
redevelopment areas and support planned
increased frequency on bus routes 15
(formerly route 4), 25, 32, 801 within the City
Figure 17,
#34
Metro Transit/
St. Anthony Village 14, 16
Stinson
Parkway/
Stinson Blvd.
Transit
Improvement
Evaluate the potential to adjust Route 25 to
remain on Stinson Parkway and Stinson Blvd.
between Kenzie Terrace and 29th Street
Figure 17,
#35
Metro Transit/
St. Anthony Village 14, 16
128
Location Type of
Improvement Strategy Map
Reference Lead Agency(ies) Goal(s)
between
Kenzie Terrace
and 29th Street
Central
Avenue
(Minneapolis)
Transit
Improvement
Coordinate with Metro Transit and
Minneapolis regarding potential arterial bus
rapid transit on Central Avenue (Increased
Revenue Scenario – unfunded project)
Figure 17,
#36
Metro Transit/
St. Anthony Village 14, 16
Various
locations
Transit
Improvement
Provide facilities and develop land use
patterns that encourage transit use
Figure 17,
#37
St. Anthony Village 14, 16
129
FIGURE 6-21: ROADWAY STRATEGIES
130
FIGURE 6-22: BICYCLE AND PEDESTRIAN STRATEGIES
131
FIGURE 6-23: FREIGHT STRATEGIES
132
FIGURE 6-24: TRANSIT STRATEGIES
133
PROPOSED SHORT AND LONG RANGE ROADWAY PROJECTS
The sections below identify proposed short and long range roadway projects
identified in the City’s CIP and based on the proposed land use and
redevelopment activities described in previous sections of this Plan. This section
does not include information on proposed projects from the Metropolitan Council
2040 TPP, as the TPP does not include any planned improvements to principal
arterials in St. Anthony Village. No interchanges, MnPASS lanes, dedicated
busways, or bus-only shoulders are proposed in the Current Revenue Scenario
of the 2040 TPP.
Proposed Projects from CIPs
The City’s CIP identifies a number of roadway projects. These projects are
primarily reconstruction and overlay projects intended to improve and maintain
the roadway surface. There are also a number of signal improvement projects
associated with the Highway Safety Improvement Program (HSIP). These
projects are expected to improve safety conditions at the intersections in
question and upgrade pedestrian facilities to meet ADA standards. Hennepin
County’s CIP includes the reconstruction of 29th Avenue (CSAH 94) between
CSAH 88 and the Hennepin-Ramsey County line.
Proposed Projects based on Land Use and Development
As described in the section “Recommendations from Recent Traffic Study”, a
number of roadway improvements are recommended based on forecasted
increases in traffic volumes associated with the proposed Village LLC
redevelopment site. These include seven modifications recommended for
implementation to occur at the same time as site redevelopment, including
providing new turn lanes for vehicles entering and exiting the site, lengthening
existing turn lanes, and optimizing signal timing at adjacent intersections. Several
longer-term recommended projects were also identified as a result of this study.
These include consideration of roundabout or other traffic control improvements
at the following intersections: St. Anthony Boulevard and New Brighton
Boulevard, St. Anthony Boulevard and Silver Lake Road/Kenzie Terrace, and
Kenzie Terrace/Lowry Avenue and Stinson Parkway.
134
PUBLIC COMMENTS
The City has gathered public input through several open house meetings and a
web-based “MySidewalk” site associated with the comprehensive plan update.
Through these interactions, members of the public identified issues and
opportunities related to transportation, with a strong focus on improving non-
motorized transportation options within the City. Many comments were received
relating to making the City more walkable and bikeable by filling gaps in th e
sidewalk and trail network, adding infrastructure such as bike lanes, and making
associated safety and streetscaping improvements along roadways and at
intersections. Other comments received related to the City’s role in maintaining
transportation infrastructure, improving traffic safety, improving transit
connections and facilities, prioritizing transit use, and improving connections to
Minneapolis and St. Paul.
The City also held a work session with the Parks Commission, City Council,
Hennepin and Ramsey Counties, and groups of residents with interests in non-
motorized transportation in order to identify existing gaps in the network and
prioritize improvements. As an outcome of this meeting, a number of gaps in the
non-motorized transportation network emerged. Meeting attendees identified the
following locations within the City as priority areas for improvements, which
served as a basis for developing the planned local non-motorized transportation
network:
• Stinson Boulevard (throughout City)
• 33rd Avenue (throughout City)
• East-west access between Silver Lane and 39th Avenue (along private
road)
• St. Anthony Boulevard between the Northeast Diagonal Trail and Kenzie
Terrace/Silver Lake Road
• CSAH 88 (New Brighton Boulevard) between St. Anthony Boulevard and
29th Avenue (including the intersection of CSAH 88 and 29th Avenue)
• Intersection of Silver Lake Road and 31st Avenue
• Intersection of 37th Avenue and Highcrest Road
• Bicycle Access to Silverwood Park along Silver Lake Road
• Bicycle Access to Wilshire Park Elementary School along 37th Avenue
135
CONCLUSION AND NEXT STEPS
The purpose of this Transportation Plan is to set a multimodal transportation
vision for the City of St. Anthony Village through the year 2040. Goals and
specific strategies have been identified collaboratively by the City, Hennepin
County, Ramsey County, MnDOT, and members of the public within the
framework of Metropolitan Council requirements. The vision and associated
strategies outlined in this Plan were established by considering existing and
forecasted conditions, St. Anthony Village priorities, regional travel patterns and
a variety of other factors.
As the owners of the transportation network in St. Anthony Village (i.e. City of St.
Anthony Village, Hennepin County, Ramsey County, Three Rivers Park District,
Minneapolis Park and Recreation Board, MnDOT, and the Canadian Pacific
railway) advance their respective Capital Improvement Programs (CIPs), this
Plan is intended to serve as an important resource and reference in establishing
priorities and advancing transportation projects for implementation. Advancing
these projects from a planning to implementation phase will require collaborative
discussions among facility owners, adjacent communities, the Met Council,
residents and others to conduct traffic studies, finalize designs, preserve rights-
of-way, obtain environmental clearances and leverage necessary financial
resources. FIGURE 6-25 on the following page outlines the entire planning and
project development process required for transportation projects from concept
plans to construction implementation.
136
FIGURE 6-25: TRANSPORTATION PLANNING PROCESS
Chapter 7:
Sanitary Sewer
St. Anthony 2040 Comprehensive Plan Chapter 7: Sanitary Sewer
137
CHAPTER 7: SANITARY S EWER
INTRODUCTION
Purpose
Every ten years, the City of St. Anthony is required to prepare a
Comprehensive Plan that aligns with the Metropolitan Council’s
Metropolitan System Plan, per Minnesota Rule 473.858. The Sanitary
Sewer Chapter of the Comprehensive Plan describes and evaluates the
existing sanitary sewer system and proposes improvements to the system
to accomodate future wastewater flows. The Sanitary Sewer Plan allows
the City and Metropolitan Council to build and improve their sanitary
sewer collection and treatment systems so that development can occur in
the most efficient and cost-effective manner.
The City of St. Anthony’s Sanitary Sewer Plan was developed to align
with the Metropolitan Council’s Thrive MSP 2040 Water Resources Policy
Plan. The Thrive MSP 2040 Plan was approved in May 2015 and outlines
regional goals for the wastewater system, including environmental
sustainability, water reuse, and water conservation. Additionally, the
Thrive MSP 2040 Plan includes population, household, and employment
projections and projected wastewater flows.
St. Anthony is fully built out, and any additional developments should
have minor impacts on the sanitary sewer system. This Sanitary Sewer
Plan outlines the locations in which the Metropolitan Council can expect
to see changes in wastewater flows, allowing the Council to determine if
capacity upgrades will be required at regional wastewater treatment
plants and interceptors. This Plan also serves as a guiding document for
City infrastructure improvements.
St. Anthony 2040 Comprehensive Plan Chapter 7: Sanitary Sewer
138
Background
The City of St. Anthony is located in Hennepin and Ramsey County and is
bordered by Minneapolis to the southwest, Columbia Heights to the
northwest, New Brighton to the north, and Roseville to the east. The City
of St. Anthony is primarily residential, and approximately 5 percent of the
City is covered by lakes or wetlands.
St. Anthony has been designated entirely as an urban community. This
designation indicates that the Metropolitan Council expects population
and household growth at average densities of at least 10 units per acre
for new development and redevelopment, targeting more intensive
development near regional transit investments. The City of St. Anthony is
anticipating some medium and high density residential development in
the north, as well as more significant medium and high density residential
development in the south, including the potential redevelopment of Lowry
Grove.
St. Anthony 2040 Comprehensive Plan Chapter 7: Sanitary Sewer
139
EXISTING SYSTEM
Public Collection System
The City of St. Anthony’s existing sanitary sewer system is divided into
two service areas, north and south, which discharge into the Metropolitan
Council Environmental Services (MCES) regional sewer system. The
north area includes meters M055 and M055A and discharges into MCES
interceptor 1-RV-430 which flows east through Roseville. The south area
includes meter M104 and discharges into MCES interceptor 1-MN-302
which flows south through Minneapolis. A small area along the City’s
western boundary with Minneapolis between 35th and 37th Avenue is
unmetered and discharges directly into the Minneapolis system, which
later connects to MCES interceptor 1-MN-303. A summary of the existing
lift stations within the City of St. Anthony is presented in TABLE 1, and
maps of the meter service areas and existing sanitary sewer system are
shown in FIGURE 7-1 and FIGURE 7-2, respectively.
All wastewater collected in the City of St. Anthony is conveyed through
the MCES system to the Metropolitan Wastewater Treatment Plant
(WWTP) in St. Paul. The Metropolitan WWTP has a capacity of 251 MGD
and discharges treated effluent to the Mississippi River.
TABLE 7-1: EXISTING LIFT STATION SUMMARY
Lift Station Pumping Capacity
(gpm) Location Existing Max Flow
(gpm)
3 2,000 Foss Road 1,832
4 300 Harding Street NE 240
5 5 Silver Point Park 5
St. Anthony 2040 Comprehensive Plan Chapter 7: Sanitary Sewer
140
FIGURE 7-1. SANITARY SEWER SERVICE AREAS
St. Anthony 2040 Comprehensive Plan Chapter 7: Sanitary Sewer
141
FIGURE 7-2. EXISTING SANITARY SEWER SYSTEM
St. Anthony 2040 Comprehensive Plan Chapter 7: Sanitary Sewer
142
Private Treatment Systems
None of the properties within the City of St. Anthony are served by
individual sewage treatment systems (ISTS’s, septic systems, or on-site
sewer treatment systems). The section of St. Anthony City Code
regarding ISTS’s is consistent with Minnesota Pollution Control Agency
(MPCA) regulations (Minnesota Rules Chapters 7080-7083). Owners of
property abutting upon any street or alley with sewer line must connect to
the municipal sewer system. If a property has a toilet connected to the
City’s sewer system, any septic tank on that property is deemed a
nuisance and must be removed by the owner.
Community Treatment Systems
There are no public or private community wastewater treatment plants
within the City of St. Anthony. All properties within the City are served by
the public collection system.
St. Anthony 2040 Comprehensive Plan Chapter 7: Sanitary Sewer
143
FORECASTS
Projected Population
The Metropolitan Council publishes population and sewer usage
forecasts for each city in the Metropolitan Area. These forecasts serve to
help cities prepare infrastructure for growth and to promote continued
maintenance of municipal infrastructure. The forecast data in TABLE 7-2 is
from the Metropolitan Council’s Local Planning Handbook Community
Page for St. Anthony and includes the sewered population, number of
households, and employment. Because there are no private treatment
systems in St Anthony, the sewered population projections in TABLE 7-2
below are equal to the total projected populations. TABLE 7-3 below
summarizes the projections for each service area and accompanying
interceptor. The projections in TABLE 7-3 were calculated using parcel
zoning designations and anticipated growth from the 2040 Land Use
Plan.
TABLE 7-2: PROJECTED POPULATION – CITY OF ST. ANTHONY
Total & Sewered
Year Population Households Employment
2020 10,000 4,600 3,500
2025* 10,400 4,800 3,565
2030 10,800 5,000 3,630
2035* 10,850 5,050 3,665
2040 10,900 5,100 3,700
* interpolated values
TABLE 7-3: PROJECTIONS BY METER SERVICE AREA & INTERCEPTOR
M055 Service Area
Interceptor 1-RV-430
M055A Service Area
Interceptor 1-RV-430
M104 Service Area
Interceptor 1-MN-302
Unmetered Area
Interceptor 1-MN-305
Year Ppn Hhds Empl Ppn Hhds Empl Ppn Hhds Empl Ppn Hhds Empl
2020 5,059 2,327 753 664 305 233 3,612 1,662 2,381 664 306 133
2025* 5,261 2,428 767 691 319 237 3,757 1,734 2,425 691 319 136
2030 5,464 2,530 781 717 332 242 3,901 1,806 2,469 718 332 138
2035* 5,489 2,555 788 721 335 244 3,919 1,824 2,493 721 335 140
2040 5,514 2,580 796 724 339 246 3,938 1,842 2,517 724 339 141
* interpolated values
St. Anthony 2040 Comprehensive Plan Chapter 7: Sanitary Sewer
144
Projected Wastewater Flows
All of the existing sewage flow from the City of St. Anthony is treated at
the Metropolitan WWTP in St. Paul. Any growth in sewered population is
expected to occur within the existing meter service areas and will be
treated at the Metropolitan WWTP as well.
Table 4 below lists the 2040 forecasted flow to each MCES interceptor
and total flow to the Metropolitan WWTP. The maximum flows given in
Table 4 were calculated by applying peak flow factors determined from
historical meter flow data for St Anthony. These forecasts are used by the
Metropolitan Council to plan for regional sanitary sewer and wastewater
treatment improvements.
TABLE 7-4: PROJECTED 2040 MCES INTERCEPTOR USE AND TOTAL FLOW
Interceptor
2040 Projected Flow
Meter Average
Flow (MGD)
Max Flow
(MGD)
1-RV-430 M055A & M055 0.403 3.433
1-MN-302 M104 0.493 6.020
1-MN-303 Unmetered 0.053 0.544
Total
(Metro WWTP) 0.950 9.997
Sewage from both the M055 and M055A sewer service areas flows into
interceptor 1-RV-430. The future development anticipated by 2040 in the
M055 sewer service area includes a high density residential area near the
Silver Lake Village on Stinson Rd and a medium density residential area
located just west of Mirror Lake on Foss Rd. No future developmnent in
the M055A sewer service area is anticipated by 2040.
Flows into interceptor 1-MN-302 constitute the largest proportion of
sewage produced in St. Anthony, compared to the other two interceptors.
Four future developments are anticipated in the M104 sewer service area:
three high denisty housing residential developments and one medium
density residential development. The largest future development, at
Lowry Grove, is located in this region and would flow into interceptor 1-
MN-302.
The potential development of Lowry Grove would have an impact on
projected wastewater flow. A recent environmental assessment
St. Anthony 2040 Comprehensive Plan Chapter 7: Sanitary Sewer
145
concluded that the development will increase average day sanitary sewer
flows by an estimated 230,000 gallons per day. As a result of the
redevelopment, St. Anthony will surpass the Metropolitan Council’s
wastewater projections, bringing the City’s total average wastewater flow
to 0.96-0.99 MGD.
Since there are no plans for future development in the unmetered sewer
service area of St. Anthony, it is anticipted that there will be no major
changes in the projected flows of this region’s flow contribution to
interceptor 1-MN-303.
SANITARY SEWER DESIGN CRITERIA
Land Use
The City’s existing and 2040 land use maps were used in the
development of this plan. Detailed information and figures regarding St.
Anthony’s land use is included in the City’s 2040 Comprehensive Land
Use Plan. Using existing land-use, metering data, and future land use
information, existing and future flows were calculated and divided by
meter service area as described below.
Existing Average Flow
To estimate the flows in trunk mains throughout the City, metering data
was retrieved from the Metropolitan Council. Flows were assigned
proportionally to each meter service area based on the acreage of
residential, commercial/retail/industrial/institutional/utility, and
park/undeveloped land within each area, and typical flows per acre for
each particular land use.
Future Average Flow – 2040 Build Out
Once average flows were estimated, future flows were projected based
on the planned 2040 land use from the Land Use Plan. Parcels that are
planned to be developed were assigned wastewater flow rates in
accordance with their land use type. TABLE 7-5 lists the assigned flows
based on the residential densities in the 2040 Land Use Plan and typical
flows recommended by MCES, which include design considerations for
inflow and infiltration (I/I). Refer to the Inflow and Infiltration section of this
report for more information about I/I as it relates to St. Anthony’s sanitary
sewer system.
St. Anthony 2040 Comprehensive Plan Chapter 7: Sanitary Sewer
146
TABLE 7-5: PROJECTED WATER DEMAND
Land Use Flow per
Acre (gpd)
Detached Single Family 540
Attached Single Family 990
Manufactured Housing 990
Multifamily 4,320
Commercial, Retail, Industrial, Institutional,
Utility 800
Park, Undeveloped None
Peak Flow Factors
To ensure that the sanitary sewer system is capable of handling flow
fluctuations throughout the day, peak flow factors are assigned based on
average flows. Typical peak factors are outlined by the Metropolitan
Council and are based on average flow rates. Pipes that serve small
generator customers are more likely to experience large fluctuations in
flows. Therefore, the peak factor decreases as average flow increases.
Since St. Anthony serves a small population with four unique sewer
districts, the larger peak factors used in this report were calculated using
flow data from the MCES meters in the city. This thor ough usage of daily
city data from the last five years helped ensure a more accurate peak flow
factor specific to each sewer district.
Intercommunity Flow
St. Anthony currently has interconnections with two other municipalities,
Minneapolis and Roseville, as shown in FIGURE 7-1. The south area of St.
Anthony discharges into MCES interceptor 1-MN-302 which flows south
through Minneapolis. A small portion of western St. Anthony between 35th
and 37th Avenue is also interconnected with Minneapolis, although that
portion is unmetered. The north area of St. Anthony discharges into
MCES interceptor 1-RV-430 which flows east through Roseville.Proposed
Improvements
The required infrastructure additions were determined based on the areas
the City is planning to develop by 2040. The estimated timing and costs of
improvements are summarized in the Cost Estimates and Financing
section.
TABLE 7-6 below summarizes the lift station capacity analysis that was
conducted to determine if the current lift station pumping capacities are
sufficient to handle the anticipated 2040 max flows.
St. Anthony 2040 Comprehensive Plan Chapter 7: Sanitary Sewer
147
TABLE 7-6: LIFT STATION CAPACITY ANALYSIS
Lift
Station
Pumping
Capacity
(gpm)
Location Existing Max
Flow (gpm)
2040 Max
Flow (gpm)
Remaining
Capacity (gpm)
3 2,000 Foss Road 1,830 1,970 30
4 300 Harding Street
NE 240 240 60
5 5 Silver Point Park 5 5 -
A trunk sewer capacity analysis was conducted in order to determine
whether the existing sewer service trunk lines would be sufficiently sized
to handle the increased wastewater flows due to development by 2040.
The capacities of the major sewer trunk lines in St Anthony were
calculated and compared to the 2040 maximum flows within each meter
region. All four meter regions (M055, M055A, M104, and unmetered
M131) have tunk sewer lines with sufficeint capacity to serve the 2040
maximum flows. Therefore, there is currently no anticipated need for trunk
upsizing in St Anthony, given the current 2040 development plan. A
summary of this analysis is provided in TABLE 7-7 below.
St. Anthony 2040 Comprehensive Plan Chapter 7: Sanitary Sewer
148
TABLE 7-7: TRUNK SEWER CAPACITY ANALYSIS
Metershed Trunk Sewer Location
Total
Capacity
(gpm)
Existing
Max
Flow
(gpm)
2040
Max
Flow
(gpm)
2040
Remaining
Capacity
(gpm)
M131
(unmetered)
Flowing west across
parcels from Roosevelt
St to Stinson Blvd
412 378 378 34
M055
Chandler Dr, from 10''
pipe add-in to Lift
Station
4,686 1,833 1,973 2,713
M055A
Parallel to Highcrest Rd,
leading to 1-RV-430
interceptor
533 416 416 117
M104
Flowing west on Lowry
Ave to 1-MN-302
Interceptor
4,460 2,960 4,180 226
The wastewater from the potential development of Lowry Grove is
planned to enter the system at the 24-inch diameter PVC gravity main in
the alley south of 27th Avenue NE. The pipe and downstream system are
capable of handling the increased sanitary flows proposed from the
development, according to the City’s sanitary sewer model. Depending on
the final grading of the site, a 600 gpm sanitary sewer lift station with a
10-inch inner diameter forcemain will likely be required.
St. Anthony 2040 Comprehensive Plan Chapter 7: Sanitary Sewer
149
INFLOW AND INFILTRATION
General
Inflow is water, typically stormwater, which enters the sewer system
through broken manhole covers, sewer cleanouts, sump pumps,
foundation drains, and rain leaders. Infiltration is water, typically
groundwater, which leaks into the sewer system through cracks in the
sewer mains, laterals, joints, and manholes.
Water from inflow and infiltration (I/I) can consume available capacity in
the wastewater collection system and increase the flow into treatment
facilities. In extreme cases, the added flow can cause bypasses or
overflows of raw wastewater. This extra flow also requires a larger
capacity in the city’s collection and treatment components, which results
in increased capital, operation and maintenance, and replacement costs.
As a sewer system ages and deteriorates, I/I can become an increasing
burden on a City’s system. Therefore, it is imperative that I/I be reduced
whenever it is cost effective to do so. The MCES establishes annual I/I
goals for each community discharging wastewater into the Metropolitan
Disposal System (MDS) based on historical wastewater flows,
adjustments for community growth, and I/I mitigation peak hourly flow
factors.
The City of St. Anthony had serious inflow and infiltration before 1979. In
the late 1990s and early 2000s, the City televised and rehabilitated the
sanitary sewer lines and implemented an ordinance prohibiting the
discharge of stormwater from drain tile into the sanitary sewer (enforced
at time of sale). In the late 2000s, the Metropolitan Council required the
City to inspect every house and business to enforce the disconnection of
sump pumps and gravity foundation drains. These efforts have
significantly reduced inflow and infiltration into St. Anthony’s sanitary
sewer system.
St. Anthony 2040 Comprehensive Plan Chapter 7: Sanitary Sewer
150
I/I Analysis
St. Anthony’s sanitary sewer system currently consists of approximately
25 miles of gravity main, three lift stations, and 4,500 feet of forcemain. At
least 66 percent of the residential housing in the City was constructed
prior to 1970, and of the pre-1970 private services, all have been
evaluated for I/I.
A comparison of the average annual flow versus average dry weather
flow by meter service area for 2011-2015 is presented in Table 9. The
purpose of this comparison is to give a general indication of the extent of
I/I in the region, assuming that I/I is limited during dry months. Dry
weather flow is calculated as the average flow during the winter months
(December, January, and February). The disparity between average
annual and dry weather flow indicates there is still some inflow and
infiltration into the system, although that disparity exhibits a slight
decreasing trend over the five years shown.
TABLE 7-9: DRY W EATHER FLOW VS. AVERAGE ANNUAL FLOW BY
METERSHED
Meter Service
Area Year
Average
Annual Flow
(MGD)
Average Dry
Weather Flow
(MGD)
M055
2011
2012
2013
2014
2015
0.345
0.318
0.304
0.325
0.311
0.287
0.287
0.293
0.298
0.308
M055A
2011
2012
2013
2014
2015
0.067
0.049
0.060
0.057
0.054
0.056
0.048
0.045
0.045
0.055
M104
2011
2012
2013
2014
2015
0.417
0.319
0.347
0.368
0.302
0.316
0.259
0.229
0.224
0.291
St. Anthony 2040 Comprehensive Plan Chapter 7: Sanitary Sewer
151
The amount of clearwater entering the City of St. Anthony sanitary sewer
system was also estimated by calculating the average annual I/I rate as
the average annual flow rate minus the base wastewater flow rate. The
average annual flow rate, from MCES meter data from 2011-2015, was
0.75 MGD. The base flow rate, estimated as winter water usage from
2011-2015, was 0.58 MGD. Therefore, the estimated average annual I/I
rate is 0.17 MGD.
I/I Reduction
The City’s strategy for preventing excess I/I is based on requiring all
development to conform to City standards. City code prohibiting the
discharge of storm water to the sanitary sewer system and requiring the
disconnection of existing I/I sources is excerpted below.
§ 50.16 PROHIBITED DISCHARGES INTO SANITARY SEWER
SYSTEM.
…
(B) No person shall discharge or cause to be discharged, directly or
indirectly, any storm water, surface water, groundwater, roof runoff,
subsurface drainage, or cooling water into the sanitary sewer system.
Any person having a roof drain, sump pump, foundation drain,
unauthorized swimming pool discharge, cistern overflow pipe, or surface
drain connected and/or discharging into the sanitary sewer system shall
disconnect and remove any piping or system conveying the water to the
sanitary sewer system.
The City of St. Anthony has I/I reduction projects every year in
conjunction with its Street & Utility Reconstruction Program. The projects
completed since 2004 and the costs associated with those projects are
summarized in TABLE 7-10.
St. Anthony 2040 Comprehensive Plan Chapter 7: Sanitary Sewer
152
TABLE 7-10: I/I REDUCTION ACTIVITIES
Year Description Cost
2016 Pipe televising, removal, replacement. $ 148,042.00
2015 Pipe televising, removal, replacement. $ 263,805.22
2014 Pipe televising, removal, replacement. $
216,714.65
2013 Pipe televising, removal, replacement. $
124,008.57
2012 Pipe installation (Emerald Park). $ 47,750.00
2012 Pipe bursting, replacement (Macalester Drive). $
118,485.25
2012 Pipe televising, removal, replacement. $ 205,580.53
2011 Pipe televising, removal, replacement. $
160,236.37
2010 Pipe televising, removal, replacement. $
118,396.03
2009 Pipe televising, removal, replacement. $
178,772.54
2008 Pipe televising, removal, replacement. $
1,470,959.00
2007 Pipe televising, removal, replacement. $
525,671.10
2006 Pipe televising, removal, replacement. $
192,766.61
2005 Pipe removal, bursting, replacement. $ 196,600.34
2004 Pipe televising, removal, bursting,
replacement.
$
171,491.80
The City has planned and budgeted for additional sanitary sewer
improvements through 2025 as part of its Street & Utility Reconstruction
Program. The improvements planned for 2017 along Skycroft Drive and
Maplewood Drive will cost an estimated $327,785.00 and include pipe
televising, removal, and replacement. The City of St. Anthony will
continue to rehabilitate its sanitary sewer system in an effort to reduce I/I.
St. Anthony 2040 Comprehensive Plan Chapter 7: Sanitary Sewer
153
COST ESTIMATES AND FINANCING
TABLE 7-11 lists the capital improvements and the significant maintenance
and rehabilitation work planned for the City of St. Anthony’s sewer
system.
TABLE 7-11: CAPITAL IMPROVEMENTS
Year Improvement Estimated
Cost
2018 Foss Road Lift Station Pump Replacement $154,000
2019 Harding Lift Station Pump Replacement $36,000
2020 Lift Station SCADA System $40,000
2024 Foss Road Lift Station Pump Rehab $10,000
2026 Harding Lift Station Pump Rehab $5,000
SUMMARY AND OUTCOMES
The analysis provided in this Comprehensive Sanitary Sewer Plan is
aimed to provide the City of St. Anthony and the Metropolitan Council
assistance in planning for wastewater collection and treatment. It is
anticipated that the design flows and criteria outlined will be used for
utility planning as development continues within the City. Tables and
figures can be utilized to create budget-level estimates and schematic
representations of infrastructure improvements, with specific sizing and
routing to be determined during the design phase.
St. Anthony 2040 Comprehensive Plan Chapter 8: Water Supply
154
CHAPTER 8: WATER SUPPLY
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
Introduction
The City of St. Anthony’s Comprehensive Water Supply Plan describes
the City’s existing water distribution system and water demands, projects
future water demands through the year 2040, and proposes infrastructure
improvements to accommodate those demands. This Plan has been
prepared according to the guidelines established by the Metropolitan
Council and the Minnesota Department of Natural Resources (DNR). The
Water Supply Plan immediately following this report follows the template
provided by the DNR, while this Comprehensive Water Supply Plan
expands upon the template and provides further information for City and
Metropolitan Council planning.
Existing System
The City of St. Anthony’s water distribution system provides nearly 300
million gallons of water each year to about 2,330 service connections.
The system draws groundwater from three wells and is treated at the
water treatment plant in the center of the City and stored between one
ground storage tank and one water tower. The City has a single pressure
zone, apart from the neighborhood just south of St. Anthony High School
where pressures are augmented by a booster station located inside the
Advanced Oxidation Process (AOP) Water Treatment Plant.
Population and Water Demand
The population served by the City’s water system has stayed constant
over the last ten years. However, total water demands and per capita
demands have been steadily decreasing, especially in the last five years.
Higher efficiency appliances, reduced irrigation, general attitudes toward
conservation, rainfall, and climate likely all play a role in that trend.
St. Anthony 2040 Comprehensive Plan Chapter 8: Water Supply
155
Growth and Demand Projections
The Metropolitan Council projects that the City of St. Anthony will grow
slightly over the lifetime of this Plan, and that its total per capita water use
will remain constant. The population served by the City of St. Anthony’s
water distribution system is expected to increase to 8,800 people by the
year 2040, at which time the projected total per capita water use of 109
gallons per capita per day will result in an average day demand of 0.96
million gallons per day and a maximum day demand of 2.01 million
gallons per day.
Proposed Improvements
Most of the system improvements required to sustain the City’s future
water demands involve the upkeep of existing infrastructure. As detailed
in the following sections, these include the installation of SCADA systems
at the production wells and water treatment plant, the maintenance and
restoration of the well pumps, and the repair and maintenance of the
ground storage tank and water tower.
St. Anthony 2040 Comprehensive Plan Chapter 8: Water Supply
156
INTRODUCTION
Purpose
This Comprehensive Water Supply Plan is a section of the City’s 2040
Comprehensive Plan. The purpose of the Comprehensive Water Supply
Plan is to provide an overview of the City’s current drinking water
resources, infrastructure, policies, and challenges, and to present future
plans. A water distribution map is included in Figure 1.
This Comprehensive Water Supply Plan has been prepared according to
the guidelines established by the Metropolitan Council and the Minnesota
Department of Natural Resources (DNR) per Minnesota Statute 473.859
which requires water supply plans be completed by all local units of
government in the seven-county Metropolitan Area. The attached Water
Supply Plan conforms to the template provided by the DNR, while this
Comprehensive Plan satisfies the Metropolitan Council’s requirements.
Background
The City of St. Anthony, 2.37 square miles in area, is located in Hennepin
and Ramsey Counties to the northeast of Minneapolis and is fully
developed. The majority of the properties within the City limits are
currently serviced by the City’s water utility.
This report uses historical population and water use data with population
estimates provided in St. Anthony’s Metropolitan Council Environmental
Services (MCES) System Statement to assess current water demand and
to project water demand through the year 2040. The 2040 service area
was defined based on the future Land Use Plan prepared for the City’s
2040 Comprehensive Plan.
St. Anthony 2040 Comprehensive Plan Chapter 8: Water Supply
157
The City of St. Anthony has identified the following goals and aspirations
for the administration of their water system:
1. Continue to provide reliable and cost effective utility services
allowing growth to dictate timing and location of new
infrastructure.
2. Provide residents and businesses with affordable potable water
that is safe and high quality. Operate and maintain the water
system to ensure its long-term function with equitable user
charges.
3. Continue to educate the community about water conservation
using the City’s website, fliers at City hall, and provide tours of the
new water treatment plant and water reuse facility.
4. Protect the groundwater source from contamination by conforming
to the Wellhead Protection Plan.
5. Provide adequate water supply and pressure for residents and
businesses.
6. Continue to manage existing utility infrastructure efficiently,
anticipating the need for repair or replacement and combining
reconstruction projects where possible to minimize the expenses
over time.
7. Continue to be an adaptive and resilient community that utilizes
the latest environmentally conservative methods of drinking water
conservation, water reuse, and stormwater and wastewater
management.
8. Continue efforts to become a “green community” by integrating
sustainability practices into existing City ordinances.
9. Consider developing a system to recognize and encourage water
conservation in City facilities. Progress towards achieving water
use reduction will be communicated to City staff and facility users.
Data Available
The following sources of information were used to prepare this report:
• Water Supply Plan for the City of St. Anthony, prepared by WSB &
Associates, Inc.
• MCES System Statement for the City of St. Anthony
• MCES Community Profile for the City of St. Anthony
• Water usage data as reported by the City to the DNR’s Minnesota
Permitting and Reporting System (MPARS)
St. Anthony 2040 Comprehensive Plan Chapter 8: Water Supply
158
General Contact Information
City of St. Anthony Water System
DNR Water Appropriation Permit Numbers: 1960-0907
Ownership: Public
Metropolitan Council Area, Hennepin & Ramsey Counties
MDH Supplier Classification: Municipal
Director of Public Works: Jay Hartman
3301 Silver Lake Road NE
St. Anthony, MN 55418
Phone: (612) 782-3314
Water Use Categories and Definitions
General water use categories and definitions used in this report, as
defined by the Department of Natural Resources, are as follows:
• Residential uses consist of water being used for normal
household purposes, such as drinking, food preparation, bathing,
washing clothes and dishes, flushing toilets, and watering lawns
and gardens.
• Institutional uses consist of those for hospitals, nursing homes,
day care centers, and other facilities that use water for essential
domestic requirements. This includes public facilities and public
metered uses. Institutional water-use records are typically
maintained for emergency planning and allocation purposes.
• Commercial uses consist of water used by motels, hotels,
restaurants, office buildings, and commercial facilities.
• Industrial uses consist of water used for thermoelectric power
(electric utility generation) and other industrial uses such as steel,
chemical and allied products, food processing, paper and allied
products, mining, and petroleum refining.
• Wholesale deliveries consist of bulk water sales to other public
water suppliers.
• Unaccounted water is the volume of water withdrawn from all
sources minus the volume sold.
• Non-essential water uses as defined by Minnesota Statutes
103G.291, include lawn sprinkling, vehicle washing, golf course
and park irrigation, and other non-essential uses. Some of the
above categories also include non-essential uses of water.
St. Anthony 2040 Comprehensive Plan Chapter 8: Water Supply
159
FIGURE 1
St. Anthony 2040 Comprehensive Plan Chapter 8: Water Supply
160
EXISTING SYSTEM
The City’s existing water distribution system, shown in Figure 1, consists
of three deep wells, a water treatment plant (WTP), a ground storage
reservoir, and a water tower. The WTP, ground storage, water tower, and
one of the wells are located together in the center of the City. The system
currently serves an area of approximately 1,110 acres with 2,330
connections.
Water Sources
The City currently uses three groundwater sources: Wells 3, 4, and 5.
(Wells 1 and 2 were capped in the early 1990s and resealed per MDH
requirements in 2017.) Well 3 is located adjacent to the WTP; Well 4 is
located just north of the WTP on Silver Lake Road; and Well 5 is located
at the southwest corner of Silver Lake Road and Silver Lane. Each is
capable of pumping about 1,200 gallons per minute. Well information is
provided in Table 1, and well logs and maintenance reports are included
in Appendix 1.
TABLE 1: EXISTING W ELL SUMMARY
Well
Name and
ID
Year
Installed Aquifer Capacity
(gpm)
Depth
(feet) Status
Well 3
#200804 1967 Prairie du Chien
Jordan 1,200 539 Active
Well 4
#200803 1959 Jordan 1,200 541 Active
Well 5
#200524 1961 Jordan 1,200 472 Active
The City’s water level monitoring plan is included in Appendix 2, and
water level graphs for each well are included in Appendix 3.
St. Anthony 2040 Comprehensive Plan Chapter 8: Water Supply
161
Water Treatment
Water is pumped from the three wells to the St. Anthony WTP, which has
a treatment capacity of approximately 5.0 million gallons per day. The
plant was originally constructed in 1965 and was subsequently upgraded
in 1995 and expanded in 2016-2017 with an Advanced Oxidation
Process (AOP). It includes three treatment processes:
1. Filtration – Iron and manganese are removed by two horizontal
pressure filters that contain greensand filter media. Chlorine and
permanganate are applied before filtration, the chlorine to oxidize
and preciptate iron and the permanganate to oxidize and
preciptate manganese prior to filtration.
2. Advanced Oxidation Process (AOP) – An advanced oxidation
process that utilizes hydrogen peroxide and ultravioliet (UV) light
treats 1,4-dioxane, a carinogenic organic contaminant, that exists
in the City’s raw water source. Hydrogen peroxide absorbs UV
light and forms hydroxyl radicals that oxidize and breakup the 1,4-
dioxane into non-toxic compounds.
3. Granular Activated Carbon – Granular Activated Carbon (GAC)
filters adsorb organic contaminants such as trichloroethylene
(TCE) and dichloroethane (DCA) in addition to taste and odor
compounds. The GAC filters also quench and remove any
exceess hydrogen peroxide that is not consumed during the
advanced oxidation process.
Chlorine, fluoride, and polyphosphate are applied at the end of the
treatment train to disinfect, prevent tooth decay, and inhibit pipe
corrosion, respectively.
St. Anthony 2040 Comprehensive Plan Chapter 8: Water Supply
162
The treated effluent from the WTP is discharged into the 2 million gallon
ground storage reservoir. From there it is pumped into the distribution
network by four high service pumps. The capacities of these pumps are
listed in Table 2.
TABLE 2: HIGH SERVICE PUMP SUMMARY
Pump Individual Capacity
(gpm)
Paired Capacity
(gpm)
1 2,200
3,800
2 2,200
3 1,200
1,200
4 1,200
Water Storage
St. Anthony has one elevated storage facility and one ground storage
facility. The elevated storage is a steel, multi-leg water tower constructed
in 1953 and has a storage capacity of 250,000 gallons. The ground
storage is a concrete reservoir constructed in 1991 and has a storage
capacity of 2 million gallons.
Water Distribution
The distribution system consists of approximately 32 miles of water main,
consisting of cast iron, ductile iron and PVC pipe ranging from 6 inches to
12 inches in diameter. The larger 12-inch water mains are concentrated
around the treatment complex in the center of the City and extend north
from there along Silver Lake Road.
St. Anthony 2040 Comprehensive Plan Chapter 8: Water Supply
163
POPULATION AND WATER DEMANDS
The population served by the City of St. Anthony’s water system has
remained fairly constant over the last ten years; in 2015 the population
served by the City’s water system was 8,226 people. Population, water
use, and water demand data from the past ten years for the City’s water
system are listed in Table 3 and Table 4.
TABLE 3: POPULATION AND WATER DEMAND
Year Population
Served
Total
Connections
Total Water
Use (MG)
Total Water
Pumped (MG)
Percent
Unmetered/
Unaccounted
2005 8,250 2,295 280.4 329.7 14.93%
2006 8,250 2,307 299.6 336.5 10.98%
2007 8,250 2,323 340.2 361.7 5.94%
2008 8,250 2,332 307.4 329.4 6.66%
2009 8,250 2,333 307.7 323.1 4.78%
2010 8,250 2,333 259.8 294.2 11.68%
2011 8,250 2,333 268.5 299.7 10.40%
2012 8,250 2,333 295.6 322.5 8.36%
2013 8,226 2,329 299.2 299.9 0.23%
2014 8,226 2,320 265.0 278.6 4.87%
2015 8,226 2,325 259.2 281.2 7.82%
Avg. 2010-
2015 8,338 2,329 274.6 296.0 7.23%
MG – million gallons
St. Anthony 2040 Comprehensive Plan Chapter 8: Water Supply
164
Average Day Demand, Maximum Day Demand, and Total Per Capita
Demand show a slight decreasing trend over the last ten years (see Table
4). It is likely that high efficiency appliances, reduced irrigation, general
attitudes toward conservation, rainfall, and climate all play a role in that
trend.
TABLE 4: POPULATION AND WATER DEMAND
Year
Average
Day
Demand
(MGD)
Max. Day
Demand
(MGD)
Date of Max.
Day
Demand
Residential
Per Capita
Demand
(GPCD)
Total Per
Capita
Demand
(GPCD)
2005 0.90 2.19 7/15/2005 69 109
2006 0.92 2.45 7/13/2006 74 112
2007 0.99 2.40 7/7/2007 87 120
2008 0.90 2.16 7/3/2008 77 109
2009 0.89 2.29 7/11/2009 76 107
2010 0.81 1.40 8/29/2010 66 98
2011 0.82 1.59 7/1/2011 68 100
2012 0.88 1.88 7/2/2012 74 107
2013 0.82 1.72 8/30/2013 69 100
2014 0.76 1.63 8/9/2014 65 93
2015 0.77 1.57 8/15/2015 64 94
Avg. 2010-
2015 0.81 1.63 - 68 98
MGD – million gallons per day GPCD – gallons per capita per day
St. Anthony 2040 Comprehensive Plan Chapter 8: Water Supply
165
Table 5 lists the top ten water users by volume, from largest to smallest,
for the City of St. Anthony.
TABLE 5: LARGE VOLUME USERS
Customer Category Use
(gallons/year)
Percent of
Total Use
Happy’s Potato Chip Industrial 20,608,427 7.95%
Emerald Park Institutional 9,312,083 3.59%
Central Park Irrigation Institutional 6,921,370 2.67%
Landings East Residential 5,219,000 2.01%
Sentinel Management Residential 4,970,230 1.92%
St. Anthony Nursing
Home Residential 4,838,843 1.87%
School District Institutional 4,439,190 1.71%
Sentinel Management Residential 4,435,750 1.71%
Chandler Place Residential 3,304,360 1.27%
Landings West Residential 3,264,180 1.26%
Existing Water Conservation Policies
Although Minnesotans benefit from the state’s abundant water supplies,
those supplies are finite and potential threats exist that could impact the
quality of our drinking water. Factors that can potentially limit water supply
include: population increases, economic trends, uneven statewide
availability of groundwater, climate change, and degraded water quality.
There are many benefits to enacting the types of water conservation
policies that the City has already implemented and will continue to
pursue.
The average total water used per year in the City of St. Anthony from
2010 to 2015 was 274.6 million gallons, with an average of 7.23% of that
usage being unmetered or unaccounted. The average residential per
capita demand has been decreasing steadily since 2012. From 2010 to
2015 it averaged 68 gallons per capita per day, which is less than the
DNR’s recommended residential demand of 75 gallons per capita per
day. The decrease in residential per capita demand may be attributed to
high efficiency appliances, reduced irrigation, general attitudes toward
conservation, rainfall, and climate.
St. Anthony 2040 Comprehensive Plan Chapter 8: Water Supply
166
Wellhead Protection
Long-term preventative programs and measures for the City’s existing
water system will help reduce the risk of emergency situations. The City
of St. Anthony has a number of programs to help reduce these risks. This
includes a Wellhead Protection Plan (WHPP) that was approved by the
Minnesota Department of Health (MDH) in January of 2017 and is due to
be updated in 2027. It lists the following goals:
1. Maintain or improve the current level of water quality so that the
municipal water supply will continue to meet or exceed all
applicable state and federal water quality standards.
2. Continue to supply sufficient water quantity for system users and
emergency needs.
3. Provide and promote activities that protect the source water
aquifers which provide water to the municipal system. This will
include increased public education of the Wellhead and Source
Water Protection Program and groundwater-related issues, as
well as management of the identified potential contaminant
sources and conveyance mechanisms within the Drinking Water
Supply Management Area (DWSMA).
4. Continue to collect data to support future wellhead and source
water protection efforts.
In order to achieve these objectives, the WHPP lists the following
measures to be implemented:
• Well Management
o Promote the proper sealing of and identify and inform
properties with abandoned, unused, unmaintained, or
damaged wells
o Educate the public about proper well management
o Identify new high-capacity wells within the DWSMA
o Continue to monitor water quality and quantity
o Monitor the Inner Wellhead Management Zone (IWMZ) for
potential contaminant sources
o Minimize potential contaminant sources in order to reduce
the DWSMA
• Public Education
o Foster public support for and understanding of WHPP
o Educate private utility owners about the DWSMA
o Educate emergency management officials on the
importance of spill clean-up within the DWSMA
o Provide information on proper tank maintenance and
preventing leaks to tank owners in WHP areas
St. Anthony 2040 Comprehensive Plan Chapter 8: Water Supply
167
• Storage Tank Management
o Notify owners of storage tanks within the DWSMA that they
are within the DWSMA and educate owners on the
importance of spill prevention
• Stormwater Management
o Educate the public on proper stormwater management, turf
management, lawn care practices, and water conservation
o Cooperate with other agencies and programs to manage
stormwater quality
• Hazardous Waste Management
o Educate the public on the proper disposal of hazardous
waste
o Educate hazardous waste generators on proper
management
• Data Collection
o Cooperate with and support future data collection efforts
by other agencies
o Conduct stable isotope test on all public water supply
wells, precipitation, and Silver Lake
o Maintain up-to-date information on wells and potential
contaminant sources within the DWSMA
o Collect and maintain local geologic data
• Water Conservation
o Implement a community-wide conservation program
• Land Use Management
o Incorporate WHPP initiatives into City Plans
• Implementation
o Track and report completed WHPP activities
• Evaluation
o Evaluate the WHPP
GROWTH AND DEMAND PROJECTIONS
The City of St. Anthony is currently built-out, although there is potential for
population growth with the redevelopment of land at a higher density. The
City’s projected population and demands are listed in Table 6. The
population projections were linearly extrapolated using the MCES System
Statement projections for the years 2020, 2030, and 2040. As of 2016,
any new population growth will be serviced by the municipal water
system. The average day per capita demands were obtained from the
MCES Water Supply Profile, and the peak factor applied to calculate the
max day per capita demands was obtained from the City’s reported water
use data. The maximum day demand is expected to increase to 2.24
MGD by the year 2040.
St. Anthony 2040 Comprehensive Plan Chapter 8: Water Supply
168
TABLE 6: PROJECTED W ATER DEMAND
Year
Projected
Population
Served
Projected Total Per
Capita Demand
(GPCD)
Projected Average
Day Demand
(MGD)
Projected Max Day
Demand
(MGD)
2017 8,936 98 0.88 1.84
2018 9,290 98 0.91 1.91
2019 9,645 98 0.95 1.99
2020 10,000 98 0.98 2.06
2021 10,080 98 0.99 2.07
2022 10,160 98 1.00 2.09
2023 10,240 98 1.00 2.11
2024 10,320 98 1.01 2.12
2025 10,400 98 1.02 2.14
2030 10,800 98 1.06 2.22
2040 10,900 98 1.07 2.24
St. Anthony 2040 Comprehensive Plan Chapter 8: Water Supply
169
Future Water Conservation Policies
The Minnesota DNR has established eight water conservation objectives
and strategies. These are listed below with a summary of the City’s
progress towards the completion of each.
1. Reduce unaccounted (non-revenue) water loss to less than 10%.
• The City’s average unaccounted water use from 2010 to 2015
was 7.23%, which is below the recommended goal of 10%.
Leak detection surveys are performed as needed.
• There are a total of 2,325 metered connections in St. Anthony
which are tested as needed or requested. The average age of
these meters is 10 years, and they are replaced every 15
years. The City does not have any unmetered connections, and
all meters were replaced in 2008 over the course of a recently
completed AMR program.
2. Achieve residential demand of less than 75 gallons per capita per
day.
• The average residential per capita water demand for the City of
St. Anthony from 2010 to 2015 was 68 gallons per capita per
day (gpcd), which is less than the 75 gpcd target. Data from the
DNR and the City indicates that residential water demand has
an overall decreasing trend since the year 2007.
• In order to continue reducing residential demand, the City will
revise its ordinances on water efficient landscaping 1-3 years
following the adoption of this plan, review its ordinances on
water reuse annually, revise its ordinances limiting irrigation 3-6
years following the implementation of this plan, continue to
make water system improvements, continue to provide
incentives to reduce outdoor water use, and continue water
conservation education and outreach.
• The City participated in the Regional Indicators Initiative (RII)
from 2008 to 2013 in order to track water usage by customer
category.
3. Achieve at least a 15% reduction in per capita daily demand across
all customer categories over the next 10 years.
• The City of St. Anthony will conduct facility water use audits
annually, install enhanced water meters, install conservation
fixtures and appliances, repair leaking system components,
investigate water reuse, reduce outdoor water use, and train
employees how to conserve water.
4. Achieve a decreasing trend in total per capita demand.
• Each customer category shows a decreasing water use trend.
The decrease in water usage may be attributed to the new
water reuse facility, water efficient fixtures, and public
St. Anthony 2040 Comprehensive Plan Chapter 8: Water Supply
170
education on water conservation. A graph showing total per
capita water demand by customer category is included in
Appendix 8.
5. Reduce peak day demand so that the ratio of maximum to average
day demand is less than 2.6.
• The City’s ten year average (2005-2014) ratio of maximum to
average day demand is 2.3, less than the DNR’s recommended
target.
6. Implement a conservation water rate structure.
• The water rates in St. Anthony are based on an increasing
block rate structure. This rate structure promotes water
conservation because the price is volume-tiered, meaning that
the price of water increases with the amount of gallons used.
Water billing in St. Anthony is on a quarterly schedule, and the
billing structure is evaluated every year with the last change
made on January 1, 2015. The current rate structure is
included in Appendix 9.
• The City has also implemented an odd/even watering
restriction to reduce peak day demands during months of high
water usage.
7. Additional strategies to reduce water use and support wellhead
protection planning.
• The City of St. Anthony will continue participating in the
GreenStep Cities program, implement a Water Conservation
Outreach Program, and continue to use backwash water from
the water treatment facility for irrigation of the twenty-acre park
and City Hall site.
8. Tracking success.
• The City will continue to monitor water usage by customer
category and continue to participate in the GreenStep Cities
program.
St. Anthony 2040 Comprehensive Plan Chapter 8: Water Supply
171
Regulation
The City of St. Anthony has implemented several regulations to reduce
demand and improve efficiency in its water system. Rainfall sensors are
required on landscape irrigation systems; water use is restricted by
odd/even days and time of day; splash pad use in City parks is reduced
during months of high water usage; tree ratios are enforced for new
development in Districts R-3 and R-4; and a critical water deficiency
ordinance has been established. A summary of these regulations with
links to more information on them is included in Appendix 10.
Retrofitting Programs
The City partnered with the gas company and the EPA to distribute toilet
leak tablets and faucet aerators. The City also hosted a rain barrel
seminar and pays for half of a resident’s first rain barrel.
Education and Outreach
The City has implemented, or plans to implement, the following education
and outreach programs:
• Billing inserts include educational information
• Consumer Confidence Reports prepared annually
• Staff training includes awareness of conservation goals
• Facility tours are available on request
• Sustainability Fair to educate about everyday sustainability
• Rain barrel seminar and rebate program
• Village Notes community newsletter quarterly
• Information available at the water reuse facility
• Information available on City website (http://www.ci.saint-
anthony.mn.us/)
St. Anthony 2040 Comprehensive Plan Chapter 8: Water Supply
172
PROPOSED IMPROVEMENTS
The City of St. Anthony’s existing water system will need maintenance
and restoration work to satisfy projected demand through 2040. Table 7
lists the proposed maintenance and improvements, along with estimated
dates of implementation and costs. In addition, the City’s Capital
Improvement Plan for 2016 to 2032 is included in Appendix 4.
TABLE 7: PROPOSED IMPROVEMENTS
Year Improvement Estimated Cost
2017 WTP and Well SCADA Systems $120,000
2018 Well 5 Rehabilitation $100,000
2020 High Service Pump Upgrades and
Piping $341,000
2021
Well 3 Casing $37,500
Well 4 Pump Restoration $75,000
2025 Tower Painting $275,000
2028 Well 4 Permanent Generator $275,000
2030 Well 5 Replace Standby Generator $300,000
Proposed Sources and Treatment
It is generally recommended that a City’s treatment or production capacity
be equal to at least the maximum day demand with the largest well out of
service, known as the system’s firm capacity.
The City of St. Anthony’s firm capacity is 3.46 MGD. By the year 2040,
the maximum day demand is projected to increase to 2.24 MGD, which is
well within the existing firm capacity. Additional production capacity
should not be required over the lifetime of this plan. The City is planning
to rehabilitate Well 5 in 2018.
The City just completed the addition of the advanced oxidation process to
its water treatment facility, and the overall treatment capacity of the WTP
is approximately 5.0 MGD. This capacity easily satisfies the projected
maximum day demand.
Proposed Storage
It is generally recommended that a City’s storage capacity be equal to at
least the average day demand. The City’s projected average day demand
St. Anthony 2040 Comprehensive Plan Chapter 8: Water Supply
173
in 2040 is 1.07 MG, which is easily satisfied by the City’s existig storage
capacity of 2.25 MG. Additional storage capacity should not be required
over the lifetime of this plan.
Proposed Distribution
The City will conduct water main rehabilitation and replacement as
necessary in conjunction with street reconstruction. The City has also
designated funds for fire hydrants in 2018 and 2027 as indicated in the
Capital Improvement Plan.
New development will require a reassessment of existing water main
capacity. A recent environmental assessment of the potential high density
development of Lowry Grove, which included computer modeling of the
system using the water modeling program InfoWater, concluded that the
10-inch trunk main along Silver Lake Road and Kenzie Terrace may need
to be upsized to provide adequate fire fighting flow. Fire fighting
requirements and the implications for trunk main sizing should be
carefully considered in the design of this development. Existing
production, treatment, and storage capacity are sufficient for this potential
development.
St. Anthony 2040 Comprehensive Plan Chapter 8: Water Supply
174
EMERGENCY PREPAREDNESS PROCEDURES
Water emergencies can occur as a result of vandalism, sabotage,
accidental contamination, mechanical problems, power failures, drought,
flooding, and other natural disasters. The purpose of emergency planning
is to develop emergency response procedures and to identify actions
needed to improve emergency preparedness. In the case of a
municipality, these procedures should be in support of, and part of, an all-
hazard emergency operations plan.
Federal Emergency Response Plan
Section 1433(b) of the Safe Drinking Water Act, as amended by the
Public Health Security and Bioterrorism Preparedness and Response Act
of 2002 (Public Law 107-188, Title IV – Drinking Water Security and
Safety), requires community water suppliers serving over 3,300 people to
prepare an Emergency Response Plan.
The City of St. Anthony has a Federal Emergency Response Plan that
was certified on August 2, 2004. The contacts for this plan are:
Emergency Response Lead: Jay Hartman
Phone: (612) 782-3314
Email: jay.hartman@ci.saint-anthony.mn.us
Alternate Emergency Response Lead: Jeremy Gumke
Phone: (612) 782-3441
Email: jeremy.gumke@ci.saint-anthony.mn.us
Operational Contingency Plan
The State recommends that all utilities develop an operational
contingency plan that describes measures to be taken for water supply
mainline breaks and other common system failures, as well as for routine
maintenance. A contact list for contractors and suppliers and a water
emergency telephone list that act as an Operational Contingency Plan are
included in Appendix 5.
St. Anthony 2040 Comprehensive Plan Chapter 8: Water Supply
175
Emergency Response Procedures
Quick access to concise and detailed information on water sources, water
treatment, and the distribution system may be needed in an emergency.
System operation and maintenance records should be maintained in
secured central and back-up locations so that the records are accessible
for emergency purposes. A detailed map of the system showing the water
sources, treatment plant, storage facilities, supply lines, interconnections,
and other information that would be useful in an emergency should also
be readily available. It is critical that public water supplier representatives
and emergency response personnel communicate about the response
procedures and be able to easily obtain this kind of information both in
electronic and hard copy formats (in case of a power outage).
The City of St. Anthony maintains records and maps of the water system.
City staff can access these resources from a central secured location in
the event of an emergency, and appropriate staff know where these
resources are located.
Procedures for Augmenting Water Supplies
The City of St. Anthony has two partial interconnections with neighboring
water supply systems, to be used only in the event of an emergency. One
interconnection is with the City of St. Paul via Roseville in the southern
portion of the system, which has a capacity of 144 MGD. The second
interconnection is with adjacent fire hydrants of the City of Minneapolis,
which has a capacity of 180 MGD. Copies of cooperative agreements for
these interconnections are included in Appendix 6.
In the case of a short-term emergency, the City would need to obtain and
distribute bottled water. In the case of a long-term emergency, the City
will evaluate the cause of service disruption and will determine if a new
water source or improved water treatment is necessary. The scale of the
response will depend on the cause of the disruption. In this case, a
feasibility study should be conducted to determine how to address the
issue in the most cost-effective manner.
St. Anthony 2040 Comprehensive Plan Chapter 8: Water Supply
176
Allocation and Demand Reduction Procedures and Triggers
The City must prepare procedures to address gradual decreases in water
supply, as well as emergencies and the sudden loss of water due to line
breaks, power failures, sabotage, etc. These allocation and demand
reduction procedures must be consistent with Minnesota State Statute
103G.261, that identifies and defines the priorities in which water usage
will be allocated in the event of an emergency. They are defined as
follows:
1. Domestic water supply only, excluding industrial and commercial
uses of municipal water supply. The first priority also includes
uses for power production that meet contingency requirements.
Domestic use is defined by MN Rules 6115.0630, Subp. 9, as use
for general household purposes for human needs such as
cooking, cleaning, drinking, washing, and waste disposal, and
uses for on-farm livestock watering excluding commercial
livestock operations which use more than 10,000 gallons per day
or one million gallons per year.
2. Consumption of less than 10,000 gallons per day (usually from
private wells or surface water intakes).
3. Agricultural irrigation and processing of agricultural products of
more than 10,000 gallons per day.
4. Power production in excess of the use provided for in the
contingency plan.
5. All other water use of more than 10,000 gallons per day.
6. Non-essential uses. These uses are defined by Minnesota
Statutes 103G.291 as lawn sprinkling, vehicle washing, golf
course and park irrigation, and other non-essential uses.
St. Anthony 2040 Comprehensive Plan Chapter 8: Water Supply
177
Table 8 lists the priority ranking, average day demand, and demand
reduction potential for each customer category in the City.
TABLE 8: W ATER USE PRIORITIES
Category Allocation
Priority
Average Daily
Demand (GPD)
Short-Term
Emergency
Demand Reduction
Potential (GPD)
Residential 1 533,170 -
Institutional 2 39,160 -
Commercial/Industrial 3 145,200 -
Non-Essential 4 - 328,250
Total - 718,070 328,250
GPD – Gallons per Day
*Non-essential use is calculated as average difference in summer and winter
usage across all customer categories from 2011 to 2015
The City of St. Anthony will use the following conditions to trigger an
emergency response:
▪ Contamination
▪ Loss of Production
▪ Infrastructure Failure
▪ Governor’s Executive Order
St. Anthony 2040 Comprehensive Plan Chapter 8: Water Supply
178
The City of St. Anthony has identified the following short-term and long-
term actions to be implemented as part of an emergency response:
Short-term Actions Long-term Actions
▪ Enforce its critical water deficiency
ordinance
▪ Allocate water through emergency
action of the City Council
▪ Encourage voluntary reduction
through public service
announcements
▪ Supply augmentation
through Roseville
▪ Enforce its critical water
deficiency ordinance
▪ Allocate water through
emergency action of the City
Council
▪ Meet with large water users
to discuss their contingency
plan
Notification Procedures
The City of St. Anthony has developed the following plan to inform
customers regarding conservation requests, water use restrictions, and
suspensions; with the support of City staff, neighboring communities, and
local news outlets:
Short-term demand
reduction declared
(within one year)
Long-term demand
reduction declared
(over one year)
Governor’s Critical water
deficiency declared
Frequency: Monthly Frequency: Annually Frequency: As Needed
▪ Website
▪ Social media (e.g.
Twitter, Facebook)
▪ Direct customer
mailing
▪ Press release (TV,
radio, newspaper)
▪ Website
▪ Social media (e.g.
Twitter, Facebook)
▪ Direct customer
mailing
▪ Press release (TV,
radio, newspaper)
▪ Website
▪ Social media (e.g.
Twitter, Facebook)
▪ Direct customer
mailing
▪ Press release (TV,
radio, newspaper)
St. Anthony 2040 Comprehensive Plan Chapter 8: Water Supply
179
Enforcement
Minnesota Statutes require public water supply authorities to adopt and
enforce water conservation restrictions during periods of critical water
shortages. As stated in Minnesota Statutes 103G.291, Subdivision 1,
regarding public water supply appropriation during deficiency, if the
governor determines and declares by executive order that there is a
critical water deficiency, public water supply authorities appropriating
water must adopt and enforce water conservation restrictions within their
jurisdiction that are consistent with rules adopted by the commissioner.
The restrictions must limit lawn sprinkling, vehicle washing, golf course
and park irrigation, and other nonessential uses, and have appropriate
penalties for failure to comply with the restrictions.
The City has a critical water deficiency ordinance defined in St. Anthony
City Code, Chapter 52: Section 52.08. A copy of this ordinance is
included in Appendix 7. The City Council will sit as an Emergency Water
Supply Board to impose and enforce water use restrictions.
Chapter 9:
Sustainability
St. Anthony 2040 Comprehensive Plan Chapter 9: Sustainability
180
CHAPTER 9: S USTAINABILITY
WHAT DOES SUSTAINABILITY MEAN TO ST. ANTHONY?
For the city of St. Anthony, sustainability takes the stage front and center
with its presence in the city’s mission: to be a progressive, and livable
community, “walkable” Village which is sustainable, safe and secure.
Since its addition to the mission, sustainability has been approached
considering impacts to the environment, economy and equity of the
community. In 2009, the city partnered with its watershed organizations
and county to bring the first water re-use project to the state of Minnesota,
with the Central Park Water Re-Use Facility. This system collects
stormwater and water treatment backwash to irrigate the Central Park
fields and Community Center campus, and has lead the way for water re-
use to be implemented in other large-scale facilities. In the following
years, the city collaborated further with partners to bring online the Silver
Lake Stormwater Treatment System at Salo Park, Silver Lake Carp
tracking and winter netting, the Central Park Biofiltration Basin, the
Stormwater Treatment and Research Facility, and the Mirror Lake
Flooding and Water Quality Improvement project. Over the years, the city
also provided cost-share opportunities for residents to acquire oak rain
barrels for residential water re-use and aided in design and installation of
rain gardens on residential and faith-based properties.
St. Anthony has been an active participant in the Pollution Control
Agency’s GreenStep Cities program since its inception in 2010, achieving
Steps 1 and 2 in 2011, Step 3 in 2012, and Step 4 in 2016. Additionally,
the city was recognized by the program administrators in 2014, between
the release of the 3rd and 4th steps. The city has also hosted two different
GreenCorps members, 2012-13 and 2015-16, who focused on
sustainability, stormwater and community outreach and education.
On principle, the city approaches sustainability through collaboration. At
the staff level, it is every departments’ responsibility to identify areas of
opportunity, and from the city to partner with organizations and
community members, everyone must contribute in order to get the best
end product.
St. Anthony 2040 Comprehensive Plan Chapter 9: Sustainability
181
EXISTING SUSTAINABILITY EFFORTS
At the 2016 League of Minnesota Cities
Annual Conference, St. Anthony was
recognized with the Sustainable City
Award. This acknowledged the years of
work and multiple approaches the city
has been pursuing to create a more
sustainable village. Some of these
focuses include: being a leader in
organized collection of residential refuse
and recycling; the many stormwater
projects completed in partnership with
water resource professionals; progress
in adding routes for safe biking and
walking for all residents; considering
higher density and mixed-use
development when possible; creating
and strengthening a pollinator pathway
for native insects; and subscribing to a
community solar garden and
considering future options in energy
efficiency and renewable energy. The
city continues to seek out the next
opportunity to further its mission of
being more sustainable and aiding
residents to do the same.
The city has also partnered with the
University of Minnesota Sustainability Studies capstone course to engage
community members in a Sustainability Fair at Silverwood Park. At these
annual fairs, attendees were introduced to resources and best practices they
could bring home with them, research projects conducted by students of the
course and further engagement opportunities to keep them involved in city-wide
initiatives.
In preparation for this Comprehensive Plan Update, the city received a
sponsorship grant from the Pollution Control Agency to host a United States
Green Building Council ADVANCE workshop to incorporate sustainability into
this plan. At this event, Steering Committee, Parks Commissions and
community advocates for native plants, walking and biking, and renewable
energy conducted round table discussions with industry experts in
understanding current conditions and shaping future goals and policies. This
type of strategic planning creates a clearer picture of the city’s priorities and
how to move forward.
St. Anthony 2040 Comprehensive Plan Chapter 9: Sustainability
182
In 2016, the City completed a St. Anthony Sustainability Tour (available
on the city’s website) outlining through a StoryMap all the initiatives
completed by the city to date.
PLANNING FOR SOLAR
The Metropolitan Land Planning Act requires that the comprehensive plan
shall contain “an element for the protection and development of access to
direct sunlight for solar energy systems” (Minn. Stat. 473.859). An
analysis of St. Anthony’s solar energy capacity, based on exposure to
sunlight, indicates that the city does have solar resources available for
alternative energy production. Currently, the City of St. Anthony uses 65
gigawatt hours of electricity annually.
Gross solar capacity
240 megawatts of solar capacity that could
produce 308 gigwatt-hours of electricity
with current technology
Rooftop solar capacity
30 megawatts of solar capacity that could
produce 45 gigwatt-hours of electricity with
current technology
Greater solar resource capacity is shown in brighter yellow on the maps above.
Solar access is a resource that, if used, could be used to offset the costs
associated with traditional electricity consumption. If all of St. Anthony’s
rooftop solar energy was built out to full capacity, it would generate the
equivalent of 69 percent of the City’s annual electric use. The City’s solar
energy systems ordinance was developed in 2015 and permits or
conditionally permits solar energy systems in all zoning districts.
St. Anthony 2040 Comprehensive Plan Chapter 9: Sustainability
183
WHAT HAVE WE HEARD FROM THE COMMUNITY?
Sustainability is a critically important issue for St. Anthony residents. An
established and well-organized group of residents have started Citizens
for Sustainability and have formulated plans and recommendations for
city consideration. Additionally, people at the visioning session and at the
Parks Commission planning session (which was open to the public)
expressed interest and desire in a variety of sustainability principles and
policies. These included:
• Improve bikeway connections and infrastructure
• Improve decaying or nonexistent pedestrian infrastructure
• Increase tree plantings
• Allow for alternative/renewable energy (solar, wind)
• Compost and organics collection
• Reduce usage of pesticides and herbicides
• Urban agriculture (apiculture, chickens)
• Decrease water use
• Improve stormwater management and water reclamation
• Cleaner water (Silver Lake)
• Promote rain gardens, native plantings
• More community gardens
• Parks become “natural playgrounds”
• Continue with GreenStep Cities leadership (step 5)
St. Anthony 2040 Comprehensive Plan Chapter 9: Sustainability
184
WHERE IS ST. ANTHONY HEADED?
The following list of goals and policies combine the city’s vision
statements, past efforts, technical support and resources from USBGC,
Great Plains Institute, the sustainability class at the University of
Minnesota, and community desires. The community has a strong desire
to set goals related to CO2 emission reduction, acknowledging the state’s
efforts in this matter. Therefore, the city has taken the statewide goal of
an 80 percent reduction in CO2 emissions (from a 2005 baseline) and
adapted them based on a baseline established through St. Anthony’s
benchmarking (Regional Indicators Initiative and B3 Benchmarking
project). Additionally, the policies set are intended to achieve these
adjusted goals.
Goals
1. Continue to be leaders in implementing a sustainable vision for
our future
2. Achieve a city-wide CO2 emissions reduction goal of 40 percent
by 2040
3. Achieve a CO2 emissions reduction goal of 60 percent for city
facilities for 2040.
4. Improve the health of the overall ecosystem and pollinator health
5. Support the growth of urban agriculture
6. Promote and reward the development of sustainable landscapes
7. Improve the safety and connectivity of the City’s bicycle and
pedestrian infrastructure
8. Support the production of alternative energy
9. Improve water quality and minimize flooding.
Policies and Actions
1. Grow a robust urban tree canopy by develop a street tree strategy
that capitalizes on street reconstruction as an opportunity to
budget for and achieve urban canopy/tree planting goals.
2. Create incentives and programming to increase tree plantings on
private lots and in public right of way.
3. Reduce chemical use citywide by engaging with public works and
the school district in a conversation about best practices.
4. Adopt and report on measurable, publicly announced surface
water improvement targets for water bodies.
5. Continue to implement effective and innovative stormwater
management practices and rain gardens.
6. Select key locations for the addition of on-road, protected, and off-
road bicycle trails, as shown on the transportation map.
St. Anthony 2040 Comprehensive Plan Chapter 9: Sustainability
185
7. Dedicate key pedestrian infrastructure gaps as identified on the
map as priority projects in the Capital Improvement Program.
8. Achieve GreenStep Cities Step 5.
9. Encourage installation of renewable energy generation capacity
by re-evaluating and expanding existing city ordinances related to
solar.
10. Collaborate with the Parks Commission to create park/city land
management standards/practices that maximize native
landscaping and low-maintenance management.
11. Facilitate creation of community gardens: defining them and
addressing them as an allowed use in particular zoning districts in
City Code.
12. Conserve drinking/groundwater resources by strengthening a
watering ordinance, water-wise landscaping ordinance/guidance,
and/or guidance on rainwater harvesting.
13. Write an ordinance that more clearly allows and regulates urban
agriculture, specifically bees and chickens.
14. Consider development of an Energy Action Plan that outlines
community education, outreach, and financing/incentives for
private households and businesses to invest in energy efficient
appliances, vehicles, and other efforts.
15. Develop an Energy Action Plan that audits current city facilities
and identifies areas of energy reduction for city fleet, and city-
owned buildings.
16. Develop a policy, grounded in City data, best practices and
specific local benchmarks, related to CO2 emission reduction.
Chapter 10:
Implementation
St. Anthony 2040 Comprehensive Plan Chapter 10: Implementation
186
CHAPTER 10: IMPLEMENTATION
Without a specific course of action, it is difficult to achieve the goals and
aspirations of any plan. Previous chapters of this document provide the
baseline information for understanding the community and the determined
goals for the community’s future. The goals explain what the community
wants to accomplish and the vision desired as an outcome. This chapter
outlines the process to work toward achieving those goals.
Often, the most challenging part of the Comprehensive Plan is
implementation. It is easy to complete a document, and then watch it
collect dust on a shelf. To increase the likelihood of its implementation,
the following Implementation Matrix provides priorities to follow over the
first 5 to 10 years after plan adoption. This can be used to complete an
annual work plan and contribute to a capital improvement program. The
implementation steps should be reviewed by the City periodically
(annually or more often) to:
• Establish priority work activities for city staff and volunteers
(and for city partner organizations) on an annual basis,
• Establish priorities for annual city budget (and for city partner
organization budgets),
• Establish priorities for 5-year capital improvement expense
plans.
VISION STATEMENT
The implementation action items outlined in this chapter should ultimately
reinforce St. Anthony’s Mission, Vision and Strategic Initiatives, which are
reiterated in FIGURE 8-1. The Strategic Initiative themes are broad and
touch every aspect of city activity and city life. No aspect of this
Comprehensive Plan and its ultimate implementation will be at odds with
the City’s Mission, Vision and Strategic Initiatives.
St. Anthony 2040 Comprehensive Plan Chapter 10: Implementation
187
FIGURE 8-1: ST. ANTHONY’S 2017 MISSION, VISION AND STRATEGIC PLAN
St. Anthony 2040 Comprehensive Plan Chapter 10: Implementation
188
IMPLEMENTATION MATRIX
The implementation work plan outlined in the following table expands
upon the Strategies and Action Items addressed in all preceding chapters
of this plan by assigning a responsible body or actor (who), a timeframe
for action (when), and a suggestion of where the funding that will enable
the action will come from (how).
While the following lays out a work plan for the next 5 to 10 years, it is to
be expected that the task list will change from year to year. As time goes
on, some tasks will take longer than expected and will shift into the next
year’s list. Priorities will change and tasks will be moved up to be
accomplished earlier. New ideas will be presented to accomplish the
goals and vision citied here and will be added to the task list. This is all
part of the cyclical process of implementation.
Implementation actions and strategies are arranged in the Implementation
Matrix by plan chapter, which has the following color scheme:
Land Use
Housing
Transportation
Sanitary Sewer
Water Supply
Surface Water
Sustainability
St. Anthony 2040 Comprehensive Plan Chapter 10: Implementation
189
FIGURE 8-2: ST. ANTHONY 2040 PLAN ACTION ITEM IMPLEMENTATION MATRIX
Comprehensive Plan Action or Strategy Who When How ($)
Coordinate with school district and community education
to plan for changing programming and spatial needs at the
community center.
City staff 2018 General fund
Utilize the Planned Unit Development re-zoning as a tool at
key locations to promote market flexibility and integrated
land uses.
City staff, Planning
Commission, City Council
2018,
ongoing
General fund
Explore available grants and funding opportunities to
promote the type of desired development.
City staff 2018,
ongoing
MN DEED grants, ULI advisory,
LCDA grants
Conduct further study and planning on the re-development
or better utilization of the current industrial park.
City staff, Planning
Commission
2019 General fund
Monitor the interest in teardowns and large expansions of
single-family homes and examine the zoning code to
ensure opportunities for investment are maximized.
City staff 2019 General fund
Review and revise the purpose statement, allowed uses
and dimensional standards of the R-4 Residential district as
necessary to support the higher density residential uses
guided in this Comprehensive Plan update.
City staff, Planning
Commission, City Council
2019 General fund
Plan for the re-development of underutilized commercial
properties, especially those on higher volume streets and
transit routes, for higher-density, multi-family and senior
housing.
City staff, Planning
Commission
2020 General fund; LCDA grants; MN
DEED funds
St. Anthony 2040 Comprehensive Plan Chapter 10: Implementation
190
Explore options that revise the zoning code to allow for
residential uses in commercial districts, in order to better
meet anticipated market and transportation trends.
City staff, Planning
Commission, City Council
2020 General fund
Identify areas in the community for the development of
new, higher end office space.
City staff 2020 General fund
Identify areas in the city for co-operative senior housing at
medium density.
City staff 2022 General fund
Utilize available financing techniques to encourage multi-
family housing developments to include a component of
affordable housing.
City staff, developers 2018,
ongoing
TIF, tax abatement, MHFA funding,
LCDA grants
Explore the potential for affordable housing development
at the city-owned site on Kenzie Terrace (former bowling
alley site).
City staff, affordable
housing developers
2018 General fund; MHFA funding; TIF
Allow housing churn of single-family homes by continuing
to plan for senior housing options at all affordability levels.
City staff, senior housing
project developers
2018,
ongoing
MHFA financing; TIF
Evaluate the appropriateness for ordinances that
encourage smaller apartment units.
City staff, Planning
Commission, City Council
2019 General fund
Anticipate and meet increased rental demand at all
affordability levels. (Refer to Tools Matrix in the Housing
Plan Chapter)
City staff; affordable
housing developers;
Country HRAs; current
rental property owners
2019,
ongoing
County HRA levy; MHFA funding;
LCDA grants; housing vouchers;
LIHTC
Reduce overall community housing cost burden,
particularly by supporting those projects that provide
affordability for households in the <50% AMI categories.
City staff, Planning
Commission, City Council
2019,
ongoing
TIF, tax abatement, MHFA funding,
LCDA grants
St. Anthony 2040 Comprehensive Plan Chapter 10: Implementation
191
(Refer to Tools Matrix in the Housing Plan Chapter)
Anticipate the need for preservation of naturally-occurring
affordable housing within all affordability bands. (Refer to
Tools Matrix in the Housing Plan Chapter)
City staff 2019,
ongoing
LIHTC; General Fund (city policy
development); NOAH Impact Fund
(GMHF)
Support housing maintenance assistance programs,
particularly for lower-income households. (Refer to Tools
Matrix in the Housing Plan Chapter)
City staff 2020 Partnership with non-profits;
MHFA programs;
Encourage increased bicycle and pedestrian movement to
both local and regional destinations
City staff Ongoing General Fund
Provide facilities and develop land use patterns that
encourage transit use
City staff Ongoing General Fund
Monitor for potential future safety and traffic operations
needs at:
• Silver Lake Rd & Silver Lane
• 39th Ave & Silver Lake Rd
• 39th Ave & Stinson Blvd
• 37th Ave & Stinson Blvd
• 37th Ave & Silver Lake Rd
• 37th Ave & Highcrest Rd
2017 programmed improvements include upgrades to the
existing signalized intersection including new APS push
buttons, countdown timers and ADA reconstructs.
City Staff, Hennepin and
Ramsey Counties,
Minneapolis Park Board,
City of Columbia Heights
2018,
ongoing
General Fund
St. Anthony 2040 Comprehensive Plan Chapter 10: Implementation
192
Optimize signal time and coordination between St. Anthony
Blvd. intersections at New Brighton Blvd. (CR 88) and Silver
Lake Rd./Kenzie Terrace (CR 153)
City staff, Hennepin
County
2018 County
Lengthen the northeast bound right turn lane from Kenzie
Terrace (CR 153) to southeast St. Anthony Blvd. from 170
feet to 200 feet.
City staff, Hennepin
County
2018 Development Funds
Lengthen the westbound left turn lane from Kenzie Terrace
(CR 153) to southbound Stinson Parkway by shortening or
removing the existing left turn lane from Kenzie Terrace to
the Bremer Bank Building.
City staff, Hennepin
County
2018 Development Funds
Lengthen the northbound left turn lane from Stinson
Parkway to westbound Lowry Avenue from 150 feet to 300
feet.
City staff, Minneapolis
Park Board, Hennepin
County
2018 Development Funds
Evaluate solutions to improve intersection safety and traffic
operations at:
• 29th Avenue & Stinson Blvd.
• 29th Avenue & Silver Lake Rd.
• 29th Avenue & New Brighton Blvd.
City staff, Minneapolis
Park Board, Hennepin
County
2019 Multi-Agency Financial
Participation
Programmed reconstruction of County Road C/County
Road 94, including right-of-way acquisition, drainage and
utility work.
Ramsey County, Hennepin
County, St. Anthony Village
2019 Multi-Agency Financial
Participation
Evaluate solutions to improve crossing safety and Ramsey County, Hennepin
County, St. Anthony
2019 Multi-Agency Financial
St. Anthony 2040 Comprehensive Plan Chapter 10: Implementation
193
conditions at the following intersections:
1. Kenzie Terrace/Silver Lake Road and St. Anthony Blvd.
2. New Brighton Blvd. and St. Anthony Blvd.
3. 29th Avenue and New Brighton Blvd.
4. 33rd Avenue and Highway 8/Highcrest Road
Village, City of Roseville Participation
Evaluate solutions to improve pedestrian connections to St.
Anthony Village High School, Central School Park, and
Wilshere Park Elementary School
City staff 2019 Multi-Agency Financial
Participation
Explore solutions to deter or eliminate unwanted through
traffic on the following neighborhood local streets:
1. 39th Avenue/Fordham Drive NE between Silver Lake
Road and Silver Lane
2. Parking lot between New Brighton Blvd./Kenzie Terrace
and along 27th Avenue to Stinson Blvd.
3. 36th Avenue between Silver Lake Road and Highcrest
Road
4. 36th Avenue/Colgate Street between Silver Lake Road
and 37th Avenue
5. Belden Drive west of Silver Lake Road
City Staff, Hennepin
County
2020 Multi-Agency Financial
Participation
St. Anthony 2040 Comprehensive Plan Chapter 10: Implementation
194
Proposed functional classification change from local street
to Minor Collector on the roadways identified in the
Transportation Chapter of this Plan (Figure 6-14).
City staff 2020 Multi-Agency Financial
Participation
Evaluate potential to add on-road bike lanes on 29th Ave
from Stinson Blvd to New Brighton Blvd.
City staff 2020 Multi-Agency Financial
Participation
Evaluate potential for adding an on-road bicycle facility on
St. Anthony Boulevard between Stinson and Ridgway Pkwy.
City staff 2020 Multi-Agency Financial
Participation
Evaluate adequacy of transit service in redevelopment
areas and support planned increased frequency on bus
routes 15 (formerly route 4), 25, 32, 801 within the City
Metro Transit, City staff 2020,
ongoing
Multi-Agency Financial
Participation
Evaluate the potential to adjust Route 25 to remain on
Stinson Parkway and Stinson Blvd. between Kenzie Terrace
and 29th Street
Metro Transit, City staff 2020,
ongoing
Multi-Agency Financial
Participation
Coordinate with Hennepin County and City of Minneapolis
regarding planned bikeway and sidewalk (on east side of
roadway between St. Anthony Blvd. and 37th Avenue).
Designate as RBTN alignment.
City staff, Hennepin
County, City of
Minneapolis
2021 Multi-Agency Financial
Participation
Coordinate with Ramsey County regarding planned
bikeway along Silver Lake Road from Silver Lane to County
Road E; evaluate potential for multiuse trail connection to
Silverwood Park.
City staff, Ramsey County 2021 Multi-Agency Financial
Participation
At railroad crossings on Stinson Blvd, coordinate with
Canadian Pacific Railroad to improve safety and operations
City staff 2021, Multi-Agency Financial
St. Anthony 2040 Comprehensive Plan Chapter 10: Implementation
195
while minimizing effects on other transportation system
uses and adjacent land uses
Ongoing Participation
Coordinate with Metro Transit and Minneapolis regarding
potential arterial bus rapid transit on Central Avenue
(Increased Revenue Scenario – unfunded project)
Metro Transit, City staff 2022 Multi-Agency Financial
Participation
Consider planning for potential long-term reconstruction to
tie into Corridor Study and preliminary design plans to the
east from Marshall St. to Johnson Ave.
Hennepin County, City of
Minneapolis
2025 Multi-Agency Financial
Participation
Consider a roundabout or other intersection control
improvements at St. Anthony Blvd./Silver Lake Rd./Kenzie
Terrace (CR 153).
City staff, Hennepin
County
2030 Multi-Agency Financial
Participation
Consider a roundabout or other intersection control
improvements at the intersection of Kenzie Terrace (CR
153)/Lowry Avenue and Stinson Parkway.
City staff, Minneapolis
Park Board, Hennepin
County
2030 Multi-Agency Financial
Participation
Zoning updates, per “Suggested Zoning Code Updates” on
p. 160
City staff 2018 General fund
Foss Road Lift Station Pump Replacement/Rehab City of St. Anthony Public
Works Staff 2016 Capital improvements budget
Harding Lift Station Pump Replacement/Rehab City of St. Anthony Public
Works Staff 2017 Capital improvements budget
Lift Station SCADA System City of St. Anthony Public 2018 Capital improvements budget
St. Anthony 2040 Comprehensive Plan Chapter 10: Implementation
196
Works Staff
Foss Road Lift Station Pump Replacement/Rehab City of St. Anthony Public
Works Staff 2024 Capital improvements budget
Harding Lift Station Pump Replacement/Rehab City of St. Anthony Public
Works Staff 2026 Capital improvements budget
Continue to rehabilitate sanitary sewer system in an effort
to reduce inflow and infiltration, completing budgeted
improvements through 2025 that include upgrades along
Skycroft and Maplewood drive in 2017.
City of St. Anthony Public
Works Staff
2017
through
2025
Capital improvements budget
The City has implemented, or plans to implement, the
following education and outreach programs related to
water supply:
• Billing inserts include educational information
• Consumer Confidence Reports prepared annually
• Staff training includes awareness of conservation
goals
• Facility tours are available on request
• Sustainability Fair to educate about everyday
sustainability
• Rain barrel seminar and rebate program
• Village Notes community newsletter quarterly
• Information available at the water reuse facility
• Information available on City website
City of St. Anthony Public
Works Staff
2017 and
ongoing
General fund
St. Anthony 2040 Comprehensive Plan Chapter 10: Implementation
197
(http://www.ci.saint-anthony.mn.us/)
WTP and Well SCADA Systems City of St. Anthony 2017 Capital improvements budget
Ground Storage Repair City of St. Anthony 2019 Capital improvements budget
High Service Pump Upgrades and Piping City of St. Anthony 2020 Capital improvements budget
Well 3 Casing City of St. Anthony 2021 Capital improvements budget
Well 4 Pump Restoration City of St. Anthony 2021 Capital improvements budget
Well 5 Pump Restoration City of St. Anthony 2022 Capital improvements budget
Tower Painting City of St. Anthony 2025 Capital improvements budget
Well 4 Permanent Generator City of St. Anthony 2028 Capital improvements budget
See Appendix 1
Continue to implement effective and innovative
stormwater management practices and rain gardens.
City of St. Anthony Public
Works Staff, City Engineer
Ongoing Stormwater Fund
Adopt and report on measurable, publicly announced
surface water improvement targets for water bodies.
City of St. Anthony Public
Works Staff, City Engineer
2018,
ongoing
Stormwater Fund
Select key locations for the addition of on-road, protected,
and off-road bicycle trails, as shown on the transportation
map.
City of St. Anthony Public
Works Staff, City Engineer
2018 Capital improvements budget
St. Anthony 2040 Comprehensive Plan Chapter 10: Implementation
198
Dedicate key pedestrian infrastructure gaps as identified on
the map as priority projects in the Capital Improvement
Program.
City of St. Anthony Public
Works Staff, City Engineer
2018,
ongoing
Capital improvements budget
2018
Reduce chemical use citywide by engaging with public
works and the school district in a conversation about best
practices.
City Staff 2019 General Fund
Encourage installation of renewable energy generation
capacity by re-evaluating and expanding existing city
ordinances related to solar.
City Staff 2019 Grant, Incentive Programs
Facilitate creation of community gardens: defining them
and addressing them as an allowed use in particular zoning
districts in City Code.
City Staff 2019 General Fund
Write an ordinance that more clearly allows and regulates
urban agriculture, specifically bees and chickens.
City Staff 2019 General Fund
Create incentives and programming to increase tree
plantings on private lots and in public right of way.
City Staff 2020 General Fund
Collaborate with the Parks Commission to create park/city
land management standards/practices that maximize
native landscaping and low-maintenance management.
City Staff 2020 General Fund
Conserve drinking/groundwater resources by
strengthening a watering ordinance, water-wise
City Staff 2020 General Fund
St. Anthony 2040 Comprehensive Plan Chapter 10: Implementation
199
landscaping ordinance/guidance, and/or guidance on
rainwater harvesting.
Develop a policy, grounded in City data, best practices and
specific local benchmarks, related to CO2 emission
reduction.
City Staff 2020 General Fund
Develop an Energy Action Plan that audits current city
facilities and identifies areas of energy reduction for city
fleet, and city-owned buildings.
City Staff 2021 General Fund
Consider development of an Energy Action Plan that
outlines community education, outreach, and
financing/incentives for private households and businesses
to invest in energy efficient appliances, vehicles, and other
efforts.
City Staff 2022 General Fund
Grow a robust urban tree canopy by develop a street tree
strategy that capitalizes on street reconstruction as an
opportunity to budget for and achieve urban canopy/tree
planting goals.
City Staff 2025 General Fund
St. Anthony 2040 Comprehensive Plan Chapter 10: Implementation
200
ZONING AND THE COMPREHENSIVE PLAN
Under Minnesota State Statute, a city’s zoning ordinance should “carry
out the policies and goals of the land use plan” (MN Statute 462.357
Subd. 2). The Metropolitan Council requires that official controls, such as
zoning, “must not be in conflict” with the comprehensive plan or its
subsequent updates. As such, all cities that update their land use plans
must then follow up with necessary revisions to the zoning ordinance to
bring zoning controls into alignment with the goals and policies of the
adopted comprehensive plan.
St. Anthony’s current zoning map and zoning category descriptions are
included here, followed by a discussion of the anticipated zoning updates
that may be necessary to bring the City’s zoning code into harmony with
the comprehensive plan.
FIGURE 8-3: ST. ANTHONY VILLAGE ZONING DISTRICTS
Zoning District Description Dimensional Standards
R-1 Single Family District
Corresponding Land Use:
Low Density Residential
This is the primary single-family zoning district
in the city.
Permitted uses: single family detached
dwellings, public or parochial schools, publicly-
owned recreational facilities, and state-licensed
facilities.
Height – 25 feet
Minimum lot – 9,000 sq feet
Dwelling minimum – 1,000 sq
feet (one story)
FAR: 0.3 maximum
Lot coverage: 35% maximum
R-1A Single Family Lakeshore
Corresponding Land Use:
Low Density Residential
This district is reserved for lakefront along Silver
Lake.
Permitted uses: single family detached
dwellings, public or parochial schools, publicly-
owned recreational facilities, and state-licensed
facilities.
Height – 25 feet
Minimum lot – 9,000 sq feet
Dwelling minimum – 1,100 sq
feet (one story)
FAR: 0.3 maximum
Lot coverage: 35% maximum
R-2 Two-Family District
This district provides areas which are best
suited for a higher density than single-family
dwellings, and which may serve as a transitional
Height – 25 feet
Minimum lot – 12,000 sq feet
St. Anthony 2040 Comprehensive Plan Chapter 10: Implementation
201
Corresponding Land Use:
Low-Density Residential, Mid
Density Residential
use.
Permitted uses: All R-1 and R-1A uses, Two-
family detached dwellings
Dwelling minimum – 850 sq feet
(one story)
FAR: 0.3 maximum
Lot coverage: 35% maximum
R-3 Townhouse District
Corresponding Land Use:
Low-Density Residential, Mid
Density Residential
This district provides areas where the natural
amenities such as trees, hills and bodies of
water are preserved by encouraging
development of medium density housing
surrounded by common open space.
Permitted uses: All R-1, R-1A and R-2 uses,
townhouse buildings containing 3-8 units.
Height – 30 feet
Minimum lot – 15,000 sq feet
Dwelling minimum – 650 sq feet
(1 bedroom)
FAR: 0.6 maximum
Lot coverage: 50% maximum
R-4 Multiple-Family District
Corresponding Land Use:
Mid Density Residential,
High Density Residential
This district provides areas for housing other
than 1- and 2-family dwellings and townhouses,
and which may serve as a transitional use
between less dense residential uses and
nonresidential uses.
Permitted uses: Rental apartment and
condominium apartment uses.
Height – 35 feet
Minimum lot – depends on unit
count of building
Dwelling minimum – 650 sq feet
(1 bedroom)
FAR: 1.0 maximum
Lot coverage: 50% maximum
C General Commercial
District
Corresponding Land Use:
Commercial, Industrial (in
case of certain uses)
This district provides areas for retail sales and
services located and regulated so as to
minimize adverse effects on neighboring
residential districts and congestion of public
streets.
Permitted uses: various related to office and
professional services, retail sales, business,
dining and entertainment, other (§152.121)
Height – 35 feet
Minimum lot – 15,000 sq feet
FAR: 1.0 maximum
Lot coverage: N/A
LI Light Industrial District
Corresponding Land Use:
This district designates areas for (and regulates)
light industry. Intended to be in close proximity
to high capacity roadways or rail lines.
Height – 35 feet
Minimum lot – 15,000 sq feet
St. Anthony 2040 Comprehensive Plan Chapter 10: Implementation
202
Industrial, Commercial (in
case of certain uses)
Permitted uses: various light industrial
(§152.141)
FAR: 1.5 maximum
Lot coverage: N/A
R/O Recreational/Open
Space District
Corresponding Land Use:
Low Density Residential,
Recreation Open Space
The purpose of the R/O District is to regulate
development in those areas which have
significant natural amenities such as trees,
terrain, and water resources, and to regulate
development for recreational purposes in areas
which have significant public or private
recreational potential.
Permitted uses: Outdoor recreational facilities,
trails and pathways, cemeteries, schools and
government buildings
Height – 35 feet
PUD (Planned Unit
Development)
Corresponding Land Use:
Low Density Residential, Mid
Density Residential, High
Density Residential,
Commercial, Recreation
Open Space
A zoning district and development plan which
may include single or mixed uses, and 1 or more
lots or parcels, and which is intended to create a
more flexible, creative, and efficient approach
to the use of land.
Permitted uses: Those allowed in underlying
zoning districts unless otherwise approved. May
contain a mixture of land uses.
Minimum 3-acre site
St. Anthony 2040 Comprehensive Plan Chapter 10: Implementation
203
FIGURE 8-4: ST. ANTHONY VILLAGE ZONING MAP (LEFT) COMPARED WITH
2040 FUTURE LAND USE MAP (RIGHT)
St. Anthony 2040 Comprehensive Plan Chapter 10: Implementation
204
Suggested Zoning Code Updates
There are very few locations within the City of St. Anthony where the
current zoning district does not align with the proposed 2040 land use.
The places that will require closer examination and possible changes to
zoning designation are the following:
• Former Lowry Grove mobile home park (2501 Lowry Avenue), also
known as the Southern Gateway site, and adjacent commercial parcel
(2401 Lowry Avenue). Currently zoned R-1 Single Family and C
Commercial (respectively), the zoning for these properties will likely
be changed with a successful development proposal for these sites.
To match the High Density Residential guidance for these sites, the
zoning designation is likely to change to R-4 High Density Residential
or (more likely) Planned Unit Development.
• Select properties along Stinson Boulevard. The 2040 land use plan
re-guides some commercial properties on Stinson north of 31st to Mid
Density Residential to align with surrounding uses. These properties
should eventually be rezoned to R-2 or R-3 to match the intent of the
land use plan.
• Area north of 37th Avenue NE and south of the railroad (northeast
corner of the city). The 2040 future land use map clarifies the
guidance in this area and better aligns it with both existing uses and
expected future uses of these properties. A handful of properties
around Mirror Lake are zoned in a different manner than they are now
guided, and may need to be re-zoned to align with the land use plan.
Additional Opportunities to update Zoning Code
In addition to locational zoning designation updates, this Plan suggests
there are opportunities to review and update the substantive content of
Zoning Code language in order to better match the intent and purpose of
the land use plan. Some of these opportunities have already been
identified in this chapter and throughout the plan. A series of potential
Zoning Code updates is presented here as suggested opportunities rather
than mandatory updates, in order to give the City of St. Anthony some
direction on further aligning the City’s code with the land use plan.
Potential updates to Zoning Code may include:
• Review of the dimensional standards in all residential districts, to
evaluate whether height, setback and lot coverage requirements
support the intended uses prescribed in the land use plan and are
practical requirements for developers. In particular, studying the
height and massing requirements for higher density uses in other
comparable cities may provide some insight into effective dimensional
standards.
St. Anthony 2040 Comprehensive Plan Chapter 10: Implementation
205
• Add residential uses as conditionally permitted uses in Commercial
districts, to match expected market and transportation trends and to
more easily allow for a mixture of uses where appropriate.
• Evaluate whether the prescribed permitted uses in the Commercial
and Industrial districts reflect desired City outcomes and support
modern commercial and industrial development trends. This will
become more relevant as opportunities to redevelop or enhance
existing industrial parks and shopping centers arise.
• Make certain that the Zoning Code and Zoning Map effectively
supports the re-development of underutilized commercial properties,
especially those on higher volume streets and transit routes, for
higher-density, multi-family and senior housing.
• Review the Zoning Code in its entirety for consistency and clarity, to
ensure that residents, business owners, and prospective developers
can easily understand the City’s expectations.
Appendix A
Water Supply Plan
Local Water Supply Plan Template –December 8, 2015
1
Local Water Supply Plan Template
Third Generation for 2016 -2018
Formerly called Water Emergency & Water Conservation Plan
Local Water Supply Plan Template –December 8, 2015
2
Cover photo by Molly Shodeen
For more information on this Water Supply Plan Template, please contact the DNR Division of Ecological
and Water Resources at (651) 259-5034 or (651) 259-5100.
Copyright 2015 State of Minnesota, Department of Natural Resources
This information is available in an alternative format upon request.
Equal opportunity to participate in and benefit from programs of the Minnesota Department of Natural
Resources is available to all individuals regardless of race, color, creed, religion, national origin, sex,
marital status, public assistance status, age, sexual orientation, disability or activity on behalf of a local
human rights commission. Discrimination inquiries should be sent to Minnesota DNR, 500 Lafayette
Road, St. Paul, MN 55155-4049; or the Equal Opportunity Office, Department of the Interior,
Washington, DC 20240.
Local Water Supply Plan Template –December 8, 2015
3
Table of contents
INTRODUCTION TO WATER SUPPLY PLANS (WSP) ............................................................... 6
Who needs to complete a Water Supply Plan .......................................................................................... 6
Groundwater Management Areas (GWMA) ............................................................................................. 6
Benefits of completing a WSP ................................................................................................................... 6
WSP Approval Process .............................................................................................................................. 7
PART 1. WATER SUPPLY SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND EVALUATION.................................. 9
A. Analysis of Water Demand................................................................................................................ 9
B. Treatment and Storage Capacity .................................................................................................... 11
Treatment and storage capacity versus demand ................................................................. 12
C. Water Sources ................................................................................................................................. 12
Limits on Emergency Interconnections ................................................................................ 13
D. Future Demand Projections – Key Metropolitan Council Benchmark ............................................ 13
Water Use Trends ................................................................................................................ 13
Projection Method ................................................................................................................ 14
E. Resource Sustainability ................................................................................................................... 14
Monitoring – Key DNR Benchmark ...................................................................................... 14
Water Level Data ................................................................................................................. 15
Potential Water Supply Issues & Natural Resource Impacts – Key DNR & Metropolitan
Council Benchmark .............................................................................................................. 16
Wellhead Protection (WHP) and Source Water Protection (SWP) Plans ............................ 19
F. Capital Improvement Plan (CIP) ...................................................................................................... 19
Adequacy of Water Supply System ..................................................................................... 19
Proposed Future Water Sources ......................................................................................... 20
Part 2. Emergency Preparedness Procedures ........................................................................... 22
A. Federal Emergency Response Plan ................................................................................................. 22
B. Operational Contingency Plan ........................................................................................................ 22
C. Emergency Response Procedures ................................................................................................... 22
Emergency Telephone List .................................................................................................. 23
Local Water Supply Plan Template –December 8, 2015
4
Current Water Sources and Service Area ........................................................................... 23
Procedure for Augmenting Water Supplies ......................................................................... 23
Allocation and Demand Reduction Procedures ................................................................... 24
Notification Procedures ........................................................................................................ 26
Enforcement ........................................................................................................................ 26
PART 3. WATER CONSERVATION PLAN ................................................................................ 28
Progress since 2006 ................................................................................................................................ 28
A. Triggers for Allocation and Demand Reduction Actions ................................................................. 29
B. Conservation Objectives and Strategies – Key benchmark for DNR ............................................... 30
Objective 1: Reduce Unaccounted (Non-Revenue) Water loss to Less than 10% .............. 30
Objective 2: Achieve Less than 75 Residential Gallons per Capita Demand (GPCD)......... 32
Objective 3: Achieve at least a 1.5% per year water reduction for Institutional, Industrial,
Commercial, and Agricultural GPCD over the next 10 years or a 15% reduction in ten
years. ................................................................................................................................... 33
Objective 4: Achieve a Decreasing Trend in Total Per Capita Demand .............................. 34
Objective 5: Reduce Peak Day Demand so that the Ratio of Average Maximum day to the
Average Day is less than 2.6 ............................................................................................... 34
Objective 6: Implement a Conservation Water Rate Structure and/or a Uniform Rate
Structure with a Water Conservation Program .................................................................... 34
Objective 7: Additional strategies to Reduce Water Use and Support Wellhead Protection
Planning ............................................................................................................................... 37
Objective 8: Tracking Success: How will you track or measure success through the next ten
years? .................................................................................................................................. 37
A. Regulation ....................................................................................................................................... 38
B. Retrofitting Programs ..................................................................................................................... 38
Retrofitting Programs ........................................................................................................... 39
C. Education and Information Programs ............................................................................................. 39
Proposed Education Programs ............................................................................................ 39
Part 4. ITEMS FOR METROPOLITAN AREA COMMUNITIES .................................................. 43
A. Water Demand Projections through 2040 ...................................................................................... 43
Local Water Supply Plan Template –December 8, 2015
5
B. Potential Water Supply Issues ........................................................................................................ 43
C. Proposed Alternative Approaches to Meet Extended Water Demand Projections ....................... 43
D. Value-Added Water Supply Planning Efforts (Optional) ................................................................. 44
Source Water Protection Strategies .................................................................................... 44
Technical assistance ........................................................................................................... 44
GLOSSARY ................................................................................................................................ 45
Acronyms and Initialisms ........................................................................................................................ 47
APPENDICES TO BE SUBMITTED BY THE WATER SUPPLIER............................................. 49
Appendix 1: Well records and maintenance summaries – see Part 1C ................................................. 49
Appendix 2: Water level monitoring plan – see Part 1E ........................................................................ 49
Appendix 3: Water level graphs for each water supply well - see Part 1E ............................................. 49
Appendix 4: Capital Improvement Plan - see Part 1E ............................................................................. 49
Appendix 5: Emergency Telephone List – see Part 2C ........................................................................... 49
Appendix 6: Cooperative Agreements for Emergency Services – see Part 2C ....................................... 49
Appendix 7: Municipal Critical Water Deficiency Ordinance – see Part 2C ............................................ 49
Appendix 8: Graph showing annual per capita water demand for each customer category during the
last ten-years – see Part 3 Objective 4 .................................................................................................... 49
Appendix 9: Water Rate Structure – see Part 3 Objective 6 .................................................................. 49
Appendix 10: Adopted or proposed regulations to reduce demand or improve water efficiency – see
Part 3 Objective 7 .................................................................................................................................... 49
Appendix 11: Implementation Checklist – summary of all the actions that a community is doing, or
proposes to do, including estimated implementation dates – see www.mndnr.gov/watersupplyplans
................................................................................................................................................................ 49
Local Water Supply Plan Template –December 8, 2015
6
DEPARTMENT OF NATURAL RESOURCES – DIVISION OF ECOLOGICAL AND
WATER RESOURCES AND METROPOLITAN COUNCIL
INTRODUCTION TO WATER SUPPLY PLANS (WSP)
Who needs to complete a Water Supply Plan
Public water suppliers serving more than 1,000 people, and large private water suppliers in designated
Groundwater Management Areas, and all water suppliers in the Twin Cities metropolitan area, are
required to prepare and submit a water supply plan.
The goal of the WSP is to help water suppliers: 1) implement long term water sustainability and
conservation measures; and 2) develop critical emergency preparedness measures. Your community
needs to know what measures will be implemented in case of a water crisis. A lot of emergencies can be
avoided or mitigated if long term sustainability measures are implemented.
Groundwater Management Areas (GWMA)
The DNR has designated three areas of the state as Groundwater Management Areas (GWMAs) to focus
groundwater management efforts in specific geographies where there is an added risk of overuse or
water quality degradation. A plan directing the DNRs actions within each GWMA has been prepared.
Although there are no specific additional requirements with respect to the water supply planning for
communities within designated GWMAs, communities should be aware of the issues and actions
planned if they are within the boundary of one of the GWMAs. The three GWMAs are the North and
East Metro GWMA (Twin Cities Metro), the Bonanza Valley GWMA and the Straight River GWMA (near
Park Rapids). Additional information and maps are included in the DNR webpage at
http://www.dnr.state.mn.us/gwmp/areas.html
Benefits of completing a WSP
Completing a WSP using this template, fulfills a water supplier’s statutory obligations under M.S.
M.S.103G.291 to complete a water supply plan. For water suppliers in the metropolitan area, the WSP
will help local governmental units to fulfill their requirements under M.S. 473.859 to complete a local
comprehensive plan. Additional benefits of completing WSP template:
• The standardized format allows for quicker and easier review and approval
• Help water suppliers prepare for droughts and water emergencies.
• Create eligibility for funding requests to the Minnesota Department of Health (MDH) for the
Drinking Water Revolving Fund.
• Allow water suppliers to submit requests for new wells or expanded capacity of existing wells.
• Simplify the development of county comprehensive water plans and watershed plans.
• Fulfill the contingency plan provisions required in the MDH wellhead protection and surface
water protection plans.
• Fulfill the demand reduction requirements of Minnesota Statutes, section 103G.291 subd 3
and 4.
Local Water Supply Plan Template –December 8, 2015
7
• Upon implementation, contribute to maintaining aquifer levels, reducing potential well
interference and water use conflicts, and reducing the need to drill new wells or expand
system capacity.
• Enable DNR to compile and analyze water use and conservation data to help guide decisions.
• Conserve Minnesota’s water resources
If your community needs assistance completing the Water Supply Plan, assistance is available from your
area hydrologist or groundwater specialist, the MN Rural Waters Association circuit rider program, or in
the metropolitan area from Metropolitan Council staff. Many private consultants are also available.
WSP Approval Process
10 Basic Steps for completing a 10-Year Water Supply Plan
1. Download the DNR/Metropolitan Council Water Supply Plan Template
www.mndnr.gov/watersupplyplans
2. Save the document with a file name with this naming convention:
WSP_cityname_permitnumber_date.doc.
3. The template is a form that should be completed electronically.
4. Compile the required water use data (Part 1) and emergency procedures information (Part 2)
5. The Water Conservation section (Part 3) may need discussion with the water department,
council, or planning commission, if your community does not already have an active water
conservation program.
6. Communities in the seven-county Twin Cities metropolitan area should complete all the
information discussed in Part 4. The Metropolitan Council has additional guidance information
on their webpage http://www.metrocouncil.org/Handbook/Plan-Elements/Water-
Resources/Water-Supply.aspx. All out-state water suppliers do not need to complete the
content addressed in Part 4.
7. Use the Plan instructions and Checklist document to insure all data is complete and attachments
are included. This will allow for a quicker approval process. www.mndnr.gov/watersupplyplans
8. Plans should be submitted electronically – no paper documents are required.
https://webapps11.dnr.state.mn.us/mpars/public/authentication/login
9. DNR hydrologist will review plans (in cooperation with Metropolitan Council in Metro area) and
approve the plan or make recommendations.
10. Once approved, communities should complete a Certification of Adoption form, and send a copy
to the DNR.
Local Water Supply Plan Template –December 8, 2015
8
Complete Table 1 with information about the public water supply system covered by this WSP.
Table 1. General information regarding this WSP
Requested Information Description
DNR Water Appropriation Permit Number(s) 1960-0907
Ownership Public
Metropolitan Council Area Yes – Hennepin, Ramsey
Street Address 3301 Silver Lake Road Northeast
City, State, Zip St. Anthony, Minnesota 55418
Contact Person Name Jay Hartman
Title Director of Public Works
Phone Number 612-782-3314
MDH Supplier Classification Municipal
Local Water Supply Plan Template –December 8, 2015
9
PART 1. WATER SUPPLY SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND EVALUATION
The first step in any water supply analysis is to assess the current status of demand and availability.
Information summarized in Part 1 can be used to develop Emergency Preparedness Procedures (Part 2)
and the Water Conservation Plan (Part 3). This data is also needed to track progress for water efficiency
measures.
A. Analysis of Water Demand
Complete Table 2 showing the past 10 years of water demand data.
• Some of this information may be in your Wellhead Protection Plan.
• If you do not have this information, do your best, call your engineer for assistance or if
necessary leave blank.
If your customer categories are different than the ones listed in Table 2, please describe the differences
below:
The City has not had any wholesale deliveries or water supplier services, so these columns were removed from the
table.
Local Water Supply Plan Template –December 8, 2015
10
Table 2. Historic water demand (see definitions in the glossary after Part 4 of this template)
Year Pop.
Served
Total
Connections
Residential
Water
Delivered
(MG)
C/I/I
Water
Delivered
(MG)
Water
used for
Non-
essential
Total
Water
Delivered
(MG)
Total
Water
Pumped
(MG)
Percent
Unmetered/
Unaccounted
Average
Daily
Demand
(MGD)
Max.
Daily
Demand
(MGD)
Date of
Max.
Demand
Residential
Per Capita
Demand
(GPCD)
Total per capita
Demand
(GPCD)
2005 8,250 2,295 208.96 71.48 - 280.44 329.66 14.93% 0.90 2.19 7/15/2005 69.39 109.48
2006 8,250 2,307 221.69 77.88 - 299.57 336.52 10.98% 0.92 2.45 7/13/2006 73.62 111.75
2007 8,250 2,323 260.80 79.41 - 340.20 361.69 5.94% 0.99 2.40 7/7/2007 86.61 120.11
2008 8,250 2,332 232.43 75.01 - 307.44 329.36 6.66% 0.90 2.16 7/3/2008 77.19 109.38
2009 8,250 2,333 230.17 77.51 - 307.69 323.15 4.78% 0.89 2.29 7/11/2009 76.44 107.31
2010 8,250 2,333 198.62 61.23 - 259.85 294.22 11.68% 0.81 1.40 8/29/2010 65.96 97.71
2011 8,250 2,333 203.83 64.70 - 268.53 299.70 10.40% 0.82 1.59 7/1/2011 67.69 99.53
2012 8,250 2,333 221.70 73.88 - 295.58 322.55 8.36% 0.88 1.88 7/2/2012 73.62 107.11
2013 8,826 2,329 207.16 68.81 23.20 299.17 299.87 0.23% 0.82 1.72 8/30/2013 64.31 93.08
2014 8,226 2,320 196.26 68.75 - 265.01 278.58 4.87% 0.76 1.63 8/9/2014 65.37 92.78
2015 8,226 2,325 193.35 65.84 - 259.18 281.19 7.82% 0.77 1.57 8/15/2015 64.40 93.65
Avg.
2010-
2015 8,338 2,329 203.49 67.20 23.20 274.55 296.02 7.23% 0.81 1.63 66.89 97.31
MG – Million Gallons MGD – Million Gallons per Day GPCD – Gallons per Capita per Day
Local Water Supply Plan Template –December 8, 2015
11
Complete Table 3 by listing the top 10 water users by volume, from largest to smallest. For each user,
include information about the category of use (residential, commercial, industrial, institutional, or
wholesale), the amount of water used in gallons per year, the percent of total water delivered, and the
status of water conservation measures.
Table 3. Large volume users
Customer Use Category
(Residential, Industrial,
Commercial,
Institutional,
Wholesale)
Amount Used
(Gallons per
Year)
Percent of Total
Annual Water
Delivered
Implementing Water
Conservation
Measures?
(Yes/No/Unknown)
1. Happy’s Potato Chip Industrial 20,608,427 7.95 Unknown
2. Emerald Park Institutional 9,312,083 3.59 Yes
3. Central Park
Irrigation
Institutional 6,921,370 2.67 Yes
4. Landings East Residential 5,219,000 2.01 Unknown
5. Sentinel
Management
Residential 4,970,230 1.92 Unknown
6. St. Anthony Nursing
Home
Residential 4,838,843 1.87 Unknown
7. School District Institutional 4,439,190 1.71 Unknown
8. Sentinel
Management
Residential 4,435,750 1.71 Unknown
9. Chandler Place Residential 3,304,360 1.27 Unknown
10. Landings West Residential 3,264,180 1.26 Unknown
B. Treatment and Storage Capacity
Complete Table 4 with a description of where water is treated, the year treatment facilities were
constructed, water treatment capacity, the treatment methods (i.e. chemical addition, reverse osmosis,
coagulation, sedimentation, etc.) and treatment types used (i.e. fluoridation, softening, chlorination,
Fe/MN removal, coagulation, etc.). Also describe the annual amount and method of disposal of
treatment residuals. Add rows to the table as needed.
Table 4. Water treatment capacity and treatment processes
Treatment
Site ID
(Plant
Name or
Well ID)
Year
Constructed
Treatment
Capacity
(GPD)
Treatment
Method
Treatment
Type
Annual
Amount of
Residuals
(MG)
Disposal
Process
for
Residuals
Do You
Reclaim
Filter
Backwash
Water?
Water
Treatment
Plan
1965/1995/
2016
5,000,000 Filtration,
advanced
oxidation,
chemical
addition
Granular
activated
carbon,
hydrogen
peroxide,
ultraviolet
disinfection
8.3 Water
reuse
facility
Yes
Total NA 5,000,000 NA NA 8.3 NA NA
Local Water Supply Plan Template –December 8, 2015
12
Complete Table 5 with information about storage structures. Describe the type (i.e. elevated, ground,
etc.), the storage capacity of each type of structure, the year each structure was constructed, and the
primary material for each structure. Add rows to the table as needed.
Table 5. Storage capacity, as of the end of the last calendar year
Structure Name Type of Storage
Structure
Year Constructed Primary Material Storage Capacity
(Gallons)
Water Tower Elevated storage 1953 Steel 250,000
Ground Storage
Reservoir
Ground storage 1991 Concrete 2,000,000
Total NA NA NA 2,250,000
Treatment and storage capacity versus demand
It is recommended that total storage equal or exceed the average daily demand.
Discuss the difference between current storage and treatment capacity versus the water supplier’s
projected average water demand over the next 10 years (see Table 7 for projected water demand):
The mean average day demand from 2010 to 2015 is 811,000 gallons, well below the 2.25 million gallons of
storage. It is estimated that the City of St. Anthony’s population is projected to increase slightly over the lifetime of
this plan; however no additional storage will be required to incorporate the projected average daily demands.
C. Water Sources
Complete Table 6 by listing all types of water sources that supply water to the system, including
groundwater, surface water, interconnections with other water suppliers, or others. Provide the name
of each source (aquifer name, river or lake name, name of interconnecting water supplier) and the
Minnesota unique well number or intake ID, as appropriate. Report the year the source was installed or
established and the current capacity. Provide information about the depth of all wells. Describe the
status of the source (active, inactive, emergency only, retail/wholesale interconnection) and if the
source facilities have a dedicated emergency power source. Add rows to the table as needed for each
installation.
Include copies of well records and maintenance summary for each well that has occurred since your last
approved plan in Appendix 1.
Table 6. Water sources and status
Resource Type
(Groundwater,
Surface water,
Interconnection)
Resource Name MN Unique
Well # or
Intake ID
Year
Installed
Capacity
(Gallons
per
Minute)
Well
Depth
(Feet)
Status of Normal
and Emergency
Operations (active,
inactive,
emergency only,
retail/wholesale
interconnection))
Does this Source
have a Dedicated
Emergency Power
Source? (Yes or
No)
Groundwater Prairie du Chien
- Jordan Aquifer
Well 3 –
200804
1967 1,200 539 Active Yes
Groundwater Jordan Aquifer Well 4-
200803
1959 1,200 541 Active No
Local Water Supply Plan Template –December 8, 2015
13
Resource Type
(Groundwater,
Surface water,
Interconnection)
Resource Name MN Unique
Well # or
Intake ID
Year
Installed
Capacity
(Gallons
per
Minute)
Well
Depth
(Feet)
Status of Normal
and Emergency
Operations (active,
inactive,
emergency only,
retail/wholesale
interconnection))
Does this Source
have a Dedicated
Emergency Power
Source? (Yes or
No)
Groundwater Jordan Aquifer Well 5 -
200524
1961 1,200 472 Active Yes
Interconnect Roseville n/a 100,000 Emergency only No
Limits on Emergency Interconnections
Discuss any limitations on the use of the water sources (e.g. not to be operated simultaneously,
limitations due to blending, aquifer recovery issues etc.) and the use of interconnections, including
capacity limits or timing constraints (i.e. only 200 gallons per minute are available from the City of Prior
Lake, and it is estimated to take 6 hours to establish the emergency connection). If there are no
limitations, list none.
There is not an official interconnection with the City of Minneapolis, only the adjacent fire hydrants are available in
emergency situations. The interconnection with the City of Roseville only serves the southern portion of the City.
D. Future Demand Projections – Key Metropolitan Council Benchmark
Water Use Trends
Use the data in Table 2 to describe trends in 1) population served; 2) total per capita water demand; 3)
average daily demand; 4) maximum daily demand. Then explain the causes for upward or downward
trends. For example, over the ten years has the average daily demand trended up or down? Why is this
occurring?
There is currently no trend seen in population served and a general decrease in total capita water demand,
average daily demand, and maximum daily demand. Since the City is fully built out, population changes are not
driving trends in water demand. It is likely that improved appliances, decrease in irrigation, general attitude
towards conservation, rainfall and climate play a much larger role in water usage than other factors.
Use the water use trend information discussed above to complete Table 7 with projected annual
demand for the next ten years. Communities in the seven-county Twin Cities metropolitan area must
also include projections for 2030 and 2040 as part of their local comprehensive planning.
Projected demand should be consistent with trends evident in the historical data in Table 2, as discussed
above. Projected demand should also reflect state demographer population projections and/or other
planning projections.
Local Water Supply Plan Template –December 8, 2015
14
Table 7. Projected annual water demand
Year Projected
Total
Population
Projected
Population
Served
Projected Total Per
Capita Water Demand
(GPCD)
Projected
Average Daily
Demand (MGD)
Projected Maximum
Daily Demand (MGD)
2016 8,391 8,391 109 0.915 1.921
2017 8,556 8,556 109 0.933 1.958
2018 8,720 8,720 109 0.951 1.996
2019 8,885 8,885 109 0.968 2.034
2020 9,050 9,050 109 0.986 2.072
2021 9,140 9,140 109 0.996 2.092
2022 9,230 9,230 109 1.006 2.113
2023 9,320 9,320 109 1.016 2.133
2024 9,410 9,410 109 1.026 2.154
2025 9,500 9,500 109 1.036 2.175
2030 9,950 9,950 109 1.085 2.278
2040 10,600 10,600 109 1.155 2.426
GPCD – Gallons per Capita per Day MGD – Million Gallons per Day
Projection Method
Describe the method used to project water demand, including assumptions for population and business
growth and how water conservation and efficiency programs affect projected water demand:
Population estimates were linearly extrapolated from Metropolitan Council projections for 2020, 2030, and 2040.
As of 2016, any new population growth will be serviced by the municipal water system. The per capita demands
(daily average and max day peaking factors) were obtained from MCES projections and from the City’s annual
water use data.
E. Resource Sustainability
Monitoring – Key DNR Benchmark
Complete Table 8 by inserting information about source water quality monitoring efforts. The list should
include all production wells, observation wells, and source water intakes or reservoirs. Additional
information on groundwater level monitoring program at:
http://www.dnr.state.mn.us/waters/groundwater_section/obwell/index.html Add rows to the table as
needed.
Table 8. Information about source water quality and quantity monitoring
MN Unique Well # or
Surface Water ID
Type of monitoring
point
Monitoring program Frequency of
monitoring
Monitoring Method
Well 3 – 200804 production well
observation well
source water
intake
source water
reservoir
Routine MDH
sampling
Routine water
utility sampling
other
continuous
hourly
daily
monthly
quarterly
annually
SCADA
grab sampling
steel tape
stream gauge
Well 4- 200803 production well Routine MDH continuous SCADA
Local Water Supply Plan Template –December 8, 2015
15
MN Unique Well # or
Surface Water ID
Type of monitoring
point
Monitoring program Frequency of
monitoring
Monitoring Method
observation well
source water
intake
source water
reservoir
sampling
Routine water
utility sampling
other
hourly
daily
monthly
quarterly
annually
grab sampling
steel tape
stream gauge
Well 5 - 200524 production well
observation well
source water
intake
source water
reservoir
Routine MDH
sampling
Routine water
utility sampling
other
continuous
hourly
daily
monthly
quarterly
annually
SCADA
grab sampling
steel tape
stream gauge
Obwell - 225652 production well
observation well
source water
intake
source water
reservoir
Routine MDH
sampling
Routine water
utility sampling
other
continuous
hourly
daily
monthly
quarterly
annually
SCADA
grab sampling
steel tape
stream gauge
Water Level Data
A water level monitoring plan that includes monitoring locations and a schedule for water level readings
must be submitted as Appendix 2. If one does not already exist, it needs to be prepared and submitted
with the WSP. Ideally, all production and observation wells are monitored at least monthly.
Complete Table 9 to summarize water level data for each well being monitored. Provide the name of the
aquifer and a brief description of how much water levels vary over the season (the difference between
the highest and lowest water levels measured during the year) and the long-term trends for each well. If
water levels are not measured and recorded on a routine basis, then provide the static water level when
each well was constructed and the most recent water level measured during the same season the well
was constructed. Also include all water level data taken during any well and pump maintenance. Add
rows to the table as needed.
Provide water level data graphs for each well in Appendix 3 for the life of the well, or for as many years
as water levels have been measured. See DNR website for Date Time Water Level
http://www.dnr.state.mn.us/waters/groundwater_section/obwell/waterleveldata.html
Table 9. Water level data
Unique Well
Number or Well ID
Aquifer Name Seasonal Variation
(Feet)
Long-term Trend in
water level data
Water level
measured during
well/pumping
maintenance
Well 3 – 200804 Prairie du Chien
Aquifer
Approximately 3-ft Falling
Stable
Rising
monthly
2009-2015
Well 4- 200803 Jordan Aquifer Approximately 3-ft Falling monthly
Local Water Supply Plan Template –December 8, 2015
16
Unique Well
Number or Well ID
Aquifer Name Seasonal Variation
(Feet)
Long-term Trend in
water level data
Water level
measured during
well/pumping
maintenance
Stable
Rising
2009-2015
Well 5 - 200524 Jordan Aquifer Approximately 5-ft Falling
Stable
Rising
monthly
2009-2015
Observation Well 6203 Multiple Aquifers Approximately 3-ft Falling
Stable
Rising
n/a
Potential Water Supply Issues & Natural Resource Impacts – Key DNR & Metropolitan Council
Benchmark
Complete Table 10 by listing the types of natural resources that are or could be impacted by permitted
water withdrawals. If known, provide the name of specific resources that may be impacted. Identify
what the greatest risks to the resource are and how the risks are being assessed. Identify any resource
protection thresholds – formal or informal – that have been established to identify when actions should
be taken to mitigate impacts. Provide information about the potential mitigation actions that may be
taken, if a resource protection threshold is crossed. Add additional rows to the table as needed. See the
glossary at the end of the template for definitions.
Some of this baseline data should have been in your earlier water supply plans or county comprehensive
water plans. When filling out this table, think of what are the water supply risks, identify the resources,
determine the threshold and then determine what your community will do to mitigate the impacts.
Your DNR area hydrologist is available to assist with this table.
For communities in the seven-county Twin Cities metropolitan area, the Master Water Supply Plan
Appendix 1 (Water Supply Profiles, provides information about potential water supply issues and natural
resource impacts for your community.
Table 10. Natural resource impacts
Resource Type Resource
Name
Risk Risk Assessed
Through
Describe
Resource
Protection
Threshold*
Mitigation
Measure or
Management
Plan
Describe
How
Changes to
Thresholds
are
Monitored
River or
stream
Flow/water
level decline
Degrading
water quality
trends and/or
MCLs exceeded
Impacts on
endangered,
GIS analysis
Modeling
Mapping
Monitoring
Aquifer
testing
Other: ___
Revise
permit
Change
groundwater
pumping
Increase
conservation
Other
Local Water Supply Plan Template –December 8, 2015
17
Resource Type Resource
Name
Risk Risk Assessed
Through
Describe
Resource
Protection
Threshold*
Mitigation
Measure or
Management
Plan
Describe
How
Changes to
Thresholds
are
Monitored
threatened, or
special concern
species habitat
or other natural
resource
impacts
Other: _____
Calcareous
fen
Flow/water
level decline
Degrading
water quality
trends and/or
MCLs exceeded
Impacts on
endangered,
threatened, or
special concern
species habitat
or other natural
resource
impacts
Other: _____
GIS analysis
Modeling
Mapping
Monitoring
Aquifer
testing
Other: ___
Revise
permit
Change
groundwater
pumping
Increase
conservation
Other
Lake** Flow/water
level decline
Degrading
water quality
trends and/or
MCLs exceeded
Impacts on
endangered,
threatened, or
special concern
species habitat
or other natural
resource
impacts
Other: _____
GIS analysis
GIS analysis
Modeling
Mapping
Monitoring
Aquifer
testing
Other: ___
Revise
permit
Change
groundwater
pumping
Increase
conservation
Other
Wetland Flow/water
level decline
Degrading
water quality
trends and/or
MCLs exceeded
Impacts on
endangered,
threatened, or
GIS analysis
Modeling
Mapping
Monitoring
Aquifer
testing
Other: ___
Revise
permit
Change
groundwater
pumping
Increase
conservation
Other
Local Water Supply Plan Template –December 8, 2015
18
Resource Type Resource
Name
Risk Risk Assessed
Through
Describe
Resource
Protection
Threshold*
Mitigation
Measure or
Management
Plan
Describe
How
Changes to
Thresholds
are
Monitored
special concern
species habitat
or other natural
resource
impacts
Other: _____
Trout
Stream
Flow/water
level decline
Degrading
water quality
trends and/or
MCLs exceeded
Impacts on
endangered,
threatened, or
special concern
species habitat
or other natural
resource
impacts
Other: _____
GIS analysis
Modeling
Mapping
Monitoring
Aquifer
testing
Other: ___
Revise
permit
Change
groundwater
pumping
Increase
conservation
Other
Aquifer Prairie-
du-Chien
Jordan
Flow/water
level decline
Degrading
water quality
trends and/or
MCLs exceeded
Impacts on
endangered,
threatened, or
special concern
species habitat
or other natural
resource
impacts
Other: _____
GIS analysis
Modeling
Mapping
Monitoring
Aquifer
testing
Other:
DNR
DNR to
determine
Revise
permit
Change
groundwater
pumping
Increase
conservation
Other
The DNR
monitors
appropriation
permits and
groundwater
withdrawals.
Endangered,
threatened, or
special
concern
species
habitat, other
Natural
resource
impacts
Local Water Supply Plan Template –December 8, 2015
19
* Examples of thresholds: a lower limit on acceptable flow in a river or stream; water quality outside of
an accepted range; a lower limit on acceptable aquifer level decline at one or more monitoring wells;
withdrawals that exceed some percent of the total amount available from a source; or a lower limit on
acceptable changes to a protected habitat.
**The City of St. Anthony has one lake, Silver Lake, within City limits. Based on the City’s Wellhead
Protection Plan as well as the Metropolitan Council’s Regional Groundwater and Stormwater Capture
and Reuse Study, there is no evidence that groundwater pumping has any effect on Silver Lake water
levels or water quality. Additionally, the drainage area to Silver Lake is significantly large, indicating that
lake levels are determined primarily by precipitation and the resulting runoff. This is supported by
historical lake level and precipitation data.
Wellhead Protection (WHP) and Surface Water Protection (SWP) Plans
Complete Table 11 to provide status information about WHP and SWP plans.
The emergency procedures in this plan are intended to comply with the contingency plan provisions
required in the Minnesota Department of Health’s (MDH) Wellhead Protection (WHP) Plan and Surface
Water Protection (SWP) Plan.
Table 11. Status of Wellhead Protection and Surface Water Protection Plans
Plan Type Status Date Adopted Date for Update
WHP In Process
Completed
Not Applicable
N/A N/A
SWP In Process
Completed
Not Applicable
WHP – Wellhead Protection Plan SWP – Source Water Protection Plan
F. Capital Improvement Plan (CIP)
Please note that any wells that received approval under a ten-year permit, but that were not built, are
now expired and must submit a water appropriations permit.
Adequacy of Water Supply System
Complete Table 12 with information about the adequacy of wells and/or intakes, storage facilities,
treatment facilities, and distribution systems to sustain current and projected demands. List planned
capital improvements for any system components, in chronological order. Communities in the seven-
county Twin Cities metropolitan area should also include information about plans through 2040.
The assessment can be the general status by category; it is not necessary to identify every single well,
storage facility, treatment facility, lift station, and mile of pipe.
Please attach your latest Capital Improvement Plan as Appendix 4.
Table 12. Adequacy of Water Supply System
Local Water Supply Plan Template –December 8, 2015
20
System Component Planned action Anticipated
Construction
Year
Notes
Wells/Intakes No action planned - adequate
Repair/replacement
Expansion/addition
-HSP upgrades &
piping
-well casing
-well pump
restoration
-wellhouse
generators
Water Storage Facilities
No action planned - adequate
Repair/replacement
Expansion/addition
2016 - 2017 - Ground storage
reservoir
-repaint water
tower
Water Treatment Facilities No action planned - adequate
Repair/replacement
Expansion/addition
2016 - 2017 To address 1,4-
dioxane in the
water as a result of
the Twin Cities
Army Ammunition
Plant, the City is
expanding to its
water treatment
plant with an
advanced oxidation
process that will
remove 1,4-
dioxane.
Distribution Systems (pipes, valves,
etc.)
No action planned - adequate
Repair/replacement
Expansion/addition
2016-2032
-watermain
replacement
Pressure Zones No action planned - adequate
Repair/replacement
Expansion/addition
Other: SCADA No action planned - adequate
Repair/replacement
Expansion/addition
-SCADA System
upgrade
Proposed Future Water Sources
Complete Table 13 to identify new water source installation planned over the next ten years. Add rows
to the table as needed.
Table 13. Proposed future installations/sources
Source Installation
Location
(approximate)
Resource
Name
Proposed
Pumping
Capacity (gpm)
Planned
Installation Year
Planned
Partnerships
Groundwater N/A
Surface Water N/A
Interconnection
to another
N/A
Local Water Supply Plan Template –December 8, 2015
21
Source Installation
Location
(approximate)
Resource
Name
Proposed
Pumping
Capacity (gpm)
Planned
Installation Year
Planned
Partnerships
supplier
Water Source Alternatives - Key Metropolitan Council Benchmark
Do you anticipate the need for alternative water sources in the next 10 years? __ Yes ✓ No
For metro communities, will you need alternative water sources by the year 2040? __ Yes ✓ No
If you answered yes for either question, then complete table 14. If no, insert NA.
Complete Table 14 by checking the box next to alternative approaches that your community is
considering, including approximate locations (if known), the estimated amount of future demand that
could be met through the approach, the estimated timeframe to implement the approach, potential
partnerships, and the major benefits and challenges of the approach. Add rows to the table as needed.
For communities in the seven-county Twin Cities metropolitan area, these alternatives should include
approaches the community is considering to meet projected 2040 water demand.
Table 14. Alternative water sources
Alternative Source
Considered
Source and/or
Installation
Location
(approximate)
Estimated
Amount of
Future
Demand (%)
Timeframe
to
Implement
(YYYY)
Potential
Partners
Benefits Challenges
Groundwater
Surface Water
Reclaimed Stormwater
Reclaimed Wastewater
Interconnection to
another supplier
Local Water Supply Plan Template –December 8, 2015
22
Part 2. Emergency Preparedness Procedures
The emergency preparedness procedures outlined in this plan are intended to comply with the
contingency plan provisions required by MDH in the WHP and SWP. Water emergencies can occur as a
result of vandalism, sabotage, accidental contamination, mechanical problems, power failings, drought,
flooding, and other natural disasters. The purpose of emergency planning is to develop emergency
response procedures and to identify actions needed to improve emergency preparedness. In the case of
a municipality, these procedures should be in support of, and part of, an all-hazard emergency
operations plan. Municipalities that already have written procedures dealing with water emergencies
should review the following information and update existing procedures to address these water supply
protection measures.
A. Federal Emergency Response Plan
Section 1433(b) of the Safe Drinking Water Act, (Public Law 107-188, Title IV- Drinking Water Security
and Safety) requires community water suppliers serving over 3,300 people to prepare an Emergency
Response Plan.
Do you have a federal emergency response plan? Yes No
If yes, what was the date it was certified? ___August 2, 2004______
Complete Table 15 by inserting the noted information regarding your completed Federal Emergency
Response Plan.
Table 15. Emergency Preparedness Plan contact information
Emergency Response Plan Role Contact Person Contact Phone Number Contact Email
Emergency Response Lead Jay Hartman 612-782-3314 Jay.hartman@ci.saint-anthony.mn.us
Alternate Emergency Response Lead Jeremy Gumke 612-782-3441 Jeremy.gumke@ci.saint-anthony.mn.us
B. Operational Contingency Plan
All utilities should have a written operational contingency plan that describes measures to be taken for
water supply mainline breaks and other common system failures as well as routine maintenance.
Do you have a written operational contingency plan? Yes No
At a minimum, a water supplier should prepare and maintain an emergency contact list of contractors
and suppliers.
C. Emergency Response Procedures
Water suppliers must meet the requirements of MN Rules 4720.5280. Accordingly, the Minnesota
Department of Natural Resources (DNR) requires public water suppliers serving more than 1,000 people
to submit Emergency and Conservation Plans. Water emergency and conservation plans that have been
approved by the DNR, under provisions of Minnesota Statute 186 and Minnesota Rules, part 6115.0770,
will be considered equivalent to an approved WHP contingency plan.
Local Water Supply Plan Template –December 8, 2015
23
Emergency Telephone List
Prepare and attach a list of emergency contacts, including the MN Duty Officer (1-800-422-0798), as
Appendix 5. A template is available at www.mndnr.gov/watersupplyplans
The list should include key utility and community personnel, contacts in adjacent water suppliers, and
appropriate local, state and federal emergency contacts. Please be sure to verify and update the
contacts on the emergency telephone list and date it. Thereafter, update on a regular basis (once a year
is recommended). In the case of a municipality, this information should be contained in a notification
and warning standard operating procedure maintained by the Emergency Manager for that community.
Responsibilities and services for each contact should be defined.
Current Water Sources and Service Area
Quick access to concise and detailed information on water sources, water treatment, and the
distribution system may be needed in an emergency. System operation and maintenance records should
be maintained in secured central and back-up locations so that the records are accessible for emergency
purposes. A detailed map of the system showing the treatment plants, water sources, storage facilities,
supply lines, interconnections, and other information that would be useful in an emergency should also
be readily available. It is critical that public water supplier representatives and emergency response
personnel communicate about the response procedures and be able to easily obtain this kind of
information both in electronic and hard copy formats (in case of a power outage).
Do records and maps exist? Yes No
Can staff access records and maps from a central secured location in the event of an emergency?
Yes No
Does the appropriate staff know where the materials are located?
Yes No
Procedure for Augmenting Water Supplies
Complete Tables 16 – 17 by listing all available sources of water that can be used to augment or replace
existing sources in an emergency. Add rows to the tables as needed.
In the case of a municipality, this information should be contained in a notification and warning
standard operating procedure maintained by the warning point for that community. Municipalities are
encouraged to execute cooperative agreements for potential emergency water services and copies
should be included in Appendix 6. Outstate Communities may consider using nearby high capacity wells
(industry, golf course) as emergency water sources.
WSP should include information on any physical or chemical problems that may limit interconnections
to other sources of water. Approvals from the MDH are required for interconnections or the reuse of
water.
Local Water Supply Plan Template –December 8, 2015
24
Table 16. Interconnections with other water supply systems to supply water in an emergency
Other Water
Supply System
Owner
Capacity (GPM
& MGD)
Note Any Limitations On
Use
List of services, equipment, supplies
available to respond
St. Paul via
Roseville
100,000 gpm/
144 MGD
Partial service, emergency
only
Water connection to southern portion of
system
Minneapolis 125,000 gpm/
180 MGD
Partial service, emergency
only
Adjacent hydrants
GPM – Gallons per minute MGD – million gallons per day
Table 17. Utilizing surface water as an alternative source
Surface Water
Source Name
Capacity
(GPM)
Capacity
(MGD)
Treatment Needs Note Any Limitations
On Use
Water Reuse
facility
8.75 0.013 Settling tank and self-cleaning
disc filter
Volume, non-potable
irrigation only
If not covered above, describe additional emergency measures for providing water (obtaining bottled
water, or steps to obtain National Guard services, etc.)
For a short-term emergency, the City would need to obtain and distribute bottled water. For long-term water
emergency, bulk water distribution would be set up at public facilities.
Allocation and Demand Reduction Procedures
Complete Table 18 by adding information about how decisions will be made to allocate water and
reduce demand during an emergency. Provide information for each customer category, including its
priority ranking, average day demand, and demand reduction potential for each customer category.
Modify the customer categories as needed, and add additional lines if necessary.
Water use categories should be prioritized in a way that is consistent with Minnesota Statutes 103G.261
(#1 is highest priority) as follows:
1. Water use for human needs such as cooking, cleaning, drinking, washing and waste disposal; use
for on-farm livestock watering; and use for power production that meets contingency
requirements.
2. Water use involving consumption of less than 10,000 gallons per day (usually from private wells
or surface water intakes)
3. Water use for agricultural irrigation and processing of agricultural products involving
consumption of more than 10,000 gallons per day (usually from private high-capacity wells or
surface water intakes)
4. Water use for power production above the use provided for in the contingency plan.
5. All other water use involving consumption of more than 10,000 gallons per day.
6. Nonessential uses – car washes, golf courses, etc.
Local Water Supply Plan Template –December 8, 2015
25
Water used for human needs at hospitals, nursing homes and similar types of facilities should be
designated as a high priority to be maintained in an emergency. Lower priority uses will need to address
water used for human needs at other types of facilities such as hotels, office buildings, and
manufacturing plants. The volume of water and other types of water uses at these facilities must be
carefully considered. After reviewing the data, common sense should dictate local allocation priorities to
protect domestic requirements over certain types of economic needs. Water use for lawn sprinkling,
vehicle washing, golf courses, and recreation are legislatively considered non-essential.
Table 18. Water use priorities
Customer Category Allocation Priority
Average Daily Demand
(GDP)
Short-Term Emergency
Demand Reduction
Potential (GPD)
Residential 1 533,710 *
Institutional 2 39,160 *
Commercial/Industrial 3 145,200 *
Non-Essential 4 256,960 *
TOTAL NA 718,070 256,960 *
GPD – Gallons per Day; 2014-2015 Water Use Data; *Non-essential calculated as increased summer demand between all customer categories
Tip: Calculating Emergency Demand Reduction Potential
The emergency demand reduction potential for all uses will typically equal the difference between
maximum use (summer demand) and base use (winter demand). In extreme emergency situations,
lower priority water uses must be restricted or eliminated to protect priority domestic water
requirements. Emergency demand reduction potential should be based on average day demands for
customer categories within each priority class. Use the tables in Part 3 on water conservation to help
you determine strategies.
Complete Table 19 by selecting the triggers and actions during water supply disruption conditions.
Table 19. Emergency demand reduction conditions, triggers and actions (Select all that may apply and describe)
Emergency Triggers Short-term Actions Long-term Actions
Contamination
Loss of production
Infrastructure failure
Executive order by
Governor
Supply augmentation through
____
Adopt (if not already) and
enforce a critical water deficiency
ordinance to penalize lawn
watering, vehicle washing, golf
course and park irrigation & other
nonessential uses.
Water allocation through
emergency action of City Council
Meet with large water users to
discuss their contingency plan.
Voluntary reduction measures
encouraged by public service
Supply augmentation through
Roseville
Adopt (if not already) and
enforce a critical water deficiency
ordinance to penalize lawn
watering, vehicle washing, golf
course and park irrigation & other
nonessential uses.
Water allocation through
emergency action of City Council
Meet with large water users to
discuss their contingency plan.
Local Water Supply Plan Template –December 8, 2015
26
Emergency Triggers Short-term Actions Long-term Actions
announcements, i.e. bill stuffers,
fliers, and notices in local
newspapers
Notification Procedures
Complete Table 20 by selecting trigger for informing customers regarding conservation requests, water
use restrictions, and suspensions; notification frequencies; and partners that may assist in the
notification process. Add rows to the table as needed.
Table 20. Plan to inform customers regarding conservation requests, water use restrictions, and suspensions
Notification
Trigger(s)
Methods (select all that apply) Update
Frequency
Partners
Short-term
demand reduction
declared (< 1 year)
Website
Email list serve
Social media (e.g. Twitter,
Facebook)
Direct customer mailing,
Press release (TV, radio,
newspaper),
Meeting with large water users (>
10% of total city use)
Other: ________
Daily
Weekly
Monthly
Annually
• City Staff
• Neighboring
communities
• Local news outlets
Long-term
Ongoing demand
reduction declared
Website
Email list serve
Social media (e.g. Twitter,
Facebook)
Direct customer mailing,
Press release (TV, radio,
newspaper),
Meeting with large water users (>
10% of total city use)
Other: ________
Daily
Weekly
Monthly
Annually
• City Staff,
• Neighboring
communities
• Local news outlets
Governor’s Critical
water deficiency
declared
Website
Email list serve
Social media (e.g. Twitter,
Facebook)
Direct customer mailing,
Press release (TV, radio,
newspaper),
Meeting with large water users (>
10% of total city use)
Other: ________
Daily
Weekly
Monthly
Annually
As needed
• City Staff
• Neighboring
communities
• Local news outlets
Enforcement
Prior to a water emergency, municipal water suppliers must adopt regulations that restrict water use
and outline the enforcement response plan. The enforcement response plan must outline how
conditions will be monitored to know when enforcement actions are triggered, what enforcement tools
will be used, who will be responsible for enforcement, and what timelines for corrective actions will be
expected.
Local Water Supply Plan Template –December 8, 2015
27
Affected operations, communications, and enforcement staff must then be trained to rapidly implement
those provisions during emergency conditions.
Important Note:
Disregard of critical water deficiency orders, even though total appropriation remains less than
permitted, is adequate grounds for immediate modification of a public water supply authority’s water
use permit (2013 MN Statutes 103G.291)
Does the city have a critical water deficiency restriction/official control in place that includes
provisions to restrict water use and enforce the restrictions? (This restriction may be an ordinance,
rule, regulation, policy under a council directive, or other official control) Yes No
If yes, attach the official control document to this WSP as Appendix 7.
If no, the municipality must adopt such an official control within 6 months of submitting this WSP and
submit it to the DNR as an amendment to this WSP.
Irrespective of whether a critical water deficiency control is in place, does the public water supply
utility, city manager, mayor, or emergency manager have standing authority to implement water
restrictions? Yes No
If yes, cite the regulatory authority reference: __Ordinance Code 52.08__________.
If no, who has authority to implement water use restrictions in an emergency?
Local Water Supply Plan Template –December 8, 2015
28
Priority 1:
Significant water
reduction; low
cost
Priority 2: Slight
water reduction,
low costs (low
hanging fruit)
Priority 2:
Significant water
reduction;
significant costs
Priority 3: Slight
water reduction,
significant costs
(do only if
necessary)
PART 3. WATER CONSERVATION PLAN
Minnesotans have historically benefited from the state’s abundant
water supplies, reducing the need for conservation. There are
however, limits to the available supplies of water and increasing
threats to the quality of our drinking water. Causes of water supply
limitation may include: population increases, economic trends,
uneven statewide availability of groundwater, climatic changes, and
degraded water quality. Examples of threats to drinking water
quality include: the presence of contaminant plumes from past land
use activities, exceedances of water quality standards from natural
and human sources, contaminants of emerging concern, and
increasing pollutant trends from nonpoint sources.
There are many incentives for conserving water; conservation:
• reduces the potential for pumping-induced transfer of contaminants into the deeper aquifers,
which can add treatment costs
• reduces the need for capital projects to expand system capacity
• reduces the likelihood of water use conflicts, like well interference, aquatic habitat loss, and
declining lake levels
• conserves energy, because less energy is needed to extract, treat and distribute water (and less
energy production also conserves water since water is use to produce energy)
• maintains water supplies that can then be available during times of drought
It is therefore imperative that water suppliers implement water conservation plans. The first step in
water conservation is identifying opportunities for behavioral or engineering changes that could be
made to reduce water use by conducting a thorough analysis of:
• Water use by customer
• Extraction, treatment, distribution and irrigation system efficiencies
• Industrial processing system efficiencies
• Regulatory and barriers to conservation
• Cultural barriers to conservation
• Water reuse opportunities
Once accurate data is compiled, water suppliers can set achievable goals for reducing water use. A
successful water conservation plan follows a logical sequence of events. The plan should address both
conservation on the supply side (leak detection and repairs, metering), as well as on the demand side
(reductions in usage). Implementation should be conducted in phases, starting with the most obvious
and lowest-cost options. In some cases one of the early steps will be reviewing regulatory constraints to
water conservation, such as lawn irrigation requirements. Outside funding and grants may be available
for implementation of projects. Engage water system operators and maintenance staff and customers
in brainstorming opportunities to reduce water use. Ask the question: “How can I help save water?”
Progress since 2006
Is this your community’s first Water Supply Plan? Yes No
Local Water Supply Plan Template –December 8, 2015
29
If yes, describe conservation practices that you are already implementing, such as: pricing, system
improvements, education, regulation, appliance retrofitting, enforcement, etc.
If no, complete Table 21 to summarize conservation actions taken since the adoption of the 2006 water
supply plan.
Table 21. Implementation of previous ten-year Conservation Plan
2006 Plan Commitments Action Taken?
Change Water Rates Structure to provide conservation pricing Yes
No
Water Supply System Improvements (e.g. leak repairs, valve replacements, etc.) Yes
No
Educational Efforts: Rain barrel seminar Yes
No
New water conservation ordinances Yes
No
Rebate or retrofitting Program (e.g. faucet aerators, leak tablets, City pays for 50% of 1st
rain barrel)
Yes
No
Enforcement
Yes
No
Describe Other: Participation Green Step Cities, Splash pad reduction, water reuse facility,
and supplied leak tablets
Yes
No
What are the results you have seen from the actions in Table 21 and how were results measured?
The City installed new AM system that alerts the City of leaky fixtures. The City has also seen a decreasing trend in
water use in all customer categories since the implementation of previous water supply plan.
A. Triggers for Allocation and Demand Reduction Actions
Complete table 22 by checking each trigger below, as appropriate, and the actions to be taken at various
levels or stages of severity. Add in additional rows to the table as needed.
Table 22. Short and long-term demand reduction conditions, triggers and actions
Objective Triggers Actions
Protect Surface Water Flows Low stream flow conditions
Reports of declining
wetland and lake levels
Other: declining surface
water quality
Increase promotion of conservation
measures
Other: Consider additional water
reuse/stormwater irrigation projects
Short-term demand reduction
(less than 1 year
Extremely high seasonal
water demand (more than
double winter demand)
Enforce the critical water deficiency
ordinance to restrict or prohibit lawn
watering, vehicle washing, golf course and
Local Water Supply Plan Template –December 8, 2015
30
Objective Triggers Actions
Loss of treatment capacity
Lack of water in storage
State drought plan
Well interference
Other:
_____________
park irrigation & other nonessential uses.
Supply augmentation through Roseville
interconnection.
Water allocation through Roseville
interconnection.
Meet with large water users to discuss
user’s contingency plan.
Long-term demand reduction
(>1 year)
Per capita demand
increasing
Declared emergency
Total demand increase
(higher population or more
industry)Water level in
well(s) below elevation of
Develop a critical water deficiency
ordinance that is or can be quickly adopted
to penalize lawn watering, vehicle washing,
golf course and park irrigation & other
nonessential uses.
Enact a water waste ordinance that
targets overwatering (causing water to flow
off the landscape into streets, parking lots,
or similar), watering impervious surfaces
(streets, driveways or other hardscape
areas), and negligence of known leaks,
breaks, or malfunctions.
Meet with large water users to discuss
user’s contingency plan.
Enhanced monitoring and reporting:
audits, meters, billing, etc.
Governor’s “Critical Water
Deficiency Order” declared
Governor Declaration as
needed
Take action as directed by the governor
B. Conservation Objectives and Strategies – Key benchmark for DNR
This section establishes water conservation objectives and strategies for eight major areas of water use.
Objective 1: Reduce Unaccounted (Non-Revenue) Water loss to Less than 10%
The Minnesota Rural Waters Association, the Metropolitan Council and the Department of Natural
Resources recommend that all water uses be metered. Metering can help identify high use locations
and times, along with leaks within buildings that have multiple meters.
It is difficult to quantify specific unmetered water use such as that associated with firefighting and
system flushing or system leaks. Typically, water suppliers subtract metered water use from total water
pumped to calculate unaccounted or non-revenue water loss.
Is your ten-year average (2005-2014) unaccounted Water Use in Table 2 higher than 10%?
Yes No
What is your leak detection monitoring schedule? (e.g. monitor 1/3rd of the city lines per year)
Leak detection surveys are performed as needed.
Water Audits - are intended to identify, quantify and verify water and revenue losses. The volume of
unaccounted-for water should be evaluated each billing cycle. The American Water Works Association
(AWWA) recommends that ten percent or less of pumped water is unaccounted-for water. Water audit
Local Water Supply Plan Template –December 8, 2015
31
procedures are available from the AWWA and MN Rural Water Association www.mrwa.com . Drinking
Water Revolving Loan Funds are available for purchase of new meters when new plants are built.
What is the date of your most recent water audit? __n/a___
Frequency of water audits: yearly other (specify frequency) _as needed___
Leak detection and survey: every year every three years periodic as needed
Year last leak detection survey completed: __2008____
If Table 2 shows annual water losses over 10% or an increasing trend over time, describe what actions
will be taken to reach the <10% loss objective and within what timeframe
Metering -AWWA recommends that every water supplier install meters to account for all water taken
into its system, along with all water distributed from its system at each customer’s point of service. An
effective metering program relies upon periodic performance testing, repair, maintenance or
replacement of all meters. AWWA also recommends that water suppliers conduct regular water audits
to ensure accountability. Some cities install separate meters for interior and exterior water use, but
some research suggests that this may not result in water conservation.
Complete Table 23 by adding the requested information regarding the number, types, testing and
maintenance of customer meters.
Table 23. Information about customer meters
Customer Category Number of
Customers
Number of
Metered
Connections
Number of
Automated
Meter
Readers
Meter testing
intervals
(years)
Average
age/meter
replacement
schedule (years
Residential 2,196 2,196 2,196 As needed or
requested 10 / 15
Institutional 10 10 10 As needed or
requested
10 / 15
Commercial/Industrial 119 119 119 As needed or
requested 10 / 15
TOTALS 2,325 2,325 2,325 NA NA
For unmetered systems, describe any plans to install meters or replace current meters with advanced
technology meters. Provide an estimate of the cost to implement the plan and the projected water
savings from implementing the plan.
The City does not have any unmetered connections. All meters in St. Anthony were replaced in 2008 over the
course of a recently completed AMR program.
Local Water Supply Plan Template –December 8, 2015
32
Table 24. Water source meters
Number of
Meters
Meter testing
schedule
(years)
Number of Automated
Meter Readers
Average age/meter
replacement schedule (years
Water Source
(wells/intakes)
6 8 8 4 / as needed
Treatment Plant 4 4 4 10 / as needed
Objective 2: Achieve Less than 75 Residential Gallons per Capita Demand (GPCD)
The 2002 average residential per capita demand in the Twin Cities Metropolitan area was 75 gallons per
capita per day.
Is your average 2010-2015 residential per capita water demand in Table 2 more than 75? Yes No
What was your 2005 – 2014 ten-year average residential per capita water demand? 72 g/person/day
Describe the water use trend over that timeframe:
From the MnDNR and City water use reports from 2007 to 2015, there has been a steady decrease in water usage
with the exception of 2012 where water usage increased from the previous year.
Complete Table 25 by checking which strategies you will use to continue reducing residential per capita
demand and project a likely timeframe for completing each checked strategy (Select all that apply and
add rows for additional strategies):
Table 25. Strategies and timeframe to reduce residential per capita demand
Strategy to reduce residential per capita demand Timeframe for completing work
Revise city ordinances/codes to encourage or require
water efficient landscaping.
1-3 years following adoption of this plan
Review city ordinance/codes to permit water reuse
options, especially for non-potable purposes like irrigation,
groundwater recharge, and industrial use. Check with
plumbing authority to see if internal buildings reuse is
permitted
Annually
Revise ordinances to limit irrigation. Describe the
restricted irrigation plan:
3-6 years following adoption of this plan
Revise outdoor irrigation installations codes to require
high efficiency systems (e.g. those with soil moisture sensors
or programmable watering areas) in new installations or
system replacements.
Make water system infrastructure improvements Ongoing
Offer free or reduced cost water use audits) for
residential customers.
Implement a notification system to inform customers
when water availability conditions change.
Provide rebates or incentives for installing water
Local Water Supply Plan Template –December 8, 2015
33
Strategy to reduce residential per capita demand Timeframe for completing work
efficient appliances and/or fixtures indoors (e.g., low flow
toilets, high efficiency dish washers and washing machines,
showerhead and faucet aerators, water softeners, etc.)
Provide rebates or incentives to reduce outdoor water
use (e.g., turf replacement/reduction, rain gardens, rain
barrels, smart irrigation, outdoor water use meters, etc.)
Ongoing
Identify supplemental Water Resources
Conduct audience-appropriate water conservation
education and outreach.
Ongoing
Describe other plans: City has participated in the
Regional Indicators Initiative (RII) in order to track water
usage by customer category
2008-2013
Objective 3: Achieve at least a 1.5% per year water reduction for Institutional, Industrial,
Commercial, and Agricultural GPCD over the next 10 years or a 15% reduction in ten years.
Complete Table 26 by checking which strategies you will used to continue reducing non-residential
customer use demand and project a likely timeframe for completing each checked strategy (add rows
for additional strategies).
Where possible, substitute recycled water used in one process for reuse in another. (For example, spent
rinse water can often be reused in a cooling tower.) Keep in mind the true cost of water is the amount
on the water bill PLUS the expenses to heat, cool, treat, pump, and dispose of/discharge the water.
Don’t just calculate the initial investment. Many conservation retrofits that appear to be prohibitively
expensive are actually very cost-effective when amortized over the life of the equipment. Often
reducing water use also saves electrical and other utility costs. Note: as of 2015, water reuse, and is not
allowed by the state plumbing code, M.R. 4715 (a variance is needed). However several state agencies
are addressing this issue.
Table 26. Strategies and timeframe to reduce institutional, commercial, industrial, and agricultural and non-revenue use
demand
Strategy to reduce total business, industry, agricultural demand Timeframe for completing work
Conduct a facility water use audit for both indoor and
outdoor use, including system components
Annually
Install enhanced meters capable of automated readings
to detect spikes in consumption
Ongoing
Compare facility water use to related industry
benchmarks, if available (e.g., meat processing, dairy, fruit
and vegetable, beverage, textiles, paper/pulp, metals,
technology, petroleum refining etc.),
Install water conservation fixtures and appliances or
change processes to conserve water
Ongoing
Repair leaking system components (e.g., pipes, valves) Ongoing
Investigate the reuse of reclaimed water (e.g.,
stormwater, wastewater effluent, process wastewater, etc.)
Ongoing
Reduce outdoor water use (e.g., turf
replacement/reduction, rain gardens, rain barrels, smart
irrigation, outdoor water use meters, etc.)
Ongoing
Train employees how to conserve water Ongoing – include for new employee training
Implement a notification system to inform non-
Local Water Supply Plan Template –December 8, 2015
34
Strategy to reduce total business, industry, agricultural demand Timeframe for completing work
residential customers when water availability conditions
change.
[Rainwater catchment systems intended to supply uses
such as water closets, urinals, trap primers for floor drains
and floor sinks, industrial processes, water features, vehicle
washing facilities, cooling tower makeup, and similar uses
shall be approved by the commissioner. Proposed plumbing
code 4714.1702.1
http://www.dli.mn.gov/PDF/docket/4714rule.pdf
Describe other plans: City has participated in the
Regional Indicators Initiative (RII) in order to track water
usage by customer category
Ongoing
Objective 4: Achieve a Decreasing Trend in Total Per Capita Demand
Include as Appendix 8 one graph showing total per capita water demand for each customer category
(i.e., residential, institutional, commercial, industrial) from 2005-2014 and add the calculated/estimated
linear trend for the next 10 years.
Describe the trend for each customer category; explain the reason(s) for the trends, and where trends
are increasing.
Each customer category shows a decreasing water use trend. The decrease in water usage can be attributed to
implementing the water reuse facility, water efficient fixtures, and public education on the importance of water
conservation.
Objective 5: Reduce Peak Day Demand so that the Ratio of Average Maximum day to the
Average Day is less than 2.6
Is the ratio of average 2005-2014 maximum day demand to average 2005-2014 average day demand
reported in Table 2 more than 2.6? Yes No
Calculate a ten year average (2005 – 2014) of the ratio of maximum day demand to average day
demand: _2.3_
The position of the DNR has been that a peak day/average day ratio that is above 2.6 for in summer
indicates that the water being used for irrigation by the residents in a community is too large and that
efforts should be made to reduce the peak day use by the community.
It should be noted that by reducing the peak day use, communities can also reduce the amount of
infrastructure that is required to meet the peak day use. This infrastructure includes new wells, new
water towers which can be costly items.
Objective 6: Implement a Conservation Water Rate Structure and/or a Uniform Rate
Structure with a Water Conservation Program
Local Water Supply Plan Template –December 8, 2015
35
Water Conservation Program
Municipal water suppliers serving over 1,000 people are required to adopt demand reduction measures
that include a conservation rate structure, or a uniform rate structure with a conservation program that
achieves demand reduction. These measures must achieve demand reduction in ways that reduce
water demand, water losses, peak water demands, and nonessential water uses. These measures must
be approved before a community may request well construction approval from the Department of
Health or before requesting an increase in water appropriations permit volume (Minnesota Statutes,
section 103G.291, subd. 3 and 4). Rates should be adjusted on a regular basis to ensure that revenue of
the system is adequate under reduced demand scenarios. If a municipal water supplier intends to use a
Uniform Rate Structure, a community-wide Water Conservation Program that will achieve demand
reduction must be provided.
Current Water Rates
Include a copy of the actual rate structure in Appendix 9 or list current water rates including
base/service fees and volume charges below.
Volume included in base rate or service charge: _7,500 gallons or less__
Frequency of billing: Monthly Bimonthly Quarterly Other: _________________
Water Rate Evaluation Frequency: every year every ___ years no schedule
Date of last rate change: ___January 1, 2015____
Table 27. Rate structures for each customer category (Select all that apply and add additional rows as needed)
Customer
Category
Conservation Billing Strategies
in Use *
Conservation Neutral
Billing Strategies in Use **
Non-Conserving Billing
Strategies in Use ***
Residential Monthly Billing
Increasing block rates
(volume tiered rates)
Seasonal rates
Time of Use rates
Water bills reported in
gallons
Individualized goal rates
Excess Use rates
Drought surcharge
Use water bill to provide
comparisons
Service charge not based on
water volume
Other (describe)
Uniform
Odd/Even day watering
Service charge based on water
volume
Declining block
Flat
Other (describe)
Commercial/
Industrial/
Institutional
Monthly Billing
Increasing block rates
Seasonal rates
Time of Use rates
Bill water use in gallons
Individualized goal rates
Uniform Service charge based on water
volume
Declining block
Flat
Other (describe)
Local Water Supply Plan Template –December 8, 2015
36
Customer
Category
Conservation Billing Strategies
in Use *
Conservation Neutral
Billing Strategies in Use **
Non-Conserving Billing
Strategies in Use ***
Excess Use rates
Drought surcharge
Use water bill to provide
comparisons
Service charge not based on
water volume
Other (describe)
Other
* Rate Structures components that may promote water conservation:
• Monthly billing: is encouraged to help people see their water usage so they can consider changing
behavior.
• Increasing block rates (also known as a tiered residential rate structure): Typically, these have at least
three tiers: should have at least three tiers.
o The first tier is for the winter average water use.
o The second tier is the year-round average use, which is lower than typical summer use. This rate
should be set to cover the full cost of service.
o The third tier should be above the average annual use and should be priced high enough to
encourage conservation, as should any higher tiers. For this to be effective, the difference in
block rates should be significant.
• Seasonal rate: higher rates in summer to reduce peak demands
• Time of Use rates: lower rates for off peak water use
• Bill water use in gallons: this allows customers to compare their use to average rates
• Individualized goal rates: typically used for industry, business or other large water users to promote
water conservation if they keep within agreed upon goals. Excess Use rates: if water use goes above an
agreed upon amount this higher rate is charged
• Drought surcharge: an extra fee is charged for guaranteed water use during drought
• Use water bill to provide comparisons: simple graphics comparing individual use over time or compare
individual use to others.
• Service charge or base fee that does not include a water volume – a base charge or fee to cover universal
city expenses that are not customer dependent and/or to provide minimal water at a lower rate (e.g., an
amount less than the average residential per capita demand for the water supplier for the last 5 years)
• Emergency rates -A community may have a separate conservation rate that only goes into effect when
the community or governor declares a drought emergency. These higher rates can help to protect the city
budgets during times of significantly less water usage.
**Conservation Neutral**
• Uniform rate: rate per unit used is the same regardless of the volume used
• Odd/even day watering –This approach reduces peak demand on a daily basis for system operation, but
it does not reduce overall water use.
*** Non-Conserving ***
• Service charge or base fee with water volume: an amount of water larger than the average residential
per capita demand for the water supplier for the last 5 years
• Declining block rate: the rate per unit used decreases as water use increases.
• Flat rate: one fee regardless of how much water is used (usually unmetered).
Provide justification for any conservation neutral or non-conserving rate structures. If intending to adopt
a conservation rate structure, include the timeframe to do so:
Local Water Supply Plan Template –December 8, 2015
37
The City has implemented an odd/even watering restriction to reduce peak day demands during months of high
water usage.
Objective 7: Additional strategies to Reduce Water Use and Support Wellhead Protection
Planning
Development and redevelopment projects can provide additional water conservation opportunities,
such as the actions listed below. If a Uniform Rate Structure is in place, the water supplier must provide
a Water Conservation Program that includes at least two of the actions listed below. Check those actions
that you intent to implement within the next 10 years.
Table 28. Additional strategies to Reduce Water Use & Support Wellhead Protection
Continue to participate in the GreenStep Cities Program, including implementation of at least one
of the 20 “Best Practices” for water
Prepare a Master Plan for Smart Growth (compact urban growth that avoids sprawl)
Prepare a Comprehensive Open Space Plan (areas for parks, green spaces, natural areas)
Adopt a Water Use Restriction Ordinance (lawn irrigation, car washing, pools, etc.)
Adopt an Outdoor Lawn Irrigation Ordinance
Adopt a Private well Ordinance (private wells in a city must comply with water restrictions)
Implement a Stormwater Management Program
Adopt Non-Zoning Wetlands Ordinance (can further protect wetlands beyond state/federal laws-
for vernal pools, buffer areas, restrictions on filling or alterations)
Adopt a Water Offset Program (primarily for new development or expansion)
Implement a Water Conservation Outreach Program
Hire a Water Conservation Coordinator (part-time)
Implement a Rebate program for water efficient appliances, fixtures, or outdoor water
management
Other: City reuses backwash water from the water treatment facility to replace potable water
used for irrigation in a +20 acre park and City Hall site.
Objective 8: Tracking Success: How will you track or measure success through the next ten
years?
Continue to monitor water usage by customer category and continue to participate in the GreenStep Cities
program.
Tip: The process to monitor demand reduction and/or a rate structure includes:
a) The DNR District Hydrologist or Groundwater Appropriation Hydrologist will call or visit the
community the first 1-3 years after the water supply plan is completed.
b) They will discuss what activities the community is doing to conserve water and if they feel their
actions are successful. The Water Supply Plan, Part 3 tables and responses will guide the discussion.
For example, they will discuss efforts to reduce unaccounted for water loss if that is a problem, or go
through Tables 33, 34 and 35 to discuss new initiatives.
c) The city representative and the hydrologist will discuss total per capita water use, residential per
capita water use, and business/industry use. They will note trends.
d) They will also discuss options for improvement and/or collect case studies of success stories to share
with other communities. One option may be to change the rate structure, but there are many other
paths to successful water conservation.
Local Water Supply Plan Template –December 8, 2015
38
e) If appropriate, they will cooperatively develop a simple work plan for the next few years, targeting a
couple areas where the city might focus efforts.
A. Regulation
Complete Table 29 by selecting which regulations are used to reduce demand and improve water
efficiencies. Add additional rows as needed.
Copies of adopted regulations or proposed restrictions or should be included in Appendix 10 (a list with
hyperlinks is acceptable).
Table 29. Regulations for short-term reductions in demand and long-term improvements in water efficiencies
Regulations Utilized When is it applied (in effect)?
Rainfall sensors required on landscape irrigation systems Ongoing
Seasonal
Only during declared Emergencies
Water efficient plumbing fixtures required New Development
Replacement
Rebate Programs
Critical/Emergency Water Deficiency ordinance Only during declared Emergencies
Watering restriction requirements (time of day, allowable days, etc.) Odd/Even
2 days/week
Only during declared Emergencies
Time of day
Water waste prohibited (for example, having a fine for irrigators
spraying on the street)
Ongoing
Seasonal
Only during declared Emergencies
Limitations on turf areas (requiring lots to have 10% - 25% of the
space in natural areas)
New Development
Shoreland/zoning
Other
Soil preparation requirement s (after construction, requiring topsoil
to be applied to promote good root growth)
New Development
Construction Projects
Other
Tree ratios (requiring a certain number of trees per square foot of
lawn): R-3 and R-4 Districts require specific number of trees per building
New development
Shoreland/zoning
Other
Permit to fill swimming pool and/or requiring pools to be covered (to
prevent evaporation)
Ongoing
Seasonal
Only during declared Emergencies
Ordinances that permit stormwater irrigation, reuse of water, or
other alternative water use (Note: be sure to check current plumbing
codes for updates)
Describe
B. Retrofitting Programs
Education and incentive programs aimed at replacing inefficient plumbing fixtures and appliances can
help reduce per capita water use, as well as energy costs. It is recommended that municipal water
suppliers develop a long-term plan to retrofit public buildings with water efficient plumbing fixtures and
appliances. Some water suppliers have developed partnerships with organizations having similar
Local Water Supply Plan Template –December 8, 2015
39
conservation goals, such as electric or gas suppliers, to develop cooperative rebate and retrofit
programs.
A study by the AWWA Research Foundation (Residential End Uses of Water, 1999) found that the
average indoor water use for a non-conserving home is 69.3 gallons per capita per day (gpcd). The
average indoor water use in a conserving home is 45.2 gpcd and most of the decrease in water use is
related to water efficient plumbing fixtures and appliances that can reduce water, sewer and energy
costs. In Minnesota, certain electric and gas providers are required (Minnesota Statute 216B.241) to
fund programs that will conserve energy resources and some utilities have distributed water efficient
showerheads to customers to help reduce energy demands required to supply hot water.
Retrofitting Programs
Complete Table 30 by checking which water uses are targeted, the outreach methods used, the
measures used to identify success, and any participating partners.
Table 30. Retrofitting programs (Select all that apply)
Water Use Targets Outreach Methods Partners
low flush toilets,
toilet leak tablets,
low flow showerheads,
faucet aerators;
Education about
free distribution of
rebate for
other
Gas company
Electric company
MPCA
EPA & Clean Energy
Resource Teams
water conserving washing machines,
dish washers,
water softeners;
Education about
free distribution of
rebate for
other
Gas company
Electric company
Watershed organization
rain gardens,
rain barrels,
Native/drought tolerant landscaping, etc.
Education about
free distribution of
rebate for
other
Gas company
Electric company
Watershed organization
Briefly discuss measures of success from the above table (e.g. number of items distributed, dollar value
of rebates, gallons of water conserved, etc.):
The City distributed toilet leak tablets, faucet aerators, and put on a rain barrel seminar. The City also pays for 50%
of resident’s first rain barrel.
C. Education and Information Programs
Customer education should take place in three different circumstances. First, customers should be
provided information on how to conserve water and improve water use efficiencies. Second,
information should be provided at appropriate times to address peak demands. Third, emergency
notices and educational materials about how to reduce water use should be available for quick
distribution during an emergency.
Proposed Education Programs
Local Water Supply Plan Template –December 8, 2015
40
Complete Table 31 by selecting which methods are used to provide water conservation and information,
including the frequency of program components. Select all that apply and add additional lines as
needed.
Table 31. Current and Proposed Education Programs
Education Methods General summary of
topics
#/Year Frequency
Billing inserts or tips printed on the actual bill Educational information
supplied as billing insert
Ongoing
Seasonal
Only during
declared emergencies
Consumer Confidence Reports Report of City’s water
quality
1/year Ongoing
Seasonal
Only during
declared Emergencies
Press releases to traditional local news
outlets (e.g., newspapers, radio and TV)
Ongoing
Seasonal
Only during
declared Emergencies
Social media distribution (e.g., emails,
Facebook, Twitter)
Ongoing
Seasonal
Only during
declared Emergencies
Paid advertisements (e.g., billboards, print
media, TV, radio, web sites, etc.)
Ongoing
Seasonal
Only during
declared Emergencies
Presentations to community groups Ongoing
Seasonal
Only during
declared Emergencies
Staff training General awareness among
staff about the City’s goals
for conservation
Continuous Ongoing
Seasonal
Only during
declared Emergencies
Facility tours As requested Continuous Ongoing
Seasonal
Only during
declared Emergencies
Displays and exhibits Sustainability Fair:
educating the community
about incorporating
sustainability into daily
lives;
Informative signage at
water reuse facility
Annually Ongoing
Seasonal
Only during
declared Emergencies
Marketing rebate programs (e.g., indoor
fixtures & appliances and outdoor practices)
Rain barrel seminar, City
pays for 50% of first rain
barrel;
Distributed toilet leak
tablets and faucet aerators
Ongoing
Seasonal
Only during
declared Emergencies
Community news letters Village Notes 4/year Ongoing
Local Water Supply Plan Template –December 8, 2015
41
Education Methods General summary of
topics
#/Year Frequency
Seasonal
Only during
declared Emergencies
Direct mailings (water audit/retrofit kits,
showerheads, brochures)
Ongoing
Seasonal
Only during
declared Emergencies
Information kiosk at utility and public
buildings
Ongoing
Seasonal
Only during
declared Emergencies
Public Service Announcements Ongoing
Seasonal
Only during
declared Emergencies
Cable TV Programs Ongoing
Seasonal
Only during
declared Emergencies
Demonstration projects (landscaping or
plumbing)
Water reuse facility -
Presentations and an
educational information
were distributed to
educate community about
stormwater management
Ongoing
Seasonal
Only during
declared Emergencies
K-12 Education programs (Project Wet,
Drinking Water Institute, presentations)
Ongoing
Seasonal
Only during
declared Emergencies
Community Events (children’s water festivals,
environmental fairs)
Ongoing
Seasonal
Only during
declared Emergencies
Community education classes Rain barrel seminar 1/year Ongoing
Seasonal
Only during
declared Emergencies
Water Week promotions Ongoing
Seasonal
Only during
declared Emergencies
Website (include address:
http://www.ci.saint-anthony.mn.us/ )
Description of projects St.
Anthony has completed, as
well as future projects;
Sustainability Report;
Consumer Confidence
Report
Continuous Ongoing
Seasonal
Only during
declared Emergencies
Targeted efforts (large volume users, users
with large increases)
Ongoing
Seasonal
Only during
declared Emergencies
Local Water Supply Plan Template –December 8, 2015
42
Education Methods General summary of
topics
#/Year Frequency
Notices of ordinances As needed Ongoing
Seasonal
Only during
declared Emergencies
Emergency conservation notices Contact residents through
necessary means to alert to
emergency action.
As needed Ongoing
Seasonal
Only during
declared Emergencies
Other: Regional indicators initiative City-wide data tracking Ongoing
Seasonal
Only during
declared Emergencies
Briefly discuss what future education and information activities your community is considering in the
future:
St. Anthony will maintain all of the above-mentioned activities in order to educate, promote, and facilitate water
conservation within the City.
Local Water Supply Plan Template –December 8, 2015
43
Part 4. ITEMS FOR METROPOLITAN AREA COMMUNITIES
Minnesota Statute 473.859 requires WSPs to be completed for all local units of government in the
seven-county Metropolitan Area as part of the local comprehensive planning process.
Much of the information in Parts 1-3 addresses water demand for the next 10 years. However,
additional information is needed to address water demand through 2040, which will make the WSP
consistent with the Metropolitan Land Use Planning Act, upon which the local comprehensive plans are
based.
This Part 4 provides guidance to complete the WSP in a way that addresses plans for water supply
through 2040.
A. Water Demand Projections through 2040
Complete Table 7 in Part 1D by filling in information about long-term water demand projections through
2040. Total Community Population projections should be consistent with the community’s system
statement, which can be found on the Metropolitan Council’s website and which was sent to the
community in September 2015.
Projected Average Day, Maximum Day, and Annual Water Demands may either be calculated using the
method outlined in Appendix 2 of the 2015 Master Water Supply Plan or by a method developed by the
individual water supplier.
B. Potential Water Supply Issues
Complete Table 10 in Part 1E by providing information about the potential water supply issues in your
community, including those that might occur due to 2040 projected water use.
The Master Water Supply Plan provides information about potential issues for your community in
Appendix 1 (Water Supply Profiles). This resource may be useful in completing Table 10.
You may document results of local work done to evaluate impact of planned uses by attaching a
feasibility assessment or providing a citation and link to where the plan is available electronically.
C. Proposed Alternative Approaches to Meet Extended Water Demand
Projections
Complete Table 12 in Part 1F with information about potential water supply infrastructure impacts (such
as replacements, expansions or additions to wells/intakes, water storage and treatment capacity,
distribution systems, and emergency interconnections) of extended plans for development and
redevelopment, in 10-year increments through 2040. It may be useful to refer to information in the
community’s local Land Use Plan, if available.
Complete Table 14 in Part 1F by checking each approach your community is considering to meet future
demand. For each approach your community is considering, provide information about the amount of
Local Water Supply Plan Template –December 8, 2015
44
future water demand to be met using that approach, the timeframe to implement the approach,
potential partners, and current understanding of the key benefits and challenges of the approach.
As challenges are being discussed, consider the need for: evaluation of geologic conditions (mapping,
aquifer tests, modeling), identification of areas where domestic wells could be impacted, measurement
and analysis of water levels & pumping rates, triggers & associated actions to protect water levels, etc.
D. Value-Added Water Supply Planning Efforts (Optional)
The following information is not required to be completed as part of the local water supply plan, but
completing this can help strengthen source water protection throughout the region and help
Metropolitan Council and partners in the region to better support local efforts.
Source Water Protection Strategies
Does a Drinking Water Supply Management Area for a neighboring public water supplier overlap your
community? Yes No
If you answered no, skip this section. If you answered yes, please complete Table 32 with information
about new water demand or land use planning-related local controls that are being considered to
provide additional protection in this area.
Table 32. Local controls and schedule to protect Drinking Water Supply Management Areas
Local Control Schedule to
Implement
Potential Partners
None at this time
Comprehensive planning that guides development in
vulnerable drinking water supply management areas
Wellhead Protection
Plan;
Comprehensive Plan
Update
City of New Brighton
Zoning overlay
Other:
Technical assistance
From your community’s perspective, what are the most important topics for the Metropolitan Council to
address, guided by the region’s Metropolitan Area Water Supply Advisory Committee and Technical
Advisory Committee, as part of its ongoing water supply planning role?
Coordination of state, regional and local water supply planning roles
Regional water use goals
Water use reporting standards
Regional and sub-regional partnership opportunities
Identifying and prioritizing data gaps and input for regional and sub-regional analyses
Others: ___________________________________________________________________
Local Water Supply Plan Template –December 8, 2015
45
GLOSSARY
Agricultural/Irrigation Water Use - Water used for crop and non-crop irrigation, livestock watering,
chemigation, golf course irrigation, landscape and athletic field irrigation.
Average Daily Demand - The total water pumped during the year divided by 365 days.
Calcareous Fen - Calcareous fens are rare and distinctive wetlands dependent on a constant supply of
cold groundwater. Because they are dependent on groundwater and are one of the rarest natural
communities in the United States, they are a protected resource in MN. Approximately 200 have been
located in Minnesota. They may not be filled, drained or otherwise degraded.
Commercial/Institutional Water Use - Water used by motels, hotels, restaurants, office buildings,
commercial facilities and institutions (both civilian and military). Consider maintaining separate
institutional water use records for emergency planning and allocation purposes. Water used by multi-
family dwellings, apartment buildings, senior housing complexes, and mobile home parks should be
reported as Residential Water Use.
Commercial/Institutional/Industrial (C/I/I) Water Sold - The sum of water delivered for
commercial/institutional or industrial purposes.
Conservation Rate Structure - A rate structure that encourages conservation and may include increasing
block rates, seasonal rates, time of use rates, individualized goal rates, or excess use rates. If a
conservation rate is applied to multifamily dwellings, the rate structure must consider each residential
unit as an individual user. A community may have a separate conservation rate that only goes into
effect when the community or governor declares a drought emergency. These higher rates can help to
protect the city budgets during times of significantly less water usage.
Date of Maximum Daily Demand - The date of the maximum (highest) water demand. Typically this is a
day in July or August.
Declining Rate Structure - Under a declining block rate structure, a consumer pays less per additional
unit of water as usage increases. This rate structure does not promote water conservation.
Distribution System - Water distribution systems consist of an interconnected series of pipes, valves,
storage facilities (water tanks, water towers, reservoirs), water purification facilities, pumping stations,
flushing hydrants, and components that convey drinking water and meeting fire protection needs for
cities, homes, schools, hospitals, businesses, industries and other facilities.
Flat Rate Structure - Flat fee rates do not vary by customer characteristics or water usage. This rate
structure does not promote water conservation.
Industrial Water Use - Water used for thermonuclear power (electric utility generation) and other
industrial use such as steel, chemical and allied products, paper and allied products, mining, and
petroleum refining.
Local Water Supply Plan Template –December 8, 2015
46
Low Flow Fixtures/Appliances - Plumbing fixtures and appliances that significantly reduce the amount
of water released per use are labeled “low flow”. These fixtures and appliances use just enough water to
be effective, saving excess, clean drinking water that usually goes down the drain.
Maximum Daily Demand - The maximum (highest) amount of water used in one day.
Metered Residential Connections - The number of residential connections to the water system that
have meters. For multifamily dwellings, report each residential unit as an individual user.
Percent Unmetered/Unaccounted For - Unaccounted for water use is the volume of water withdrawn
from all sources minus the volume of water delivered. This value represents water “lost” by
miscalculated water use due to inaccurate meters, water lost through leaks, or water that is used but
unmetered or otherwise undocumented. Water used for public services such as hydrant flushing, ice
skating rinks, and public swimming pools should be reported under the category “Water Supplier
Services”.
Population Served - The number of people who are served by the community’s public water supply
system. This includes the number of people in the community who are connected to the public water
supply system, as well as people in neighboring communities who use water supplied by the
community’s public water supply system. It should not include residents in the community who have
private wells or get their water from neighboring water supply.
Residential Connections - The total number of residential connections to the water system. For
multifamily dwellings, report each residential unit as an individual user.
Residential Per Capita Demand - The total residential water delivered during the year divided by the
population served divided by 365 days.
Residential Water Use - Water used for normal household purposes such as drinking, food preparation,
bathing, washing clothes and dishes, flushing toilets, and watering lawns and gardens. Should include all
water delivered to single family private residences, multi-family dwellings, apartment buildings, senior
housing complexes, mobile home parks, etc.
Smart Meter - Smart meters can be used by municipalities or by individual homeowners. Smart
metering generally indicates the presence of one or more of the following:
• Smart irrigation water meters are controllers that look at factors such as weather, soil, slope,
etc. and adjust watering time up or down based on data. Smart controllers in a typical summer
will reduce water use by 30%-50%. Just changing the spray nozzle to new efficient models can
reduce water use by 40%.
• Smart Meters on customer premises that measure consumption during specific time periods and
communicate it to the utility, often on a daily basis.
• A communication channel that permits the utility, at a minimum, to obtain meter reads on
demand, to ascertain whether water has recently been flowing through the meter and onto the
Local Water Supply Plan Template –December 8, 2015
47
premises, and to issue commands to the meter to perform specific tasks such as disconnecting
or restricting water flow.
Total Connections - The number of connections to the public water supply system.
Total Per Capita Demand - The total amount of water withdrawn from all water supply sources during
the year divided by the population served divided by 365 days.
Total Water Pumped - The cumulative amount of water withdrawn from all water supply sources during
the year.
Total Water Delivered - The sum of residential, commercial, industrial, institutional, water supplier
services, wholesale and other water delivered.
Ultimate (Full Build-Out) - Time period representing the community’s estimated total amount and
location of potential development, or when the community is fully built out at the final planned density.
Unaccounted (Non-revenue) Loss - See definitions for “percent unmetered/unaccounted for loss”.
Uniform Rate Structure - A uniform rate structure charges the same price-per-unit for water usage
beyond the fixed customer charge, which covers some fixed costs. The rate sends a price signal to the
customer because the water bill will vary by usage. Uniform rates by class charge the same price-per-
unit for all customers within a customer class (e.g. residential or non-residential). This price structure is
generally considered less effective in encouraging water conservation.
Water Supplier Services - Water used for public services such as hydrant flushing, ice skating rinks,
public swimming pools, city park irrigation, back-flushing at water treatment facilities, and/or other
uses.
Water Used for Nonessential Purposes - Water used for lawn irrigation, golf course and park irrigation,
car washes, ornamental fountains, and other non-essential uses.
Wholesale Deliveries - The amount of water delivered in bulk to other public water suppliers.
Acronyms and Initialisms
AWWA – American Water Works Association
C/I/I – Commercial/Institutional/Industrial
CIP – Capital Improvement Plan
GIS – Geographic Information System
GPCD – Gallons per capita per day
Local Water Supply Plan Template –December 8, 2015
48
GWMA – Groundwater Management Area – North and East Metro, Straight River, Bonanza,
MDH – Minnesota Department of Health
MGD – Million gallons per day
MG – Million gallons
MGL – Maximum Contaminant Level
MnTAP – Minnesota Technical Assistance Program (University of Minnesota)
MPARS – MN/DNR Permitting and Reporting System (new electronic permitting system)
MRWA – Minnesota Rural Waters Association
SWP – Source Water Protection
WHP – Wellhead Protection
Local Water Supply Plan Template –December 8, 2015
49
APPENDICES TO BE SUBMITTED BY THE WATER SUPPLIER
Appendix 1: Well records and maintenance summaries – see Part 1C
Appendix 2: Water level monitoring plan – see Part 1E
Appendix 3: Water level graphs for each water supply well - see Part 1E
Appendix 4: Capital Improvement Plan - see Part 1E
Appendix 5: Emergency Telephone List – see Part 2C
Appendix 6: Cooperative Agreements for Emergency Services – see Part 2C
Appendix 7: Municipal Critical Water Deficiency Ordinance – see Part 2C
Appendix 8: Graph showing annual per capita water demand for each
customer category during the last ten-years – see Part 3 Objective 4
Appendix 9: Water Rate Structure – see Part 3 Objective 6
Appendix 10: Adopted or proposed regulations to reduce demand or improve
water efficiency – see Part 3 Objective 7
Appendix 11: Implementation Checklist – summary of all the actions that a
community is doing, or proposes to do, including estimated implementation
dates – see www.mndnr.gov/watersupplyplans
Appendix 1
Well Records and Maintenance Summaries
Minnesota Unique Well Number MINNESOTA DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH
WELL AND BORING REPORT
Minnesota Statutes Chapter 1031200524
County Ramsey Entry Date 08/14/1991
Quad New Update Date 04/14/2014
Quad ID 119C Received Date
Well Name Township Range Dir Section Subsection Well Depth Depth Completed Date Well Completed
ST. ANTHONY 5 30 23 W 31 CAABAA 472 ft.472 ft.04/00/1961
Elevation 943 ft.Elev. Method 7.5 minute topographic map (+/- 5 feet)Drill Method Drill Fluid
Address Use community supply(municipal)Status Active
Well Hydrofractured?Yes
No
From To
0 ft.
Casing Type Step down
No
Above/BelowYesDrive Shoe?
Joint
Contact 2900 KENZIE TR MINNEAPOLIS MN 55418
Well SILVER LAKE RD ST ANTHONY MN 55418
Geological Material From To (ft.)Color Hardness
CLAY 0 15
CLAY & GRAVEL 15 63
LIMEROCK 63 77
SOAPSTONE 77 81
SANDROCK 81 104
SANDROCK 104 171
SANDROCK 171 246
SHAKOPEE LIMEROCK 246 367
JORDAN SANDROCK 367 462
SANDROCK & SHALE 462 467
SHALE 467 472
Stratigraphy Information
Casing Diameter Weight
24 70in. To ft.lbs./ft.
16 387in. To ft.lbs./ft.
20 110in. To ft.lbs./ft.
Hole Diameter
19 472in. To ft.
Screen?MakeType
387Open Hole From ft.To ft.472
Static Water Level
Pumping Level (below land surface)
ST. ANTHONY WELL NO. 5. COPIED FROM D.N.R.
LAKEVIEW DRIVE AND SILVER LAKE ROAD
Wellhead Completion
Pump
Nearest Known Source of Contamination
Abandoned
Variance
Well Contractor
Minnesota Well Index Report 200524 HE-01205-15
Printed on 06/24/2016
Pitless adapter manufacturer Model
At-grade (Environmental Wells and Borings ONLY)
Casing Protection 12 in. above gradeX
Does property have any not in use and not sealed well(s)?
Grouting Information Well Grouted?Yes No Not Specified
No
ft.130 MeasureLand surface 04/00/1961
ft.191 hrs.Pumping at 1300 g.p.m.
feet Direction Type
Well disinfected upon completion?Yes
Not Installed Date Installed
Manufacturer's name
Model Number HP Volt
Length of drop pipe Capacity Typftg.p.
0
Yes No
Was a variance granted from the MDH for this well?Yes No
Licensee Business Lic. or Reg. No.Name of Driller
Keys Well Co.62012 JOHNSON, R.
Remarks
Platteville Formation
Miscellaneous
Last Strat
Aquifer
Depth to Bedrock
Located by
Locate Method
First Bedrock
St.Lawrence Formation
Minnesota Department of Health
Jordan
63
GPS Differentially Corrected
System X Y482767 4987709
ft
UTM - Mad83, Zone 15, Meters
Unique Number Verification Inpute Date 10/25/1995
Angled Drill Hole
Minnesota Unique Well Number MINNESOTA DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH
WELL AND BORING REPORT
Minnesota Statutes Chapter 1031200803
County Hennepin Entry Date 08/24/1991
Quad New Update Date 04/04/2016
Quad ID 119C Received Date
Well Name Township Range Dir Section Subsection Well Depth Depth Completed Date Well Completed
ST. ANTHONY 4 29 23 W 6 BDAADB 541 ft.541 ft.11/11/1959
Elevation 1013 Elev. Method 7.5 minute topographic map (+/- 5 feet)Drill Method Cable Tool Drill Fluid
Address Use community supply(municipal)Status Active
Well Hydrofractured?Yes
No
From To
2 ft.
Casing Type Step down
No
Above/BelowYesDrive Shoe?
Joint
Contact ST ANTHONY MN 55418
Well ST ANTHONY MN 55418
Geological Material From To (ft.)Color Hardness
SAND, GRAVEL &0 33
SAND & GRAVEL 33 46
BOULDERS, GRAVEL &46 53
BOULDERS, SOME 53 59
SAND & LARGE 59 70
SAND 70 105
SAND W/SOME SHALE 105 110
SANDY SHALE 110 142
PLATTEVILLE 142 160
ST. PETER 160 331
ONEOTA-SHAKOPEE 331 450
JORDAN SANDSTONE 450 541
Stratigraphy Information
Casing Diameter Weight
16 465in. To ft.lbs./ft.
24 145in. To ft.lbs./ft.
Hole Diameter
23 395in. To ft.
Screen?MakeType
465Open Hole From ft.To ft.541
Static Water Level
Pumping Level (below land surface)
PRESSURE GROUTED BETWEEN 16" LINER & 24"ROCK HOLE.
Material FromAmount To
Well grouted, type unknown ft.ft.
Wellhead Completion
Pump
Nearest Known Source of Contamination
Abandoned
Variance
Well Contractor
Minnesota Well Index Report 200803 HE-01205-15
Printed on 06/24/2016
Pitless adapter manufacturer Model
At-grade (Environmental Wells and Borings ONLY)
Casing Protection 12 in. above grade
X
Does property have any not in use and not sealed well(s)?
Grouting Information Well Grouted?Yes No Not Specified
No
ft.216 MeasureLand surface 11/11/1959
ft.260 hrs.Pumping at 1020 g.p.m.
feet Direction Type
Well disinfected upon completion?Yes
Not Installed Date Installed
Manufacturer's name
Model Number HP Volt
Length of drop pipe Capacity Typftg.p.
0
Yes No
Was a variance granted from the MDH for this well?Yes No
Licensee Business Lic. or Reg. No.Name of Driller
Renner Max Well Co.27246
Remarks
Platteville Formation
Miscellaneous
Last Strat
Aquifer
Depth to Bedrock
Located by
Locate Method
First Bedrock
Jordan Sandstone
Minnesota Department of Health
Jordan
142
GPS SA Off (averaged)
System X Y482842 4986435
ft
UTM - Mad83, Zone 15, Meters
Unique Number Verification Inpute Date 05/29/2003
Angled Drill Hole
Minnesota Unique Well Number MINNESOTA DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH
WELL AND BORING REPORT
Minnesota Statutes Chapter 1031200804
County Hennepin Entry Date 08/24/1991
Quad New Update Date 12/16/2015
Quad ID 119C Received Date
Well Name Township Range Dir Section Subsection Well Depth Depth Completed Date Well Completed
ST. ANTHONY 3 29 23 W 6 ACCACA 539 ft.539 ft.05/20/1967
Elevation 1012 Elev. Method 7.5 minute topographic map (+/- 5 feet)Drill Method Cable Tool Drill Fluid
Address Use community supply(municipal)Status Active
Well Hydrofractured?Yes
No
From To
Casing Type Step down
No
Above/BelowYesDrive Shoe?
Joint
Contact ST ANTHONY MN 55418
Well ST ANTHONY MN 55418
Geological Material From To (ft.)Color Hardness
CLAY 0 25 YELLOW
SANDY CLAY 25 32
DIRTY SAND 32 50
SAND 50 63
HARDPAN 63 93
SAND 93 134
HARDPAN 134 140
LIMEROCK 140 159
SOAP & SANDROCK 159 163
ST. PETER SANDROCK 163 201
SHALE & SANDROCK 201 299
SHALE & SHAKOPEE 299 309
SHAKOPEE 309 450
JORDAN 450 530
JORDAN & SHALE 530 539
Stratigraphy Information
Casing Diameter Weight
24 321in. To ft.lbs./ft.
30 142in. To ft.lbs./ft.
Hole Diameter
23 539in. To ft.
Screen?MakeType
321Open Hole From ft.To ft.539
Static Water Level
Pumping Level (below land surface)
Material FromAmount To
Neat Cement ft.ft.325 Sacks
Wellhead Completion
Pump
Nearest Known Source of Contamination
Abandoned
Variance
Well Contractor
Minnesota Well Index Report 200804 HE-01205-15
Printed on 06/24/2016
Pitless adapter manufacturer Model
At-grade (Environmental Wells and Borings ONLY)
Casing Protection 12 in. above grade
X
Does property have any not in use and not sealed well(s)?
Grouting Information Well Grouted?Yes No Not Specified
No
ft.200 MeasureLand surface 05/20/1967
ft.239 hrs.Pumping at 2005 g.p.m.
feet Direction Type
Well disinfected upon completion?Yes
Not Installed Date Installed
Manufacturer's name
Model Number HP Volt
Length of drop pipe Capacity Typftg.p.
0
Yes No
Was a variance granted from the MDH for this well?Yes No
Licensee Business Lic. or Reg. No.Name of Driller
Keys Well Co.62012 KEMPER, R.
Remarks
Platteville Formation
Miscellaneous
Last Strat
Aquifer
Depth to Bedrock
Located by
Locate Method
First Bedrock
Jordan Sandstone
Minnesota Department of Health
Prairie Du Chien-
140
GPS Differentially Corrected
System X Y483005 4986233
ft
UTM - Mad83, Zone 15, Meters
Unique Number Verification Inpute Date 10/25/1995
Angled Drill Hole
Minnesota Unique Well Number MINNESOTA DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH
WELL AND BORING REPORT
Minnesota Statutes Chapter 1031225652
County Ramsey Entry Date 08/14/1991
Quad New Update Date 03/10/2014
Quad ID 119C Received Date
Well Name Township Range Dir Section Subsection Well Depth Depth Completed Date Well Completed
JOHANNA LAKE 30 23 W 33 ABDBDA 408 ft.408 ft.08/08/1958
Elevation 885 ft.Elev. Method 7.5 minute topographic map (+/- 5 feet)Drill Method Cable Tool Drill Fluid
Address Use public supply/non-community Status Active
Well Hydrofractured?Yes
No
From To
0 ft.
Casing Type Single casing
No
Above/BelowYesDrive Shoe?
Joint
Geological Material From To (ft.)Color Hardness
CLAY 0 40 RED
CLAY & GRAVEL 40 70
SAND & CLAY &70 85
SAND & GRAVEL 85 110
LOOSE SAND &110 125
ROCKS & GRAVEL &125 132
SHALE & SAND 132 148
SHALE & SAND 148 165
SANDSTONE & SHALE 165 180
HARD SANDSTONE 180 206
HARD SANDSTONE 206 207
SHAKOPEE LIMESTONE 207 328
SHAKOPEE LIMESTONE 328 330
JORDAN SANDSTONE 330 403
JORDAN SANDSTONE 403 405
ST. LAWRENCE 405 408
Stratigraphy Information
Casing Diameter Weight
16 199in. To ft.lbs./ft.
Screen?MakeType
199Open Hole From ft.To ft.408
Static Water Level
Pumping Level (below land surface)
GAMMA LOGGED 5-7-1992.
PREVIOUSLY KNOWN AS DNR OBWELL 62026 UNTIL WATER MEASUREMENTS
STOPPED IN 1971.
WATER MEASUREMENTS RESTARTED IN 1992 AND WELL RENAMED DNR
OBWELL 62037.
Wellhead Completion
Pump
Nearest Known Source of Contamination
Abandoned
Variance
Well Contractor
Minnesota Well Index Report 225652
HE-01205-15
Printed on 11/30/2016
Pitless adapter manufacturer Model
At-grade (Environmental Wells and Borings ONLY)
Casing Protection 12 in. above gradeX
X
Does property have any not in use and not sealed well(s)?
Grouting Information Well Grouted?Yes No Not Specified
No
ft.46 Measureland surface 08/08/1958
ft.98 hrs.Pumping at 1000 g.p.m.
feet Direction Type
Well disinfected upon completion?Yes
Not Installed Date Installed
Manufacturer's name
Model Number HP Volt
Length of drop pipe Capacity Typftg.p.
0
Yes No
Was a variance granted from the MDH for this well?Yes No
Licensee Business Lic. or Reg. No.Name of Driller
Layne Well Co.27010 SHUEY, P.
Remarks
St.Peter Sandstone
Miscellaneous
Last Strat
Aquifer
Depth to Bedrock
Located by
Locate Method
First Bedrock
St.Lawrence Formation
Minnesota Geological Survey
Multiple
165
Digitized - scale 1:24,000 or larger (Digitizing Table)
System X Y486330 4988272
ft
UTM - Mad83, Zone 15, Meters
Unique Number Verification Inpute Date 01/01/1990Information from
Angled Drill Hole
Appendix 2
Water Level Monitoring Plan
St. Anthony Water Level Monitoring Plan
Source Monitoring Type Frequency
Well 3 SCADA Daily
Well 4 SCADA Daily
Well 5 SCADA Daily
Appendix 3
Water Level Graphs
186.00188.00190.00192.00194.00196.00198.00200.002/22/2008 7/6/2009 11/18/2010 4/1/2012 8/14/2013 12/27/2014 5/10/2016Static Water Level (ft)YearProduction Well No. 3
188.00190.00192.00194.00196.00198.00200.002/22/2008 7/6/2009 11/18/2010 4/1/2012 8/14/2013 12/27/2014 5/10/2016Static Water Level (ft)YearProduction Well No. 4
118.00120.00122.00124.00126.00128.00130.00132.00134.002/22/2008 7/6/2009 11/18/2010 4/1/2012 8/14/2013 12/27/2014 5/10/2016Static Water Level (ft)YearProduction Well No. 5
8368378388398408418428438448452010 2011 2011 2012 2012 2013 2013 2014 2014 2015 2016 2016Goundwater Level (ft msl)YearDNR Obwell 62037
Appendix 4
Capital Improvement Plan
Appendix 5
Emergency Telephone List
City of St. Anthony
Water Emergency Telephone List
Emergency Response Team Name Work Telephone Alternate Telephone
Emergency Response Lead
Jay Hartman 612-782-3314
Alternate Emergency
Response Lead
Jeremy Gumke 612-782-3441
Water Operator
Alternate Water Operator
Public Communications
State and Local Emergency
Response Contacts
Name Work Telephone Alternate Telephone
State Incident Duty Officer Minnesota Duty Officer 800/422-0798 Out State 651-649-5451 Metro
County Emergency Director Ramsey County – Judson Freed 651-266-1014 651-325-5760
National Guard Minnesota Duty Officer 800/422-0798 Out State 651-649-5451 Metro
Mayor/Board Chair Jerry Faust 612-789-7684
Fire Chief Mark Sitarz 612-782-3400
Police Chief Jon Mangseth 612-782-3350
Ambulance 911
Hospital Hennepin County Med Center 612-873-3000 911
Doctor or Medical Facility St. Anthony Village Clinic 612-873-6963
State and Local Agencies Name Work Telephone Alternate Telephone
MDH District Engineer Chad Kolstad 651-643-2103
MDH Drinking Water Protection 651-201-4700
State Testing Laboratory Minnesota Duty Officer 800/422-0798 Out State 651-649-5451 Metro
MPCA 651-296-6300
DNR Area Hydrologist Kate Drewry 651-259-5753
County Water Planner
Utilities Name Work Telephone Alternate Telephone
Electric Company Xcel Energy
Gas Company CenterPoint Energy 612-372-4727
Telephone Company Century Link
Gopher State One Call Utility Locations 800-252-1166 651-454-0002
Highway Department
Mutual Aid Agreements Name Work Telephone Alternate Telephone
Neighboring Water System Roseville –Marc Culver 651-792-7041
Emergency Water Connection Roseville –Marc Culver 651-792-7041
Materials
Technical/Contracted
Services/Supplies
Name Work Telephone Alternate Telephone
MRWA Technical Services MN Rural Water Association 800-367-6792
Well Driller/Repair E.H. Renner 763-427-6100
Pump Repair Alberg Water Services, LLC. 612-263-1800
Electrician
Plumber
Backhoe Valley Rich 952-448-3002
Chemical Feed
Meter Repair
Generator
Valves
Pipe & Fittings Valley Rich 952-448-3002
Water Storage
Laboratory
Engineering firm WSB & Associates – Todd
Hubmer
763-287-7182 612-360-1282
Communications Name Work Telephone Alternate Telephone
News Paper
Radio Station
School Superintendent Robert Laney 612-706-1000
Property & Casualty Insurance
Critical Water Users Name Work Telephone Alternate Telephone
Hospital
Critical Use:
Nursing Home
Critical Use:
Public Shelter
Critical Use:
Appendix 6
Cooperative Agreements for Emergency Services
Appendix 7
Municipal Critical Water Deficiency Ordinance
Appendix 8
Water Demand by Customer Category
0.0050.00100.00150.00200.00250.00300.002005 2010 2015 2020 2025Water Usage (MG)YearCity of St. Anthony's Historical and Projected Water Use by Customer CategoryResidentialC/I/I
Appendix 9
Water Rate Structure
Appendix 10 Water Conservation Regulations
Regulations adopted by the City of St. Anthony to reduce demand and improve water efficiencies:
2015 Minnesota Statues, 103G.298 Landscape Irrigation Systems
https://www.revisor.mn.gov/statutes/?id=103G.298
Odd-Even Sprinkling Ban – Link to City’s web page
http://www.ci.saint-anthony.mn.us/vertical/Sites/%7B5ED4AFB9-D450-4F68-BA29-
2600D3C2A620%7D/uploads/Water_Restrictions_CM_Article_Draft_4.pdf
Appendix 11
Implementation Checklist
Action Description ongoingannually1‐3 yrs1‐5 yrs3‐6 yrsReview city ordinances/codes To encourage or require water efficient
landscaping.
Review city ordinance/codes To permit water reuse options, especially for non‐
potable purposes like irrigation, groundwater
recharge, and industrial use.
Review ordinances to limit irrigation Review outdoor irrigation installations codes to
require high efficiency systems (e.g. those with soil
moisture sensors or programmable watering areas)
in new installations or system replacements
Make water system infrastructure
improvements
Conduct audience‐appropriate water
conservation education and outreach
Conduct a facility water use audit For both indoor and outdoor use, including system
components
Install enhanced meters Capable of automated readings to detect spikes in
consumption
Install water conservation fixtures and
appliances or change processes to conserve
water
Toilets, facets, etc.
Repair leaking system components (e.g., pipes, valves)
Investigate the reuse of reclaimed water (e.g., stormwater, wastewater effluent, process
wastewater, etc.)
Reduce outdoor water use (e.g., turf replacement/reduction, rain gardens,
rain barrels, smart irrigation, outdoor water use
meters, etc.)
Train employees how to conserve water Include for new employee training
Increasing block rates billing strategy Rate structure for Residential, Commercial,
Industrial, and Institutional customers
Continue to participate in the GreenStep
Cities Program
Voluntary program to aid cities in achieving their
sustainability and quality‐of‐life goals
Rainfall sensors required on landscape
irrigation systems
Conserve water and reduce utility bill when there
is a sufficient moisture for landscape area.
Watering restriction requirements Odd/Even day watering
Billing inserts or tips printed on the actual bill Educational information supplied as billing insert
Consumer Confidence Reports Report of City’s water quality
Direct mailings (water audit/retrofit kits,
showerheads, brochures)
City is looking into using direct mailings to further
educate residents on the benefits of water
conservation.
K‐12 Education programs (Project Wet,
Drinking Water Institute, presentations)
Making programs to educate school age children
on water resources.
Sustainability Report
City of St. Anthony
Implementation Spreadsheet
Timeframe
WATER
RESOURCES
MANAGEMENT
PLAN
CITY OF ST. ANTHONY
VILLAGE, MN
DRAFT: December 2017
WSB Project No. 01626-670
CITY OF ST. ANTHONY VILLAGE WATER RESOURCES MANAGEMENT PLAN
CERTIFICATION Page i
I hereby certify that this plan, specification or report was prepared by me
or under my direct supervision and that I am a duly Registered
Professional Engineer under the laws of the State of Minnesota.
__________________________________________________________
Todd Hubmer, PE Reg. No. 24043
__________________________________________________________
Jacob Newhall, PE Reg. No. 49170
CITY OF ST. ANTHONY VILLAGE WATER RESOURCES MANAGEMENT PLAN
TABLE OF CONTENTS Page ii
Title Page
Certification
Table of Contents
Glossary
SECTION 1: Executive Summary
SECTION 2: Land and Water Resource Inventory
SECTION 3: Agency Cooperation
SECTION 4: Assessment of Problems and Issues
SECTION 5: Goals and Policies
SECTION 6: Implementation Program
LIST OF APPENDICES
Appendix A – Figures
Figure 1: Location Map
Figure 2: Existing Land Use Map
Figure 3: Future Land Use Map
Figure 4: Subwatersheds Map
Figure 5: National Wetland Inventory & DNR Map
Figure 6: Soils Map
Figure 7: Problem Areas Map
Figure 8: Water Quality Monitoring Map
Figure 9: Minnesota Land Cover Classification System (MLCCS)
Figure 10: Pollutant Sources Map
Figure 11: Ground Water Appropriations Map
Figure 12: Watershed Management Organization Boundaries
Figure 13: Drinking Water Supply Management Area (DWSMA)
Appendix B – MS4 & SWPPP Items
Appendix C – City of St. Anthony 2012 Alternate Compliance Sequencing Plan and associated signed
Memorandum of Agreement.
Appendix D – St. Anthony City Code of Relevant Ordinances
Latest City Stormwater Ordinances can be found at: http://www.savmn.com/
CITY OF ST. ANTHONY VILLAGE WATER RESOURCES MANAGEMENT PLAN
GLOSSARY Page iv
BMPs – Best Management Practices
BWSR – Board of Water and Soil Resources
City – City of St. Anthony Village
CMP – Corrugated Metal Pipe
DNR – Department of Natural Resources
DWSMA – Drinking Water Supply Management Area
EPA – Environmental Protection Agency
FEMA – Federal Emergency Management Agency
FIRM – Flood Insurance Rate Map
FIS – Flood Insurance Study
HWL – High Water Level
IESF – Iron-Enhanced Sand Filter
LiDAR – Light Detection and Ranging
LGU – Local Governing Unit
MCBS – Minnesota Bounty Biological Survey
MDH – Minnesota Department of Health
MLCCS – Minnesota Land Cover Classification System
MnRAM – Minnesota Routine Assessment Method for Evaluating Wetland Functions
MPCA – Minnesota Pollution Control Agency
MS4 – Municipal Separate Storm Sewer System
MWMO – Mississippi Watershed Management Organization
NURP – Nationwide Urban Runoff Program
NPDES – National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System
NOAA – National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration
NWI – National Wetland Inventory
OHWL – Ordinary High Water Level
PAHs – Polycyclic Aromatic Hydrocarbons
PCBs – Polychlorinated Biphenyl
RCD – Ramsey County Ditch
RCWD – Rice Creek Watershed District
SSTS – Subsurface Sewage Treatment System
SWMP – Surface Water Management Plan (also called the plan, City plan and local plan)
CITY OF ST. ANTHONY VILLAGE WATER RESOURCES MANAGEMENT PLAN
GLOSSARY Page v
SWPPP – Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan
TCAAP – Twin Cities Army Ammunition Plant
TMDL – Total Maximum Daily Load
WCA – Wetland Conservation Act
CITY OF ST. ANTHONY VILLAGE WATER RESOURCES MANAGEMENT PLAN
SECTION 1 Page 1
1. EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
1.1. Water Resource Management Plan Purposes
The City of St. Anthony Village’s Water Resource Management Plan (plan, City plan, and local
plan) is a local management plan that meets the requirements of Minnesota Statutes 103B.235,
Minnesota Rules 8410, and the Rice Creek Watershed District (RCWD) Water Resource
Management Plan (dated January 2010, as amended January 25, 2012). Minnesota Statute
103B.201 states that the purposes of the water management programs are to:
Protect, preserve, and use natural surface and groundwater storage and retention
systems;
Minimize public capital expenditures needed to correct flooding and water quality
problems;
Identify and plan for means to effectively protect and improve surface and groundwater
quality;
Establish more uniform local policies and official controls for surface and groundwater
management;
Prevent erosion of soil into surface water systems;
Promote groundwater recharge;
Protect and enhance fish and wildlife habitat and water recreational facilities; and
Secure the other benefits associated with the proper management of surface water and
groundwater.
The St. Anthony Village Water Resource Management Plan addresses these purposes.
In 2012, the City of St. Anthony Village (the City) published an Alternate Compliance Sequencing
Plan that outlines how the RCWD is to regulate the City’s street projects with regard to
stormwater management. The RCWD Board approved this plan on August 22, 2012. Appendix C
contains this report and the signed Memorandum of Agreement between the City and RCWD.
1.2. Water Resource Management Responsibilities and Related
Agreements
The City of St. Anthony Village has entered into a joint cooperation agreement for the Mississippi
Watershed Management Organization (MWMO) with the City of Columbia Heights, the City of
Fridley, the City of Hilltop, the City of Lauderdale, the City of Minneapolis, the City of St. Paul, and
the Minneapolis Park and Recreation Board. Contact the MWMO for a copy of this agreement.
The City of St. Anthony Village is responsible for the construction, maintenance, and operation of
the City's stormwater management systems (i.e., ponds, pipes, channels) that are not considered
part of RCWD's trunk system. The RCWD is responsible for maintaining the function of the
District’s trunk system, specifically Ramsey County Ditch #3 (RCD #3), which is an important
stormwater conveyance ditch that carries a significant portion of St. Anthony Village’s runoff to
the northeast and is considered a watercourse within the City. After it leaves the City, RCD #3
eventually empties into RCD #2 in New Brighton.
1.3. Executive Summary
CITY OF ST. ANTHONY VILLAGE WATER RESOURCES MANAGEMENT PLAN
SECTION 1 Page 2
The St. Anthony Village Water Resource Management Plan is divided into six sections:
Section 1 Executive Summary provides background information and summarizes the
plan contents.
Section 2 Land and Water Resource Inventory presents information about the
topography, geology, groundwater, soils, land use, public utilities, surface waters,
hydrologic system and data, and the drainage system.
Section 3 Agency Cooperation describes the governmental controls and programs that
affect water resources.
Section 4 Assessment of Problems and Issues presents the City's water management
related problems and issues.
Section 5 Goals and Policies outlines the City's goals and policies pertaining to water
management.
Section 6 Implementation Program presents the program elements and discusses the
responsibilities, priorities and financial considerations associated with the implementation
program.
1.3.1. Background
The City of St. Anthony Village (population 8,226) is located in both Hennepin and Ramsey
Counties. The City covers approximately 2.35 square miles. It is located five miles northeast of
downtown Minneapolis and eight miles northwest of downtown St. Paul. The City is bordered by
Minneapolis to the southwest, Columbia Heights to the northwest, New Brighton to the northeast,
and Roseville to the east.
St. Anthony Village is located within two watershed districts: Rice Creek Watershed District
(RCWD) and Mississippi Watershed Management Organization (MWMO). These districts
regulate development impacts on water resources. This plan addresses the rules and regulations
put forth by the RCWD as well as the MWMO.
Surface water in the north and northeast portions of St. Anthony Village generally drains north
through the storm sewer system to Silver Lake and Mirror Pond. Silver Lake flows into RCD #3,
which carries a significant portion of the City’s surface runoff to the northeast. Surface water in
the south portion of the City generally drains south to the City of Minneapolis’ storm sewer system
and eventually to the Mississippi River. Both of St. Anthony Village’s major bodies of water, Silver
Lake and Mirror Pond, are considered Department of Natural Resources (DNR) Public Waters as
well as National Wetland Inventory (NWI) classified wetlands.
The City developed several policies for environmental protection that are referenced in the St.
Anthony Village Comprehensive Plan.
Only about one percent of the available land in St. Anthony Village is undeveloped. Section 2.4
of this plan discusses land use in St. Anthony Village.
1.3.2. Summary of Goals, Problems, and Potential Solutions
1.3.2.1. Goals
Section 5 of this plan outlines the City's goals and policies pertaining to water
management. The goals are as follows:
Water Quality. Maintain or enhance the water quality of St. Anthony Village’s
lakes, wetlands, and watercourses.
Runoff Management and Flood Control. Preserve, maintain and expand
CITY OF ST. ANTHONY VILLAGE WATER RESOURCES MANAGEMENT PLAN
SECTION 1 Page 3
(where possible) the stormwater storage and detention systems to control
excessive runoff volumes and rates, prevent flooding, protect public health and
safety, and minimize public capital expenditures.
Wetlands. Achieve no net loss of wetlands including acreage, functions, and
values. Where practicable, improve the functions, values, biological diversity, and
acreage of existing wetlands.
Erosion and Sediment Control. Protect the capacity of the City's stormwater
management system, prevent flooding, maintain water quality by preventing
erosion and sedimentation from occurring, and correct existing erosion and
sedimentation problems.
Groundwater. Protect the quality and quantity of groundwater resources.
Recreation, Habitat and Shoreland Management. Protect and enhance fish
and wildlife habitat and recreation opportunities.
Education and Public Involvement. Increase public awareness, understanding
and involvement in water and natural resource management issues.
Financing. Minimize public expenditures for plan implementation, with emphasis
on using the City's stormwater utility to finance projects and
collaborating/partnering with other entities.
1.3.2.2. Summary of Problems and Issues
Section 4 of this plan presents a detailed assessment of the water management related
problems and issues in the City of St. Anthony Village. Some of the problems and issues
identified include:
Near full development condition makes providing additional treatment of
stormwater runoff difficult.
Existing and potential flooding problems at various locations in the City.
Water quality in Silver Lake and Mirror Pond and other public waters that provide
recreational opportunities.
Need to reduce pollutant discharge and sediment loadings that eventually affect
the Mississippi River.
Importance of continued development of community education programs
regarding water resource management.
Importance of maintaining the City's stormwater management system.
1.3.2.3. Summary of Implementation Section
Section 6 of this plan presents the implementation program for the City of St. Anthony
Village, which includes defining responsibilities, prioritizing, and listing the program
elements. Table 6-1 outlines the projects, programs, and studies that have been
identified to address the problem areas contained in this Plan.
CITY OF ST. ANTHONY VILLAGE WATER RESOURCES MANAGEMENT PLAN
SECTION 2 Page 1
2. LAND AND WATER RESOURCE INVENTORY
2.1. Topography and Geology
The City of St. Anthony Village is located in both Ramsey and Hennepin Counties. The City is
bordered by the Cities of New Brighton, Roseville, Minneapolis, and Columbia Heights. The total
area within the City is approximately 2.5 square miles.
Glacial activity has created an undulating landscape within the City. According to the Bedrock
Geologic Map and Bedrock Topographic Map of Ramsey and Hennepin County (Minnesota
Geologic Survey 1992), the geomorphology of the City in the uppermost geologic formation is
quaternary deposits.
The unconsolidated quaternary deposits of glacial and post glacial material conceal a majority of
the bedrock within the City. All of the bedrock formations are marine sedimentary rocks from the
Early Paleozoic age when shallow seas covered southeastern Minnesota and the surrounding
regions. The surface till is composed of a complex mixture of loamy sand and clay.
The bedrock formations include St. Peter sandstone, Prairie Du Chein Group, Jordan sandstone,
St. Lawrence and Franconia formations, and a small amount of Decorah Shale, Platteville, and
Glenwood formations. Depth of the bedrock can vary from approximately 700 to 850 feet above
sea level.
Four aquifers are located within the City boundaries: the St. Peter Aquifer, the Prairie Du Chien-
Jordan Aquifer, the Franconia-Ironton-Galesville Aquifer, and the Mt. Simon Aquifer.
Additional geologic information for areas within the City can be found in the following plans:
Ramsey County Geologic Atlas
Hennepin County Geologic Atlas
Rice Creek Watershed District Watershed Management Plan
2.2. Climate and Precipitation
The climate within the Minneapolis/St. Paul metropolitan area is described as a humid continental
climate with moderate precipitation, wide daily temperature variations, warm humid summers, and
cold winters. The total average annual precipitation in this area is approximately 29 inches, of
which approximately one-third occurs in the months of June, July, and August. The annual
snowfall average is about 56 inches and is equivalent to approximately 5.6 inches of water.
The 1-year rainfall event occurring over a 24-hour period produces approximately 2.47 inches.
The 100-year rainfall event occurring over a 24-hour period produces approximately 7.42 inches.
The 100-year, 10-day runoff is approximately 10.1 inches. This data was derived from the Atlas
14 report produced by the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA). Additional
climatological information for the area can be obtained from the State Climatologist website at
http://climate.umn.edu/.
1-year event = 99% chance of occurring in a given year
100-year event = 1% chance of occurring in a given year
2.3. Soils
The soils within the City generally have low infiltration rates and create a minimal susceptibility to
ground water contamination. The hydrologic soil classification map is shown in Figure 6,
CITY OF ST. ANTHONY VILLAGE WATER RESOURCES MANAGEMENT PLAN
SECTION 2 Page 2
Appendix A. The four soil classifications are defined as follows:
Group A - These soils have high infiltration rates even when thoroughly wetted. The
infiltration rates range from 0.8 to 1.6 inches per hour. These soils consist chiefly of deep,
well drained to excessively drained sands and gravel. Group A soils have a high rate of
water transmission, therefore resulting in a low runoff potential.
Group B - These soils have moderate infiltration rates ranging from 0.3 to 0.6 inches per
hour when thoroughly wetted. Group B soils consist of deep moderately well to well
drained soils with moderately fine to moderately coarse textures.
Group C - These soils have slow infiltration rates averaging about 0.2 inches per hour
when thoroughly wetted. Group C soils have moderately fine to fine texture.
Group D - These soils have very slow infiltration rates typically less than 0.2 inches per
hour when thoroughly wetted. Group D soils are typically clay soils with high swelling
potential, soils with high permanent water table, soils with a clay layer at or near the
surface, or shallow soils over nearly impervious material.
The infiltration rates listed above come from the RCWD Watershed Management Plan, updated in
2013. The City of St. Anthony Village contains a mixture of many soils, including Hayden and
Kingsley soils. These soils have an undulating, well drained, moderately coarse texture. The
remaining soils are loam-textured till ranging from loamy sand to clay.
Additional information on the geology and soil for the City can be found in the Ramsey County
Soil Survey, the Hennepin County Soil Survey, and the Rice Creek Watershed District Watershed
Management Plan.
2.4. Land Use
The City of St. Anthony Village’s designation by the Metropolitan Council is that of a developed
community, meaning that over 85% of it is developed. St. Anthony Village is essentially fully
developed, with its 2018 Comprehensive Plan calling for a focus on redevelopment opportunities
to enhance the City’s image. Low-density residential land uses comprise 43% of all of the City’s
useable land. Medium density residential land uses comprise only 3% and high density residential
land use comprise 5% of the City’s developable area. Commercial development occupies 2% of
the City's land area, and industrial land uses occupy 5% of the City’s total land area. Parks and
open space occupy 36% of the City's total land area. The remaining 6% of land in St. Anthony
Village is designated as a Planned-Unit Development which entails a mixture of commercial,
retail, and high density housing. The existing and future land uses in St. Anthony Village are
shown on Figure 2 and Figure 3, respectively, in Appendix A. Land use data is an important
factor for estimating surface water runoff. The hard or impervious surface areas associated with
each land use greatly affect the amount of runoff generated from an area. Future land use
projections indicate those areas that may be available for water resource enhancement and
where improvements should be a priority. Significant changes in land use can increase runoff due
to added impervious surfaces. The City of St. Anthony Village expects very little change in land
use.
The Metropolitan Council expects that household growth will be limited to infill development and
redevelopment areas, which is consistent with the City's future land use plan. The City’s
Comprehensive Plan indicates the addition of 23 acres of high density residential housing by
2040.
2.5. Public Utilities
CITY OF ST. ANTHONY VILLAGE WATER RESOURCES MANAGEMENT PLAN
SECTION 2 Page 3
St. Anthony Village is completely within the Metropolitan Urban Service Area. Sanitary sewer and
water service is provided throughout the City. The St. Anthony Village sanitary sewer system
consists of approximately 25 miles of sewer mains and three lift stations. The City handles its
wastewater on a metropolitan level, sending it to the Metro Wastewater Treatment Plant located
in St. Paul. The Metropolitan Plant is the largest in the state of Minnesota, serving 1.8 million
users with a maximum capacity of 251 million gallons per day.
Storm sewers, ditches, curbs, and gutters provide drainage for the City. The individual watershed
maps (Figure 4, Appendix A) show the City's stormwater system of pipes, channels, ponds, and
other current and planned stormwater management facilities. Future street maintenance and
redevelopment will likely dictate the extension or reconstruction of the storm drainage system.
2.6. Surface Waters
Figure 5, Appendix A shows the major water resources in the City of St. Anthony VIllage. The
following table lists the named DNR-protected lakes and wetlands within the City and the
associated ordinary high water level (OHWL).
DNR ID#
Waterbody
Name OHW*Lake ID #
83 P Silver Lake 898.1 62-0083-00
198 W Mirror Pond 907.5 27-0055-00
*Data provided by DNR Lake Finder
Wetland Conservation Act of 1991 (WCA) - Local Government Units (LGUs) are responsible for
administering the rules. The intent of the WCA is to promote no net loss of wetlands. The City of
St. Anthony Village is the WCA LGU for the portion of the City within the boundaries of the
MWMO. The RCWD is the WCA LGU responsible for administering the WCA for the portion of
the City within the boundaries of the RCWD. Refer to Figure 5, Appendix A for the location of
NWI wetlands throughout the City.
2.6.1. Water Quality Data
Water quality data for the City has been obtained from the Minnesota Pollution Control Agency
(MPCA) Environmental Data Access site. This database is utilized by participating agencies to
compile water quality testing data and is almost entirely used for the storage of water quality
parameters. This water quality monitoring information/data and monitoring locations can be
found at the MPCA’s Environmental Data Access website.
2.6.2. Impaired Waters
The MPCA lists the following water bodies located within or near the City as being impaired:
Silver Lake (ID – 62-0083-00) is listed for nutrient/eutrophication biological indicators.
Pike Lake (ID –62-0069-00) is listed for nutrient/eutrophication biological indicators. A
TMDL study for Pike Lake began in 2012 and is anticipated to be complete in 2015.
Long Lake (ID –62-0067-00) is listed for nutrient/eutrophication biological indicators.
Lower Rice Creek (ID –07010206-584) is listed for aquatic macroinvertebrate
bioassessments.
Mississippi River (ID –07010206-503) is listed for mercury in fish tissue and fecal
coliform.
Lake Pepin (ID –20-0001-00) is listed for nutrient/eutrophication biological indicators.
The City continues to work with RCWD, MWMO, MPCA, Three Rivers Park District, Ramsey
County, New Brighton, and others to address the requirements of the impaired waters listed
CITY OF ST. ANTHONY VILLAGE WATER RESOURCES MANAGEMENT PLAN
SECTION 2 Page 4
above. These are further addressed in the City’s MS4 permit, which is available from the City for
review annually.
The locations of the impaired water bodies within or downstream of the City are shown on the
water resource problem areas map, Figure 7, Appendix A.
The City will be required to implement the TMDL plans for the water bodies listed above once
complete.
2.6.3. R-1A Single-Family Lakeshore
The City of St. Anthony Village has adopted the R-1A Single-Family Lakeshore zoning
designation to ensure the preservation of natural areas within that specific residential zone. A
copy of specific zoning requirements in this area can be found on the City’s website.
The City of St. Anthony Village does not have floodplain management regulations.
2.7. Groundwater
Various agencies are responsible for groundwater management and protection. The DNR
regulates groundwater usage rate and volume as part of its charge to conserve and use the
waters of the state. For example, suppliers of domestic water to more than 25 people or
applicants proposing a use that exceeds 10,000 gallons per day or 1,000,000 gallons per year
must obtain a water appropriation permit from the DNR. The Minnesota Department of Health
(MDH) is the official state agency responsible for addressing all environmental health matters,
including groundwater protection. For example, the MDH administers the well abandonment
program and regulates installation of new wells. The MPCA administers and enforces laws
relating to pollution of the state's waters, including groundwater. The Minnesota Geological
Survey provides a complete account of the state's groundwater resources. RCWD is charged with
general responsibilities for groundwater protection and use, but its role is limited to cooperating
and assisting the DNR, MDH and MPCA in their groundwater protection efforts.
Within the City of St. Anthony Village, ground water wells serve the City and private water needs.
Each of these wells has a ground water appropriation permit from the DNR. Figure 11, Appendix
A shows the types and locations of the DNR permitted ground water appropriation sites within the
City.
The City of St. Anthony Village’s ground water flows generally from north to south through the
Prairie Du Chein-Jordan Aquifer, and from the northeast to southwest for the St. Peter and Mt.
Simon Aquifers. The City does not contain any significant ground water recharge areas, and a
moderate to low rating for pollution sensitivity of the Prairie Du Chein-Jordan Aquifer. Additional
water resources information for the City of St. Anthony Village may be found in the Ramsey
County and Hennepin County Geologic Atlas, the Ramsey County and Hennepin County
groundwater plans, and the City’s Wellhead Protection Plan.
The primary recharge areas into the Prairie Du Chein Aquifer are located north of St. Anthony
Village in the City of Arden Hills. The City’s water supply has been contaminated by the Twin
Cities Army Ammunition Plant (TCAAP) site and the City operates a granular activated carbon
water treatment plant to remove the pollutants. Further information, including pollutant levels, is
available in the Annual Water Quality Report found on the City’s website.
2.8. Hydrologic System and Data
A water quality model has been developed to provide additional information on water quality
within the City. Since this model was completed, the Apache Plaza site in northern St. Anthony
CITY OF ST. ANTHONY VILLAGE WATER RESOURCES MANAGEMENT PLAN
SECTION 2 Page 5
Village has been redeveloped. The redevelopment involved the demolition of the existing Apache
Plaza mall and parking lot and construction of townhomes and commercial areas. Stormwater
treatment ponds were also incorporated into the design. While the City’s existing P8 model does
not reflect these changes, the RCWD has completed a P8 model for Silver Lake, which includes
this area.
2.9. Natural Communities and Rare Species
The Minnesota DNR produces the Minnesota County Biological Survey (MCBS) identifying
natural communities and rare species. The city of St. Anthony Village is located in both Ramsey
County and Hennepin County, each of which has its own county survey. However, the Ramsey
County survey and the Hennepin County survey indicate no natural plant communities or rare
species. In addition to possible natural plant communities and rare plants, the survey also
identifies the original vegetation of St. Anthony Village. Both the Ramsey County and Hennepin
County maps indicate the original vegetation of the area was mostly oak openings and barrens,
which consist of scattered trees and groves of oaks with some brush and thickets.
The entirety of the City of St. Anthony Village has been categorized according to the Minnesota
Land Cover Classification System (MLCCS). Figure 9, Appendix A shows a map of the MLCCS
areas that have been classified.
2.10. NPDES Phase II
The MPCA implemented the National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) Phase II
Stormwater Program in March 2003. Phase II requires Municipal Separate Storm Sewer Systems
(MS4s) to obtain an NPDES permit. MS4s designated by rule are urban areas with populations
over 10,000 or urban areas with populations greater than 5,000 with the potential to discharge to
valuable or polluted waters. Permits for construction sites greater than one acre will also be
required as part of Phase II.
As an MS4, the City will be required to implement the following six minimum control measures:
1. Public Education and Outreach
2. Public Participation/Involvement
3. Illicit Discharge Detection and Elimination
4. Construction Site Stormwater Runoff Control
5. Post-Construction Stormwater Management
6. Pollution Prevention/Good Housekeeping for Municipal Operations
For more information on the MS4 Permit requirements refer to www.pca.state.mn.us. Refer to
Appendix B for a copy of the City’s MS4 SWPPP (Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan).
2.11. Water Resource Problem Areas
Water resource problem areas were identified through information obtained from City staff,
residents, and other agencies. Each problem was analyzed and potential solutions to address the
problems were developed as detailed in Section 4. Refer to Figure 7, Appendix A for the
location of site-specific problem areas.
2.12. Flood Insurance Studies
Flood insurance is provided to residents of St. Anthony Village. It is classified as a Zone X level of
insurance. Residents do not receive full coverage because St. Anthony Village is not in the
floodplain. However, because flooding can still occur, partial coverage flood insurance is
CITY OF ST. ANTHONY VILLAGE WATER RESOURCES MANAGEMENT PLAN
SECTION 2 Page 6
provided. The Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) completed the map
modernization process for its Flood Insurance Study (FIS) and Flood Insurance Rate Maps
(FIRMs) to identify flood risk within Ramsey County in 2010.
CITY OF ST. ANTHONY VILLAGE WATER RESOURCES MANAGEMENT PLAN
SECTION 3 Page 1
3. AGENCY COOPERATION
There are a number of local, state, and federal agencies that have rules and regulations related to water
resource management. The City recognizes the roles of these other agencies and will cooperate,
coordinate, and, when possible, partner with these agencies.
This Plan is in conformance with but does not restate all other agency rules that are applicable to water
resource management. The following agencies deal with or regulate water resources throughout the City:
●Minnesota Department of Health
●Minnesota Pollution Control Agency
●Board of Water and Soil Resources and the Wetland Conservation Act
●Minnesota Department of Natural Resources
●US Army Corps of Engineers
●Minnesota Department of Agriculture
●US Fish and Wildlife Service
●Hennepin County
●Hennepin County Environmental Services
●Ramsey County
●Ramsey Conservation District
●Rice Creek Watershed District
●Mississippi Watershed Management Organization
●Minnesota Environmental Quality Board
●Metropolitan Council
While these other agencies’ rules, policies, and guidelines are not all restated in this Plan, they are
applicable to projects, programs, and planning within the City. The MPCA Minnesota Stormwater Manual,
which is a document intended to be frequently updated, is also incorporated by reference into this Plan.
CITY OF ST. ANTHONY VILLAGE WATER RESOURCES MANAGEMENT PLAN
SECTION 4 Page 1
4. ASSESSMENT OF PROBLEMS AND ISSUES
Outlined below is an assessment of existing and potential water resource-related problems that are
known at this time. These problems have been identified based on an analysis of the land and water
resource data collected during the preparation of this plan and through information provided by the City,
its residents, and the watershed organizations. A description of any existing or potential problem within
the City has been listed and potential future corrective actions have been incorporated into an
implementation plan. Refer to Figure 7, Appendix A for the location of many of the problem areas
discussed below.
4.1. Water Quality Problems
Problem 4.1.A
There are concerns regarding water quality, sediment deposition and floatable material entering
Silver Lake from direct storm sewer discharges. Silver Lake has been listed as impaired by the
MPCA due to excess nutrients and mercury in fish.
Corrective Action 4.1.A
The City will work with the RCWD, Ramsey County SWCD, Three Rivers Park District, and the
cities of New Brighton and Columbia Heights to implement improvements consistent with the
Silver Lake Total Maximum Daily Load (TMDL) implementation plan.
The City will continue to implement a catch basin stenciling program within the Silver Lake
drainage area.
The City has recently implemented water quality improvements upstream of Silver Lake, including
the Salo Ponds and Apache redevelopment. In addition, the City has completed an alum
treatment system in Salo Ponds (2014) and is participating in an ongoing carp removal program
(first removal was winter 2013-2014).
As of 2017 the City is very near achieving its TMDL waste load allocation and is planning on fully
achieving this during the course of this plan.
Problem 4.1.B
The Mississippi River just south of the City has been listed as an impaired water for fecal
coliform, mercury, and polychlorinated biphenyl (PCBs). In addition, Lake Pepin has been listed
as impaired for excess nutrients. These regional water body impairments will affect upstream
communities.
Corrective Action 4.1.B
The City partnered with the MWMO to complete the St. Anthony Regional Stormwater Treatment
System in the right-of-way of CSAH 88 near the border of Minneapolis. The project provides
treatment to 602 acres of previously untreated land prior to discharging it to the Mississippi River.
The City will also continue to work with the MWMO, MPCA, and others as necessary to integrate
monitoring data, public works activities, and educational opportunities to address the completed
TMDLs and implementation plans.
Problem 4.1.C
The City anticipates that there may be additional, future impaired waters listed that will affect the
City.
Corrective Action 4.1.C
The City will work with the RCWD, MWMO, MPCA, New Brighton, and others to develop and
implement future TMDLs that affect the City.
CITY OF ST. ANTHONY VILLAGE WATER RESOURCES MANAGEMENT PLAN
SECTION 4 Page 2
In 2014, the City constructed a biofiltration rain garden in Central Park that is designed to remove
more than 20 pounds of total phosphorous from runoff per year. This runoff discharges
downstream to Pike Lake and Long Lake in New Brighton and Fridley, which are resources of
concern.
4.2. Flooding and Stormwater Rate Control Concerns
Problem 4.2.A
Flooding has occurred in the Anthony Lane Industrial Area.
Corrective Action 4.2.A
The City has completed a feasibility study to identify options to provide additional flood protection
to the Anthony Lane Industrial Area. The City will construct improvements to address this
flooding.
Problem 4.2.B
Limited stormwater conveyance capacity of the downstream storm sewer system through New
Brighton has in part resulted in street flooding in the vicinity of 39th Avenue and Fordham Drive,
on Foss Road, as well as near the Mirror Pond condos.
Corrective Action 4.2.B
The City of St. Anthony Village is currently working with the RCWD and the City of New Brighton
to address these water quantity problems which transcend municipal boundaries. Refer to the
City of St. Anthony Village’s July 2011 Flood Investigation and Stormwater Modeling Report,
which outlines the collective efforts towards the resolution of flooding and water quality issues
within the subwatersheds of RCD #2, #3, and #5.
The City intends to work with the RCWD to investigate options to discharge more flow into New
Brighton through RCD #3 to alleviate flooding in the northeast portion of the City. The City intends
to investigate modifications to the Remmele culverts in RCD #3 as a potential solution.
4.3. Impacts of Stormwater Management Practices on Recreational
Opportunities
Problem 4.3.A
There is a concern regarding water quality, sediment deposition and floatable material entering
Silver Lake from direct storm sewer discharges. Additionally, Silver Lake is listed as impaired for
excess nutrients.
Corrective Action 4.3.A
The City will work with the RCWD and Ramsey County SWCD to develop a feasibility study for
Silver Lake which will establish a recommended long-term management program. This study
should identify alternatives available for protecting or improving water quality, maintaining
reasonably stable lake levels, and outlining a management program that will ensure that proper
and reasonable management measures are implemented. The City will cooperate with the
RCWD, Ramsey County SWCD, and Three Rivers Park District to complete and implement the
TMDL for Silver Lake.
4.4. Impacts of Stormwater Quality on Fish and Wildlife Resources
Problem 4.4.A
Poor water quality of Silver Lake has impacted recreational opportunities and fish populations.
Corrective Action 4.4.A
CITY OF ST. ANTHONY VILLAGE WATER RESOURCES MANAGEMENT PLAN
SECTION 4 Page 3
The City has implemented a carp removal program within Silver Lake to help benefit the fish and
wildlife as well as improve water quality.
4.5. Adequacy of Existing Regulations and Programs to Address
Adverse Impacts on Water Resources
Problem 4.5.A
Ordinances need to be reviewed and updated periodically to track changes in science, policies,
and rules for stormwater management.
Corrective Action 4.5.A
The City will periodically update ordinances to be consistent with changes in either RCWD or
MWMO rules or standards.
The following is a list of City ordinances as of the date of this plan and their associated
stormwater management applications:
§153.08 divisions (G) & (H) – Stormwater Management Standards, Rate Control
§153.08 division (M) – Modeling Methodology
§153.08 division (M) – Maintenance
§153.08 divisions (D), (E), & (F) – Erosion and sediment control
Multiple divisions of §153.08 list the City’s current stormwater management plan as the
governing standard for specific stormwater management elements.
Please see the City’s website for the latest City Stormwater Ordinances as the above references
may change with time.
4.6. Impacts of Erosion and Sedimentation on Water Resources
Problem 4.6.A
Soil erosion and sediment transportation associated with past and new development may have
impacted the quality of water and storage volume available within Silver Lake and Mirror Lake.
Corrective Action 4.6.A
The City will continue to perform stormwater system maintenance to address sedimentation and
siltation in area lakes, streams, stormwater storage basins and ditches.
The City regularly inspects and maintains outfalls throughout the city consistent with its MS4
program.
Problem 4.6.B
Current programs need additional enforcement mechanisms to limit soil erosion from areas under
redevelopment within the City. The City will continue to implement their existing erosion control
permitting program and work with the MPCA to ensure that erosion control program is adequately
implemented and enforced, and complete periodic inspections of the City for the purpose of
identifying and correcting areas where soil erosion is occurring.
Corrective Action 4.6.B
The City will work to revise erosion control ordinances to include additional penalties on violations
and provide City staff the authority to enforce the ordinance.
4.7. Impact of Land Use Practices and Development on Water
Resource Issues
CITY OF ST. ANTHONY VILLAGE WATER RESOURCES MANAGEMENT PLAN
SECTION 4 Page 4
Problem 4.7.A
Stormwater management associated with redevelopment activities.
Corrective Action 4.7.A
The City will continue to identify opportunities to implement Best Management Practices (BMPs)
to control erosion, sedimentation, and improve stormwater management.
The City has redeveloped the former Apache Retail complex into what is now Silver Lake Village,
which includes the Salo Park and Pond.
4.8. Education Program
Problem 4.8.A
The City of St. Anthony Village recognizes the need for local water education programs to
increase public awareness of local water management and improve the quality of stormwater
runoff.
Corrective Action 4.8.A
The City of St. Anthony Village will continue to provide educational content and opportunities to
residents, businesses, developers, and others. These efforts may include regular notices in the
City's monthly newsletter, articles in the local paper, postings on the City website, and flyers in
the utility bill. The City may work with RCWD and MWMO to improve the efficiency of educational
efforts and reduce duplication.
The City will continue to implement educational programs to increase public awareness of the
benefits of proper animal waste disposal, rain barrel use, composting, stormwater basin function,
controlling invasive species, illicit discharge to stormwater, and utility easements. The City also
coordinates a salt best practices program for area stormwater and has also developed a pet-
waste education program with the “Doggy Doo Doo” video.
4.9. Identification of Potential Problems which are anticipated in the
Next 20 Years
Problem 4.9.A
The City anticipates residents will exert increased pressure to improve the quality of water within
the City and the appearance of storm water retention areas.
Corrective Action 4.9.A
Implementation of this Water Resource Management Plan will address water quantity, quality,
and maintenance issues associated with stormwater retention areas. Maintenance of these
stormwater retention areas will be further defined in the Stormwater System Maintenance Plan
outlined in Section 6.
4.10. Availability and Adequacy of Existing Technical Information to
Manage Water Resources
Problem 4.10.A
Additional water quality information may be necessary to address the TMDL on Silver Lake
Corrective Action 4.10.A
Cooperate with RCWD, MWMO, and Three Rivers Park District to improve to water quality data
available within the City.
CITY OF ST. ANTHONY VILLAGE WATER RESOURCES MANAGEMENT PLAN
SECTION 4 Page 5
The City has made improvements in this regard and expects to meet TMDL needs during the life
of this plan.
Problem 4.10.B
Additional information regarding pollutant discharges to the Mississippi River is needed.
Corrective Action 4.10.B
The City will continue to work with the MWMO to obtain data regarding water quality of the river
and pollutant loadings discharged to the river.
CITY OF ST. ANTHONY VILLAGE WATER RESOURCES MANAGEMENT PLAN
SECTION 5 Page 1
5. GOALS AND POLICIES
5.1. General
The goals and policies in the City of St. Anthony Village’s Water Resource Management Plan are
consistent with the goals of the RCWD and MWMO, while meeting the more specific and
changing needs of the City. The goals of this plan were established in accordance with the
guidelines contained in Minnesota Statutes 103B and Minnesota Rules 8410. Furthermore, each
goal has several corresponding policies. These goals and policies provide for future development
and redevelopment while minimizing surface water problems and enhancing the environment.
These goals and policies are subject to conformance with current RCWD and MWMO policies
and standards. Additional goals and policies of the City are contained throughout this section.
A general goal of the City is to cooperate, collaborate, and partner with other entities—such as
RCWD, MWMO, and the MPCA—as much as possible as the City implements this plan.
Cooperation, collaboration, and partnering results in projects that are less likely to conflict with the
goals of the affected entities, are better able to meet long-term goals, and are generally more
cost-effective.
In addition to the goals and policies outlined below, the City will annually review and update its
SWPPP to effectively manage its stormwater system and be in conformance with the NPDES
MS4 Program. The following are components of the SWPPP:
Public information and education plan relating to water resources and stormwater
An inspection and maintenance schedule
City housekeeping practices (e.g., street sweeping priorities)
BMPs used by the City to control and/or reduce pollutants
Methods used to control and manage post-construction stormwater
5.2. Water Quality
5.2.1. Goal
Maintain or enhance the water quality of St. Anthony Village’s lakes, wetlands, and water
courses.
5.2.2. Policies
1. It is the intention of the City to utilize natural ponding areas, such as wetlands, for the
impoundment and treatment of surface water runoff. These natural ponding areas are
preferred over impoundments constructed in upland areas.
2. In the design and construction of all new stormwater conveyance systems and
modifications to existing stormwater conveyance systems, pretreatment of stormwater
runoff to Nationwide Urban Runoff Program (NURP) recommendations will be required
prior to discharge where feasible and practical to do so. These NURP recommendations
(Walker 1987) include the following:
a. A permanent pool (“dead storage”) volume below the principal spillway (normal
outlet) which shall be greater than or equal to the runoff from a 2.5" storm over
the entire contributing drainage area assuming full development.
b. A permanent pool average depth (basin volume/basin area) which shall be equal
to or over four feet (≥ 4'), with a maximum depth of equal to or less than ten feet
(≤ 10').
c. An emergency spillway (emergency outlet) adequate to control the 100-year
critical duration rainfall event.
CITY OF ST. ANTHONY VILLAGE WATER RESOURCES MANAGEMENT PLAN
SECTION 5 Page 2
d. Basin side slopes above the normal water level should be no steeper than four to
one, and preferably flatter. A basin shelf with a minimum width of ten feet and
one foot deep below the normal water level is recommended to enhance wildlife
habitat, reduce potential safety hazards, and improve access for long-term
maintenance.
e. To prevent short-circuiting, the distance between major inlets and the normal
outlet shall be maximized.
f. Retardance of peak discharges for the more frequent storms can be achieved
through a principal spillway design which may include a perforated vertical riser,
small orifice retention outlet, or compound weir.
3. Outfall structures discharging to wetlands or Public Waters/Wetlands need to incorporate
energy dissipation at the outfall to minimize erosion.
4. The City of St. Anthony Village will sweep the streets at least five times annually.
Furthermore, future purchases of street sweeping units will give consideration to street
sweepers which have the greatest ability to remove nutrients from the streets.
5. The City of St. Anthony Village will require the inclusion of skimmers in the construction
of new pond outlets, and add skimmers to the existing system whenever feasible and
practical to prevent floatables from being discharged downstream. Skimmer structures
will have a minimum four-inch overlap and the maximum 1-year storm event discharge
velocity should not exceed 0.5 feet per second, and should provide skimming to the 1-
year event water elevation.
6. The City will include provisions for coarse sedimentation and skimming floatable
materials prior to stormwater discharge to lakes and DNR-protected wetlands as well as
to the public drainage system managed by the RCWD. This requirement will apply in all
cases except where it is deemed not feasible or not practical to do so. Considerations for
variance to this policy will only be made in cases where the direct drainage area is limited
in size and the probability that a significant pollutant discharge from the area to areas
outside the City would be extremely unlikely.
7. The City will encourage programs aimed at fostering responsible water quality
management practices by its residents.
8. The City will encourage homeowners with properties adjacent to water resources to
establish a vegetative buffer strip at the shoreline. This strip should consist of legumes or
other perennial grasses to limit erosion and nutrient transport across the buffer strip.
9. The City will inspect stormwater treatment basins at least every five years and sump
catch basins/manholes every year. Maintenance will be conducted as necessary.
10. The City may develop and implement a water quality monitoring program capable of
establishing that the stormwater treatment basins constructed within the City are not only
designed to NURP standards, but also meet the anticipated design removal efficiencies
based on actual monitoring of the system. This program will be carried out to the extent
deemed necessary and reasonable by the St. Anthony Village City Council. The City will
keep the RCWD and MWMO informed of all water quality monitoring program updates.
11. No fringe encroachment within shoreline areas associated with public water shall be
permitted if the encroachment would have an adverse impact on natural vegetation buffer
areas which provide water quality and habitat benefits.
5.3. Runoff Management and Flood Control
5.3.1. Goal
Preserve, maintain, and expand (where possible) the stormwater storage, conveyance, and
detention systems to control excessive runoff volumes and rates, prevent flooding, protect public
health and safety, and minimize public capital expenditures.
5.3.2. Policies
CITY OF ST. ANTHONY VILLAGE WATER RESOURCES MANAGEMENT PLAN
SECTION 5 Page 3
1. Any development or redevelopment within the City of St. Anthony Village will be required
to control runoff to the extent necessary to be consistent with this plan. Redevelopment
projects shall provide stormwater controls such that the critical 1-year, 2-year and 100-
year storm events existing condition peak discharge rates are not increased following site
development.
2. The design of all major stormwater storage facilities shall attempt to accommodate a
critical duration 100-year storm event. These facilities include lakes, ponds, and their
outlets. New storm sewer systems shall be designed to accommodate a critical duration,
10-year storm event, provided that the downstream system has adequate capacity or
storage available to accommodate this design. Street ponding may be necessary to
provide flood protection to residents.
3. Any new or redevelopment within the City will maintain two feet of freeboard over the
100-year high water elevation or one foot of freeboard over the emergency overflow
elevation, and the lowest building floor elevation.
4. The City of St. Anthony Village prefers the development of municipal drainage systems
whenever possible to the development of private drainage systems. Design of drainage
systems shall attempt to accommodate existing drainage systems, including tile lines.
Existing drainage systems will be protected and drainage perpetuated.
5. The City requires as-builts of all ponding areas and designated emergency overflows.
6. The City will continue to promote and encourage water conservation and reuse to reduce
downstream stormwater discharges.
7. The City of St. Anthony Village recognizes the Rice Creek Watershed District’s
jurisdiction and will have the RCWD continue to implement RCWD rules through plan
review and permit issuance for stormwater management within that area of the City that
lies within RCWD jurisdiction.
5.4. Wetlands
5.4.1. Goal
Achieve no net loss of wetlands, including acreage, functions, and values. Where practicable,
improve the functions, values, biological diversity, and acreage of existing wetlands.
5.4.2. Policies
1. Wetlands will be protected within the City boundaries to ensure that the value of wetlands
in relation to their surface water quantity benefits is not significantly impacted by
development.
2. The City will protect wetlands to ensure that their fish and wildlife, environmental quality,
and socio-economic values are maintained.
3. The City of St. Anthony Village designates the Rice Creek Watershed District as the local
governmental unit responsible for wetland management in conformance with the Wetland
Conservation Act. The City will retain the LGU authority within the MWMO boundaries.
4. For wetland impacts within the RCWD for wetlands not regulated by the WCA and not
determined to be exempt, wetland mitigation at a one to one ratio is required by the
RCWD.
5. The City will utilize wetland inventory information developed by the U.S. Fish and Wildlife
Service and the Minnesota DNR.
6. Prior to any site development activities, the City will require a site inspection to identify
the location and extent of any wetlands present. The proponent of the site development
shall have the burden of providing to the City a report showing the on-site inspection and
delineation of all wetland areas by a qualified consultant. If any wetland encroachment is
proposed, wetland values and impacts will be evaluated on a case by case basis in
conformance with the rules associated with the WCA of 1991.
7. Any review of a proposed wetland encroachment will initially address the issue of
CITY OF ST. ANTHONY VILLAGE WATER RESOURCES MANAGEMENT PLAN
SECTION 5 Page 4
avoidance. It will be the City’s policy that prior to allowing any wetland encroachment all
reasonable attempts to avoid such alteration must be demonstrated. This avoidance
review must also consider the reasonableness of the no-build alternative.
8. Wetland alterations due to excavation, water level changes, or other activities which alter
the character of a wetland will require a permit from the RCWD and the MWMO.
9. Wetland alterations shall satisfy additional constraints of flood management policy (spoils
placement in non-floodplain upland areas).
10. Alterations to wetlands for wildlife enhancements must comply with the criteria described
in the publication “Wildlife Habitat Improvements in Wetlands”, dated December 2000,
and available from the Board of Soil and Water Resources.
5.5. Erosion and Sediment Control
5.5.1. Goal
Protect the capacity of the City's stormwater management system, prevent flooding, and maintain
water quality by preventing erosion and sedimentation from occurring and correcting existing
erosion and sedimentation problems.
5.5.2. Policies
1. The City shall require, in conformance with the MPCA NPDES rules, the submission and
implementation of erosion and sediment control plans for land disturbance activities of
one acre or more in size. The RCWD also requires submittal of plans for projects that
disturb vegetation cover between 10,000 square feet and 1.0 acres within 300 feet of a
wetland or water body.
2. The City will inspect sites that require a NPDES permit for erosion and sedimentation
control for all new developments and redevelopments one acre and larger in size.
3. Erosion and sedimentation control plans shall be reviewed and enforced by the City of St.
Anthony Village for all new developments.
4. The City of St. Anthony Village will sweep the streets at least five times annually.
Furthermore, future purchases of street sweeping units will give consideration to street
sweepers which have the greatest ability to remove nutrients from the streets.
5. The City may prohibit work in areas having steep or very steep slopes and high erosion
potential where the impacts of significant erosion cannot be protected against or
mitigated in accordance with the City of St. Anthony Village erosion control ordinances.
City ordinances can be viewed online.
5.6. Groundwater
5.6.1. Goal
Protect the quality and quantity of groundwater resources.
5.6.2. Policies
1. Coordinate with other agencies to promote the continuation of existing groundwater
monitoring, inventorying or permitting programs.
2. Encourage the development of spill prevention, control, and countermeasure plans that
are consistent with State and/or Federal Government regulations.
3. Provide assistance to State or other governmental agencies in resolving groundwater
quality problems.
4. The City will encourage preservation of wetlands, ponds, and parks to encourage
infiltration of precipitation in areas where land use is not anticipated to adversely affect
surface water runoff.
CITY OF ST. ANTHONY VILLAGE WATER RESOURCES MANAGEMENT PLAN
SECTION 5 Page 5
5. The City of St. Anthony Village will cooperate with the Environmental Health Department
in Hennepin and Ramsey Counties to ensure that all unsealed or improperly abandoned
wells within the watershed are properly sealed. Technical requirements for the
abandonment of these wells will be in conformance with the Minnesota Department of
Health Water Well Code.
6. The City of St. Anthony Village will sweep the streets at least five times annually.
Furthermore, future purchases of street sweeping units will give consideration to street
sweepers which have the greatest ability to remove nutrients from the streets.
7. The City of St. Anthony Village has developed a wellhead protection plan in accordance
with State requirements.
8. The City of St. Anthony Village will cooperate with both Hennepin and Ramsey Counties
to implement appropriate actions of the Counties groundwater quality protection plans.
9. Groundwater appropriation users shall demonstrate that surface water discharges do not
create drainage problems.
5.7. Recreation, Habitat, and Shoreland Management
5.7.1. Goal
Protect and enhance fish and wildlife habitat and recreation opportunities.
5.7.2. Policies
1. Cooperate with RCWD and other units of government to complete habitat and recreation
corridor connections (greenways).
2. Maintain, enhance, or provide new habitat as part of wetland modification, stormwater
facility construction, or other appropriate projects.
3. Encourage alternative landscape designs that:
a. increase beneficial habitat, wildlife and recreational uses; promote infiltration and
vegetative water use; and that
b. decrease detrimental wildlife uses (such as beaver dams or goose overabundance)
which damage water control facilities, shoreline vegetation, water quality, or
recreational facilities.
5.8. Education and Public Involvement
5.8.1. Goal
Increase public awareness, understanding, and involvement in water and natural resource
management issues.
5.8.2. Policies
1. Develop and distribute educational materials to the general public and targeted groups in
accordance with the City SWPPP. Specific topics could include water resources,
groundwater, wetlands, native vegetation, buffers, wildlife habitat, litter control, pet
wastes, recycling, trash disposal, leaf collection, grass clippings, lawn chemicals, and
hazardous materials. Information may be distributed via the City's quarterly newsletter,
City website, local newspapers, cable television, and any other appropriate media.
2. Work with schools to fund education programs that focus on sustainability, waste
reduction, and environmental awareness. The City will work to include environmental
awareness projects or sessions during City events and festivals.
3. Encourage and practice the use of sustainable land treatment activities such as using
organic phosphorus-free fertilizers and discourage the use of herbicides and pesticides.
4. Support City-wide efforts in recycling, recovery, and reuse of waste materials.
CITY OF ST. ANTHONY VILLAGE WATER RESOURCES MANAGEMENT PLAN
SECTION 5 Page 6
5. Coordinate education efforts with RCWD where appropriate.
5.9. Financing
5.9.1. Goal
Minimize public expenditures to the extent practicable to manage water resources in accordance
with this plan.
5.9.2. Policies
1. Partner with others to achieve regional solutions to water resource issues and capitalize
on the financial and environmental benefits that larger, regional systems can have on
water resources.
CITY OF ST. ANTHONY VILLAGE WATER RESOURCES MANAGEMENT PLAN
SECTION 6 Page 1
6. IMPLEMENTATION PROGRAM
6.1. Implementation Program Components
Table 6.1 contains a comprehensive list of the MS4 activities and projects, programs, and studies
that make up the City of St Anthony Village’s implementation program for the next ten years
(2018 through 2027). The City developed this program by evaluating the requirements in the MS4
permit (see MS4 SWPPP Application for Reauthorization in Appendix F), reviewing existing
information (Section 2), identifying potential and existing problems (Section 4), developing goals
and policies (Section 5), and then assessing the need for programs, studies, or projects. The City
estimated total costs, identified possible funding sources, and developed an approximate
schedule to complete the implementation activities. It is anticipated these tables will be
updated/revised on a yearly basis. Watershed districts may offer various cost-sharing programs
with the City to provide funding for stormwater management projects.
6.2. Implementation Priorities
The implementation components listed in Table 6.1 were prioritized to make the best use of
available local funding, meet MS4 Permit requirements, address existing water management
problems, and prevent future water management problems from occurring. The City's
implementation plan reflects its responsibility to protect the public health, safety, and general
welfare of its citizens by addressing problems and issues that are specific to the City of St
Anthony Village.
6.3. Financial Considerations
The City plans to use funds generated from its Stormwater Utility as the primary funding
mechanism for its implementation program. If funds from this utility fee do not cover costs, the
City will consider adjusting the Stormwater Utility Fee as well as using general funds to cover the
costs associated with the implementation program.
Although not proposed at this time, the City may consider using plan implementation taxes (MN
Statutes 103B.241) in the future if general funds or stormwater utility funds are not sufficient to
fund the projects. The City will also take advantage of grant or loan programs to offset project
costs where appropriate and cost-effective.
6.4. Plan Revision and Amendments
The City may need to revise this Plan to keep it current. The City may amend this plan at any
time in response to a petition by a resident or business. Written petitions for plan amendments
must be submitted to the City Administrator. The petition must state the reason for the requested
amendment, and provide supporting information for the City to consider the request. The City
may reject the petition, delay action on the petition until the next full plan revision, or accept the
petition as an urgent issue that requires immediate amendment of the plan. The City of St
Anthony Village may also revise/amend the plan in response to City-identified needs. This Plan is
intended to be in effect for ten years. The Plan will be revised/updated at that time, to the extent
necessary.
SECTION VI
2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 Comments
1
Education Activity Implementation Plan - Complete
outline of education activity implementation program and
implementation schedule for the upcoming MS4 permit
year. Complete this by June 30th each year.
Include procedures to meet requirements for the
following stormwater educational programs and
distribute using one of the following delivery
mechanisms:
- Quarterly Newsletter
- Website
- Social Media
- Partnerships with RCWD and MWMO
- Public meetings
- Presentations
- Village Fest displays
$30,000 Stormwater Utility
Fund $3,000 $3,000 $3,000 $3,000 $3,000 $3,000 $3,000 $3,000 $3,000 $3,000 See SWPPP Application for
Reauthorization (Appendix B)
2
Annual Public Meeting/Event - Present the draft MS4
annual report at one public event per year to solicit
public input regarding the adequacy of the City's
SWPPP. Public input received (oral and written) will be
recorded in a Record of Decision and evaluated by the
City's MS4 General Contact. City responses (if relevant)
will be made in writing to each commenter. Hold one
event per calendar year of the MS4 permit cycle.
$10,000 Stormwater Utility
Fund $1,000 $1,000 $1,000 $1,000 $1,000 $1,000 $1,000 $1,000 $1,000 $1,000 See SWPPP Application for
Reauthorization (Appendix B)
3
Public Notice and Input - Notice the annual public
meeting in the official newspaper following local public
notice requirements a minimum of once per year.
- The City will provide at a minimum (1) opportunity
annually for the public to provide input on the adequacy
of the SWPPP. This opportunity could be at a council
meeting, planning commission meeting, environmental
event, or other City-sponsored function.
$2,000 Stormwater Utility
Fund $200 $200 $200 $200 $200 $200 $200 $200 $200 $200 See SWPPP Application for
Reauthorization (Appendix B)
4
Online Availability of the Stormwater Pollution
Prevention Plan (SWPPP) Program Document - The
City will make the SWPPP and annual reports available
on the City's webpage. This will be completed within 12
months from the date the MS4 permit coverage is
extended to the City.
$5,000 Stormwater Utility
Fund $500 $500 $500 $500 $500 $500 $500 $500 $500 $500 See SWPPP Application for
Reauthorization (Appendix B)
10 Year
Cost
Estimate1
Possible
Funding Sources 3
Proposed Cost By Year1,2
TABLE 6.1
WATER RESOURCE MANAGEMENT IMPLEMENTATION PLAN
No.Project Description
City of St Anthony
WSB Project No. 1626-670
December 2017
TABLE 6.1
SECTION VI
2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 Comments
10 Year
Cost
Estimate1
Possible
Funding Sources 3
Proposed Cost By Year1,2
No.Project Description
5
IDDE Plan - Develop and implement an illicit discharge
detection plan, consisting of staff training and
procedures for inspections and corrective actions.
$5,000 Stormwater Utility
Fund $500 $500 $500 $500 $500 $500 $500 $500 $500 $500 See SWPPP Application for
Reauthorization (Appendix B)
6
Storm Sewer System Map - The City currently has a
storm sewer system map. This map will be updated on
an annual basis.
$1,500 Stormwater Utility
Fund $150 $150 $150 $150 $150 $150 $150 $150 $150 $150 See SWPPP Application for
Reauthorization (Appendix B)
7
Regulatory Control Program - Review existing city
ordinances (Sections 400 & 1200) relating to illicit
discharges, and revise/develop an illicit discharge
ordinance (if necessary). Code of Ordinances: Chapter
153, Storm Water Management
- The City established an Illicit Discharge and
Connection Ordinance in 2009. This ordinance will be
evaluated annually and updated as necessary.
$4,000 Stormwater Utility
Fund $2,000 $2,000 See SWPPP Application for
Reauthorization (Appendix B)
8
Public and Employee Illicit Discharge Information
Program - Public education of illicit discharges. Provide
a minimum of one training event for city staff per year.$2,000 Stormwater Utility
Fund $200 $200 $200 $200 $200 $200 $200 $200 $200 $200 See SWPPP Application for
Reauthorization (Appendix B)
9
Illicit Discharge Investigation - As needed televise a
section of the sewer system, collect grab samples, or
perform other testing procedures to find illicit
connections in the system.
$5,000 Stormwater Utility
Fund $500 $500 $500 $500 $500 $500 $500 $500 $500 $500 See SWPPP Application for
Reauthorization (Appendix B)
10
IDDE Program Updates - Update written procedures for
illicit discharge inspections, investigations, and response
actions. Develop a process to document information as
described in the Permit (Part III.3.h) within 12 months
following the date permit coverage is extended.
$2,000 Stormwater Utility
Fund $2,000 See SWPPP Application for
Reauthorization (Appendix B)
11
Ordinance or other Regulatory Mechanism - Review
existing construction site erosion control ordinances,
and revise if they do not conform to the new NPDES
Phase II construction permit requirements.
$4,000 Stormwater Utility
Fund $2,000 $2,000 See SWPPP Application for
Reauthorization (Appendix B)
12
Construction Site Implementation of Erosion and
Sediment Control BMPs: Waste Controls for
Construction Site Operators - Construction site
operators must conform to NPDES Phase II, watershed
district, and City ordinances pertaining to erosion,
sediment, and waste controls.
$1,000 Stormwater Utility
Fund $500 $500 See SWPPP Application for
Reauthorization (Appendix B)
City of St Anthony
WSB Project No. 1626-670
December 2017
TABLE 6.1
SECTION VI
2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 Comments
10 Year
Cost
Estimate1
Possible
Funding Sources 3
Proposed Cost By Year1,2
No.Project Description
13
Procedure for Site Plan Review - Every applicant for a
City permit to allow land disturbing activities must submit
a project-specific stormwater management
plans (if applicable) and/or erosion control plan to the
City for approval.
$1,000 General Fund/
Development Fees $1,000 See SWPPP Application for
Reauthorization (Appendix B)
14
Establishment of Procedures for the Receipt and
Consideration of Reports of Stormwater Noncompliance -
Provide a phone number, website, and point of contact
for the public to report stormwater pollution issues.
$500 Stormwater Utility
Fund $500 See SWPPP Application for
Reauthorization (Appendix B)
15
Establishment of Procedures for Site Inspections and
Enforcement - Continue to enforce the City’s erosion
control and waste disposal standards. Add procedures
or requirements as necessary.
$2,000 Stormwater Utility
Fund $1,000 $1,000 See SWPPP Application for
Reauthorization (Appendix B)
16
Develop Priority Site Inspection Procedures - Develop
internal procedures for identifying priority sites for
inspections in 2014.
$150 Stormwater Utility
Fund $150 See SWPPP Application for
Reauthorization (Appendix B)
17
Document Procedures - Develop written procedures to
track and archive all plan review and inspection
documents within 12 months following the date permit
coverage is extended.
$2,000 Stormwater Utility
Fund $1,000 $1,000 See SWPPP Application for
Reauthorization (Appendix B)
18
Development and Implementation of Structural and/or
Non-Structural BMPs - The City will evaluate all
structural and non-structural BMPs during the plan
review process for the potential of new and/or revised
BMPs. The City will also actively look for non-structural
opportunities where prudent and feasible.
$5,000 Developer's Fees $500 $500 $500 $500 $500 $500 $500 $500 $500 $500 See SWPPP Application for
Reauthorization (Appendix B)
19
Regulatory Mechanism to Address Post Construction
Runoff from New Development and Redevelopment -
The City will implement the requirements of the Water
Resource Management Plan and applicable City
ordinances.
$25,000 Developer's Fees $2,500 $2,500 $2,500 $2,500 $2,500 $2,500 $2,500 $2,500 $2,500 $2,500 See SWPPP Application for
Reauthorization (Appendix B)
20
Develop Written Procedures for Site Plan Review -
Develop site plan review procedures that must be
completed prior to the start of construction activity within
12 months of extension of permit coverage.
$2,000 Stormwater Utility
Fund $1,000 $1,000 See SWPPP Application for
Reauthorization (Appendix B)
21
Document Pertinent Project Information - Maintain all
related documents pertaining to each new or
redevelopment project in a user-friendly filing system for
better records management. Implement within 12
months.
$8,000 General Fund $8,000 See SWPPP Application for
Reauthorization (Appendix B)
City of St Anthony
WSB Project No. 1626-670
December 2017
TABLE 6.1
SECTION VI
2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 Comments
10 Year
Cost
Estimate1
Possible
Funding Sources 3
Proposed Cost By Year1,2
No.Project Description
22
Street Sweeping Program - Sweep streets five times
annually. Record the annual number of times streets are
brush swept as well as document any additional
activities that were undertaken regarding this program.$450,000 Public Works $45,000 $45,000 $45,000 $45,000 $45,000 $45,000 $45,000 $45,000 $45,000 $45,000 See SWPPP Application for
Reauthorization (Appendix B)
23
Annual Inspection of All Structural Stormwater BMPs
Inspect and document maintenance needs on all
structural stormwater BMPs.$10,000 Stormwater Utility
Fund $1,000 $1,000 $1,000 $1,000 $1,000 $1,000 $1,000 $1,000 $1,000 $1,000 See SWPPP Application for
Reauthorization (Appendix B)
24
Inspection of a Minimum of 20% of the MS4 Outfalls,
Sediment Basins and Ponds Each Year on a Rotating
Basis. - The City will inspect all mapped outfalls,
sediment basins, and ponds, with a minimum of 20%
each year (on a rotating schedule during permit
coverage) and record the number inspected and rate the
condition of each outfall.
$10,000 Stormwater Utility
Fund $1,000 $1,000 $1,000 $1,000 $1,000 $1,000 $1,000 $1,000 $1,000 $1,000 See SWPPP Application for
Reauthorization (Appendix B)
25
Inspection of All Exposed Stockpile, Storage, and
Material Handling Areas - Locate and inspect all
exposed stockpile, storage and material handling areas
located on City-owned properties. Record inspections
and correct and document all remedial actions quarterly.
$10,000 Stormwater Utility
Fund $1,000 $1,000 $1,000 $1,000 $1,000 $1,000 $1,000 $1,000 $1,000 $1,000 See SWPPP Application for
Reauthorization (Appendix B)
26
Inspection Follow-up, Including the Determination of
Whether Repair, Replacement, or Maintenance
Measures are Necessary and the Implementation of
the Corrective Measures - The City will determine
whether repair, replacement, or maintenance measures
are necessary from evaluating inspections records and
other pertinent information. All corrective maintenance,
repair, and/or replacement measures will be recorded.
$5,000 Stormwater Utility
Fund $500 $500 $500 $500 $500 $500 $500 $500 $500 $500 See SWPPP Application for
Reauthorization (Appendix B)
27
Record Reporting and Retention of All Inspections and
Responses to the Inspections - The City will retain all
records of inspection, maintenance, and
corrective actions for a minimum of three years past the
expiration of the MS4 permit.
$5,000 Stormwater Utility
Fund $500 $500 $500 $500 $500 $500 $500 $500 $500 $500 See SWPPP Application for
Reauthorization (Appendix B)
28 Evaluation of Inspection Frequency - Continue to
implement annually.$2,000 Stormwater Utility
Fund $200 $200 $200 $200 $200 $200 $200 $200 $200 $200 See SWPPP Application for
Reauthorization (Appendix B)
29
Landscaping & Lawn Care Practices Review - Continue
to evaluate current practices of fertilizer, pesticide, and
herbicide application, mowing operations, grass clipping
collection, mulching, and composting.
$5,000 Stormwater Utility
Fund $500 $500 $500 $500 $500 $500 $500 $500 $500 $500 See SWPPP Application for
Reauthorization (Appendix B)
City of St Anthony
WSB Project No. 1626-670
December 2017
TABLE 6.1
SECTION VI
2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 Comments
10 Year
Cost
Estimate1
Possible
Funding Sources 3
Proposed Cost By Year1,2
No.Project Description
30
Road Salt Application Review - Continue to evaluate
current practices of road salt applications, alternative
products, calibration of equipment, inspection of vehicles
and staff training. Minimum of once annually.
$2,000 Stormwater Utility
Fund $200 $200 $200 $200 $200 $200 $200 $200 $200 $200 See SWPPP Application for
Reauthorization (Appendix B)
31
Training - Provide a presentation annually to generate
Staff awareness of SWPPP regulations and to develop
projects with appropriate BMPs applied.$10,000 Stormwater Utility
Fund $1,000 $1,000 $1,000 $1,000 $1,000 $1,000 $1,000 $1,000 $1,000 $1,000 See SWPPP Application for
Reauthorization (Appendix B)
32
Spill Prevention & Control Plans for Municipal Facilities -
Ensure that plans describing spill prevention and control
procedures are consistent among all departments.
Conduct annual spill prevention and response training
sessions to all municipal employees. Distribute
education materials to each municipal facility by the end
of year 2.
$1,000 Stormwater Utility
Fund $500 $500 See SWPPP Application for
Reauthorization (Appendix B)
33
Facility Inventory - Update facility inventories to identify
potential pollutants at each site. Create a map of all
identified facilities and BMPs implemented to prevent
detrimental impacts to water quality.
$1,000 Stormwater Utility
Fund $1,000 See SWPPP Application for
Reauthorization (Appendix B)
34
Pond Assessment Procedures & Schedule - In year 1,
develop procedures for determining TSS and TP
treatment effectiveness of city-owned stormwater
treatment ponds. Implement schedule in years 2-5.
$1,500 Stormwater Utility
Fund $1,500 See SWPPP Application for
Reauthorization (Appendix B)
35 Salo Ponds - Operation and maintenance of the Salo
Ponds chemical treatment system.$205,400 Stormwater Utility
Fund $10,000 $30,000 $18,000 $18,700 $19,400 $20,200 $21,000 $21,800 $22,700 $23,600 See SWPPP Application for
Reauthorization (Appendix B)
36
Silver Lake Water Quality - The City will work
cooperatively with RCWD, TRPD, and the MPCA to
implement the Silver Lake TMDL Plan.
The City will continue to implement a catch basin
stenciling program within the Silver Lake drainage area.
$15,000
Stormwater Utility
Fund, RCWD,
MWMO, & Grants
$1,500 $1,500 $1,500 $1,500 $1,500 $1,500 $1,500 $1,500 $1,500 $1,500 See Section 4 of WRMP
37
Mississippi River Water Quality - The City will work with
the MWMO, MPCA, and others as necessary to
integrate monitoring data, public works activities, and
educational opportunities to address the completed
TMDLs and implementation plans.
$5,000 MWMO $1,000 $1,000 $1,000 $1,000 $1,000 See Section 4 of WRMP
38 Feasibility Study - Construct Anthony Lane flood
improvements.$200,000 Stormwater Utility
Fund $200,000 See Section 4 of WRMP
City of St Anthony
WSB Project No. 1626-670
December 2017
TABLE 6.1
SECTION VI
2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 Comments
10 Year
Cost
Estimate1
Possible
Funding Sources 3
Proposed Cost By Year1,2
No.Project Description
39
Addressing Street Flooding near 39th Avenue &
Fordham Drive, Foss Road, and from Mirror Lake
Overtopping - The City of St. Anthony will work with the
RCWD and the City of New Brighton to address these
water quantity problems which transcend municipal
boundaries. Stormwater ponding requirements for
redeveloping areas within the City will be determined on
a site-by-site basis and in conformance with City and
RCWD requirements.
$400,000
Stormwater Utility
Fund, RCWD, &
Grants
$400,000 See Section 4 of WRMP
40
Addressing Recreation Impact of Silver Lake Impairment
- Work with the RCWD, Ramsey Conservation District,
New Brighton, Columbia Heights, and the Three Rivers
Park District to develop a long-term management
program for Silver Lake.
$4,000
Stormwater Utility
Fund, Anoka
Conservation
District
$4,000 See Section 4 of WRMP
41
Addressing Soil Erosion and Sedimentation Impacts for
Silver Lake - Develop and implement a stormwater
system maintenance plan to address sedimentation and
siltation in area lakes, streams, stormwater storage
basins and ditches. Develop and implement a water
quality monitoring assessment program.
$80,000
New Brighton,
Columbia Heights,
St Anthony, Ramsey
County, RCWD
$80,000 See Section 4 of WRMP
42
Addressing Soil Erosion and Sedimentation Impacts for
Mirror Pond - Develop and implement a stormwater
system maintenance plan to address sedimentation and
siltation in area lakes, streams, stormwater storage
basins and ditches. Develop and implement a water
quality monitoring assessment program.
Complete
BWSR Targeted
Watershed, Ramsey
County, RCWD
See Section 4 of WRMP
43
Improve Adequacy of Silver Lake TMDL Data -
Cooperate with RCWD, MWMO, and Three Rivers Park
District to increase the availability of the City's water
quality data.
$20,000 Stormwater Utility
Fund & Grants $5,000 $5,000 $5,000 $5,000 See Section 4 of WRMP
44
Improve Adequacy of Mississippi River Pollutant
Discharge Data - The City will work with the MWMO to
obtain data regarding water quality of the River and
pollutant loadings discharged to the River.
$100,000
MWMO
Maintenance - no
cost to St Anthony
$10,000 $10,000 $10,000 $10,000 $10,000 $10,000 $10,000 $10,000 $10,000 $10,000 See Section 4 of WRMP
45
St. Anthony Regional System - Remove pollutants from
City stormwater runoff that discharges south and
ultimately into the Mississippi. Ongoing maintenance
conducted by MWMO. Project to break ground in 2015.
Complete MWMO Grant See Section 4 of WRMP
TOTAL $1,659,050 $90,100 $599,950 $294,450 $91,150 $95,850 $100,650 $97,450 $94,250 $99,150 $96,050
City of St Anthony
WSB Project No. 1626-670
December 2017
TABLE 6.1
SECTION VI
2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 Comments
10 Year
Cost
Estimate1
Possible
Funding Sources 3
Proposed Cost By Year1,2
No.Project Description
1 Cost estimates are preliminary and subject to review and revision as engineer's reports are completed and more information becomes available. Table reflects 2014 costs and do not account for inflation. Costs generally include labor, equipment, materials, and
all other costs necessary to complete each activity. For City completed activities, staff time is included in the cost. Some of the costs outlined above may be included in other operational costs budgeted by the City.
2 10 Year cost projections are based upon 2 MS4 Permit Cycles with year 1 program updates occurring again in 2019
3 Funding for stormwater program activities projected to come from following sources - Surface Water Management Fund, Developers Agreements, Grant Funds, General Operating Fund, Special Assessments, or Watershed Districts. Watershed Districts may
offer various cost-share programs to the City to help fund stormwater management projects.
City of St Anthony
WSB Project No. 1626-670
December 2017
TABLE 6.1
CITY OF ST. ANTHONY VILLAGE WATER RESOURCES MANAGEMENT PLAN
APPENDIX A
APPENDIX A - FIGURES
!"`$
!"`$
!"b$
!"b$
%&c(%&d(%&e(
%&f(
%&h(
City of St. Antho ny Village
Linwood
Burns
SanFrancisco
AmadorSunrise
Sciota
Athens
NorthBranch
Oxford
SpencerBrook
Stanford
Derrynane
CedarLake
BlueHill
Orrock
May
NewScandia
Franconia
Lent
Lanesburgh
Helena
Jackson
Louisville
Laketown
Bradford
Becker
Chaska
VasaWebsterWheatland
Welch
Big Lake
BellePlaine
Columbus
Wyoming
Dahlgren
ChisagoLake
CannonFallsStanton
NewMarket
CreditRiver
Denmark
Randolph
Douglas
HamptonCastleRockEureka
Marshan
Vermillion
Ravenna
Nininger
Hassan
SaintLawrence
SandCreek
Livonia
Baldwin
Empire
Baytown
StillwaterWhiteBear
Monticello
Rockford
SpringLake
Isanti
Greenvale Waterford
Bridgewater Northfield
WestLakeland
Afton
Albertville
Andover
Anoka
ArdenHills
BellePlaine
BigLake
Blaine
BrooklynCenter
BrooklynPark
CannonFalls
CentervilleChamplin
Chanhassen
Chaska
CirclePines
ColumbiaHeights
CoonRapids
Crystal
Dayton
EastBethel
EdenPrairie
Edina
Elko
ElkRiver
ForestLake
Fridley
GoldenValley
Greenfield
Ham Lake
Hanover
Hopkins
Independence
Isanti
LinoLakes
LittleCanada
Maplewood
Medina
Minneapolis
Minnetonka
Minnetrista
Mound
MoundsView
NewBrighton
NewHope
NewPrague
NorthBranch
NorthOaks
NorthSaintPaul
OakGrove
Orono
Otsego
Plym outh
Ramsey
Richfield
Roseville
St.Francis
St.LouisPark
St.Michael
Shakopee
Shoreview
Shorewood
SpringLake Park
Stacy
VadnaisHeights
Victoria
Wayzata
Wyoming
Marineon SaintCroix
Carver
Miesville
Hastings
Lakeville
Burnsville
AppleValley Rosemount
Coates
Eagan
InverGroveHeights
MendotaHeights SunfishLake
WestSt.Paul SouthSt. Paul
Savage
Bloomington
St. Paul
Newport
MapleGroveCorcoran
Rogers
Zimmerman
Farmington
CottageGrove
St.PaulPark
Hugo
Woodbury
Oakdale
Oak Park Heights
Stillwater
Grant
PriorLake
Mahtom edi
WhiteBearLake
Northfield
LakeElmo Document Path: K:\01626-670\GIS\Maps\Figure1_LocationMap.mxd Date: 6/23/2015FIGURE 1: Location Map 1 inch equals 5 miles
Columbia Heights
Minneapolis
New Brighton
Roseville
Anoka
Hennepin AnokaRamseyHennepinRamsey§¨¦35 Document Path: K:\01626-670\GIS\Maps\Figure2_ExistingLandUse.mxd Date: 6/23/2015FIGURE 2: Existing Land Use 1 inch equals 1,200 feet
Source: City of St. Anthony, 2008
Legend
Low -Density Residential
Medium-D ensity Residential
High-Density R esidential
Office
Industrial and Utility
Commercial
Institutional
Park
Golf C ourse
Major Highw ay
Undeveloped
Water
Columbia Heights
Minneapolis
New Brighton
Roseville
Anoka
Hennepin AnokaRamseyHennepinRamsey§¨¦35 Document Path: K:\01626-670\GIS\Maps\Figure3_FutureLandUse.mxd Date: 6/23/2015FIGURE 3: Future Land Use 1 inch equals 1,200 feet
Source: City of St. Anthony, 2008
Legend
Low -Density Residential
Medium-D ensity Residential
High-Density R esidential
Office
Industrial and Utility
Commercial
Institutional
Park
Storm Water Pond
Golf C ourse
Major Highw ay
Undeveloped
Water
""""""
"
"
"
"
""""""""""
"""""""""""""""""""""""
"
"
""""""""
""""""
""""""""
""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
"
"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
"
"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
"
"""""
"""""""""""
"
"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
"
""""""""""""""""
"""""""""""
"""""""""""""""""""""""
""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
"
"
"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""!(!(
!(
!(!(
!(
!(
!(
!(
!(!(
!(!(!(!(
!(!(!(
!(
!(
!(
!(!(!(
!(!(!(!(
!(
!(
!(
!(!(
!(
!(
!(!(
!(!(
!(
!(
!(
!(
!(
!(!(
!(!(
!(
!(
!(
!(
!(
!(
!(!(
!(!(
!(
!(!(
!(!(!(
!(!(
!(!(
!(!(!(
!(
!(
!(
!(!(
!(!(
!(
!(
!(
!(
!(
!(!(
!(
!(
!(!(
!(!(
!(
!(!(
!(!(
!(!(!(!(!(!(!(!(!(!(!(!(
!(
!(
!(
!(
!(
!(
!(!(
!(!(
!(
!(
!(
!(
!(
!(
!(!(
!(
!(
!(!(!(
!(!(!(
!(!(!(!(!(!(
!(!(!(!(!(!(!(
!(
!(
!(!(!(
!(!(!(!(!(!(
!(
!(
!(!(!(!(!(!(!(!(!(!(!(!(!(!(!(!(
!(
!(!(!(!(
!(
!(!(
!(
!(
!(
!(
!(
!(!(
!(
!(
!(
!(
!(
!(
!(
!(
!(!(!(!(
!(
!(
!(
!(
!(
!(
!(
!(
!(!(!(!(
!(!(!(!(!(!(!(!(!(!(!(
!(
!(
!(!(!(!(
!(!(!(
!(
!(
!(!(
!(
!(!(!(
!(
!(
!(
!(
!(!(!(
!(!(!(
!(
!(
!(!(!(
!(
!(
!(
!(!(
!(!(
!(!(
!(
!(
!(
!(
!(
!(!(
!(
!(
!(!(!(!(!(
!(
!(
!(
!(
!(
!(
!(!(!(!(
!(
!(!(
!(!(
!(!(!(
!(
!(!(!(
!(
!(!(
!(
!(!(!(!(!(!(
!(
!(!(
!(!(!(!(
!(!(
!(!(
!(!(
!(!(!(!(
!(
!(!(!(!(!(
!(
!(!(
!(!(
!(
!(
!(
!(
!(
!(
!(
!(
!(
!(
!(
!(!(
!(!(
!(
!(
!(
!(
!(
!(
!(
!(!(!(!(
!(!(!(!(
!(
!(
!(
!(
!(
!(
!(!(
!(
!(!(
!(!(
!(!(!(!(
!(
#*
#*
#*
#*
#*
#*
#*
#*
#*
#*
#*
#*
#*
#*
#*
#*#*
#*
#*
#*
#*#*
#*#*#*
#*#*
#*#*
#*#*#*#*
#*
#*
#*
#*
#*
#*
#*
#*
Ramsey County Ditch #3
Rain Garden
kk
Regional Treatment System
Future Water Quality & Flood Impr ovement
Harding St. Water Quality Holding Pond
Central Park Rain Garden
City Hall Water Reuse Facility
Biofiltra tion Swale
Culvers Structural Device
Salo Ponds
Cub Foods Stormw ate r Pond
Structural Device
Anoka
Hennepin AnokaRamseyHennepinRamsey§¨¦35 Document Path: K:\01626-670\GIS\Maps\Figure4_Subwatersheds.mxd Date: 6/23/2015FIGURE 4: Subwatersheds 1 inch equals 1,200 feet
Source: City of St. Anthony, 2008
Le gend
#*Outlets
!(Storm Manholes
Storm Sewer Diameter
6"
8"
10"
12"
15"
16"
18"
21"
24"
27"
30"
36"
42"
48"
51"
54"
60"
66"
72"
Other
National Wetland Inventory
Stormw ater Ponds
Streams
DNR Waters
Subwatersheds
Mirror
Mpls 1
Mpls 2
Mpls 3
RCD #3
Sal o
Silver Lake
Silver Lake Direct
Stinson
Columbia Heights
Minneapolis
New Brighton
Roseville
Ramsey County Ditch #3
Anoka
Hennepin AnokaRamseyHennepinRamsey§¨¦35 Document Path: K:\01626-670\GIS\Maps\Figure5_NWI&DNR.mxd Date: 6/23/2015FIGURE 5: NWI and DNR Waters Map 1 inch equals 1,200 feet
Source: U.S. Fish & Wildlife Service (2013), MN DNR (2008)
Legend
Streams
Nation al Wetland Inventory
DNR Waters
Columbia Heights
Minneapolis
New Brighton
Roseville
Anoka
Hennepin AnokaRamseyHennepinRamsey§¨¦35 Document Path: K:\01626-670\GIS\Maps\Figure6_SoilsMap.mxd Date: 6/23/2015FIGURE 6: Hydrologic Soils and Infiltration 1 inch equals 1,200 feet
Source: Hennepin and Ramsey Counties Soil Data, 2014
Urban - These soils have been greatly affected by developmentand are frequently compacted, cut, and filled, resulting in variablerunoff rates and a poor environment for plant growth.
Legend
A - These soils have high infiltration rates eve n when thoroughly wetted.These soils consist chiefly of deep, we ll drained to excessively drainedsands and gravel. These soils have a high rate of water transmission,therefore resulting in a low ru noff potential.
B - These soils have modera te infiltration rates. These soils consist ofdeep moderately well to well drained soils with moderately fine tomoderately coarse textures.
C - These soils have slow infiltration rate s. These soils typically consistof clayey gravel or clayey sand.
D - These soils have very slow infiltration rates. These soils are aretypically clay soils with high swelling potential at o r near the surfaceor shallow soils over nearly impervious material.
Water
Columbia Heights
Minneapolis
New Brighton
Roseville
kj kj
kj
kj
kj kj
kj
Silver Lake Flooding: 39th & Fordham and Mirror Pond Condos
Silver Lake:- Floatables, Sedimentation,Erosion- Nutrients Impairment
Mirror PondSedimentation, Erosion,& Flooding
Flooding: Anthony LaneIndustrial Area
Silver Lake Road Flooding
Foss Road Flooding
Discharge from SouthFlows to Mississippi River
Anoka
Hennepin AnokaRamseyHennepinRamsey§¨¦35 Document Path: K:\01626-670\GIS\Maps\Figure7_ProblemAreas.mxd Date: 6/23/2015FIGURE 7: Problem Areas Map 1 inch equals 1,250 feet
Source: City of St. Anthony (2014), MPCA (2010)
Legend
kj Prob le m Areas
Impa ired Water
Impairments:Silver Lake (Nutrients)
Columbia Heights
Minneapolis
New Brighton
Roseville
Silver Lake
Anoka
Hennepin AnokaRamseyHennepinRamsey§¨¦35 Document Path: K:\01626-670\GIS\Maps\Figure8_WQMonitoring.mxd Date: 6/23/2015FIGURE 8: Water Quality Monitoring Stations
1 inch equals 1,200 feet
Source: MPCA (2012), RCWD (2013)
Legend
Monitor ing Type
LAKE
Note: Monitoring sites shown have been used to collect dataat some point betwe en 19 59 an d 2012. Not all sites shown are active monitoring site s. Re fer to Equis database on the MPCA website for deta iled information for each site.
Columbia Heights
Minneapolis
New Brighton
Roseville
Silver Lake
Anoka
Hennepin AnokaRamseyHennepinRamsey§¨¦35 Document Path: K:\01626-670\GIS\Maps\Figure9_MLCCS.mxd Date: 6/23/2015FIGURE 9: Minnesota Land Cover Classification System (MLCCS)1 inch equals 1,200 feet
Source: MN DNR, 2008
Legend
Develope d
Planted o r Cultivated Vegeta tion
Fore st
Woo dla nd
Herba ceous
Wa te r
Columbia Heights
Minneapolis
New Brighton
Roseville
Silver Lake
Anoka
Hennepin AnokaRamseyHennepinRamsey§¨¦35 Document Path: K:\01626-670\GIS\Maps\Figure10_PollutantSources.mxd Date: 6/23/2015FIGURE 10: Pollutant S ources Map 1 inch equals 1,200 feet
Source: MPCA - "What's in my neighborhood", 2012
Legend
ACTIVITY
"Air Permit
"Hazard ous Waste
#Leak Site
#Ta nk Site
$Unpe rmitte d Dump Site
%Voluntary Inve stigatio n & C lea nup
!In dustria l Sto rmwater Permit
"Pe tro leu m Bro wnfie ld
"Wa ste water Discharge r
'4 Mu ltiple of abo ve Activities
Columbia Heights
Minneapolis
New Brighton
Roseville
!.!.!.
"/
"/"/"/
"/
!.
!.
!.
Silver Lake
Anoka
Hennepin AnokaRamseyHennepinRamsey§¨¦35 Document Path: K:\01626-670\GIS\Maps\Figure11_GWAppropriations.mxd Date: 6/23/2015FIGURE 11: Water Appropriations 1 inch equals 1,200 feet
Source: MN DNR, 2013
Legend
"/Non-Cro p Irrigation
!.Waterworks
Columbia Heights
Minneapolis
New Brighton
Roseville
Silver Lake
Anoka
Hennepin AnokaRamseyHennepinRamsey§¨¦35 Document Path: K:\01626-670\GIS\Maps\Figure12_WMOBoundaries.mxd Date: 6/23/2015FIGURE 12: Watershed OrganizationBoundary Map 1 inch equals 1,200 feet
Source: RCWD, 2009
Legend
Rice Creek Watershed District
Mississippi WatershedManagement Organization
Anoka
Hennepin AnokaRamseyHennepinRamsey§¨¦35 Document Path: K:\01626-670\GIS\Maps\Figure13_DWSMA.mxd Date: 6/23/20151 inch = 1,200 feet
Legend
City Boundary
Well Sensitivity
Moderate
Low
FIGURE 13: Drinking Water Supply Management Area (DWSMA)
Source: City of St Anthony, 2004
CITY OF ST. ANTHONY VILLAGE WATER RESOURCES MANAGEMENT PLAN
APPENDIX B
APPENDIX B – MS4 & SWPPP ITEMS
www.pca.state.mn.us • 651-296-6300 • 800-657-3864 • TTY 651-282-5332 or 800-657-3864 • Available in alternative formats
wq-strm4-49a • 5/31/13 Page 1 of 18
MS4 SWPPP Application
for Reauthorization
for the NPDES/SDS General Small Municipal Separate
Storm Sewer System (MS4) Permit MNR040000
reissued with an effective date of August 1, 2013
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Program (SWPPP) Document
Doc Type: Permit Application
Instructions: This application is for authorization to discharge stormwater associated with Municipal Separate Storm Sewer Systems
(MS4s) under the National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System/State Disposal System (NPDES/SDS) Permit Program. No fee is
required with the submittal of this application. Please refer to “Example” for detailed instructions found on the Minnesota Pollution
Control Agency (MPCA) MS4 website at http://www.pca.state.mn.us/ms4.
Submittal: This MS4 SWPPP Application for Reauthorization form must be submitted electronically via e-mail to the MPCA at
ms4permitprogram.pca@state.mn.us from the person that is duly authorized to certify this form. All questions with an asterisk (*) are
required fields. All applications will be returned if required fields are not completed.
Questions: Contact Claudia Hochstein at 651-757-2881 or claudia.hochstein@state.mn.us, Dan Miller at 651-757-2246 or
daniel.miller@state.mn.us, or call toll-free at 800-657-3864.
General Contact Information (*Required fields)
MS4 Owner (with ownership or operational responsibility, or control of the MS4)
*MS4 permittee name: City of St. Anthony Village *County: Hennepin/Ramsey
(city, county, municipality, government agency or other entity)
*Mailing address: 3301 Silver Lake Rd.
*City: St. Anthony Village *State: MN *Zip code: 55418-1603
*Phone (including area code): 612-782-3301 *E-mail: jay.hartman@ci.saint-anthony.mn.us
MS4 General contact (with Stormwater Pollution Prevention Program [SWPPP] implementation responsibility)
*Last name: Hartman *First name: Jay
(department head, MS4 coordinator, consultant, etc.)
*Title: Director of Public Works
*Mailing address: 3301 Silver Lake Rd.
*City: St. Anthony Village *State: MN *Zip code: 55418
*Phone (including area code): 612-782-3314 *E-mail: jay.hartman@ci.saint-anthony.mn.us
Preparer information (complete if SWPPP application is prepared by a party other than MS4 General contact)
Last name: Carlson First name: Jesse
(department head, MS4 coordinator, consultant, etc.)
Title: WSB & Associates
Mailing address: 477 Temperance Street
City: St. Paul State: MN Zip code: 55101
Phone (including area code): 651-286-8464 E-mail: jcarlson@wsbeng.com
Verification
1. I seek to continue discharging stormwater associated with a small MS4 after the effective date of this Permit, and shall
submit this MS4 SWPPP Application for Reauthorization form, in accordance with the schedule in Appendix A, Table 1, with
the SWPPP document completed in accordance with the Permit (Part II.D.). Yes
2. I have read and understand the NPDES/SDS MS4 General Permit and certify that we intend to comply with all requirements
of the Permit. Yes
www.pca.state.mn.us • 651-296-6300 • 800-657-3864 • TTY 651-282-5332 or 800-657-3864 • Available in alternative formats
wq-strm4-49a • 5/31/13 Page 2 of 18
Certification (All fields are required)
Yes - I certify under penalty of law that this document and all attachments were prepared under my direction or supervision
in accordance with a system designed to assure that qualified personnel properly gathered and evaluated the information
submitted.
I certify that based on my inquiry of the person, or persons, who manage the system, or those persons directly responsible
for gathering the information, the information submitted is, to the best of my knowledge and belief, true, accurate, and
complete.
I am aware that there are significant penalties for submitting false information, including the possibility of civil and criminal
penalties.
This certification is required by Minn. Stat. §§ 7001.0070 and 7001.0540. The authorized person with overall, MS4 legal
responsibility must certify the application (principal executive officer or a ranking elected official).
By typing my name in the following box, I certify the above statements to be true and correct, to the best of my knowledge,
and that this information can be used for the purpose of processing my application.
Name: Jay Hartman
(This document has been electronically signed)
Title: Director of Public Works Date (mm/dd/yyyy): 12/30/2013
Mailing address: 3301 Silver Lake Rd.
City: City of St. Anthony State: MN Zip code: 55418
Phone (including area code): 612-782-3301 E-mail: jay.hartman@ci.saint-anthony.mn.us
Note: The application will not be
processed without certification.
www.pca.state.mn.us • 651-296-6300 • 800-657-3864 • TTY 651-282-5332 or 800-657-3864 • Available in alternative formats
wq-strm4-49a • 5/31/13 Page 3 of 18
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Program Document
I. Partnerships: (Part II.D.1)
A. List the regulated small MS4(s) with which you have established a partnership in order to satisfy one or more
requirements of this Permit. Indicate which Minimum Control Measure (MCM) requirements or other program
components that each partnership helps to accomplish (List all that apply). Check the box below if you currently have no
established partnerships with other regulated MS4s. If you have more than five partnerships, hit the tab key after the last
line to generate a new row.
No partnerships with regulated small MS4s
Name and description of partnership MCM/Other permit requirements involved
Rice Creek Watershed District MCM 1, 4, and 5
Mississippi River Watershed Management
Organization MCM 1, 3, 4, and 5
Three Rivers Park District MCM 1
B. If you have additional information that you would like to communicate about your partnerships with other regulated small
MS4(s), provide it in the space below, or include an attachment to the SWPPP Document, with the following file naming
convention: MS4NameHere_Partnerships.
II. Description of Regulatory Mechanisms: (Part II.D.2)
Illicit discharges
A. Do you have a regulatory mechanism(s) that effectively prohibits non-stormwater discharges into your small MS4,
except those non-stormwater discharges authorized under the Permit (Part III.D.3.b.)? Yes No
1. If yes:
a. Check which type of regulatory mechanism(s) your organization has (check all that apply):
Ordinance Contract language
Policy/Standards Permits
Rules
Other, explain:
b. Provide either a direct link to the mechanism selected above or attach it as an electronic document to this
form; or if your regulatory mechanism is either an Ordinance or a Rule, you may provide a citation:
Citation:
Code of Ordinances: Chapter 50, Storm Water and Sanitary Sewers
Direct link:
http://www.ci.saint-anthony.mn.us/vertical/sites/{5ED4AFB9-D450-4F68-BA29-
2600D3C2A620}/uploads/FULL_ORDINANCE12312013.pdf
Check here if attaching an electronic copy of your regulatory mechanism, with the following file naming
convention: MS4NameHere_IDDEreg.
2. If no:
Describe the tasks and corresponding schedules that will be taken to assure that, within 12 months of the date
permit coverage is extended, this permit requirement is met:
Construction site stormwater runoff control
www.pca.state.mn.us • 651-296-6300 • 800-657-3864 • TTY 651-282-5332 or 800-657-3864 • Available in alternative formats
wq-strm4-49a • 5/31/13 Page 4 of 18
A. Do you have a regulatory mechanism(s) that establishes requirements for erosion and sediment controls and waste
controls? Yes No
1. If yes:
a. Check which type of regulatory mechanism(s) your organization has (check all that apply):
Ordinance Contract language
Policy/Standards Permits
Rules
Other, explain:
b. Provide either a direct link to the mechanism selected above or attach it as an electronic document to this
form; or if your regulatory mechanism is either an Ordinance or a Rule, you may provide a citation:
Citation:
Code of Ordinances: Chapter 153, Storm Water Management
Direct link:
http://www.ci.saint-anthony.mn.us/vertical/sites/{5ED4AFB9-D450-4F68-BA29-
2600D3C2A620}/uploads/FULL_ORDINANCE12312013.pdf
Check here if attaching an electronic copy of your regulatory mechanism, with the following file naming
convention: MS4NameHere_CSWreg.
B. Is your regulatory mechanism at least as stringent as the MPCA general permit to Discharge Stormwater Associated
with Construction Activity (as of the effective date of the MS4 Permit)? Yes No
If you answered yes to the above question, proceed to C.
If you answered no to either of the above permit requirements listed in A. or B., describe the tasks and corresponding
schedules that will be taken to assure that, within 12 months of the date permit coverage is extended, these permit
requirements are met:
The City's construction site stormwater runoff control requlatory mechanism will be updated to be at least as stringent
as the MPCA Construction Stormwater Permit (CSW Permit) The City will either adopt the CSW Permit by reference or
use the MPCA guidance document to update its ordinance language. This effort will completed within 12 months of the
date permit coverage is extended.
C. Answer yes or no to indicate whether your regulatory mechanism(s) requires owners and operators of construction
activity to develop site plans that incorporate the following erosion and sediment controls and waste controls as
described in the Permit (Part III.D.4.a.(1)-(8)), and as listed below:
1. Best Management Practices (BMPs) to minimize erosion. Yes No
2. BMPs to minimize the discharge of sediment and other pollutants. Yes No
3. BMPs for dewatering activities. Yes No
4. Site inspections and records of rainfall events Yes No
5. BMP maintenance Yes No
6. Management of solid and hazardous wastes on each project site. Yes No
7. Final stabilization upon the completion of construction activity, including the use of perennial
vegetative cover on all exposed soils or other equivalent means.
Yes No
8. Criteria for the use of temporary sediment basins. Yes No
If you answered no to any of the above permit requirements, describe the tasks and corresponding schedules that will
be taken to assure that, within 12 months of the date permit coverage is extended, these permit requirements are met:
The City of St. Anthony Village City Code, Chapter 153, Stormwater Management has requirements for construction
site erosion and sediment control. These requirements will be evaluated for items C.1 through C.8 above. If any of the
requirements are not as stringent as the MPCA CSW Permit they will be revised by either referencing the MPCA CSW
Permit or using the MPCA guidance document to update its ordinance language. The amended ordinance will be
placed on the City Council's meeting agenda for approval within 12 months following the date permit coverage is
extended. At a minimum items C.2, C.4, C.5, and C.8 will be updated as follows:
C. (2): Chapter 153, Storm Water Management; will be amended to include BMPs to minimize the discharge of
sediment of other pollutants. The City will revise the City Ordinance using the MPCA model erosion and sediment
control ordinance as a guideline. The amended ordinance will be placed on the City Council's meeting agenda for
approval within 12 months following the date permit coverage is extended.
C. (4): Chapter 153, Storm Water Management; will be amended to include requirements to complete site inspections
and records for rainfall events. The amended ordinance will be placed on the City Council's meeting agenda for
approval within 12 months following the date permit coverage is extended.
www.pca.state.mn.us • 651-296-6300 • 800-657-3864 • TTY 651-282-5332 or 800-657-3864 • Available in alternative formats
wq-strm4-49a • 5/31/13 Page 5 of 18
C. (5): Chapter 153, Storm Water Management; will be amended to include requirements for BMP maintenance. The
City will revise the City Ordinance using the MPCA model erosion and sediment control ordinance as a guideline. The
amended ordinance will be placed on the City Council's meeting agenda for approval within 12 months following the
date permit coverage is extended.
C. (8): Chapter 153, Storm Water Management; will be amended to include the use of BMP’s for temporary sediment
basins. The City will revise the City Ordinance using the MPCA model erosion and sediment control ordinance as a
guideline. The amended ordinance will be placed on the City Council's meeting agenda for approval within 12 months
following the date permit coverage is extended.
Post-construction stormwater management
A. Do you have a regulatory mechanism(s) to address post-construction stormwater management activities?
Yes No
1. If yes:
a. Check which type of regulatory mechanism(s) your organization has (check all that apply):
Ordinance Contract language
Policy/Standards Permits
Rules
Other, explain: Comprehensive Water Resources Management Plan
b. Provide either a direct link to the mechanism selected above or attach it as an electronic document to this
form; or if your regulatory mechanism is either an Ordinance or a Rule, you may provide a citation:
Citation:
Code of Ordinances: Chapter 153, Storm Water Management
Direct link:
http://www.ci.saint-anthony.mn.us/vertical/sites/{5ED4AFB9-D450-4F68-BA29-
2600D3C2A620}/uploads/FULL_ORDINANCE12312013.pdf
Check here if attaching an electronic copy of your regulatory mechanism, with the following file naming
convention: MS4NameHere_PostCSWreg.
B. Answer yes or no below to indicate whether you have a regulatory mechanism(s) in place that meets the following
requirements as described in the Permit (Part III.D.5.a.):
1. Site plan review: Requirements that owners and/or operators of construction activity submit
site plans with post-construction stormwater management BMPs to the permittee for review and
approval, prior to start of construction activity.
Yes No
2. Conditions for post construction stormwater management: Requires the use of any
combination of BMPs, with highest preference given to Green Infrastructure techniques and
practices (e.g., infiltration, evapotranspiration, reuse/harvesting, conservation design, urban
forestry, green roofs, etc.), necessary to meet the following conditions on the site of a
construction activity to the Maximum Extent Practicable (MEP):
a. For new development projects – no net increase from pre-project conditions (on an annual
average basis) of:
1) Stormwater discharge volume, unless precluded by the stormwater management
limitations in the Permit (Part III.D.5.a(3)(a)).
2) Stormwater discharges of Total Suspended Solids (TSS).
3) Stormwater discharges of Total Phosphorus (TP).
Yes No
b. For redevelopment projects – a net reduction from pre-project conditions (on an annual
average basis) of:
1) Stormwater discharge volume, unless precluded by the stormwater management
limitations in the Permit (Part III.D.5.a(3)(a)).
2) Stormwater discharges of TSS.
3) Stormwater discharges of TP.
Yes No
3. Stormwater management limitations and exceptions:
a. Limitations
1) Prohibit the use of infiltration techniques to achieve the conditions for post-construction
stormwater management in the Permit (Part III.D.5.a(2)) when the infiltration structural
stormwater BMP will receive discharges from, or be constructed in areas:
a) Where industrial facilities are not authorized to infiltrate industrial stormwater under
an NPDES/SDS Industrial Stormwater Permit issued by the MPCA.
Yes No
www.pca.state.mn.us • 651-296-6300 • 800-657-3864 • TTY 651-282-5332 or 800-657-3864 • Available in alternative formats
wq-strm4-49a • 5/31/13 Page 6 of 18
b) Where vehicle fueling and maintenance occur.
c) With less than three (3) feet of separation distance from the bottom of the
infiltration system to the elevation of the seasonally saturated soils or the top of
bedrock.
d) Where high levels of contaminants in soil or groundwater will be mobilized by the
infiltrating stormwater.
2) Restrict the use of infiltration techniques to achieve the conditions for post-construction
stormwater management in the Permit (Part III.D.5.a(2)), without higher engineering
review, sufficient to provide a functioning treatment system and prevent adverse
impacts to groundwater, when the infiltration device will be constructed in areas:
a) With predominately Hydrologic Soil Group D (clay) soils.
b) Within 1,000 feet up-gradient, or 100 feet down-gradient of active karst features.
c) Within a Drinking Water Supply Management Area (DWSMA) as defined in Minn.
R. 4720.5100, subp. 13.
d) Where soil infiltration rates are more than 8.3 inches per hour.
Yes No
3) For linear projects where the lack of right-of-way precludes the installation of volume
control practices that meet the conditions for post-construction stormwater management
in the Permit (Part III.D.5.a(2)), the permittee’s regulatory mechanism(s) may allow
exceptions as described in the Permit (Part III.D.5.a(3)(b)). The permittee’s regulatory
mechanism(s) shall ensure that a reasonable attempt be made to obtain right-of-way
during the project planning process.
Yes No
4. Mitigation provisions: The permittee’s regulatory mechanism(s) shall ensure that any
stormwater discharges of TSS and/or TP not addressed on the site of the original construction
activity are addressed through mitigation and, at a minimum, shall ensure the following
requirements are met:
a. Mitigation project areas are selected in the following order of preference:
1) Locations that yield benefits to the same receiving water that receives runoff from the
original construction activity.
2) Locations within the same Minnesota Department of Natural Resource (DNR)
catchment area as the original construction activity.
3) Locations in the next adjacent DNR catchment area up‐stream
4) Locations anywhere within the permittee’s jurisdiction.
Yes No
b. Mitigation projects must involve the creation of new structural stormwater BMPs or the
retrofit of existing structural stormwater BMPs, or the use of a properly designed regional
structural stormwater BMP.
Yes No
c. Routine maintenance of structural stormwater BMPs already required by this permit cannot
be used to meet mitigation requirements of this part. Yes No
d. Mitigation projects shall be completed within 24 months after the start of the original
construction activity.
e. The permittee shall determine, and document, who will be responsible for long-term
maintenance on all mitigation projects of this part.
f. If the permittee receives payment from the owner and/or operator of a construction activity
for mitigation purposes in lieu of the owner or operator of that construction activity meeting
the conditions for post-construction stormwater management in Part III.D.5.a(2), the
permittee shall apply any such payment received to a public stormwater project, and all
projects must be in compliance with Part III.D.5.a(4)(a)-(e).
Yes No
Yes No
Yes No
5. Long-term maintenance of structural stormwater BMPs: The permittee’s regulatory
mechanism(s) shall provide for the establishment of legal mechanisms between the permittee
and owners or operators responsible for the long-term maintenance of structural stormwater
BMPs not owned or operated by the permittee, that have been implemented to meet the
conditions for post-construction stormwater management in the Permit (Part III.D.5.a(2)). This
only includes structural stormwater BMPs constructed after the effective date of this permit and
that are directly connected to the permittee’s MS4, and that are in the permittee’s jurisdiction.
The legal mechanism shall include provisions that, at a minimum:
a. Allow the permittee to conduct inspections of structural stormwater BMPs not owned or
operated by the permittee, perform necessary maintenance, and assess costs for those
structural stormwater BMPs when the permittee determines that the owner and/or operator
of that structural stormwater BMP has not conducted maintenance.
Yes No
b. Include conditions that are designed to preserve the permittee’s right to ensure maintenance
responsibility, for structural stormwater BMPs not owned or operated by the permittee, when
those responsibilities are legally transferred to another party.
Yes No
c. Include conditions that are designed to protect/preserve structural stormwater BMPs and Yes No
www.pca.state.mn.us • 651-296-6300 • 800-657-3864 • TTY 651-282-5332 or 800-657-3864 • Available in alternative formats
wq-strm4-49a • 5/31/13 Page 7 of 18
site features that are implemented to comply with the Permit (Part III.D.5.a(2)). If site
configurations or structural stormwater BMPs change, causing decreased structural
stormwater BMP effectiveness, new or improved structural stormwater BMPs must be
implemented to ensure the conditions for post-construction stormwater management in the
Permit (Part III.D.5.a(2)) continue to be met.
If you answered no to any of the above permit requirements, describe the tasks and corresponding schedules that will
be taken to assure that, within twelve (12) months of the date permit coverage is extended, these permit requirements
are met:
B.2.a. The City has established an aggreement with the Rice Creek Watershed District to provide alternative forms of
treatment to manage runoff volumes due to clay soils that minimize the ability to conduct infiltration. The City will amend
stormwater ordinance to maintain TSS and TP during new developments. These amendments they will be placed on
the City Councils meeting agenda for approval within 12 months following the date permit coverage is extended.
B.2.b.The City has established an aggreement with the Rice Creek Watershed District to provide alternative forms of
treatment to manage runoff volumes due to clay soils that minimize the ability to conduct infiltration. The City will amend
stormwater ordinance to reduce TSS and TP during redevelopment. These amendments they will be placed on the City
Councils meeting agenda for approval within 12 months following the date permit coverage is extended.
B.3.a.3: The City will amend the ordinance to include the exceptions for linear projects as described in the Permit
(PartIII.D.5.a(3)(b)). This will occur in the schedule as in B.2.b.
B.4.f.: The City will not amend the ordinance to mandate that money received from an owner/operator of construction
activity, in lieu of meeting the conditions for post-construction stormwater management, shall be used for a public
stormwater project as described in the Permit (PartIII.D.5.a(4)(f)). The City does not accept payment in lieu of providing
stormwater treatment on-site.
B.5.c.: The City will amend the ordinance to include conditions to address BMP modification in the future as described
in the Permit (PartIII.D.5.a(5)(c)). This will occur on the same schedule as B.2.a.
III. Enforcement Response Procedures (ERPs): (Part II.D.3)
A. Do you have existing ERPs that satisfy the requirements of the Permit (Part III.B.)? Yes No
1. If yes, attach them to this form as an electronic document, with the following file naming
convention: MS4NameHere_ERPs.
2. If no, describe the tasks and corresponding schedules that will be taken to assure that, with
twelve (12) months of the date permit coverage is extended, these permit requirements are met:
The City has ERPs identified in their City Code, Chapter 50, Storm Water and Sanitary Sewers
regarding Illicit Discharge Detection and Elimination as summarized below. The City will revise
City Code, Chapter 153, Stormwater Management to include ERPs for construction site erosion
and sediment control and post-construction stormwater management. Additionally the City will
develop written procedures to describe the process for implementing these enforcement
mechanisms. This will be completed within 12 months of the date that permit coverage is
extended.
B. Describe your ERPs:
City Code: Chapter 50.42 Enforcement
- Notice of Violation
- Payment of a fine to cover adminstrative and remediation costs
- Implementation of source control or treatment.
City Code: Chapter 50.36 Suspension of MS4 access
- Suspension due to the detection of illicit discharge
IV. Storm Sewer System Map and Inventory: (Part II.D.4.)
A. Describe how you manage your storm sewer system map and inventory:
The GIS storm sewer system map is updated as the City inspects their system and completes public projects. The
City's consultant updates and maintains all of the City's GIS Information.
B. Answer yes or no to indicate whether your storm sewer system map addresses the following requirements from the
Permit (Part III.C.1.a-d), as listed below:
1. The permittee’s entire small MS4 as a goal, but at a minimum, all pipes 12 inches or greater in
diameter, including stormwater flow direction in those pipes.
Yes No
www.pca.state.mn.us • 651-296-6300 • 800-657-3864 • TTY 651-282-5332 or 800-657-3864 • Available in alternative formats
wq-strm4-49a • 5/31/13 Page 8 of 18
2. Outfalls, including a unique identification (ID) number assigned by the permittee, and an
associated geographic coordinate.
Yes No
3. Structural stormwater BMPs that are part of the permittee’s small MS4. Yes No
4. All receiving waters. Yes No
If you answered no to any of the above permit requirements, describe the tasks and corresponding schedules that will
be taken to assure that, within 12 months of the date permit coverage is extended, these permit requirements are met:
B.2.: The City will amend the storm sewer system map to include the identification of outfalls. This will occur within 12
months following the date permit coverage is extended. Storm sewer discharging into receiving waters is identified and
will be used to assist in making this determination.
C. Answer yes or no to indicate whether you have completed the requirements of 2009 Minnesota Session Law, Ch. 172.
Sec. 28: with the following inventories, according to the specifications of the Permit (Part III.C.2.a.-b.), including:
1. All ponds within the permittee’s jurisdiction that are constructed and operated for purposes of
water quality treatment, stormwater detention, and flood control, and that are used for the
collection of stormwater via constructed conveyances.
Yes No
2. All wetlands and lakes, within the permittee’s jurisdiction, that collect stormwater via constructed
conveyances. Yes No
D. Answer yes or no to indicate whether you have completed the following information for each feature inventoried.
1. A unique identification (ID) number assigned by the permittee.
2. A geographic coordinate.
3. Type of feature (e.g., pond, wetland, or lake). This may be determined by using best professional
judgment.
Yes No
Yes No
Yes No
If you have answered yes to all above requirements, and you have already submitted the Pond Inventory Form to the
MPCA, then you do not need to resubmit the inventory form below.
If you answered no to any of the above permit requirements, describe the tasks and corresponding schedules that will
be taken to assure that, within 12 months of the date permit coverage is extended, these permit requirements are met:
D.1. The City GIS consultant will update the storm sewer map to include a geographic coordinate for each stormwater
feature inventoried as described in the Permit (Part III.C.2.b).
E. Answer yes or no to indicate if you are attaching your pond, wetland and lake inventory to the MPCA
on the form provided on the MPCA website at: http://www.pca.state.mn.us/ms4 , according to the
specifications of Permit (Part III.C.2.b.(1)-(3)). Attach with the following file naming convention:
MS4NameHere_inventory.
Yes No
If you answered no, the inventory form must be submitted to the MPCA MS4 Permit Program within
12 months of the date permit coverage is extended.
V. Minimum Control Measures (MCMs) (Part II.D.5)
A. MCM1: Public education and outreach
1. The Permit requires that, within 12 months of the date permit coverage is extended, existing permittees revise their
education and outreach program that focuses on illicit discharge recognition and reporting, as well as other specifically
selected stormwater-related issue(s) of high priority to the permittee during this permit term. Describe your current
educational program, including any high-priority topics included:
The City is comprised of a large percentage of single family residential. The other land uses include industrial, commercial,
multi-family residential, and parks. The priority of the education program has been mainly centered on issues associated
with single family residential. The City sends educational information using the following:
- Quarterly Newsletter
- Workshops conducted by partnering groups such as the Rice Creek Watershed District, Mississippi Watershed
Management Organization, and Three Rivers Park District
- Website
2. List the categories of BMPs that address your public education and outreach program, including the distribution of
educational materials and a program implementation plan. Use the first table for categories of BMPs that you have
established and the second table for categories of BMPs that you plan to implement over the course of the permit term.
Include the measurable goals with appropriate timeframes that each BMP category will be implemented and completed. In
addition, provide interim milestones and the frequency of action in which the permittee will implement and/or maintain the
www.pca.state.mn.us • 651-296-6300 • 800-657-3864 • TTY 651-282-5332 or 800-657-3864 • Available in alternative formats
wq-strm4-49a • 5/31/13 Page 9 of 18
BMPs. Refer to the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency’s (EPA) Measurable Goals Guidance for Phase II Small MS4s
(http://www.epa.gov/npdes/pubs/measurablegoals.pdf).
If you have more than five categories, hit the tab key after the last line to generate a new row.
Established BMP categories Measurable goals and timeframes
Distribute Educational Materials
Distribute a minimum of 3 educational publications via City
mailings, workshops, presentations, website postings, or
newsletters per year. Begin working collaboratively with the
MWMO, RCWD, and RCD in distributing educational materials
and promoting/supporting outreach programs.
This BMP will be continued into the new permit term and will be
completed annually.
Implement an Education Program
Implement educational activities and coordinate with the RCWD
and MWMO. Record attendances, web site visits, keep minutes,
record statements/requests, and written comments.
This BMP will be continued into the new permit term and will be
completed annually.
Education Program: Public Education and Outreach
Program
Maintain the City webpage devoted to water resource related
issues. Distribute 2 water resource related articles in the City
newsletter per year.
This BMP will be continued into the new permit term and will be
completed annually.
Education Program: Public Participation
Encourage public participation to public presentations, outreach
programs, and the City’s website.
This BMP will be continued into the new permit term and will be
completed annually.
Education Program: Illicit Discharge Detection and
Elimination
Distribute a minimum of one illicit discharge related publication
to residents per year. Provide illicit discharge education to City
staff.
This BMP will be continued into the new permit term and will be
completed annually.
Education Program: Construction Site Run-off Control
Meet with contractors and residents prior to the start of
construction to discuss implementing project specific BMP’s.
Provide erosion control education to City staff. Continue with the
plan review process/pre-construction meetings.
This BMP will be continued into the new permit term and will be
completed annually.
Education Program: Post-Construction Stormwater
Management in New Development and
Redevelopment
Distribute a minimum of one post-construction stormwater
management related publication to residents per year.
This BMP will be continued into the new permit term and will be
completed annually.
Education Program: Pollution Prevention/Good
Housekeeping for Municipal Operations
Provide a minimum of one pollution prevention related training
opportunity to City staff per year.
This BMP will be continued into the new permit term and will be
completed annually.
Coordination of Educational Programming
Continue to coordinate educational components, programming,
and schedule with outside organizations.
This BMP will be continued into the new permit term and will be
completed annually.
Annual Public Meeting Hold an annual public meeting to distribute educational
www.pca.state.mn.us • 651-296-6300 • 800-657-3864 • TTY 651-282-5332 or 800-657-3864 • Available in alternative formats
wq-strm4-49a • 5/31/13 Page 10 of 18
materials and present an overview of the MS4 program and
City’s SWPPP.
This BMP will be continued into the new permit term and will be
completed annually.
BMP categories to be implemented Measurable goals and timeframes
Education Activity Implementation Plan
Complete outline of education activity implementation program
and implementation schedule for the upcoming permit year. This
will include a process for prioritizing education into three areas
at a minimum and may be based on:
TMDLs
Industrial land uses
This will be completed annually by June 30th. The information
will be distributed using the following techniques:
- Quarterly Newsletter
- Website
- Social Media
Program Evaluation
During yearly SWPPP review, consider which materials are
most effective for our program and audiences, Use this
information to determine printing numbers for future education
materials.
Consider information from citizen feedback related to all aspects
of our SWPPP to determine education needs on a yearly basis.
3. Provide the name or the position title of the individual(s) who is responsible for implementing and/or coordinating this
MCM:
Public Works Director
B. MCM2: Public participation and involvement
1. The Permit (Part III.D.2.a.) requires that, within 12 months of the date permit coverage is extended, existing permittees
shall revise their current program, as necessary, and continue to implement a public participation/involvement program to
solicit public input on the SWPPP. Describe your current program:
An opportunity to hear comments on the SWPPP is provided each year. This meeting is typically held as a stand alone
meeting.
2. List the categories of BMPs that address your public participation/involvement program, including solicitation and documentation
of public input on the SWPPP. Use the first table for categories of BMPs that you have established and the second table for
categories of BMPs that you plan to implement over the course of the permit term.
Include the measurable goals with appropriate timeframes that each BMP category will be implemented and completed. In
addition, provide interim milestones and the frequency of action in which the permittee will implement and/or maintain the BMPs.
Refer to the EPA’s Measurable Goals Guidance for Phase II Small MS4s (http://www.epa.gov/npdes/pubs/measurablegoals.pdf).
If you have more than five categories, hit the tab key after the last line to generate a new row.
Established BMP categories Measurable goals and timeframes
Comply with Public Notice Requirements
Notice the annual public meeting in the official newspaper 30
days prior to the meeting date. Minimum of once per year.
This BMP is replaced with the BMP as stated below.
Solicit Public Input and Opinion on the Adequacy of the
SWPPP
Hold an annual public meeting and host a web page to solicit
public opinion on the SWPPP. Minimum of once per year.
This BMP is replaced with the BMP as stated below.
Consider Public Input
Record attendance, keep minutes, record statements, and
written comments and document changes made to the SWPPP.
Minimum of once per year.
BMP categories to be implemented Measurable goals and timeframes
Comply with Public Notice Requirements
Notice the annual public meeting in the official newspaper
following local public notice requirements a minimum of once
per year.
www.pca.state.mn.us • 651-296-6300 • 800-657-3864 • TTY 651-282-5332 or 800-657-3864 • Available in alternative formats
wq-strm4-49a • 5/31/13 Page 11 of 18
Solicit Public Input and Opinion on the Adequacy of the
SWPPP
The city will provide at a minimum (1) opportunity annually for
the public to provide input on the adequacy of the SWPPP. This
potentially could be at a council meeting, planning commission
meeting, environmental event or other city sponsored function.
3. Do you have a process for receiving and documenting citizen input? Yes No
If you answered no to the above permit requirement, describe the tasks and corresponding schedules that will be taken to
assure that, within 12 months of the date permit coverage is extended, this permit requirement is met:
B.3. The City will develop written procedures for receiving, documenting and storing citizen input as described in the permit
(Part III.C.2.b). Procedures will be in place within 12 months following the date permit coverage is extended.
4. Provide the name or the position title of the individual(s) who is responsible for implementing and/or coordinating this
MCM:
Public Works Director
C. MCM 3: Illicit discharge detection and elimination
1. The Permit (Part III.D.3.) requires that, within 12 months of the date permit coverage is extended, existing permittees revise
their current program as necessary, and continue to implement and enforce a program to detect and eliminate illicit
discharges into the small MS4. Describe your current program:
The City has an ordinance that prohibits illicit discharges and connections. City Staff and public works employees are
trained to look for any signs of an illicit discharge while on the job.
2. Does your Illicit Discharge Detection and Elimination Program meet the following requirements, as found in the Permit
(Part III.D.3.c.-g.)?
a. Incorporation of illicit discharge detection into all inspection and maintenance activities conducted
under the Permit (Part III.D.6.e.-f.)Where feasible, illicit discharge inspections shall be conducted
during dry-weather conditions (e.g., periods of 72 or more hours of no precipitation).
Yes No
b. Detecting and tracking the source of illicit discharges using visual inspections. The permittee may
also include use of mobile cameras, collecting and analyzing water samples, and/or other detailed
procedures that may be effective investigative tools.
Yes No
c. Training of all field staff, in accordance with the requirements of the Permit (Part III.D.6.g.(2)), in
illicit discharge recognition (including conditions which could cause illicit discharges), and
reporting illicit discharges for further investigation.
Yes No
d. Identification of priority areas likely to have illicit discharges, including at a minimum, evaluating
land use associated with business/industrial activities, areas where illicit discharges have been
identified in the past, and areas with storage of large quantities of significant materials that could
result in an illicit discharge.
Yes No
e. Procedures for the timely response to known, suspected, and reported illicit discharges. Yes No
f. Procedures for investigating, locating, and eliminating the source of illicit discharges. Yes No
g. Procedures for responding to spills, including emergency response procedures to prevent spills from
entering the small MS4. The procedures shall also include the immediate notification of the
Minnesota Department of Public Safety Duty Officer, if the source of the illicit discharge is a spill or
leak as defined in Minn. Stat. § 115.061.
Yes No
h. When the source of the illicit discharge is found, the permittee shall use the ERPs required by the
Permit (Part III.B.) to eliminate the illicit discharge and require any needed corrective action(s).
Yes No
If you answered no to any of the above permit requirements, describe the tasks and corresponding schedules that will be
taken to assure that, within 12 months of the date permit coverage is extended, these permit requirements are met:
3. List the categories of BMPs that address your illicit discharge, detection and elimination program. Use the first table for
categories of BMPs that you have established and the second table for categories of BMPs that you plan to implement
over the course of the permit term.
Include the measurable goals with appropriate timeframes that each BMP category will be implemented and completed. In
addition, provide interim milestones and the frequency of action in which the permittee will implement and/or maintain the
BMPs. Refer to the EPA’s Measurable Goals Guidance for Phase II Small MS4s
(http://www.epa.gov/npdes/pubs/measurablegoals.pdf).
If you have more than five categories, hit the tab key after the last line to generate a new row.
Established BMP categories Measurable goals and timeframes
Storm Sewer System Map This BMP will be continued into the new permit term and will be
www.pca.state.mn.us • 651-296-6300 • 800-657-3864 • TTY 651-282-5332 or 800-657-3864 • Available in alternative formats
wq-strm4-49a • 5/31/13 Page 12 of 18
completed annually.
Regulatory Control Program
Review existing city ordinances (sections 400 & 1200) relating
to illicit discharges, and revise/develop an illicit discharge
ordinance (if necessary). Review existing ordinances (sections
400 & 1200) in 2010. Code of Ordinances: Chapter 153, Storm
Water Management
This BMP will be replaced with the BMP as indicated below.
Illicit Discharge Detection and Elimination Plan
Develop and implement an illicit discharge detection plan,
consisting of staff training and procedures for inspections and
corrective actions.
This BMP will be continued into the new permit term and
updates to the plan will be updated annually.
Public and Employee Illicit Discharge Information
Program
Public education of illicit discharges. Provide a minimum of one
training event for city staff per year.
This BMP will be continued into the new permit term and will be
completed annually.
Identification of Non Stormwater Discharges and Flows
The City has identified and evaluated all non-storm water
discharges (as defined in Part I.A.2) to be insignificant pollutant
contributors.
This BMP has been completed. As necessary the City will
evaluate these non-stormwater discharges to determine if this
list needs to be updated.
BMP categories to be implemented Measurable goals and timeframes
Regulatory Control Program
The City established an Illicit Discharge and Connection
Ordinance in 2009. This ordinance will be evaluated annually
and updated as necessary.
IDDE Program Updates
Update written procedures for illicit discharge inspections,
investigations, and response actions. Develop a process to
document information as described in the Permit (Part III.3.h)
within 12 months following the date permit coverage is
extended.
Illicit Discharge Investigation
As needed televise a section of the sewer system, collect grab
samples or perform other effective testing procedures to find
illicit connection in the system.
4. Do you have procedures for record-keeping within your Illicit Discharge Detection and Elimination (IDDE) program as
specified within the Permit (Part III.D.3.h.)? Yes No
If you answered no, indicate how you will develop procedures for record-keeping of your Illicit Discharge, Detection and
Elimination Program, within 12 months of the date permit coverage is extended:
C.4., The City will develop written procedures for receiving, documenting and storing citizen input as descriped in the
permit (Part III.D.3.h). Procedueres will be in place within 12 months following the date permit coverage is extended.
5. Provide the name or the position title of the individual(s) who is responsible for implementing and/or coordinating this
MCM:
Public Works Director
Fire Chief
D. MCM 4: Construction site stormwater runoff control
1. The Permit (Part III.D.4) requires that, within 12 months of the date permit coverage is extended, existing permittees shall
revise their current program, as necessary, and continue to implement and enforce a construction site stormwater runoff
control program. Describe your current program:
The City requires review of construction site erosion and sediment control (ESC) plans before projects begin, and work
with contractors to ensure appropriate and correct use of erosion and sediment control BMPs on sites.
2. Does your program address the following BMPs for construction stormwater erosion and sediment control as required in
the Permit (Part III.D.4.b.):
www.pca.state.mn.us • 651-296-6300 • 800-657-3864 • TTY 651-282-5332 or 800-657-3864 • Available in alternative formats
wq-strm4-49a • 5/31/13 Page 13 of 18
a. Have you established written procedures for site plan reviews that you conduct prior to the start of
construction activity?
Yes No
b. Does the site plan review procedure include notification to owners and operators proposing
construction activity that they need to apply for and obtain coverage under the MPCA’s general
permit to Discharge Stormwater Associated with Construction Activity No. MN R100001?
Yes No
c. Does your program include written procedures for receipt and consideration of reports of
noncompliance or other stormwater related information on construction activity submitted by the
public to the permittee?
Yes No
d. Have you included written procedures for the following aspects of site inspections to determine
compliance with your regulatory mechanism(s):
1) Does your program include procedures for identifying priority sites for inspection? Yes No
2) Does your program identify a frequency at which you will conduct construction site
inspections?
Yes No
3) Does your program identify the names of individual(s) or position titles of those responsible for
conducting construction site inspections?
Yes No
4) Does your program include a checklist or other written means to document construction site
inspections when determining compliance?
Yes No
e. Does your program document and retain construction project name, location, total acreage to be
disturbed, and owner/operator information?
Yes No
f. Does your program document stormwater-related comments and/or supporting information used to
determine project approval or denial?
Yes No
g. Does your program retain construction site inspection checklists or other written materials used to
document site inspections?
Yes No
If you answered no to any of the above permit requirements, describe the tasks and corresponding schedules that will be
taken to assure that, within 12 months of the date permit coverage is extended, these permit requirements are met.
D.2.d.: City will develop written procedures for prioritizing site inspections as described in the Permit (Part III.D.4.d).
Procedures will be in place within 12 months following the date permit coverage is extended.
D.2.g.: City will develop written procedures for retaining documents of site ESC inspections as described in the Permit
(Part III.D.4.g). Procedures will be in place within 12 months following the date permit coverage is extended.
3. List the categories of BMPs that address your construction site stormwater runoff control program. Use the first
table for categories of BMPs that you have established and the second table for categories of BMPs that you plan
to implement over the course of the permit term.
Include the measurable goals with appropriate timeframes that each BMP category will be implemented and
completed. In addition, provide interim milestones and the frequency of action in which the permittee will implement
and/or maintain the BMPs. Refer to the EPA’s Measurable Goals Guidance for Phase II Small MS4s
(http://www.epa.gov/npdes/pubs/measurablegoals.pdf). If you have more than five categories, hit the tab key
after the last line to generate a new row.
Established BMP categories Measurable goals and timeframes
Ordinance or other Regulatory Mechanism
Review existing construction site erosion control ordinances,
and revise if found non-conforming to new NPDES Phase II
construction permit requirements.
The City will evaluate the pre-existing City Code, Chapter 153
Stormwater Management and update as necessary to conform
to the MPCA CSW Permit that was approved in 2013.
Construction Site Implementation of Erosion and
Sediment Control BMP’s: Waste Controls for
Construction Site Operators
Construction site operators must conform to NPDES Phase II,
watershed district, and City ordinances pertaining to erosion,
sediment, and waste controls.
This BMP will be continued into the new permit term and will be
completed annually.
Procedure for Site Plan Review
Every applicant for a City permit to allow land disturbing
activities must submit a project specific stormwater management
plans (if applicable) and/or erosion control plan to the City for
approval.
This BMP will be continued into the new permit term and will be
completed annually.
Establishment of Procedures for the Receipt and Provide a phone number, website, and point of contact for the
www.pca.state.mn.us • 651-296-6300 • 800-657-3864 • TTY 651-282-5332 or 800-657-3864 • Available in alternative formats
wq-strm4-49a • 5/31/13 Page 14 of 18
Consideration of Reports of Stormwater
Noncompliance
public to report storm water pollution issues.
This BMP will be continued into the new permit term and will be
completed annually.
Establishment of Procedures for Site Inspections and
Enforcement
Continue to enforce the City’s erosion control and waste
disposal standards. Add additional procedures or requirements
as necessary.
This BMP will be continued into the new permit term and will be
completed annually.
BMP categories to be implemented Measurable goals and timeframes
Prioritize Inspections
The City will develop a process to determine the frequency for
inspecting high priority inspection sites (e.g., near sensitive
receiving waters, projects larger than 5 acres).
Documentation Procedures
Develop written procedures to track and archive all plan review
and inspection documents within 12 months following the date
permit coverage is extended.
4. Provide the name or the position title of the individual(s) who is responsible for implementing and/or coordinating this
MCM:
Public Works Director
E. MCM 5: Post-construction stormwater management
1. The Permit (Part III.D.5.) requires that, within 12 months of the date permit coverage is extended, existing permittees
shall revise their current program, as necessary, and continue to implement and enforce a post-construction stormwater
management program. Describe your current program:
The City has a post-construction stormwater management ordinance that references the Comprehensive Water
Resources Management Plan (CWMP). The CWMP that requires the utilization of BMPs for stormwater runoff from new
and redevelopment projects, as well as to ensure the maintenance and operation of the stormwater BMPs.
2. Have you established written procedures for site plan reviews that you will conduct prior to the start of
construction activity?
Yes No
3. Answer yes or no to indicate whether you have the following listed procedures for documentation of
post-construction stormwater management according to the specifications of Permit (Part III.D.5.c.):
a. Any supporting documentation that you use to determine compliance with the Permit (Part
III.D.5.a), including the project name, location, owner and operator of the construction activity, any
checklists used for conducting site plan reviews, and any calculations used to determine
compliance?
Yes No
b. All supporting documentation associated with mitigation projects that you authorize? Yes No
c. Payments received and used in accordance with Permit (Part III.D.5.a.(4)(f))? Yes No
d. All legal mechanisms drafted in accordance with the Permit (Part III.D.5.a.(5)), including date(s) of
the agreement(s) and names of all responsible parties involved?
Yes No
If you answered no to any of the above permit requirements, describe the steps that will be taken to assure that, within
12 months of the date permit coverage is extended, these permit requirements are met.
E.3., The City will develop written procedures for documention of post-construction stormwater management as
described in the Permit (Part III.D.5.c.). Procedures will be in place within 12 months following the date permit
coverage is extended.
4. List the categories of BMPs that address your post-construction stormwater management program. Use the first table
for categories of BMPs that you have established and the second table for categories of BMPs that you plan to
implement over the course of the permit term.
Include the measurable goals with appropriate timeframes that each BMP category will be implemented and
completed. In addition, provide interim milestones and the frequency of action in which the permittee will implement
and/or maintain the BMPs. Refer to the EPA’s Measurable Goals Guidance for Phase II Small MS4s
(http://www.epa.gov/npdes/pubs/measurablegoals.pdf). If you have more than five categories, hit the tab key after
the last line to generate a new row.
Established BMP categories Measurable goals and timeframes
Development and Implementation of Structural and/or
Non-Structural BMP’s
The City will evaluate all structural and non-structural BMP’s
during the plan review process for the potential of new and/or
www.pca.state.mn.us • 651-296-6300 • 800-657-3864 • TTY 651-282-5332 or 800-657-3864 • Available in alternative formats
wq-strm4-49a • 5/31/13 Page 15 of 18
revised BMP’s. The City will also actively look for non-structural
opportunities where prudent and feasible.
This BMP will be continued into the new permit term and will be
completed annually.
Regulatory Mechanism to Address Post Construction
Runoff from New Development and Redevelopment
The City will implement the requirements of the
Comprehensive Water Resource Management Plan and
applicable City ordinances.
This BMP will be continued into the new permit term and will be
completed annually.
Long-term Operation and Maintenance of BMP’s
The City will continue to annually inspect a minimum of 20% of
all its MS4 outfalls, sediment basins, and ponds, then evaluate
and record the number of proposed maintenance projects and
successful funding of each project (if applicable). Success of
this BMP is defined as achieving the measurable goals of
minimum control measure 6
This BMP will be continued into the new permit term and will be
completed annually.
BMP categories to be implemented Measurable goals and timeframes
Develop Written Procedures for Site Plan Review
Develop site plan review procedures that must be completed
prior to the start of construction activity within 12 months of
extension of permit coverage.
Document Pertinent Project Information
Maintain all related documents pertaining to each new or
redevelopment project in more user-friendly filing system for
better records management. Implement within 12 months.
5. Provide the name or the position title of the individual(s) who is responsible for implementing and/or coordinating this
MCM:
Public Works Director
F. MCM 6: Pollution prevention/good housekeeping for municipal operations
1. The Permit (Part III.D.6.) requires that, within 12 months of the date permit coverage is extended, existing permittees shall
revise their current program, as necessary, and continue to implement an operations and maintenance program that
prevents or reduces the discharge of pollutants from the permittee owned/operated facilities and operations to the small
MS4. Describe your current program:
The City currently inspects its structural pollution control devices on an annual basis and inspects all of its outfalls,
sediment basins and ponds every 5 years. The City inspects stockpiles, storage and material handling areas at the
maintenance yard for potential discharges and maintenance of BMPs. The City is evaluating the use of road salt for winter
road maintenance activities to reduce chlorides entering our water resources. The City sweeps streets on a regular basis.
Maintenance staff is trained annually on various topics related to pollution prevention during maintenance activities.
2. Do you have a facilities inventory as outlined in the Permit (Part III.D.6.a.)? Yes No
3. If you answered no to the above permit requirement in question 2, describe the tasks and corresponding schedules that
will be taken to assure that, within 12 months of the date permit coverage is extended, this permit requirement is met:
The city will create a facilities inventory as outlined in the permit within 12 months of the date permit coverage is extended.
4. List the categories of BMPs that address your pollution prevention/good housekeeping for municipal operations program.
Use the first table for categories of BMPs that you have established and the second table for categories of BMPs that you
plan to implement over the course of the permit term.
Include the measurable goals with appropriate timeframes that each BMP category will be implemented and completed. In
addition, provide interim milestones and the frequency of action in which the permittee will implement and/or maintain the
BMPs. For an explanation of measurable goals, refer to the EPA’s Measurable Goals Guidance for Phase II Small MS4s
(http://www.epa.gov/npdes/pubs/measurablegoals.pdf).
If you have more than five categories, hit the tab key after the last line to generate a new row.
Established BMP categories Measurable goals and timeframes
Municipal Operations and Maintenance Program
The City will implement the requirements of the Comprehensive
Water Resource Management Plan and applicable City
ordinances.
www.pca.state.mn.us • 651-296-6300 • 800-657-3864 • TTY 651-282-5332 or 800-657-3864 • Available in alternative formats
wq-strm4-49a • 5/31/13 Page 16 of 18
This BMP will be continued into the new permit term and will be
completed annually.
Street Sweeping Program
Street sweep once annually. Record the annual number of times
streets are brush swept as well as document any additional
activities that were undertaken regarding this program.
This BMP will be continued into the new permit term and will be
completed annually.
Annual Inspection of All Structural Pollution Control
Devices
Inspect and document all structural pollution control devices a
minimum of once per year.
This BMP will be continued into the new permit term and will be
completed annually.
Inspection of a Minimum of 20% of the MS4 Outfalls,
Sediment Basins and Ponds Each Year on a Rotating
Basis.
The City will inspect all mapped outfalls, sediment basins, and
ponds a minimum of 20% each year (on a rotating schedule
during permit coverage) and record the number inspected, and
rate the condition of each outfall.
This BMP will be revised as stated below.
Inspection of All Exposed Stockpile, Storage, and
Material Handling Areas.
Locate and inspect all exposed stockpile, storage and material
handling areas located on City-owned properties, record
inspections, correct and document all remedial actions quarterly.
This BMP has been update to include a quarterly frequency for
inspection.
Inspection Follow-up, Including the Determination of
Whether Repair, Replacement, or Maintenance
Measures are Necessary and the Implementation of
the Corrective Measures.
The City will determine whether repair, replacement, or
maintenance measures are necessary from evaluating
inspections records and other pertinent information. All
corrective maintenance, repair, and/or replacement measures
will be recorded.
This BMP will be continued into the new permit term and will be
completed annually.
Record Reporting and Retention of All Inspections and
Responses to the Inspections
The City will retain all records of inspection, maintenance, and
corrective actions for a minimum period of three years past the
expiration of this permit.
This BMP will be continued into the new permit term.
Evaluation of Inspection Frequency Continue to implement annually.
Landscaping & Lawn Care Practices Review
Continue to evaluate current practices of fertilizer, pesticide, and
herbicide application, mowing operations, grass clipping
collection, mulching, and composting.
This BMP will be continued into the new permit term and will be
completed annually.
Road Salt Application Review
Continue to evaluate current practices of road salt applications,
alternative products, calibration of equipment, inspection of
vehicles and staff training. Minimum of one/year, annually.
This BMP will be continued into the new permit term.
BMP categories to be implemented Measurable goals and timeframes
Training
Provide a presentation annually to generate Staff awareness of
SWPPP regulations and to develop projects with appropriate
BMPs applied.
Inspection of the MS4 Outfalls, Sediment Basins and
Ponds
The City will inspect all mapped outfalls, sediment basins, and
ponds a minimum of once per permit term. The inspections will
be prioritized based on potential maintenance need. The
inspections will include recording the number inspected,
conditions, and if any illicit discharges were detected.
Spill Prevention & Control Plans for Municipal Facilities
Ensure that plans describing spill prevention and control
procedures are consistent among all departments. Conduct
annual spill prevention and response training sessions to all
municipal employees. Distribute education materials to each
www.pca.state.mn.us • 651-296-6300 • 800-657-3864 • TTY 651-282-5332 or 800-657-3864 • Available in alternative formats
wq-strm4-49a • 5/31/13 Page 17 of 18
municipal facility by the end of year 2.
Facility Inventory
Update facilities inventory to identify potential pollutants at each
site. Create a map of all identified facilities and BMPs
implemented to prevent detrimental impacts to water quality.
Pond Assessment Procedures & Schedule
In year 1, develop procedures for determining TSS and TP
treatment effectiveness of city owned ponds used for treatment
of stormwater. Implement schedule in year 2-5
5. Does discharge from your MS4 affect a Source Water Protection Area (Permit Part III.D.6.c.)?
a. If no, continue to 6.
Yes No
b. If yes, the Minnesota Department of Health (MDH) is in the process of mapping the
following items. Maps are available at
http://www.health.state.mn.us/divs/eh/water/swp/maps/index.htm. Is a map including the
following items available for your MS4:
1) Wells and source waters for drinking water supply management areas identified as
vulnerable under Minn. R. 4720.5205, 4720.5210, and 4720.5330?
Yes No
2) Source water protection areas for surface intakes identified in the source water
assessments conducted by or for the Minnesota Department of Health under the federal
Safe Drinking Water Act, U.S.C. §§ 300j – 13?
Yes No
c. Have you developed and implemented BMPs to protect any of the above drinking water
sources?
Yes No
6. Have you developed procedures and a schedule for the purpose of determining the TSS and
TP treatment effectiveness of all permittee owned/operated ponds constructed and used for the
collection and treatment of stormwater, according to the Permit (Part III.D.6.d.)?
Yes No
7. Do you have inspection procedures that meet the requirements of the Permit (Part III.D.6.e.(1)-
(3)) for structural stormwater BMPs, ponds and outfalls, and stockpile, storage and material
handling areas?
Yes No
8. Have you developed and implemented a stormwater management training program commensurate with each
employee’s job duties that:
a. Addresses the importance of protecting water quality? Yes No
b. Covers the requirements of the permit relevant to the duties of the employee? Yes No
c. Includes a schedule that establishes initial training for new and/or seasonal employees and
recurring training intervals for existing employees to address changes in procedures,
practices, techniques, or requirements?
Yes No
9. Do you keep documentation of inspections, maintenance, and training as required by the Permit
(Part III.D.6.h.(1)-(5))?
Yes No
If you answered no to any of the above permit requirements listed in Questions 5 – 9, then describe the tasks and
corresponding schedules that will be taken to assure that, within 12 months of the date permit coverage is extended,
these permit requirements are met:
F.5.b.1:The City is within the City of New Brighton's Source Water Protection Area (SWPA), but no map has been
developed for the City of St. Anthony. Once a map is created it will be incorporated in the City SWPPP.
F.5.b.2: The City does not have any known surface water intakes.
F.6. The City will develop a procedure for assessing ponds to determine TSS and TP effectiveness as described in the
Permit (Part III.D.6.d) This study will develop procedures for determining TSS and TP treatment effectiveness of city-
owned ponds used for treatment of stormwater. A schedule will be implemented in years 2 thru 5.
F.7., The City will develop written procedures for inspection of structural stormwater BMPs, ponds and outfalls, and
stockpile, storage and material handling areas as described in the Permit (Part III.D.6.f.). Procedures will be in place
within 12 months following the date permit coverage is extended.
F.8., The City will develop and implement a stormwater management training program commensurate with each
employees job duties as described in the Permit (Part III.D.6.g.). Procedures will be in place within 12 months following
the date permit coverage is extended.
F.9., The City will develop written procedures to document inspections, maintenance, and training as described in the
Permit (Part III.D.6.h.). Procedures will be in place within 12 months following the date permit coverage is extended.
www.pca.state.mn.us • 651-296-6300 • 800-657-3864 • TTY 651-282-5332 or 800-657-3864 • Available in alternative formats
wq-strm4-49a • 5/31/13 Page 18 of 18
10. Provide the name or the position title of the individual(s) who is responsible for implementing and/or coordinating this
MCM:
Public Works Director
Streets Supervisor
VI. Compliance Schedule for an Approved Total Maximum Daily Load (TMDL) with an
Applicable Waste Load Allocation (WLA) (Part II.D.6.)
A. Do you have an approved TMDL with a Waste Load Allocation (WLA) prior to the effective date
of the Permit?
Yes No
1. If no, continue to section VII.
2. If yes, fill out and attach the MS4 Permit TMDL Attachment Spreadsheet with the following
naming convention: MS4NameHere_TMDL.
This form is found on the MPCA MS4 website: http://www.pca.state.mn.us/ms4.
VII. Alum or Ferric Chloride Phosphorus Treatment Systems (Part II.D.7.)
A. Do you own and/or operate any Alum or Ferric Chloride Phosphorus Treatment Systems which
are regulated by this Permit (Part III.F.)?
Yes No
1. If no, this section requires no further information.
2. If yes, you own and/or operate an Alum or Ferric Chloride Phosphorus Treatment System
within your small MS4, then you must submit the Alum or Ferric Chloride Phosphorus
Treatment Systems Form supplement to this document, with the following naming
convention: MS4NameHere_TreatmentSystem.
This form is found on the MPCA MS4 website: http://www.pca.state.mn.us/ms4.
VIII. Add any Additional Comments to Describe Your Program
www.pca.state.mn.us • 651-296-6300 • 800-657-3864 • TTY 651-282-5332 or 800-657-3864 • Available in alternative formats
wq-strm4-49e • 6/7/13 Page 1 of 3
Alum or Ferric Chloride
Phosphorus Treatment System Form
Attachment to 2013 MS4 SWPPP
Application for Reauthorization for the NPDES/SDS
Small MS4 General Permit MNR040000
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Program (SWPPP) Document
Doc Type: Permit Application
Instructions: Only complete this form if your Municipal Separate Storm Sewer System (MS4) uses an alum or ferric chloride
phosphorus treatment system for stormwater. Refer to Part III.F. of National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES)/State
Disposal System (SDS) Small MS4 General Permit MNR040000 with an effective date of August 1, 2013, for alum or ferric chloride
phosphorus treatment system requirements. In-lake phosphorus treatment activities are not authorized under this application
attachment to the 2013 MS4 SWPPP Application for Reauthorization (SWPPP Document).
Submittal: This form must be submitted electronically via e-mail to the Minnesota Pollution Control Agency (MPCA) at
ms4permitprogram.pca@state.mn.us from the person that is duly authorized to certify this form. Submit this form along with the
2013 MS4 SWPPP Application for Reauthorization (SWPPP Document). Title your form appropriately, such as:
MS4NameHere_TreatmentSystem.doc.
Questions: Contact Claudia Hochstein at 651-757-2881 or claudia.hochstein@state.mn.us, Dan Miller at 651-757-2246 or
daniel.miller@state.mn.us, or call toll-free at 800-657-3864.
General Information
1. Provide the geographic coordinates of the alum or ferric chloride phosphorus treatment system, in decimal degrees.
(Approximate centroid of treatment system within five-foot accuracy):
Latitude: 45.03872 Longitude: -93.22336
2. Provide the name or the position title of the individual(s) who is responsible for the operation of the treatment system:
Jay Hartman, Public Works Director
3. If the system is constructed at the time the 2013 MS4 SWPPP Application for Reauthorization (SWPPP Document) is submitted
to the MPCA, provide the following information:
a. Dates of operation: May through September
b. Chemical(s) used for treatment: Alum
c. Gallons of water treated: estimated to be: 19,872,000 gallons
d. Gallons of alum or ferric chloride treatment used: estimated to be: 2,884 gallons
e. Calculated pounds of phosphorus removed: estimated to be: 21 lbs
f. Any performance issue(s) and the corrective action(s), including the date(s) when corrective action(s) was taken:
This system will be constructed March of 2014 and be operational during the summer of 2014.
Alum or Ferric Chloride Phosphorus Treatment System Permit Requirements
Answer yes or no below to indicate if your alum or ferric chloride phosphorus treatment system meets the following
requirements in the Permit (Part III.F.1.):
4. Minimum requirements of an Alum or Ferric Chloride Phosphorus Treatment System:
a. Limitations
1) Is your treatment system only used for the treatment of phosphorus in stormwater (non-
stormwater discharges shall not be treated by this system)?
*If no, contact MPCA MS4 Permit Program staff for appropriate next steps.
Yes No
Attachment 2
www.pca.state.mn.us • 651-296-6300 • 800-657-3864 • TTY 651-282-5332 or 800-657-3864 • Available in alternative formats
wq-strm4-49e • 6/7/13 Page 2 of 3
2) Is your treatment system contained within the conveyances and structural stormwater Best
Management Practices (BMPs) of a small MS4 (the utilized conveyances and structural
stormwater BMPs shall not include any receiving waters)?
*If no, contact MPCA MS4 Permit Program staff for appropriate next steps.
Yes No
3) Does your treatment system utilize chemicals other than alum or ferric chloride?
*If yes, you must receive written approval from the MPCA. Contact MPCA MS4 Permit Program
staff for appropriate next steps.
Yes No
4) Does your treatment system include in-lake phosphorus treatment activities?
*If yes, in-lake phosphorus treatment is not authorized under this permit. Contact MPCA MS4
Permit Program staff for appropriate next steps.
Yes No
b. Treatment system design
1) Is your treatment system constructed in a manner that diverts the stormwater flow away from
the main conveyance system for treatment?
Yes No
2) Is a High Flow Bypass part of the inlet design for your treatment system? Yes No
3) Does your treatment system include a flocculent storage/settling area incorporated into the
design, and adequate maintenance access provided (minimum of eight-feet wide) for the
removal of accumulated sediment?
If you answered no to any of the above permit requirements in 4.b.1) – 3) (Treatment System
Design), describe the tasks and corresponding schedules that will be taken to assure that,
within 12 months of the date permit coverage is extended, these permit requirements are met.
Yes No
Answer yes or no below to indicate if your alum or ferric chloride phosphorus treatment system meets the following
requirements in the Permit:
c. Monitoring
1) During operation, does your treatment system have a designated responsible person
performing visual monitoring of the treatment system for proper performance at least once
every seven (7) days, and within 24 hours after a rainfall event greater than 2.5 inches in 24
hours?
Yes No
2) Following visual monitoring which occurs within 24 hours after a rainfall event, do you conduct
the next visual monitoring of your system seven (7) days after that rainfall event?
Yes No
3) Does your treatment system utilize three benchmark monitoring stations? Table B-1(Monitoring
Parameters During Operation) in the Permit shall be used for the parameters, units of measure,
and frequency of measurement for each station.
Yes No
4) Do you collect grab samples or flow-weighted 24-hour composite samples at your treatment
system?
Yes No
5) Are your treatment system samples, excluding pH samples, analyzed by a certified laboratory
by the Minnesota Department of Health and or the MPCA?
Yes No
(a) Do your sample preservation and test procedures for the analysis of pollutants conform to
40 CFR Part 136 and Minn. R. 7041.3200?
Yes No
(b) Are your detection limits for dissolved phosphorus, dissolved aluminum, and dissolved iron
at a minimum of 6 micrograms per liter (µg/L), 10 µg/L, and 20 µg/L, respectively?
Yes No
(c) Do you measure pH within 15 minutes of sample collection using properly calibrated and
maintained equipment?
Yes No
6) In the following situations, will you perform corrective actions and immediately notify the
Minnesota Department of Public Safety Duty Officer, if:
(a) The pH of the discharged water is not within the range of 6.0 and 9.0? Yes No
(b) There are any indications of toxicity or measurements exceeding water quality standards? Yes No
(c) There is a spill, as defined in Minn. Stat. § 115.01, subd. 13, of alum or ferric chloride. Yes No
www.pca.state.mn.us • 651-296-6300 • 800-657-3864 • TTY 651-282-5332 or 800-657-3864 • Available in alternative formats
wq-strm4-49e • 6/7/13 Page 3 of 3
If you answered no to any of the above permit requirements in 4.c.1) – 6), describe the
tasks and corresponding schedules that will be taken to assure that, within 12 months of
the date permit coverage is extended, these permit requirements are met.
Answer yes or no to indicate whether you have a record of the following design parameters on-site:
5. On-Site recordkeeping
a. Do you have site-specific jar testing conducted using typical and representative water samples in
accordance with ASTM D2035-08 (2003) at your treatment system location?
Yes No
b. Do you have baseline concentrations of the following parameters in the influent and receiving
waters at your treatment system location?
1) Aluminum or iron. Yes No
2) Phosphorus. Yes No
c. Do you have the following system parameters and how each was determined on-site at your
treatment system?
1) Flocculent settling velocity. Yes No
2) Minimum required retention time. Yes No
3) Rate of diversion of stormwater into the system. Yes No
4) The flow rate from the discharge of the outlet structure. Yes No
5) Range of expected dosing rates. Yes No
d. Treatment System Management. Site-specific procedures shall be developed and a copy kept on-
site.
1) Do you have a copy of procedures on-site for the installation, operation, and maintenance of
all pumps, generators, control systems, and other equipment?
Yes No
2) Do you have a copy of procedures on-site for determining when the solids must be removed
from the system and how the solids will be handled and disposed of?
Yes No
3) Do you have a copy of procedures on-site for cleaning up and/or containing a spill of each
chemical stored on site?
Yes No
If you answered no to any of the above permit requirements in 5.a. – d., describe the tasks
and corresponding schedules that will be taken to assure that, within 12 months of the date
permit coverage is extended, these permit requirements are met.
Baseline concentrations will be gathered prior to system operation to determine appropriate
dosing rates. The system will be constructed in the March 2014 with the anticipation that the
system will be coming on-line in the summer of 2014.
Add any Additional Comments
CITY OF ST. ANTHONY VILLAGE WATER RESOURCES MANAGEMENT PLAN
APPENDIX C
APPENDIX C – CITY OF ST. ANTHONY 2012 ALTERNATE COMPLIANCE SEQUENCING PLAN AND
ASSOCIATED SIGNED MEMORANDUM OF AGREEMENT.
MEMORANDUM of AGREEMENT
City of St. Anthony and the Rice Creek Watershed District
This Memorandum of Agreement (MOA) is made by the City of St. Anthony, a statutory
city and governmental subdivision of the State of Minnesota, and the Rice Creek
Watershed District (RCWD), a special purpose governmental subdivision with powers
set forth in Minnesota Statutes chapters 103B and 103D (together, the parties).
Recitals
A. Pursuant to Minnesota Statutes §§103B.21 1 , 103D.341 and 103D.345, the
RCWD has adopted and implements Rule C, Stormwater Management Plans, which
imposes water quality and runoff retention requirements on land-disturbing projects.
B St. Anthony intends to undertake a street reconstruction program over the years
2012 to 2024 (hereinafter, "SRP"). The SRP is described in Exhibit A, attached to and
incorporated into this Agreement.
C. To facilitate efficient public budgeting, planning and coordination, the parties
are entering into this MOA to establish a framework for St. Anthony to meet the
requirements of the RCWD's stormwater management rule for its SRP. This MOA
includes an advance determination of the eligible methods and locations for
stormwater management Best Management Practices (BMPs) and sets forth procedures
for the parties to cooperate on regulatory review related to street reconstruction during
the 2012-24 period. St. Anthony and the RCWD agree that this MOA is binding and
rests on good and valuable consideration.
Terms
1 . Projects in the SRP are within three subwatersheds, delineated on Exhibit B
hereto and identified as follows:
Silver Lake;
Ramsey County Ditch 3;
Mississippi River.
City of St.Anthony 1 Rice Creek Watershed District
8/ 21/2012
Each of these subwatersheds lies in whole or part within the RCWD. Stormwater
management BMPs for a particular road project are intended to be located within the
same subwatershed as the project disturbance.
2. RCWD Rule C.5 sets a hierarchy of preferred stormwater management methods
for water quality and volume control and requires that infiltration be used where
feasible. St. Anthony has demonstrated through soils data that infiltration is not
feasible at any location on city right-of-way or other city property within RCWD.
Therefore, in individual applications for SRP projects, St. Anthony will not be required
to use infiltration BMPs or further substantiate that infiltration is infeasible.
3. Individual permit applications for SRP projects will:
a. Include submittals meeting RCWD requirements except for infiltration
sequencing
b.Be allowed to use stormwater treatment BMPs within the same
subwatershed to meet Rule C requirements
c.Calculate phosphorus removal requirements using the equivalency factor
stated below and present a proposed BMP approach to meet those requirements
d.Demonstrate compliance with standards of Rule C (except with respect to
infiltration) and other applicable RCWD rules
e. Provide BMPs for on-site total suspended solids control to the extent
practicable; unless the regional BMP treats the total suspended solids prior to
discharging to what the RCWD has determined is a resource of concern
f.Determine regional water quality BMP requirements by using a factor
equating annual volume abstraction and annual total phosphorus removal. The
equivalence factor" to be used in implementing this MOA is 0.97 pounds of
total phosphorus per acre-foot of runoff volume abstracted
g. Estimate annual total suspended solid removal achieved by regional
BMPs.
City of St.Anthony 2 Rice Creek Watershed District
8/21/2012
In the event that RCWD Rule C is revised during the term of this MOA, the infiltration
sequencing outcome of this MOA and phosphorus removal credits established under
terms of this MOA will be protected, but the project will be subject to the water quality
standard applicable at the time of application. The District retains the authority to
condition a permit to address potential local water resource impacts.
5. Rule C requires that a stormwater management BMP be operational prior to or in
conjunction with the land disturbance that requires it. The RCWD will maintain records
of St. Anthony's phosphorus removal credit balance for each subwatershed. With each
SRP application, St. Anthony will be responsible to demonstrate that the existing
balance is sufficient, or provide for additional BMPs.
6. St. Anthony may establish phosphorus removal credits in two ways:
a. Credits may be established by calculating performance of existing or
modified BMPs. Credits will be granted for the portion of the phosphorus
removal beyond the sum of: (i) past compliance requirements for which the BMP
was constructed and (ii) the proportion of the BMP funded by RCWD cost-share.
b. Credits may be established by calculating performance of new BMPs or
modifications to existing BMPs.
The term "BMP" as used herein does not include pollutant removal techniques or
treatments within a natural water basin or wetland.
7. St. Anthony will prepare and submit BMP design calculations to RCWD for review
and approval. Design, as-built and other appropriate data will be included in the
submittal. For non-standard BMPs, the RCWD and St. Anthony will cooperate to
determine the credit. Such BMPs may require a monitoring period before the credit can
be determined. Each BMP providing credit must conform to applicable design
standards in Rule C and be subject to St. Anthony's maintenance commitment in
accordance with that rule.
8. Nothing in this MOA creates or establishes a partnership,joint venture or
agency relationship between the parties. RCWD review or approval of design plans and
specifications is solely for the purpose of fulfilling its responsibilities under this MOA
in its regulatory capacity. As between the parties, St. Anthony is solely responsible for
selection of BMPs and the means, method and manner of BMP construction. Nothing in
City of St. Anthony 3 Rice Creek Watershed District
8/21/2012
this MOA creates any right in any third party or affects any immunity, defense or
liability limitation enjoyed by either party.
9. This MOA is effective as of the date on which it is executed by both parties and
expires on December 31 , 2024. It may be amended only in a writing signed by both
parties.
10. The recitals stated above are incorporated as part of this MOA.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties execute this MOA.
Rice Creek Watershed District
By Date: z-z Z
ame (print) _ Rk c-h`L LLn€!'
President, Board of Managers
Approved as to Form and Execution
By
Name (print) Le.7 ` W - gr'` `
Its Attorney
City of St. Anthony
By: Date:
Name (print)
Its City Manager
City of St.Anthony 4 Rice Creek Watershed District
8/21/2012
e K1 01626-531 GIS\Maps\Treatment PlantFigure 1_CIP-Projects(8.5 x 11)mxd Oct 07,201011.57. 54 AM
yF .
r
4 Y Y
v'
Vf NA '.4...: 1 1{*f y
K_ . l e '
6 r F 1,4 r'
4 r,- y -_ .4-1 Y 1.
b tt , --., -tr.. ti qty;
t.
J
1 - 0 New Brighton 1t1
A . -.r Anthony,.r. . .
e t II r
t .9.--. 2024
fat x'
2019rl... .. .t • - . .ti .-,,,. 2018
1
I t p:
2C: 39th .f r;'T .,
2018 2019
t
Ir
h
of mbiaQ$3 37th AVENUE Roseville
r' tk' r ,n np .
r
w ""
201
a
2013...._ K,,,+,- ,r:r1,o ;2015 ,
x' 1_x""L .
r
M _
2016
0 J
r I_2020 a
Legend I tvEA • , -
t,,,St.Anthony Linear Projects - 4
2012
2012 Note: Linear s, r . :, tlti 2021 • j, -,»
Pro ects2013t v.:l a- ' - taq
indicated
p
1- t t ,- . .
2014 on this ma s
2015 are mil..
based on
2016 current
h 4 A.
CIP approved I. `,
2017 J
2017 ra' '''r,. :
by w 1_ .=.7—..47.,'.'h 11- - ' •-. f
2018 City and are I
subject to 3- F.7._-' _ o-,.,.1P,M1 t
2019
change tt 2022
2020 based on 1.
the City's V- t. t
2021 future a." 4.1. St • 1 -- i
MNneeds fix; .' t;t is
2022 te. 1
T I.,, I-
l .., r.t M
2023
N y
2024 1 alW," „
r er
Rice Creek Watershed District qi`'°• r j" `. +
NM a
t+ -ems'{ .++ 1
Silver Lake(325 Acres)
ti-
r
RC Ditch 2(372 Acres)
i, 2023 *
F e t 1METoMWMO(53 Acres)
Corporate Boundary avail
Exhibit A & B Figure 1
AWatershed Boundaries and Future Linear
Reconstruction Projects A
RCWD Alternative Compliance
ain thouy WSB06251,250 p it C
Feet Sequencing Report
WSB Project Number: 01626-53
MAY 17, 2012
Rice Creek Watershed District
Alternative Compliance
Sequencing Report
aint nth onillaeV
701 Xenia Avenue South
Suite 300
Minneapolis, MN 55416
RICE CREEK WATERSHED DISTRICT
ALTERNATIVE COMPLIANCE
SEQUENCING REPORT
For the City of St. Anthony Village
May 17, 2012
Prepared by:
WSB & Associates, Inc.
701 Xenia Avenue South
Suite 300
Minneapolis, MN 55416
(763)541-4800
RCWD Alternative Compliance Sequencing Report
City of St. Anthony Village PAGE 2
WSB Project No. 1626-53
TABLE OF CONTENTS
TITLE SHEET
TABLE OF CONTENTS
I. INTRODUCTION AND PURPOSE ....................................................................... 4
II. SEQUENCING .......................................................................................................... 7
III. WATER QUALITY / VOLUME CONTROL REQUIREMENTS .................... 14
IV. STORMWATER MANAGEMENT BMPS .......................................................... 20
V. ALTERNATIVE COMPLIANCE SEQUENCING PLAN ................................. 28
List of Tables:
Table 1 Required Volume Reduction based on RCWD Rules
Table 2 Equivalent Annual Total Phosphorus and Total Suspended Solids
Removal
Table 3 Linear Footage of Future Projects by Watershed
Table 4 Required Volume Reduction & Equivalent Treatment for Future
Linear Projects by Subwatershed
Table 5 Equivalent Annual Volume Reduction from Existing BMPs
Table 6 Equivalent Annual Volume Reduction from Proposed Improvement
Projects
Table 7 Summary of Equivalent Annual Volume Reduction Debits and
Credits for Reconstructing ROW and Implementing BMPs within
the City of St. Anthony
Table 8 Silver Lake Subwatershed Alternative Compliance Plan
Table 9 Ramsey County Ditch 3 Subwatershed Alternative Compliance Plan
List of Figures:
Figure 1 Watershed Boundary and Linear Projects Map
Figure 2 Soil Observation of Past Projects Map
Figure 3 Soil Samples in Select Future Project Locations
Figure 4 Existing Stormwater BMPs Map
Figure 5 Proposed Stormwater BMPs Map
RCWD Alternative Compliance Sequencing Report
City of St. Anthony Village PAGE 3
WSB Project No. 1626-53
List of Appendices:
Appendix A Soil Boring Logs for Past Improvement Projects
Appendix B Soil Sample Results for Select Areas
Appendix C Watermain Utility Repair Locations
Appendix D Twin Cities Army Ammunition Site Soil Study
RCWD Alternative Compliance Sequencing Report
City of St. Anthony Village PAGE 4
WSB Project No. 1626-53
I. INTRODUCTION AND PURPOSE
This report has been prepared by the City of St. Anthony (City) in an effort to address the
Rice Creek Watershed District (RCWD) stormwater volume reduction and water quality
requirements for the City’s Street and Utility Reconstruction Plan. Figure 1 shows the
boundary of the RCWD within the City.
The City has a strong commitment to improving water quality and reducing the impact that
municipal operations can have on our environment. The City of St. Anthony is a
recognized leader in the implementation of Green Technologies in Municipal Operations.
They have received a Step 2 Green Steps Award from the MPCA for their municipal
operations. The City has also received recognition for their:
1. Stormwater and Backwash Water Reuse Facility
2. Salt and sanding reductions in roadway de-icing operations
3. Street sweeping and municipal maintenance to reduce pollutant contact with
storm water runoff
In addition to the above, the City is currently exploring several technologies, some of
which are described in this report, to further improve water quality and to reduce our
impact on the environment.
The City desires to comply with, or exceed, the water quality and volume control rules of
RCWD. Furthermore, the City’s existing and proposed water quality initiatives are able to
exceed the RCWD’s water quality standards. However, RCWD’s Rules and standard
permitting process do not provide a streamlined method to account for water quality
initiatives outside of the linear project area. Due to constraints common on linear projects,
it has been necessary for the City to request volume control debits from RCWD to maintain
street and utility infrastructure. The City is deeply concerned about the runoff volume
debit that has accumulated, and debits for Street and Utility Reconstruction Projects will
continue to occur if the current RCWD Rules and standard permitting process is continued.
RCWD Rules require that runoff volume debits be offset by volume control BMPs
elsewhere in the City. However, soil conditions throughout the City eliminate feasible
opportunities for volume reduction BMPs. Therefore, under the current framework of
RCWD Rules, the City will perpetually run a volume reduction deficit with RCWD and
compliance is unattainable. This places the City Council in precarious position of
appearing to be out of compliance with environmental regulations, despite their progressive
efforts to improve water quality.
This report addresses the RCWD’s Alternative Compliance Sequencing Requirements
allowed under RCWD Rule C.5.f.2, and provides a plan to comply with water quality
standards of the RCWD. Alternative sequencing is necessary for the City of St. Anthony to
continue its Street and Utility Reconstruction efforts and to comply with RCWD Rules.
St. AnthonyRosevilleSt. Anthon yNew B ri ght on
RosevilleNew Brighton
M in neapo lisColumbia H ei ghts St. AnthonyColumbia Heights30th AVENUE NEEDWARD STREET33rd AVENUE NE
29th AVENUE NE
34th AVENUE NE
36th AVENUE NE
ROOSEVELT STREET NETOWNVIEW AVENUE NE
39th AVENUE NE
OLD HIGHWAY 8SKY CROFT DRIVEDOWNERS DRIVEFORDHAM DRIVE37th AVENUE NESILVER LAKE ROADROOSEVELT ST NE2012
2013
2014
2015
2016
2017
2018
2018 2019
2020
2021
2022
2023
2024
2019
File: K:\01626-53\GIS\Maps\Treatment Plan\Figure 1_CIP-Projects (8.5 x 11).mxd, Oct 07, 2010 11:57:54 AM
Legend
St. Anthony Linear Projects
2012
2013
2014
2015
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
2021
2022
2023
2024
Rice Creek Watershed District
Silver Lake (325 Acres)
RC Ditch 2 (372 Acres)
To MWMO (53 Acres)
Corporate Boundary
¨Figure 1Watershed Boundaries and Future Linear Reconstruction Projects
0 1,250625
Feet
RCWD Alternative ComplianceSequencing Report
Note: Linear
Projects
indicated
on this map
are
based on
current
CIP approved
by
City and are
subject to
change
based on
the City's
future
needs
RCWD Alternative Compliance Sequencing Report
City of St. Anthony Village PAGE 6
WSB Project No. 1626-53
The City is planning to perform twelve street reconstruction projects within the RCWD in
the next thirteen years. Rather than completing water quality BMPs within each project
area during construction of the project, the City believes it would be more effective, and
have greater environmental benefit, to construct the regional improvements outlined in this
Report to address the RCWD’s water quality rules.
The following is a brief description of each section contained in this report:
Section II – Sequencing
This section addresses the sequencing requirements outlined in RCWD Rules. Soil
information is presented showing that infiltration BMPs are not possible within the City.
The sequencing process for other BMPs is also discussed for the linear projects proposed
within the City.
Section III – Water Quality and Volume Control Requirements
This section quantifies the water quality and volume reduction requirements for anticipated
linear reconstruction projects within the City. The requirements to treat all impervious
right of way within the City is also quantified.
Section IV – Best Management Practices
This section outlines the City’s existing and proposed stormwater management BMPs. The
extent that these BMPs can be used to meet the RCWD’s water quality and volume control
rules is discussed and quantified.
Section V – Alternative Compliance Sequencing Plan
This section proposes a Plan for the City to address the Water Quality requirements of the
RCWD for anticipated linear projects initiated by the City.
Section V – Alternative Compliance Sequencing Plan
This section outlines the City’s Plan to provide water quality improvements consistent with
RCWD standards. Proposed stormwater management BMPs are tabulated by subwatershed
and anticipated linear projects that will benefit from those BMPs are identified.
RCWD Alternative Compliance Sequencing Report
City of St. Anthony Village PAGE 7
WSB Project No. 1626-53
II. SEQUENCING
This section addresses the sequencing requirements outlined in RCWD Rules and
demonstrates that opportunities for infiltration-based BMPs are not feasible within the
entire City of St. Anthony. Rule C.5(e) outlines the RCWD’s preferred order to meet
volume control and water quality standards.
Volume Control BMPs
Infiltration BMPs are the only BMPs designed specifically to reduce runoff volumes
leaving a site. These volume control BMPs are able to accomplish water quality standards
of the RCWD, and may also alleviate downstream problems that could occur due to excess
runoff rates and volumes. Other environmental benefits such as groundwater recharge can
also be accomplished using these BMPs.
Water Quality BMPs
Other priority BMPs listed focus primarily on water quality treatment. Although some
marginal volume reduction benefits could potentially be provided by these BMPs, they are
not typically intended to reduce runoff volumes. Any tangible volume reduction benefits
of these BMPs are negligible from a watershed management perspective, particularly when
the BMPs are hosted in clay soils that are not conducive to infiltration. The RCWD does
not give volume reduction credit for these BMPs.
Addition of Impervious Surfaces
Evaluating the need for impervious surface coverage is a primary consideration to reduce
runoff volumes and water quality impacts. The City does not currently plan to add any
impervious surfaces within public right of way other than the addition of sidewalk in
locations where pedestrian safety is a concern. Instead, existing streets are planned to be
constructed based on their existing width or narrower when existing street widths exceed
the current City Street design standards. This commitment to maintain existing impervious
Infiltration
Volume Reduction BMPs
Water Quality BMPs
A. Infiltration
B. Water Reuse
C. Biofiltration
D. Filtration
E. Wetland Treatment System
F. Extended Detention Basin
G. NURP Pond
RCWD Alternative Compliance Sequencing Report
City of St. Anthony Village PAGE 8
WSB Project No. 1626-53
surface coverage will allow the existing runoff from streets to be maintained or reduced,
thereby protecting downstream resources.
The City’s ability to implement priority BMPs outlined by the RCWD are addressed on a
City-wide basis as follows:
A. Infiltration
Opportunities for infiltration BMPs do not exist within the City due to the poor-
draining soils present. Native soils within the City of St. Anthony Village are clay
or clayey soils (Hydrologic Soil Groups C and D) that have poor infiltration
characteristics and are unsuitable for infiltration BMPs. These clay / clayey soil
characteristics are uniform throughout the entire City. Extensive observation and
substantial documentation of the clay / clayey soils is summarized below and
demonstrates that opportunities for reasonable infiltration BMPs do not exist.
1. Infrastructure Improvement Projects
Numerous infrastructure improvement projects have occurred throughout the
City over the past two decades. These projects include street and utility
reconstruction, park renovations, flood improvements, and private
redevelopment sites. Throughout all of these efforts, clay / clayey soils were
observed, and soils suitable for infiltration BMPs were not encountered in any
location.
Figure 2 shows the location of these projects, and illustrates that the majority of
native soils within the City’s right of way have been exposed and observed
during these projects.
2. Soil Sampling
Soil borings were completed for nearly all of the improvement projects
indicated on Figure 2. Soil boring logs indicate that clay / clayey soils native
are present and no soils suitable for infiltration BMPs were observed. Available
soil boring logs and a summary of available geotechnical reports are provided in
Appendix A.
Additional soil samples were taken at select locations where RCWD staff felt
there were gaps in soil data. Figure 3 shows the sampling locations. All of the
additional samples were classified as clay or clayey soil. See Appendix B for
classification of soils for each sample.
3. Repair of Watermain Breaks
The City has repaired hundreds of watermain breaks and or curb stop leaks over
the past decades. Throughout all of this work, the same uniform clay soils have
been observed by Public Works Department Staff. The location of these breaks
are scattered throughout the entire City including many additional areas that are
not in soil sampling data. See Appendix C for a list of watermain break repairs.
37th Ave NE
31st Ave NEBelden Dr33rd Ave NE Foss Highcrest RdOld Hwy 832nd Ave NE
Rankin RdSkycroft DrE
Townview Ave
Croft DrHilldale Ave NECoolidge St NEChandler D Crestview DrDiamond
Eight Ter36th Ave NE
Beldon Dr
34th Ave
Downers Dr
Edgemere Ave
Chelmsford RdWendhurst Ave
Penrod LaSkycroft CirMaplewood Dr
Skycroft DrHarding St NEMacalaster DrCroft DrCroft Dr31st AveHighway No 88!(!(
!(
!(
!(
!(
!(
!(
!(
!(!(
!(
!(
!(
!(
2012
2018
2022
2019
3101 EDGEMERE AVE
3205 WENDHURST AVE
3201 WENDHURST AVE
3615 NE CHELMSFORD
3645 NE CHELMSFORD
3531 SKYCROFT DR 3415 MAPLEWOOD DR NE3413 MAPLEWOOD DR
3427 SKYCROFT DR
NO ADDRESS
N SIDE OF 36TH AVE NE
0 TO 200' W OF HIGHCREST RD
3609 DOWNERS DR
3341 SKYCROFT CIR
3331 SKYCROFT DR N E
3327 SKYCROFT DR
3301 CROFT DR NE
3225 SKYCROFT DR
3125 CROFT DR
3121 CROFT DR3121 RANKIN RD
9 6
5
4
3
21
13
12
1110
8
7 15
14
File: K:\01626-53\GIS\Maps\Treatment Plan\Figure 1_CIP-Projects (8.5 x 11).mxd, Oct 07, 2010 11:57:54 AM
Legend
!(Soil Sample Locations
<all other values>
¨
0 600300
Feet
RCWD Alternative ComplianceSequencing Report
Figure 3Soil Samples in Select Locations
RCWD Alternative Compliance Sequencing Report
City of St. Anthony Village PAGE 11
WSB Project No. 1626-53
4. Miscellaneous Public Works Efforts
In addition to the soil observations listed above, City Staff routinely observe
soils when constructing, maintaining and repairing City infrastructure such as
sanitary sewer, sidewalk panels, electric, and irrigation systems. Staff has
reported that throughout all of these efforts, no sandy native soils, or other soils
suitable for infiltration have been encountered.
5. Twin Cities Army Ammunition Plant Study
A geotechnical report was prepared for the Twin Cities Army Ammunition
Plant (TCAAP) site. This report indicates that clay soils are present at the
surface throughout the City of St. Anthony to depths ranging from 25 to 90 feet
deep. See Appendix D for the Figure provided in the TCAAP Study.
The soil information presented above thoroughly documents that no options for
conventional infiltration BMPs exist within the City.
B. Water Reuse
The City has also explored options for non-traditional infiltration BMPs. This led
to the construction of a water reuse / irrigation system that was installed at Central
Park. The City has investigated other potential sites for water reuse projects but
additional locations for this type of project within the City were not feasible due to
several factors including:
Irrigation area too small
Incompatible with land use
Runoff volume too low
Limited public land
Therefore, opportunities for water reuse BMPs have been exhausted at this time.
C. Biofiltration
The City has constructed or plans to construct biofiltration / filtration BMPs where
this type of BMP was identified to be potentially effective. The existing and
proposed BMPs of this type are discussed under Section IV of this Report.
Additional opportunities for biofiltration BMPs beyond those identified are limited
and generally not possible within the public properties. This is due to several site
constraints that are present on future linear improvement projects undertaken by the
City including the following:
Space Constraints
Narrow right of way and limited public property are available to treat public
drainage. The only space even available for the depressional storage needed
is on boulevards adjacent to the streets. However, for many numerous
RCWD Alternative Compliance Sequencing Report
City of St. Anthony Village PAGE 12
WSB Project No. 1626-53
reasons discussed below, it is not reasonable to consider biofiltration BMPs
as a feasible option for the City to pursue in the narrow space available.
Public Utilities
Placement of drainage infrastructure including BMPs, is not typically
allowed within ten horizontal feet of a watermain. The City’s utility design
standards offset the watermain approximately ten feet from the center of the
road where the sanitary sewer is located. This positions the watermain in a
manner that does not allow BMPs to be constructed near the curb line on
one side of the street. In addition, the City does not allow placement of
utility services under drainage BMPs so that the service lines can be
maintained or reconstructed without damaging BMPs.
Topography
In many cases, the lots adjacent to the street have been well-established and
include trees, landscaping, driveways, carriage walks, and other obstacles
that, while are desirable to the City and its residents, do not allow for BMPs
to be constructed. In many cases, basins within the boulevard cannot be
constructed due to the adjacent lot and house elevations.
Maintenance
Efforts for maintaining many small facilities within the boulevards are
substantial and need constant attention. If timely maintenance is not
performed it can lead to premature failure of these types of BMPs, and result
in costly BMP reconstruction efforts. The City encourages the use of
regional BMPs to limit the number of sites that are a focus for maintenance
efforts.
Efficiency
Since a reasonable amount of space is not available within the right of way,
any basins constructed would have a very small capacity, and would not
provide an efficient means to treat stormwater runoff. By using regional
water quality BMPs, the efficiency of the BMPs will increase substantially
resulting in better downstream surface water quality.
D. Filtration
Additional opportunities for filtration BMPs within public properties are also
limited and generally not possible. This is due to the space constraints, public
utilities, and topography associated with constructing these BMPs as described in
detail under the biofiltration option above.
E. Wetland Treatment System
Options for implementing a wetland treatment system within the City have been
investigated. Due to topography and major drainage conveyance systems present,
RCWD Alternative Compliance Sequencing Report
City of St. Anthony Village PAGE 13
WSB Project No. 1626-53
no feasible locations for this type of BMP are present within public properties in the
City.
F. Extended Detention Basin
Mirror Lake Pond was constructed to serve as a regional extended detention basin
for runoff generated in the City. This BMP is described under Section IV of this
Report.
Additional opportunities for this type of BMP are not possible at this time due to
limited public land available and the large space that would be needed for this type
of BMP.
G. NURP Pond
Several privately-owned NURP ponds exist within the City. Additional NURP
ponds hosted on public property is not possible at this time due to limited public
property.
Summary and Conclusion
The evaluation of the sequencing measures above indicates the following:
Traditional infiltration BMPs are not possible and no feasible water reuse site exists
within the City of St. Anthony. Under the RCWD’s rules, this will not allow the
City to create additional volume reduction credits within the City.
On-site volume control water quality BMPs within boulevards are impossible to
construct in many circumstances, and are not desired by the City.
Small, on-site water quality BMPs require substantial maintenance and are less
efficient than BMPs treating larger drainage areas.
The City encourages regional water quality BMPs to treat public stormwater runoff
to reduce maintenance efforts and to improve treatment efficiencies.
Given that volume control BMPs are not effective in the City’s soils, it is difficult, or
impossible, to reduce discharge volumes leaving the City. In addition, volume control is
not required by the RCWD for the soil conditions present throughout the City. Therefore,
the focus of the City’s efforts will be to provide greater or equivalent water quality benefits
to address the RCWD’s Rules. In attempt to provide more effective treatment BMPs, the
City will focus on constructing regional treatment projects to address the objective of
RCWD Rules.
RCWD Alternative Compliance Sequencing Report
City of St. Anthony Village PAGE 14
WSB Project No. 1626-53
III. WATER QUALITY / VOLUME CONTROL REQUIREMENTS
This Section outlines the water quality and volume control standards and requirements of
RCWD, and quantifies the required standards to meet RCWD Rules for all of the City’s
right of way within the RCWD. The requirements to meet RCWD Rules for upcoming
linear projects are also presented.
A. RCWD Volume Reduction Standards
Volume reduction standards for linear reconstruction projects are based on the
following street classifications:
If a Highway, County Road, or Arterial Road; infiltration of 1.0-inch of
runoff is required from the new and reconstructed impervious surface
If a Collector, Subcollector, or Access Road; infiltration of 0.8-inches of
runoff is required from the new and reconstructed impervious surface and
the directly connected impervious surfaces within the project corridor
It is our understanding that the RCWD’s Rules have been established to reduce
runoff volumes, peak discharge rates, and pollutant loads discharged to surface
waters.
B. Required Volume Reduction for All City Right of Way
The RCWD’s volume reduction requirement for all impervious areas within the
City Right of Way and within the RCWD was calculated based on the information
provided below.
The study area has been divided into three subwatersheds. Each subwatershed
represents drainage to a discharge point of concern. A list of the subwatersheds and
a description of the discharge point of concern are listed below (see Figure 1):
Silver Lake
This subwatershed includes portions of the City that drain to Silver
Lake. This subwatershed draining to the Lake is a priority for
stormwater management to ensure that this resource of the City
remains protected and to ensure RCWD Rules and TMDL Goals can
be achieved for areas draining to the Lake. Silver Lake is among the
highest valued natural resources within the City. It offers
recreational opportunities and a natural setting to urban residents.
The Lake is listed by MPCA as impaired and a TMDL Plan has been
developed to address water quality standards within the Lake.
Ramsey County Ditch 3
This subwatershed includes runoff that drains to Foss Road and
Silver Lane storm sewer (Ramsey County Ditch 3), including the
RCWD Alternative Compliance Sequencing Report
City of St. Anthony Village PAGE 15
WSB Project No. 1626-53
217 acres that drains through Mirror Lake Pond. Drainage leaving
this subwatershed crosses the City’s boundary into the City of New
Brighton and eventually discharges into Rice Creek. This
subwatershed is a priority for stormwater management to ensure that
compliance with RCWD Rules is attainable within St. Anthony’s
City Limits.
Mississippi River
This subwatershed includes runoff within RCWD’s jurisdictional
boundaries that do not drain to Rice Creek, but drain directly to the
Mississippi River.
The RCWD volume reduction requirement was calculated based on the following:
30-foot wide streets (City standard)
60-foot wide street for Silver Lake Road
16’ x 15’ driveways (average width and distance from back of curb
to the ROW)
3’ x 15’ carriage walks for 20% of residential parcels (average width
and distance from back of curb to the ROW)
0.8-inches runoff over impervious
The RCWD’s event-based volume reduction standard was equated to an annual
runoff reduction using twenty years of daily precipitation data (1988 – 2007) for the
City of St. Anthony Village. This is similar to the methodology used during the
RCWD permit review for the St. Anthony water reuse facility. Table 1 shows
RCWD’s event-based volume reduction requirement and the annual runoff volume
reduction that would be required if all right of way within the City and RCWD were
reconstructed. Existing stormwater volume reduction debits are also noted for
reference.
RCWD Alternative Compliance Sequencing Report
City of St. Anthony Village PAGE 16
WSB Project No. 1626-53
Table 1: Required Volume Reduction based on RCWD Rules
Subwatershed
Drainage
area
(Acres)
Directly
connected
impervious
area within
ROW
(Acres)
RCWD volume
reduction
standard for
impervious
within ROW (0.8-
inches of runoff)
(ft3)
Annual volume
reduction
resulting from
RCWD
requirements
(ft3/year)
Silver Lake 325 26.3 76,375 1,362,648
Ramsey County Ditch 3 372 39.2 113,837 2,036,987
Mississippi River 53 7.1 20,618 367,918
Previously Permitted Projects
Central Park Parking Lot (01-103) - - 666 11,888
St. Anthony Schools (09-004) - - 2,195 39,181
Silver Lake Road (08-016) - - 13,068* 233,264*
2009 Street & Utility Improvements
(08-070) - - 12,478* 222,732*
2010 Silver Lane Street & Utility
Improvements (10-002) - - 4,100* 73,185*
2011 Street & Utility Improvements
(10-086) - - 10,594* 189,103*
TOTAL 750 72.6 213,691 3,818,622
*Note: Volume reduction requirement for these projects are also included in the subwatershed volume reduction calculation
C. Equivalent Pollutant Reduction Requirement for City Right of Way
The City of St. Anthony is unable to achieve the RCWD’s volume reduction
requirements using volume control BMPs. As a result, the City proposes to provide
equivalent water quality treatment to address the RCWD’s Rules.
In order to meet the RCWD’s water quality standards, the City of St. Anthony
Village would be required to reduce stormwater discharged from the City by
3,818,622 cubic feet per year. This volume-based standard of the RCWD has been
converted to a pollutant-based standard focusing primarily on total phosphorus (TP)
and also considering total suspended solids (TSS). Table 2 indicates the annual
volume reduction and equivalent pollutant reduction needed to meet the RCWD’s
water quality standard.
RCWD Alternative Compliance Sequencing Report
City of St. Anthony Village PAGE 17
WSB Project No. 1626-53
Table 2: Equivalent Annual Total Phosphorus and Total Suspended Solids Removal
Subwatershed
Annual volume reduction
resulting from infiltration
system to meet RCWD
requirements (ft3)
Equivalent annual
total phosphorus
removal
(lbs/year)
Equivalent
annual total
suspended
solids removal
(tons/year)
Silver Lake ROW 1,362,648 30.1 5.90
RC Ditch 3 ROW 2,036,987 45.6 8.94
Mississippi River ROW 367,918 8.2 1.61
Public Projects
(outside of ROW)
Central Parking Lot
(RCWD 01-103) 11,888 0.3 0.06
St. Anthony Schools
(RCWD 09-004) 39,181 0.9 0.18
TOTAL 3,818,622 85 16.65
The pollutant-based standards indicated on Table 2 are calculated based on the
following:
Total Phosphorus
A TP concentration of 0.97 pounds per acre-foot (0.36 mg/L) of runoff was
used to convert runoff volume to TP load removal. This is consistent with
event mean concentrations established under the approved TMDL for Silver
Lake.
The RCWD Engineer has noted that this TP concentration is higher than
what is typically observed within this portion of the RCWD. To remain
consistent with the TMDL documents, however, the concentration has been
found acceptable for this analysis. It should be noted that most BMP
benefits in the report, including the benefits of volume reduction BMPs, are
measured as a percentage of retained load. Therefore the finite load is less
important than the percent of load that must be retained to meet the water
quality standard. By using the load concentration presented in the TMDL,
the extent that BMPs are able to meet TMDL goals can be better estimated.
Total Suspended Solids
A TSS concentration of 0.190 tons per acre-foot (140 mg/L) of runoff was
used to convert runoff volume to TSS load removal. This is based on data
presented in “Protecting Water Quality in Urban Areas”, which is founded
in part by the Nationwide Urban Runoff Program (NURP) Studies.
Although both TP and TSS removal equivalents are quantified, TP is the primary
pollutant considered for water quality improvements within the City of St. Anthony.
Silver Lake is impaired for nutrients and targeting TP will help ensure that TMDL
RCWD Alternative Compliance Sequencing Report
City of St. Anthony Village PAGE 18
WSB Project No. 1626-53
goals can be achieved. In addition, BMPs that are able to target TP loads typically
achieve much higher removal efficiencies for TSS. For these reasons, TP is the
primary pollutant load targeted to address the RCWD’s water quality standards.
D. Required Volume & Equivalent Pollutant Reduction for Future Projects
In addition to the calculation of city-wide requirements provided, the specific
requirements for future street and utility reconstruction projects is estimated to help
plan future BMP construction and to demonstrate compliance with RCWD water
quality standards over the upcoming years.
Using the methods outlined above, the required volume reduction, and associated
equivalent pollutant reduction has been calculated for anticipated linear
reconstruction projects outlined in the City’s Capital Improvement Plan. See
Figure 1 for a map of the project. A list of the project year, the receiving water,
and linear footage estimates for the projects are presented in Table 3 below.
Table 3: Linear Footage of Future Projects by Watershed
Project
Year
Project Streets
(See Figure 1 for
Exact Locations)
Linear Footage to Receiving Watershed
Silver
Lake
Ramsey
County
Ditch 2
Within
RCWD,
draining
to Miss
River
Outside of
RCWD
2012 Belden, Coolidge & 35th 880 340 2,250
2013 Edward & 36th 2,000 650
2014 Penrod, Edgemere &
Wendhurst 3,320
2015 Chelmsford & 36th 3,460
2016 Penrod, Chelmsford &
Skycroft 1,820
2017 Rankin, Skycroft, Croft &
32nd 3,330
2018 Penrod & MacAlaster 3,560
2019 Shamrock, Fordham &
Foss 2,580
2020 Skycroft, Downers &
Maplewood 3,330
2021 Skycroft Cir, Croft & 34th 3,100
2022 Rankin, Townview & 31st 920 610 2,850
2023 Anthony Ln 3,740
2024 Silver Ln 3,360
Although this reflects the current street reconstruction plan approved by the City,
the order of, and magnitude of street reconstruction projects are periodically
adjusted based on the current needs of the City.
RCWD Alternative Compliance Sequencing Report
City of St. Anthony Village PAGE 19
WSB Project No. 1626-53
Using the linear footage estimates in Table 3, the required RCWD volume
reduction standard, annual runoff volume reduction, and equivalent annual
phosphorus removal has been calculated and listed in Table 4 below. The
impervious surface area is based on 32 foot wide roadways (two feet wider than the
standard width to account for possible deviations from standard), and an additional
20% to account for driveways and carriage walks within right of way.
Table 4: Required Volume Reduction & Equivalent Treatment for
Future Linear Projects by Subwatershed
Project
Year
Silver Lake Ramsey County Ditch 3
RCWD volume
reduction
standard for
impervious
within ROW
(0.8-inches of
runoff)
(ft3)
Annual
volume
reduction
resulting from
RCWD
requirements
(ft3 / year)
Equivalent
annual total
phosphorus
removal
(lbs/year)
RCWD
volume
reduction
standard for
impervious
within ROW
(0.8-inches
of runoff)
(ft3)
Annual
volume
reduction
resulting from
RCWD
requirements
(ft3 / year)
Equivalent
annual total
phosphorus
removal
(lbs/year)
2012 2,253 40,190 0.9 0 0 0.0
2013 5,120 91,341 2.0 0 0 0.0
2014 0 0 0.0 8,499 151,626 3.4
2015 0 0 0.0 8,858 158,020 3.5
2016 0 0 0.0 4,659 83,120 1.9
2017 0 0 0.0 8,525 152,082 3.4
2018 0 0 0.0 9,114 162,587 3.6
2019 0 0 0.0 6,605 117,830 2.6
2020 0 0 0.0 8,525 152,082 3.4
2021 0 0 0.0 7,936 141,578 3.2
2022 0 0 0.0 2,355 42,017 0.9
2023 0 0 0.0 0 0 0.0
2024 8,602 153,453 3.4 0 0 0.0
TOTAL 15,975 284,984 6.3 65,076 1,160,942 25.9
RCWD Alternative Compliance Sequencing Report
City of St. Anthony Village PAGE 20
WSB Project No. 1626-53
IV. STORMWATER MANAGEMENT BMPS
Existing and future stormwater management BMPs undertaken by the City are provided in
this Section. The water quality benefits provided by these BMPs are also estimated based
on equivalent annual volume reduction conversion presented in Section III. Constructed
and planned linear projects that will benefit from these BMPs are listed in the Plan under
Section V.
A. Inventory of Existing Water Quality BMPs Recognized by RCWD
The following stormwater BMPs have been constructed by the City of St. Anthony
Village to address the volume reduction requirements set forth by the RCWD. A
brief description of existing BMPs that have been used to meet RCWD permit
requirements along with the stormwater volume credits achieved is listed below.
Refer to Figure 4 for the location of the existing BMPs.
1. St. Anthony Water Reuse Facility (RC Ditch 3 Watershed)
The City constructed a stormwater system in 2008 that captures and stores
stormwater to be reused for irrigation. The system has a storage capacity of
66,840 cubic feet and provides irrigation to 20 acres. The RCWD
recognizes that credits for the facility are warranted and the City is
continuing monitoring activities on the facility to determine the final credits
that will be granted by the RCWD. At this time, monitoring results indicate
that the project reduces discharges to surface waters by 683,156 cubic feet
annually.
2. Foss Road Biofiltration Swale (RC Ditch 3 Watershed)
The City constructed a biofiltration swale off of Foss Road as part of the
2009 Street and Utility Improvement Project. RCWD estimated a credit of
12,478 cubic feet of water quality treatment for the first 0.8-inches of runoff
for this BMP. This credit can be converted to an equivalent annual volume
reduction credit of 222,732 cubic feet using an estimated conversion factor
of 17.85. This conversion factor is the estimated ratio of annual stormwater
volume reduction to volume reduction for the first 0.8-inches of runoff.
It should be noted that the RCWD has limited recognized credits for this
BMP based on the impervious surfaces reconstructed for the project.
However, the filtration BMP treats runoff from a much larger drainage area
than the limits of the project.
3. Filtration BMPs for 2011 Street Improvements (Silver Lake Watershed)
The City constructed three filtration BMPs to obtain a RCWD permit to
construct its 2011 Street Improvement Project. 1,742 cubic feet of
equivalent volume reduction credits are provided by these BMPs. This
credit is converted to an annual volume reduction of 31,095 cubic feet using
the estimated conversion factor of 17.85.
RCWD Alternative Compliance Sequencing Report
City of St. Anthony Village PAGE 21
WSB Project No. 1626-53
B. Inventory of Existing Water Quality BMPs Constructed Prior to 2008
The following stormwater BMPs were constructed by the City of St. Anthony
Village prior to the RCWD’s volume reduction requirements that were initiated in
2008. Since the credit system was not initiated by the RCWD at that time, these
BMPs have not been formally recognized by RCWD at this time. However, these
BMPs provide significant treatment and should be accounted for when considering
the level of treatment needed to meet the RCWD’s Rules. A brief description of
each BMP along with the anticipated stormwater volume credit provided by the
BMP is listed below. Refer to Figure 4 for the location of the existing BMPs.
1. Shamrock Drive/Silver Lane Biofiltration Basin (RC Ditch 3 Watershed)
The City constructed a biofiltration basin off of Shamrock Drive and Silver
Lane in 2007. This basin provides treatment to approximately 2.9 acres, of
which 0.85 acres (29%) is impervious. This basin currently provides an
equivalent annual volume reduction of approximately 46,660 cubic feet.
2. Mirror Pond (RC Ditch 3 Watershed)
Mirror pond was constructed in 1973 by the City of St. Anthony Village.
The stormwater pond receives runoff from 217 acres. The existing
stormwater pond reduces total phosphorus loading by approximately 58% or
78 pounds annually. Using the concentration of 0.97 pounds of total
phosphorus per acre foot of runoff from the Silver Lake TMDL, the
equivalent annual volume reduction is 3,502,763 cubic feet.
Table 5 below provides a summary of equivalent annual runoff decreases that are
achieved by existing stormwater BMPs controlled by the City of St. Anthony
Village.
Table 5: Equivalent Annual Volume Reduction from Existing BMPs
Existing BMP
Equivalent Annual
Volume Reduction
(ft3)*
St. Anthony Reuse Facility 683,156
Foss Road Biofiltration Swale 222,732
Filtration BMPs – 2011 Street Reconstruction 31,095
Shamrock Drive/Silver Lane Biofiltration Basin 46,660
Mirror Pond 3,502,763
TOTAL 4,486,406
*Equivalent annual volume reduction calculated using 0.97 lbs of total phosphorus/acre-foot of runoff consistent with TMDL
study for Silver Lake
St. AnthonyRosevilleSt . A nt ho nyNew B righ to n
RosevilleNew Brighton
Mi nneap oli sColumbia Heigh ts St. AnthonyColumbia Heights30th AVENUE NEEDWARD STREET33rd AVENUE NE
29th AVENUE NE
34th AVENUE NE
36th AVENUE NE
ROOSEVELT STREET NETOWNVIEW AVENUE NE
39th AVENUE NE
OLD HIGHWAY 8SKY CROFT DRIVEDOWNERS DRIVEFORDHAM DRIVE37th AVENUE NESILVER LAKE ROADA1
A2B1
B2
A3
¨Figure 4Existing Stormwater BMPs
0 1,250625
Feet
RCWD Alternative ComplianceSequencing Report
Existing Stormwater BMPs:
St. Anthony Water Reuse Facility
Foss Road Biofiltration Swale
2011 Filtration BMPs
Shamrock Drive/Silver Lane Biofiltration Basin
Mirror Pond
A1.
A2.
A3.
B1.
B2.
Path: K:\01626-53\GIS\Maps\Treatment Plan\Report\Figure 4 - Existing Stormwater BMPs.mxdDate Saved: 1/31/2012 3:52:12 PM
Legend
Silver Lake (325 Acres)
RC Ditch 2 (372 Acres)
To MWMO (53 Acres)
Rice Creek Watershed District
Corporate Boundary
RCWD Alternative Compliance Sequencing Report
City of St. Anthony Village PAGE 23
WSB Project No. 1626-53
C. Proposed Water Quality BMPs
The City of St. Anthony Village anticipates completing multiple linear construction
projects in the near future. Due to the overwhelming presence of Hydrologic Soil
Goups C and D throughout the City, there is little opportunity to provide feasible
volume reduction BMPs. The City proposes using an equivalence factor to allow
for the achievement of volume reduction credits by implementing phosphorous
reducing BMPs. Refer to Figure 5 for the location of proposed BMPs.
Possible stormwater management BMPs have been identified to achieve volume
reduction credits through the use of equivalent total phosphorus reduction. Using
the annual total phosphorous loading rate provided in the Silver Lake TMDL of
0.97 pounds of total phosphorus per acre foot of runoff, the equivalent annual
volume reduction was estimated. Calculations or procedures to determine water
quality benefits of each BMP will be submitted for RCWD staff review and
approval prior to construction. These credits will be used to offset the volume
reduction requirements resulting from the City’s planned linear reconstruction
projects. The following projects are possible improvement options for
consideration in the near future:
1. Salo Ponds Alum Treatment System (Silver Lake Watershed)
Project Description:
This project includes a permanent alum injection system in Salo Park, south
of Silver Lake, to remove total phosphorus and total suspended solids and
improve the water quality discharged to Silver Lake, which has been
classified by the MPCA as impaired due to excess nutrients.
Project Benefit:
The existing ponds remove approximately 66% of total phosphorus or 59
pounds annually as shown in the Silver Lake TMDL. The proposed project
is anticipated to increase the removal efficiency to 90% of total phosphorus
or an additional 21 pounds annually. Using the total phosphorus loading
rate from the Silver Lake TMDL (0.97 lbs of TP/AF of runoff), an
equivalent annual volume reduction of 943,051 cubic feet is estimated.
A portion of this project may be paid for under RCWD grant funding. If
grant funding is used for this project, RCWD has indicated that a portion of
the water quality credits may not be used to benefit linear project
improvements.
RCWD Alternative Compliance Sequencing Report
City of St. Anthony Village PAGE 24
WSB Project No. 1626-53
2. Mirror Lake Pond Water Quality and Habitat Improvements (RC Ditch
3 Watershed)
Project Description:
This project includes increasing the depth of Mirror Pond and providing
topographic features in the lake to aid in pollutant removal. The project also
includes enhancement of fish and wildlife habitat by planting native
vegetation along the shoreline.
Project Benefit:
The existing pond removes approximately 58% of total phosphorus or 78
pounds annually. The proposed project is anticipated to increase the
removal efficiency of total phosphorus to 61% which would result in
removal of an additional 4 pounds of total phosphorus annually. Using the
anticipated loading rate from the Silver Lake TMDL (0.97 lbs of TP/AF of
runoff), an equivalent annual volume reduction of 169,012 cubic feet is
estimated.
3. Mirror Lake Pond Alum Treatment System (RC Ditch 3 Watershed)
Project Description:
This project includes a permanent alum treatment system in Mirror Pond
which is located on the eastern border of the City. The alum treatment
system would remove additional phosphorus to improve both the water
quality in the pond as well as stormwater discharged downstream.
Project Benefit:
After water quality and habitat improvements described above, the pond will
remove approximately 61% of total phosphorus or 82 pounds annually. The
proposed project is anticipated to increase the removal efficiency of total
phosphorus to 90% which would result in removal of an additional 38
pounds of total phosphorus annually. Using the anticipated loading rate
from the Silver Lake TMDL (0.97 lbs of TP/AF of runoff), an equivalent
annual volume reduction of 1,605,622 cubic feet is estimated.
RCWD Alternative Compliance Sequencing Report
City of St. Anthony Village PAGE 25
WSB Project No. 1626-53
4. 37th Avenue In-line Treatment System (Silver Lake Watershed)
Project Description:
This project includes the construction of an in-line treatment system on 37th
Avenue west of Silver Lake Road. The in-line treatment system would
provide stormwater treatment to approximately 48 acres prior to discharge
into Silver Lake.
Project Benefit:
The proposed in-line treatment system on 37th Avenue is anticipated to
remove approximately 20% of total phosphorus or 9 pounds annually.
Using the anticipated loading rate from the Silver Lake TMDL (0.97 lbs of
TP/AF of runoff), an equivalent annual volume reduction of 421,560 cubic
feet is estimated.
5. Stinson Boulevard In-line Treatment System (Silver Lake Watershed)
Project Description:
This project includes the construction of an in-line treatment system on
Stinson Boulevard. The in-line treatment system would provide stormwater
treatment to approximately 18 acres from St. Anthony prior to discharging
into Silver Lake. Additional treatment will be provided for areas within
Columbia Heights, but has not been considered as a part of this analysis.
Project Benefit:
The proposed in-line treatment system on Stinson Boulevard is anticipated
to remove approximately 20% of total phosphorus or 3 pounds from the City
of St. Anthony annually. Using the anticipated loading rate from the Silver
Lake TMDL (0.97 lbs of TP/AF of runoff), an equivalent annual volume
reduction of 134,722 cubic feet is estimated.
RCWD Alternative Compliance Sequencing Report
City of St. Anthony Village PAGE 26
WSB Project No. 1626-53
6. Central Park Biofiltration System (RC Ditch 3 Watershed)
Project Description:
The project consists of a biofiltration system which will be constructed in an
existing low area at Central Park that collects untreated runoff from the
majority of the 42 acre drainage area. The biofiltration system will consist
of draintile pipe encased in a rock trench and located beneath a
sand/compost filtration medium. Native vegetation will be planted
throughout the raingarden to provide evapotranspiration of stormwater and
minimize standing water following rainfall events.
Project Benefit:
The proposed biofiltration system at Central Park is anticipated to remove
approximately 37.5% of total phosphorus or 15 pounds annually. Using the
anticipated loading rate from the Silver Lake TMDL (0.97 lbs of TP/AF of
runoff), an equivalent annual volume reduction of 673,608 cubic feet is
estimated.
A portion of this project may be paid for under RCWD grant funding. If
grant funding is used for this project, RCWD has indicated that a portion of
the water quality credits may not be used to benefit linear project
improvements.
Table 6 below summarizes the equivalent annual volume reduction resulting from
total phosphorus removals for possible improvement projects in the City of St.
Anthony Village.
Table 6: Equivalent Annual Volume Reduction from
Proposed Improvement Projects
Project
Equivalent Annual
Volume Reduction
(ft3)*
Salo Ponds Alum Treatment System 943,051
Mirror Pond Improvement Project 169,012
Mirror Pond Alum Treatment System 1,605,622
37th Avenue In-line Treatment System 421,560
Stinson Boulevard In-line Treatment System 134,722
Central Park Biofiltration System 673,608
TOTAL 3,947,575
*Equivalent annual volume reduction calculated using 0.97 lbs of total phosphorus/acre-foot of runoff consistent with TMDL
study for Silver Lake
St. AnthonyRosevilleSt . AnthonyNew B rig h t on
RosevilleNew Brighton
nneapolismbia Heights St. AnthonyColumbia Heights30th AVENUE NEEDWARD STREET33rd AVENUE NE
34th AVENUE NE
36th AVENUE NE
ROOSEVELT STREET NETOWNVIEW AVENUE NE
39th AVENUE NE
OLD HIGHWAY 8SKY CROFT DRIVEDOWNERS DRIVEFORDHAM DRIVE37th AVENUE NESILVER LAKE ROAD1 23
4
5
6
¨Figure 5Proposed Stormwater BMPs
0 1,250625
Feet
RCWD Alternative ComplianceSequencing Report
Possible Improvement Projects:
Salo Ponds Alum Treatment System
Mirror Pond Alum Treatment System
Mirror Pond Water Quality and Habitat Improvements
In-Line Treatment System on 37th Avenue
In-Line Treatment System on Stinson Boulevard
Central Park Biofiltration System
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Path: K:\01626-53\GIS\Maps\Treatment Plan\Report\Figure 5 - Proposed Stormwater BMPs.mxdDate Saved: 1/31/2012 3:51:48 PM
Legend
Silver Lake (325 Acres)
RC Ditch 2 (372 Acres)
To MWMO (53 Acres)
Rice Creek Watershed District
Corporate Boundary
RCWD Alternative Compliance Sequencing Report
City of St. Anthony Village PAGE 28
WSB Project No. 1626-53
V. ALTERNATIVE COMPLIANCE SEQUENCING PLAN
Construction of infiltration-based BMPs in conjunction with City Street and Utility
Reconstruction Projects is not possible in the City of St. Anthony Village. Due to the soil
characteristics throughout the City, and based on the sequencing measures considered
under Section II, the City proposes construction of stormwater treatment BMPs in lieu of
volume reduction BMPs.
A. City-wide Analysis
A City-wide analysis was completed to determine the extent that municipal water
quality BMPs can address RCWD Rules for all right of way within the City. Table
5 below contains a summary of the volume reduction requirements for impervious
and directly connected impervious areas within the three subwatersheds located
within the RCWD and the City. Also included in the table are existing BMPs
constructed by the City, proposed BMPs to be constructed, and the associated water
quality benefits in terms of annual volume reduction.
Table 7: Summary of Equivalent Annual Volume Reduction Debits and Credits for
Reconstructing ROW and Implementing BMPs within the City of St. Anthony
Project Debits (ft3)
Equivalent
Annual
Volume
Reduction
(ft3)*
Silver Lake Subwatershed Reconstruction 1,362,648
RC Ditch 3 Subwatershed Reconstruction 2,036,987
Mississippi River Subwatershed Reconstruction 367,918
Central Parking Lot (01-103) 11,888
Silver Lake Road (08-016) 39,181
Mirror Pond 3,502,763*
Shamrock Drive/Silver Lane Biofiltration Basin 46,660
St. Anthony Water Reuse Facility 683,156
Foss Road Biofiltration Swale 222,732
Filtration BMPs – 2011 Street Reconstruction 31,095
Salo Ponds Alum Treatment System 943,051*
Mirror Pond Improvement Project 169,012*
Mirror Pond Alum Treatment System 1,605,622*
In-Line Treatment System on 37th Avenue 421,560*
In-Line Treatment System on Stinson Boulevard 134,722*
Central Park Biofiltration System 673,608*
TOTAL 3,818,622 8,725,079
BALANCE - 4,906,457
*Equivalent annual volume reduction calculated using 0.97 lbs of total phosphorus/acre-foot of runoff consistent with TMDL study for
Silver Lake
RCWD Alternative Compliance Sequencing Report
City of St. Anthony Village PAGE 29
WSB Project No. 1626-53
Results shown on Table 7 indicate that the City can meet the RCWD’s water
quality/volume control requirements for all right of way within the City by using
equivalent TP reduction of the water quality BMPs outlined above.
B. Compliance Plan by Subwatershed
To better define the course of action that the City will use to meet the Alternative
Compliance Sequencing requirements, the proposed linear reconstruction projects
and existing / proposed water quality improvement projects have been grouped by
subwatershed. Each existing/proposed water quality improvement BMP has been
assigned to address requirements of one or more projects within the subwatershed.
This will allow the City to demonstrate compliance with RCWD Rules on future
projects. It is anticipated that each water quality BMP will be constructed prior to,
or within two years of the linear project(s) that will benefit from the BMP. See
Tables 8 and 9 below.
Table 8: Silver Lake Subwatershed Alternative Compliance Plan
Year Linear Project / BMP Project
Benefitted
Improvement
Project(s)
Equivalent Annual
Volume Reduction
(ft3)
Credit Debit PAST 2011 Street Improvements - 189,103
2011 Street Filtration Basins 2011 31,095 -
Subtotal 31,095 189,103
Subtotal Balance - 158,008
FUTURE 2012 Street Improvements - 40,190
2013 Street Improvements - 91,341
2013 -
2015 37th Avenue In-line Treatment System 2011
2012
2013
2024
Future
421,560 -
2013 -
2015 Salo Ponds Alum Treatment 943,051 -
2024 Street Improvements - 153,453
2015 Stinson Blvd In-line Treatment System Future 134,722 -
Subtotal 1,499,333 284,984
Subtotal Balance 1,214,349 -
TOTAL 1,395,706 474,087
TOTAL BALANCE 921,619 -
RCWD Alternative Compliance Sequencing Report
City of St. Anthony Village PAGE 30
WSB Project No. 1626-53
Table 9: Ramsey County Ditch 3 Subwatershed Alternative Compliance Plan
Year Linear Project / BMP Project
Benefitted
Improvement
Project(s)
Equivalent Annual
Volume Reduction (ft3)
Credit Debit Prior to Vol Rule 1960s Mirror Lake Pond 3,502,763 -
2007 Shamrock Dr / Silver Lane Biofiltration 2007 Streets 46,660 -
Subtotal 3,549,423 -
Subtotal Balance 3,549,423 - PAST 2001 Central Park Parking Lot (01-103) - 11,888
2008 Silver Lake Road (08-016) - 233,264
2008 Water Reuse Facility
Central Park
Silver Lk Rd
School
Parking
2010 Streets
2014 Streets
2015 Streets
683,156 -
2009 St. Anthony Schools Parking Lot (09-004) - 39,181
2009 Street Improvements (08-070) - 222,732
2009 Street Biofiltration Swale (08-070) 2009 Streets 222,732 -
2010 Street Improvements (10-002) - 73,185
Subtotal 905,888 580,250
Subtotal Balance 325,638 - FUTURE 2014 Street Improvements - 151,626
2015 Street Improvements - 158,020
2015 Central Park Biofiltration System 2016 - 2020
Streets 673,608 -
2016 Street Improvements - 83,120
2017 Street Improvements - 152,082
2018 Street Improvements - 162,587
2019 Street Improvements - 117,830
2020 Street Improvements - 152,082
2015 Mirror Pond Alum Treatment System 2021 - 2022
Streets 1,605,622 -
2021 Street Improvements - 141,578
2022 Street Improvements - 42,017
2020 -
2025 Stinson Blvd In-line Treatment System Future
Projects 134,722 -
2020 -
2025
Mirror Pond WQ and Habitat
Improvements
Future
Projects 169,012 -
Subtotal 2,582,964 1,160,942
Subtotal Balance 1,422,022 -
TOTAL 7,038,275 1,741,192
TOTAL BALANCE 5,297,083 -
CITY OF ST. ANTHONY VILLAGE WATER RESOURCES MANAGEMENT PLAN
APPENDIX C
APPENDIX D – ST. ANTHONY CITY CODE OF RELEVANT ORDINANCES
CHAPTER 153: STORM WATER MANAGEMENT
Section
153.01 Statutory authorization
153.02 Findings
153.03 Purpose
153.04 Definitions
153.05 Scope and effect
153.06 Plan approval procedures
153.07 Plan review procedure
153.08 Approval standards
153.09 Other controls
§ 153.01 STATUTORY AUTHORIZATION.
This chapter is adopted pursuant to M.S. §§ 462.351 through 462.365, as they may be amended from
time to time.
(1993 Code, § 1675.01)
§ 153.02 FINDINGS.
The city hereby finds that uncontrolled and inadequately planned use of wetlands, woodlands,
natural habitat areas, areas subject to soil erosion and areas containing restrictive soils, adversely affects
the public health, safety and general welfare by impacting water quality and contributing to other
environmental problems, creating nuisances, impairing other beneficial uses of environmental resources
and hindering the ability of the city to provide adequate water, sewage, flood control, and other services.
(1993 Code, § 1675.02)
§ 153.03 PURPOSE.
The purpose of this chapter is to address the findings in § 153.02 and to promote, preserve, and
enhance the natural resources within the city.
(1993 Code, § 1675.03)
108
109 St. Anthony - Land Usage
§ 153.04 DEFINITIONS.
For the purpose of this chapter, the following definitions shall apply unless the context clearly
indicates or requires a different meaning.
APPLICANT. Any person who wishes to obtain a building permit, zoning or subdivision approval.
CONTROL MEASURE. A practice or combination of practices to control erosion and attendant
pollution.
DETENTION FACILITY. A permanent natural or human-made structure, including wetlands, for
the temporary storage of runoff which contains a permanent pool of water.
FLOOD FRINGE. The portion of the flood plain outside of the flood way.
FLOOD PLAIN. The areas adjoining a watercourse or water basin that have been or may be
covered by a regional flood.
FLOOD WAY. The channel of the watercourse, the bed of water basins, and those portions of the
adjoining flood plains that are reasonably required to carry and discharge flood water and provide water
storage during a regional flood.
HYDRIC SOILS. Soils that are saturated, flooded, or ponded long enough during the growing
season to develop anaerobic conditions in the upper part.
HYDROPHYTIC VEGETATION. Macrophytic plant life growing in water, soil, or on a substrate
that is at least periodically deficient in oxygen as a result of excessive water content.
LAND DISTURBING OR DEVELOPMENT ACTIVITIES. Any change of the land surface
including removing vegetative cover, excavating, filling, grading, and the construction of any structure.
PERSON. Any individual, firm, corporation, partnership, franchisee, and association.
PLAN. A storm water management plan governed by this chapter.
PUBLIC WATERS. Waters of the state as defined in M.S. § 103G.005, Subd. 15, as it may be
amended from time to time.
REGIONAL FLOOD. A flood that is representative of large floods known to have occurred
generally in the state and reasonably characteristic of what can be expected to occur on an average
frequency in the magnitude of a 100-year recurrence interval.
RETENTION FACILITY. A permanent natural or human-made structure that provides for the
storage of storm water runoff by means of a permanent pool of water.
Storm Water Management 110
SEDIMENT. Solid matter carried by water, sewage, or other liquids.
STRUCTURE. Anything manufactured, constructed, or erected which is normally attached to or
positioned on land, including portable structures, earthen structures, roads, parking lots, and paved
storage areas.
THIS CHAPTER. This Chapter 153.
WETLANDS. Lands transitional between terrestrial and aquatic systems where the water table is
usually at or near the surface or the land is covered by shallow water. For purposes of this definition,
WETLANDS must have the following 3 attributes:
(1) Have a predominance of hydric soils;
(2) Are inundated or saturated by surface or ground water at a frequency and duration
sufficient to support a prevalence of hydrophytic vegetation typically adapted for life in saturated soil
conditions; and
(3) Under normal circumstances support a prevalence of the vegetation.
(1993 Code, § 1675.04)
§ 153.05 SCOPE AND EFFECT.
(A) Applicability. Every applicant for a building permit, subdivision approval, or a permit in the
Commercial, Industrial, R-3, and R-4 Zoning Districts of the city must submit a Storm Water
Management Plan to the Public Works Director. No building permit, subdivision approval, or permit to
allow land disturbing activities shall be issued until approval of the plan or a waiver of the approval
requirement has been obtained under this chapter.
(B) Exemptions. The provisions of this chapter do not apply to fences, signs, or poles or
emergency work, or to the following items if approved before the effective date of this chapter:
(1) Any part of a subdivision approved by the City Council before the effective date of this
chapter;
(2) Any land disturbing activity for which plans have been approved by the watershed
management organization;
(3) A lot for which a building permit has been approved; and
(4) Building permits issued in the R-1, R-1A, or R-2 Zoning District. In these districts, the
property owner must obtain prior approval from only the Public Works Director of a storm water plan
appropriate in scale and scope to the proposed activity when it is over one acre in size.
(1993 Code, § 1675.05)
111 St. Anthony - Land Usage
§ 153.06 PLAN APPROVAL PROCEDURES.
(A) Application. Any plan and an application for its approval shall be filed with the Public Works
Director. It must state the grounds for approval, that the proposed use is permitted by the zoning
ordinances, and adequate evidence that the proposed use will conform to this chapter. Prior to applying,
an applicant may have the plan reviewed by the appropriate departments of the city. The applicant must
submit 2 sets of clearly legible blue or black lined drawings in appropriate scale (not less than 1 inch
equals 100 feet) and the required additional information with evidence of payment of all fees required
under § 153.07.
(B) Plan. At a minimum, the plan shall contain the following information.
(1) Existing site map. A map of existing site conditions showing the site and immediately
adjacent areas, including:
(a) The name and address of the applicant, the section, township and range, north point,
date and scale of drawing and number of sheets;
(b) Location of the tract by an insert map at a scale sufficient to clearly identify the
location of the property and giving the information as the names and numbers of adjoining roads,
railroads, utilities, subdivisions, towns and districts or other landmarks;
(c) Existing topography with a contour interval appropriate to the topography of the land
but in no case having a contour interval greater than 2 feet;
(d) A delineation of all streams, rivers, public waters, and wetlands located on and
immediately adjacent to the site;
(e) Location and dimensions of existing storm water drainage systems and natural
drainage patterns on and immediately adjacent to the site delineating in which direction and at what rate
storm water is conveyed from the site, identifying the receiving stream, river, public water, or wetland,
and setting forth those areas of the unaltered site where storm water collects;
(f) A description of the soils of the site, including a map indicating soil types of areas to be
disturbed as well as a soil report containing information on the suitability of the soils for the type of
development proposed;
(g) Vegetative cover and clearly delineating any vegetation proposed for removal; and
(h) One hundred year flood plains, flood fringes, and flood ways.
(2) Site construction plan. A site construction plan, including:
(a) Locations and dimensions of all proposed land disturbing activities and any phasing of
those activities;
Storm Water Management 112
(b) Locations and dimensions of all temporary soil or dirt stockpiles;
(c) Locations and dimensions of all construction site erosion control measures necessary
to meet the requirements of this chapter;
(d) Schedule of anticipated starting and completion date of each land disturbing activity
including the installation of construction site erosion control measures needed to meet the requirements
of this chapter; and
(e) Provisions for maintenance of the construction site erosion control measures during
construction.
(3) Drawing of final site conditions. A drawing of final site conditions on the same scale as
the existing site map showing the site changes, including:
(a) Finished grading shown at contours at the same interval as provided above or as
required to clearly indicate the relationship of proposed changes to existing topography and remaining
features;
(b) A landscape plan, drawn to an appropriate scale, including dimensions and distances
and the location, type, size, and description of all proposed landscape materials which will be added to
the site as part of the development;
(c) A drainage plan of the developed site delineating in which direction and at what rate
storm water will be conveyed from the site and setting forth the areas of the site where storm water will
be allowed to collect;
(d) The proposed size, alignment, and intended use of any structures to be erected on the
site;
(e) A clear delineation and tabulation of all areas which shall be paved or surfaced,
including a description of the surfacing material to be used; and
(f) Any other information pertinent to the particular project which in the opinion of the
applicant is necessary for the review of the project.
(1993 Code, § 1675.06)
§ 153.07 PLAN REVIEW PROCEDURE.
(A) Process. Plans meeting the requirements of § 153.06 shall be submitted by the Public Works
Director to the Planning Commission for review under § 153.08. The Commission shall recommend
approval, approval with conditions, or denial. Following Planning Commission action, the plan shall be
submitted to the City Council at its next available meeting. City Council action on the plan must be
accomplished within 120 days following the date the application is filed with the Public Works Director.
113 St. Anthony - Land Usage
(B) Duration. Approval of a plan shall expire 1 year after the date of approval unless construction
has commenced in accordance with the plan, unless the applicant makes a written request to the Public
Works Director for an extension of setting forth the reasons for it. The Public Works Director shall
make a decision on the extension within 30 days. The Public Works Director may grant 1 extension of
not more than 12 months. Any plan may be revised in the same manner as originally approved.
(C) Conditions. A plan may be approved subject to conditions related to the requirements of this
chapter. The conditions may, among other matters, limit the size, kind or character of the proposed
development, require the construction of structures, drainage facilities, storage basins and other facilities,
require replacement of vegetation, establish required monitoring procedures, stage the work over time,
require alteration of the site design to insure buffering, and require the conveyance to the city or other
public entity of certain lands or interests therein.
(D) Security. Prior to approval, the applicant shall execute an agreement in form acceptable to the
City Council to construct any required improvements, to dedicate property or easements, and to comply
with any required conditions. The agreement must be accompanied by cash or a letter of credit in form
and amount determined by the City Council sufficient to secure performance of the applicant’s
obligations.
(E) Fees. All applications for plan approval shall be accompanied by a processing and approval
fee of $150.
(1993 Code, § 1675.07)
§ 153.08 APPROVAL STANDARDS.
(A) Requirements. The standards contained in this chapter must be met to the degree required by
the City Council.
(B) Site dewatering. Water pumped from the site shall be treated by temporary sedimentation
basins, grit chambers, sand filters, upflow chambers, hydro-calcines, swirl concentrators or other
controls as appropriate. Water may not be discharged in a manner that causes erosion or flooding of the
site or receiving channels or a wetland.
(C) Waste and material disposal. All waste and unused building materials (including garbage,
debris, cleaning wastes, wastewater, toxic materials or hazardous materials) shall be properly disposed of
off-site and not allowed to be carried by runoff into a receiving channel or storm sewer system.
(D) Tracking. Each site shall have graveled roads, access drives and parking areas of sufficient
width and length to prevent sediment from being tracked onto public or private roadways. Any
sediment reaching a public or private road shall be removed by street cleaning (not flushing) before the
end of each workday.
Storm Water Management 114
(E) Drain inlet protection. All storm drain inlets shall be protected during construction until
control measures are in place with a straw bale, silt fence, or equivalent barrier meeting accepted design
criteria, standards, and specifications contained in the Minnesota Pollution Control Agency publication
Protecting Water Quality in Urban Areas.
(F) Site erosion control. The requirements of this division (F) apply only to construction activities
that result in runoff leaving the site.
(1) Channelized runoff from adjacent areas passing through the site shall be diverted around
disturbed areas, if practical. Otherwise, the channel shall be protected as described below. Sheetflow
runoff from adjacent areas greater than 10,000 square feet in area shall also be diverted around disturbed
areas, unless shown to have resultant runoff velocity of less than 0.5 ft./sec. across the disturbed area for
the 1-year storm. Diverted runoff shall be conveyed in a manner that will not erode the conveyance and
receiving channels.
(2) All activities on the site shall be conducted in a logical sequence to minimize the area of
bare soil exposed at any 1 time.
(3) Runoff from the entire disturbed area on the site shall be controlled by meeting either
divisions (F)(3)(a) and (F)(3)(b) or divisions (F)(3)(a) and (F)(3)(c).
(a) All disturbed ground left inactive for 14 or more days shall be stabilized by seeding or
sodding (only available prior to September 15) or by mulching or covering or other equivalent control
measure.
(b) For sites with more than 3 acres disturbed at 1 time, or if a channel originates in the
disturbed area, 1 or more temporary or permanent sedimentation basins shall be constructed. Each
sedimentation basin shall have a surface area of at least 1% of the area draining to the basin and at least 3
feet of depth and constructed in accordance with accepted design specifications. Sediment shall be
removed to maintain a depth of 3 feet. The basin discharge rate shall also be sufficiently low as to not
cause erosion along the discharge channel or the receiving water.
(c) For sites with less than 10 acres disturbed at 1 time, silt fences, straw bales, or
equivalent control measure shall be placed along all side slope and downslope sides of the site. If a
channel or area of concentrated runoff passes through the site, silt fences shall be placed along the
channel edges to reduce sediment reaching the channel. The use of silt fences, straw bales, or equivalent
control measure must include a maintenance and inspection schedule.
(4) If remaining for more than 7 days, they shall be stabilized by mulching, vegetative cover,
tarps or other means. Erosion from piles which will be in existence for less than 7 days shall be
controlled by placing straw bales or silt fence barriers around the pile. In-street utility repair or
construction soil or dirt storage piles located closer than 25 feet of a roadway or drainage channel must be
covered with tarps or suitable alternative control, if exposed for more than 7 days, and the storm drain
inlets must be protected with straw bale or other appropriate filtering barriers.
115 St. Anthony - Land Usage
(G) Storm water management criteria for permanent facilities. Storm water management criteria
for permanent facilities shall be in conformance with the city’s current Comprehensive Water Resource
Management Plan.
(H) Design standards. Storm water detention facilities constructed in the City of St. Anthony shall
be designed in conformance with the city’s current Comprehensive Water Resource Management Plan.
(I) Wetlands. Wetlands shall be maintained and protected in conformance with the city’s current
Comprehensive Storm Water Management Plan.
(J) Steep slopes. No land disturbing or development activities shall be allowed on slopes of 18%
or more.
(K) Catch basins. When deemed necessary by the Public Works Director, all newly installed and
rehabilitated catch basins shall be provided with a sump area for the collection of coarse-grained
material. The basins shall be cleaned when they are half filled with material.
(L) Drain leaders. When deemed necessary by the Public Works Director, all newly constructed
and reconstructed buildings will route drain leaders to pervious areas wherein the runoff can be allowed
to infiltrate. The flow rate of water exiting the leaders shall be controlled so no erosion occurs in the
previous areas.
(M) Inspection and maintenance. All storm water management facilities shall be designed to
minimize the need of maintenance, to provide access for maintenance purposes and to be structurally
sound. All storm water management facilities be inspected and maintained in accordance with the city’s
Comprehensive Storm Water Management Plan. It shall be the responsibility of the applicant to obtain
any necessary easements or other property interests allow access to the storm water management
facilities for inspection maintenance purposes.
(N) Models/methodologies/computations. Hydrologic models and design methodologies used for
the determination of runoff and analysis of storm water management structures shall be approved by the
Public Works Director. Plans, specification, and computations for storm water management facilities
submitted for review shall be sealed and signed by a registered professional engineer. All computations
shall appear on the plans submitted for review, unless otherwise approved by the Public Works Director.
(O) Watershed management plans/ground water management plans. Plans shall be consistent with
adopted watershed management plans and groundwater management plans prepared in accordance with
M.S. §§ 103B.231 and 103B.255, as they may be amended from time to time, respectively, and as
approved by the Minnesota Board of Water and Soil Resources in accordance with the state law.
(P) Easements. If a plan involves direction of some or all runoff off of the site, it shall be the
responsibility of the applicant to obtain from adjacent property owners any necessary easements or other
property interests concerning flowage of water.
Storm Water Management 116
(Q) Lawn maintenance education. The city shall participate in on-going educational opportunities
to inform the residents of the harmful impacts to the environment by doing any of the following:
improperly applying fertilizer; leaving or depositing grass clippings, leaves, and the like in any storm
drainage area, street or natural drainage area; and, in addition, to discuss the benefits of using fertilizer
containing less than 3% by weight of phosphorus.
(1993 Code, § 1675.08)
§ 153.09 OTHER CONTROLS.
In the event of any conflict between the provisions of this chapter and the provisions of any other
ordinance of the city, the more restrictive standard prevails.
(1993 Code, § 1675.09)
Storm Water and Sanitary Sewers 8A
ILLICIT DISCHARGE AND CONNECTION
§ 50.30 PURPOSE AND INTENT.
(A) The purpose of this subchapter is to provide for the health, safety, and general welfare of
the citizens of the City of St. Anthony through the regulation of non-storm water discharges to the storm
drainage system to the maximum extent practicable as required by federal and state law. This
subchapter establishes methods for controlling the introduction of pollutants into the municipal separate
storm sewer system (MS4) in order to comply with requirements of the National Pollutant Discharge
Elimination System (NPDES) permit process.
(B) The objectives of this subchapter are:
(1) To regulate the contribution of pollutants to the municipal separate storm sewer
system (MS4) by stormwater discharges by any user;
(2) To prohibit illicit connections and discharges to the municipal separate storm
sewer system; and
(3) To establish legal authority to carry out all inspection, surveillance and
monitoring procedures necessary to ensure compliance with this subchapter.
(Ord. 2009-002, passed 2-24-2009)
§ 50.31 DEFINITIONS.
For the purpose of this subchapter, the following definitions shall apply unless the context clearly
indicates or requires a different meaning.
AUTHORIZED ENFORCEMENT AGENCY. The City of St. Anthony.
BEST MANAGEMENT PRACTICES (BMPs). Schedules of activities, prohibitions of
practices, general good house keeping practices, pollution prevention and educational practices,
maintenance procedures, and other management practices to prevent or reduce the discharge of
pollutants directly or indirectly to stormwater, receiving waters, or stormwater conveyance systems.
BMPs also include treatment practices, operating procedures, and practices to control site runoff,
spillage or leaks, sludge or water disposal, or drainage from raw materials storage.
CLEAN WATER ACT. The federal Water Pollution Control Act (33 U.S.C. § 1251 et seq.), and
any subsequent amendments thereto.
2010 S-2
8B St. Anthony - Public Works
CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITY. Activities subject to NPDES construction permits. These
include construction projects resulting in land disturbance of one acre or more. Such activities include
but are not limited to clearing and grubbing, grading, excavating, and demolition.
HAZARDOUS MATERIALS. Any material, including any substance, waste, or combination
thereof, which because of its quantity, concentration, or physical, chemical, or infectious characteristics
may cause, or significantly contribute to, a substantial present or potential hazard to human health,
safety, property, or the environment when improperly treated, stored, transported, disposed of, or
otherwise managed.
ILLEGAL DISCHARGE. Any direct or indirect non-storm water discharge to the storm drain
system, except as exempted in this subchapter.
ILLICIT CONNECTIONS. Any drain or conveyance, whether on the surface or subsurface,
which allows an illegal discharge to enter the storm drain system including but not limited to any
conveyances which allow any non-storm water discharge including sewage, process wastewater, and
wash water to enter the storm drain system and any connections to the storm drain system from indoor
drains and sinks, regardless of whether the drain or connection had been previously allowed, permitted,
or approved by an authorized enforcement agency or, any drain or conveyance connected from a
commercial or industrial land use to the storm drain system which has not been documented in plans,
maps, or equivalent records and approved by an authorized enforcement agency.
INDUSTRIAL ACTIVITY. Activities subject to NPDES industrial permits as defined in 40 CFR §
122.26 (b)(14).
NATIONAL POLLUTANT DISCHARGE ELIMINATION SYSTEM (NPDES) STORM
WATER DISCHARGE PERMIT. A permit issued by MPCA that authorizes the discharge of
pollutants to waters of the United States, whether the permit is applicable on an individual group, or
general area-wide basis.
NON-STORM WATER DISCHARGE. Any discharge to the storm drain system that is not
composed entirely of storm water.
PERSON. Any individual, association, organization, partnership, firm, corporation or other entity
recognized by law and action as either the owner or as the owner’s agent.
POLLUTANT. Anything which causes or contributes to pollution. POLLUTANTS may include,
but are not limited to: paints, varnishes, and solvents; oil and other automotive fluids; non-hazardous
liquid and solid wastes and yard wastes; refuse, rubbish, garbage, litter, or other discarded or abandoned
objects, pesticides, herbicides, and fertilizers; hazardous substances and wastes and residues that result
from constructing a building or structure; and noxious or offensive matter of any kind.
PREMISES. Any building, lot, parcel of land, or portion of land whether improved or unimproved
including adjacent sidewalks and parking strips.
2010 S-2
Storm Water and Sanitary Sewers 8C
STORM DRAIN SYSTEM. Publicly-owned facilities by which storm water is collected and/or
conveyed, including but not limited to any roads with drainage systems, municipal streets, gutters, curbs,
inlets, piped storm drains, pumping facilities, retention and detention basins, natural and human-made or
altered drainage channels, reservoirs, and other drainage structures.
STORM WATER. Any surface flow, runoff, and drainage consisting entirely of water from any
form of natural precipitation, and resulting from such precipitation.
STORMWATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN. A document which describes the best
management practices and activities to be implemented by a person or business to identify sources of
pollution or contamination at a site and the actions to eliminate or reduce pollutant discharges to
stormwater, stormwater conveyance systems, and/or receiving waters to the maximum extent
practicable.
WASTEWATER. Any water or other liquid, other than uncontaminated storm water,
discharged from a facility.
(Ord. 2009-002, passed 2-24-2009)
§ 50.32 APPLICABILITY.
This subchapter shall apply to all water entering the storm drain system generated on any
developed or undeveloped lands unless explicitly exempted by an authorized enforcement agency.
(Ord. 2009-002, passed 2-24-2009)
§ 50.33 RESPONSIBILITY FOR ADMINISTRATION.
The authorized enforcement agency shall administer, implement, and enforce the provisions of
this subchapter. Any powers granted or duties imposed upon the authorized enforcement agency may
be delegated in writing by the director of the authorized enforcement agency to persons or entities acting
in the beneficial interest of or in the employ of the agency.
(Ord. 2009-002, passed 2-24-2009)
§ 50.34 ULTIMATE RESPONSIBILITY.
The standards set forth herein and promulgated pursuant to this subchapter and minimum
standards; therefore this subchapter does not intend or imply that compliance by any person will ensure
that there will be no contamination, pollution, nor unauthorized discharge of pollutants.
(Ord. 2009-002, passed 2-24-2009)
2010 S-2
8D St. Anthony - Public Works
§ 50.35 DISCHARGE PROHIBITIONS.
(A) Prohibition of illegal discharges.
(1) No person shall discharge or cause to be discharged into the municipal storm drain system
or watercourses any materials, including but not limited to pollutants or waters containing any pollutants
that cause or contribute to a violation of applicable water quality standards, other than storm water.
(2) The commencement, conduct or continuance of any illegal discharge to the storm drain
system is prohibited except as described as follows:
(a) The following discharges are exempt from discharge prohibitions established by this
subchapter: water line flushing or other potable water sources, landscape irrigation or lawn watering,
diverted stream flows, rising ground water, ground water infiltration to storm drains, uncontaminated
pumped ground water, foundation or footing drains (not including active groundwater dewatering
systems), crawl space pumps, air conditioning condensation, springs, noncommercial washing of
vehicles, natural riparian habitat or wet-land flows, swimming pools (if dechlorinated - typically less
than one ppm chlorine), fire fighting activities, and any other water source not containing pollutants.
(b) Discharges specified in writing by the authorized enforcement agency as being
necessary to protect public health and safety.
(c) Dye testing is an allowable discharge, but requires a verbal notification to the
authorized enforcement agency prior to the time of the test.
(d) The prohibition shall not apply to any non-storm water discharge permitted under an
NPDES permit, waiver, or waste discharge order issued to the discharger and administered under the
authority of the Federal Environmental Protection Agency, provided that the discharger is in full
compliance with all requirements of the permit, waiver, or order and other applicable laws and
regulations, and provided that written approval has been granted for any discharge to the storm drain
system.
(B) Prohibition of illicit connections.
(1) The construction, use, maintenance or continued existence of illicit connections to the
storm drain system is prohibited.
(2) This prohibition expressly includes, without limitation, illicit connections made in the past,
regardless of whether the connection was permissible under law or practices applicable or prevailing at
the time of the connection.
(3) A person is considered to be in violation of this subchapter if the person connects a line
conveying sewage to the MS4, or allows such a connection to continue.
(Ord. 2009-002, passed 2-24-2009) Penalty, see § 10.99
2010 S-2
Storm Water and Sanitary Sewers 8E
§ 50.36 SUSPENSION OF MS4 ACCESS.
(A) Suspension due to illicit discharges in emergency situations. The City Council may, without
prior notice, suspend MS4 discharge access to a person when such suspension is necessary to stop an
actual or threatened discharge which presents or may present imminent and substantial danger to the
environment, or to the health or welfare of persons, or to the MS4 or waters of the United States. If the
violator fails to comply with a suspension order issued in an emergency, the authorized enforcement
agency may take such steps as deemed necessary to prevent or minimize damage to the MS4 or waters of
the United States, or to minimize danger to persons.
(B) Suspension due to the detection of illicit discharge. Any person discharging to the MS4 in
violation of this subchapter may have their MS4 access terminated if such termination would abate or
reduce an illicit discharge. The authorized enforcement agency will notify a violator of the proposed
termination of its MS4 access. The violator may petition the authorized enforcement agency for
reconsideration and a hearing. A person commits an offense if the person reinstates MS4 access to
premises terminated pursuant to this section, without the prior approval of the authorized enforcement
agency.
(Ord. 2009-002, passed 2-24-2009)
§ 50.37 INDUSTRIAL OR CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITY DISCHARGES.
Any person subject to an industrial or construction activity NPDES storm water discharge permit
shall comply with all provisions of such permit. Proof of compliance with the permit may be required in
a form acceptable to the City Council prior to the allowing of discharges to the MS4.
(Ord. 2009-002, passed 2-24-2009)
§ 50.38 MONITORING OF DISCHARGES.
(A) Applicability. This section applies to all facilities that have storm water discharges associated
with industrial activity, including construction activity.
(B) Access to facilities.
(1) The authorized enforcement agency shall be permitted to enter and inspect facilities subject
to regulation under this subchapter as often as may be necessary to determine compliance with this
subchapter. If a discharger has security measures in force which require proper identification and
clearance before entry into its premises, the discharger shall make the necessary arrangements to allow
access to representatives of the authorized enforcement agency.
(2) Facility operators shall allow the authorized enforcement agency ready access to all parts of
the premises for the purposes of inspection, sampling, examination and copying of records that must
2010 S-2
8F St. Anthony - Public Works
be kept under the conditions of an NPDES permit to discharge storm water, and the performance of any
additional duties as defined by state and federal law.
(3) The authorized enforcement agency shall have the right to set up on any permitted facility
such devices as are necessary in the opinion of the authorized enforcement agency to conduct monitoring
and/or sampling of the facility’s storm water discharge.
(4) The authorized enforcement agency has the right to require the discharger to install
monitoring equipment as necessary. The facility’s sampling and monitoring equipment shall be
maintained at all times in a safe and proper operating condition by the discharger at its own expense. All
devices used to measure stormwater flow and quality shall be calibrated to ensure their accuracy.
(5) Any temporary or permanent obstruction to safe and easy access to the facility to be
inspected and/or sampled shall be promptly removed by the operator at the written or oral request of the
authorized enforcement agency and shall not be replaced. The costs of clearing such access shall be
borne by the operator.
(6) Unreasonable delays in allowing the authorized enforcement agency access to a permitted
facility is a violation of a storm water discharge permit and of this subchapter. A person who is the
operator of the facility with a NPDES permit to discharge storm water associated with industrial activity
commits an offense if the person denies the authorized enforcement agency reasonable access to the
permitted facility for the purpose of conducting any activity authorized or required by this subchapter.
(7) If the authorized enforcement agency has been refused access to any part of the premises
from which stormwater is discharged, and the city is able to demonstrate probable cause to believe that
there may be a violation of this subchapter, or that there is a need to inspect and/or sample as part of a
routine inspection and sampling program designed to verify compliance with this subchapter or any order
issued hereunder, or to protect the overall public health, safety and welfare of the community, then the
authorized enforcement agency may seek issuance of a search warrant from any court of competent
jurisdiction.
(Ord. 2009-002, passed 2-24-2009)
§ 50.39 REQUIREMENT TO PREVENT, CONTROL, AND REDUCE STORM WATER
POLLUTANTS BY THE USE OF BEST MANAGEMENT PRACTICES.
(A) The city will adopt requirements identifying best management practices (BMPs) of any activity,
operation, or facility which may cause or contribute to pollution or contamination of storm water, the
storm drain system, or waters of the U.S.
(B) The owner or operator of a commercial or industrial establishment shall provide, at their own
expense, reasonable protection from accidental discharge of prohibited materials or other wastes into the
municipal storm drain system or watercourses through the use of these structural and
2010 S-2
Storm Water and Sanitary Sewers 8G
non-structural BMPs. Further, any person responsible for a property or premises, which is, or may be,
the source of an illicit discharge, may be required to implement, at the person’s expense, additional
structural and non-structural BMPs to prevent the further discharge of pollutants to the municipal
separate storm sewer system. Compliance with all terms and conditions of a valid NPDES permit
authorizing the discharge of storm water associated with industrial activity, to the extent practicable,
shall be deemed compliant with the provisions of this section. These BMPs shall be part of a storm
water pollution prevention plan (SWPP) as necessary for compliance with requirements of the NPDES
permit.
(Ord. 2009-002, passed 2-24-2009)
§ 50.40 WATERCOURSE PROTECTION.
Every person owning property through which a watercourse passes, or such person’s lessee, shall
keep and maintain that part of the watercourse within the property free of trash, debris, excessive
vegetation, and other obstacles that would pollute, contaminate, or significantly retard the flow of water
through the watercourse. In addition, the owner or lessee shall maintain existing privately owned
structures within or adjacent to a watercourse, so that such structures will not become a hazard to the use,
function, or physical integrity of the watercourse.
(Ord. 2009-002, passed 2-24-2009)
§ 50.41 NOTIFICATION OF SPILLS.
Notwithstanding other requirements of law, as soon as any person responsible for a facility or
operation, or responsible for emergency response for a facility or operation, has information of any
known or suspected release of materials which are resulting or may result in illegal discharges or
pollutants discharging into storm water, the storm drain system, or water of the U.S. that person shall take
all necessary steps to ensure the discovery, containment, and cleanup of such release. In the event of
such a release of hazardous materials the person shall immediately notify emergency response agencies
of the occurrence via emergency dispatch services. In the event of a release of non-hazardous materials,
the person shall notify the authorized enforcement agency in person or by phone or facsimile no later
than the next business day. Notifications in person or by phone shall be confirmed by written notice
addressed and mailed to the city within three business days of the phone notice. If the discharge of
prohibited materials emanates from a commercial or industrial establishment, the owner or operator of
such establishment shall also retain an on-site written record of the discharge and the actions taken to
prevent its recurrence. Such records shall be retained for at least three years.
(Ord. 2009-002, passed 2-24-2009)
§ 50.42 ENFORCEMENT.
(A) Notice of violation. Whenever the city finds that a person has violated a prohibition or
failed to meet a requirement of this subchapter, the authorized enforcement agency may order
compliance by written notice of violation to the responsible person. Such notice may require without
limitation:
2010 S-2
8H St. Anthony - Public Works
(1) The performance of monitoring, analysis, and reporting;
(2) The elimination of illicit connections or discharges;
(3) That violating discharges, practices, or operations shall cease and desist;
(4) The abatement or remediation of storm water pollution or contamination hazards and the
restoration of any affected property;
(5) Payment of a fine to cover administrative and remediation costs; and
(6) The implementation of source control or treatment BMPs.
(B) If abatement of a violation and/or restoration of affected property is required, the notice shall set
forth a deadline within which such remediation or restoration must be completed. The notice shall
further advise that, should the violator fail to remediate or restore within the established deadline, the
work will be done by a designated governmental agency or a contractor and the expense thereof shall be
charged to the violator.
(Ord. 2009-002, passed 2-24-2009)
§ 50.43 ENFORCEMENT MEASURES AFTER APPEAL.
If the violation had not been corrected pursuant to the requirements set forth in the notice of
violation, or, in the event of an appeal, within 15 days of the decision of the municipal authority
upholding the decision of the authorized enforcement agency, then representatives of the authorized
enforcement agency shall enter upon the subject private property and are authorized to take any and all
measures necessary to abate the violation and/or restore the property. It shall be unlawful for any
person, owner, agent or person in possession of any premises to refuse to allow the government agency or
designated contractor to enter upon the premises for the purposes set forth above.
(Ord. 2009-002, passed 2-24-2009) Penalty, see § 10.99
§ 50.44 COST OF ABATEMENT OF THE VIOLATION.
Within 30 days after abatement of the violation, the owner of the property will be notified of the cost
of abatement, including administrative costs. The property owner may file a written protest objecting to
the amount of the assessment within 15 days. If the amount due is not paid within a timely manner as
determined by the decision of the municipal authority, the charges shall become a special assessment
against the property and shall constitute a lien on the property for the amount of the assessment. Any
person violating any of the provisions of this article shall become liable to the city by reason of such
violation.
(Ord. 2009-002, passed 2-24-2009)
2010 S-2
Storm Water and Sanitary Sewers 8I
§ 50.45 INJUNCTIVE RELIEF.
It shall be unlawful for any person to violate any provision or fail to comply with any of the
requirements of this subchapter. If a person has violated and continues to violate the provisions of this
subchapter, the authorized enforcement agency may petition for a preliminary or permanent injunction
restraining the person from activities which would create further violations or compelling the person to
perform abatement or remediation of the violation.
(Ord. 2009-002, passed 2-24-2009)
§ 50.46 COMPENSATORY ACTION.
In lieu of enforcement proceedings, penalties, and remedies authorized by this subchapter, the
authorized enforcement agency may impose upon a violator alternative compensatory actions, such as
storm drain stenciling, attendance at compliance workshops, creek cleanup, and the like.
(Ord. 2009-002, passed 2-24-2009)
§ 50.47 VIOLATIONS DEEMED A PUBLIC NUISANCE.
In addition to the enforcement processes and penalties provided, any condition caused or
permitted to exist in violation of any of the provisions of this subchapter is a threat to public health,
safety, and welfare, and is declared and deemed a nuisance, and may be summarily abated or restored at
the violator’s expense, and/or a civil action to abate, enjoin, or otherwise compel the cessation of such
nuisance may be taken.
(Ord. 2009-002, passed 2-24-2009)
§ 50.48 CRIMINAL PROSECUTION.
Any person that has violated or continues to violate this subchapter shall be liable to criminal
prosecution to the fullest extent of the law, and shall be subject to a criminal penalty of $1,000 per
violation per day and/or imprisonment for a period of time not to exceed 90 days. The authorized
enforcement agency may recover all attorney’s fees, court costs, and other expenses associated with
enforcement of this subchapter, including sampling and monitoring expenses.
(Ord. 2009-002, passed 2-24-2009)
2010 S-2
8J St. Anthony - Public Works
CHAPTER 51: STORM WATER FACILITIES, CHARGES, AND FUND
Section
51.01 Establishment of Storm Water Facilities Fund
51.02 Findings and determinations
51.03 Rates and charges
51.04 Other land uses
51.05 Exemptions
51.06 Separate fund
51.07 Adjustment of charges
51.08 Public hearing and notice
51.09 Establishment of a tax lien
51.10 Recalculation of charges
§ 51.01 ESTABLISHMENT OF STORM WATER FACILITIES FUND.
Pursuant to M.S. § 444.075, as it may be amended from time to time, the city establishes a Storm
Water Facilities Fund and authorizes the imposition of just and equitable charges for the use and
availability of storm sewer facilities. For purposes of this chapter, all provisions of M.S. § 444.075, as it
may be amended from time to time, relating to storm water facilities are incorporated by reference and
are made a part of this chapter.
(1993 Code, § 405.01)
§ 51.02 FINDINGS AND DETERMINATIONS.
(A) In the exercise of its governmental authority and in order to promote the public health, safety,
convenience, and general welfare, the city has constructed, operated, and maintained a storm sewer
system, including mains, holding areas, and ponds, and other appurtenances and related facilities (the
“facilities”). This chapter is adopted in the further exercise of the authority in the future, for the same
purposes, and for purposes of financing the cost of building, constructing, reconstructing, repairing,
operating, maintaining, enlarging, improving, or in any other manner obtaining, the facilities or any
portion of them (the “facilities costs”).
9
10 St. Anthony - Public Works
(B) The facilities have heretofore been financed and paid for through the imposition of special
assessments and ad valorem taxes. It is now necessary and desirable to provide an alternative method of
recovering some or all of the future facilities costs through the imposition of charges as provided in this
chapter.
(C) In imposing charges for the facilities (“facilities charges”), it is necessary to establish a
procedure designed to make the charges just and equitable. Taking into account the status of completion
of the facilities, past methods of recovering facilities costs, the topography of the city, and other relevant
factors, it is determined that it would be just and equitable to assign responsibility for some or all of the
future facilities costs on the basis of the expected storm water runoff from the various parcels of land
within the city during a standard rainfall event. For purposes of this chapter, a standard rainfall event is
defined as a 10-year rainfall of 24-hour duration, assuming Hydrologic Soil Group §B§ soils according
to methods in the Hydrology Guide for Minnesota, published by the Soil Conservation Service.
(D) The City Council finds that assigning costs and making facilities charges based upon expected
typical storm water runoff cannot be done with mathematical precision but can only be accomplished
within reasonable and practical limits. The provisions of this chapter undertake to establish a
reasonable and practical method for imposing the charges.
(1993 Code, § 405.02)
§ 51.03 RATES AND CHARGES.
(A) Rates and charges for the use and availability of the facilities will be determined by the use of a
Residential Equivalent Factor (“REF”). For purposes of this chapter, 1 REF is defined as the ratio of
runoff volume (in inches) for a particular land use, to the runoff volume (in inches) for a typical
single-family residential lot.
(B) The City Council hereby adopts the charges set forth in § 33.090 for the use and availability of
the facilities. The charges to be made against each parcel of land in the city will be determined by
multiplying the REF for the parcel, based on actual land use, times the parcel’s acreage, times the
facilities charge per acre, except that all R-1, R-1A, and R-2 residential parcels will be presumed to be
1/3 acre per dwelling unit on the presumption that most such parcels in the city are approximately that
size and in order to avoid computation of the actual area of every such parcel in the city.
(1993 Code, § 405.03)
§ 51.04 OTHER LAND USES.
Other land uses not listed in the table in § 33.090 will be classified by the Public Works Director by
assigning them to classes most nearly like the listed uses from the standpoint of runoff volume for the
standard rainfall event. An appeal from the Public Works Director’s determination of the property
classification may be made to the City Council.
(1993 Code, § 405.04)
Storm Water Facilities, Charges, and Fund 11
§ 51.05 EXEMPTIONS.
The following land uses are exempt from facilities charges:
(A) City, county, and state road and highway rights-of-way;
(B) Lakes and ponds; and
(C) City-owned property.
(1993 Code, § 405.05)
§ 51.06 SEPARATE FUND.
All facilities charges, when collected, and all moneys received from the sale of any facilities or
equipment or any byproducts, will be placed in a separate fund, and used first to pay the normal,
reasonable, and current costs of operating and maintaining the facilities. The net revenues received in
excess of the costs may be pledged by resolutions of the City Council, or may be used though not so
pledged, for the payment of principal and interest on obligations issued as provided in M.S. § 444.075,
Subd. 2, as it may be amended from time to time, or to pay the portion of the principal and interest as may
be directed in the resolutions.
(1993 Code, § 405.06)
§ 51.07 ADJUSTMENT OF CHARGES.
The City Council may by ordinance adopt policies providing for the adjustment of facilities
charges for parcels or groups of parcels, based upon land use data supplied by affected property owners,
which data demonstrates a runoff volume for the standard rainfall event substantially different from the
REF being used for the parcel or parcels. The adjustment will be made only upon recommendation of
the Public Works Director and will not be made effective retroactively.
(1993 Code, § 405.07)
§ 51.08 PUBLIC HEARING AND NOTICE.
The city will hold a hearing prior to determining whether to build, construct, enlarge, or improve
facilities financed in whole or in part by the imposition of facility charges. Notice of the hearing will be
published in the official city newspaper at least 10 days prior to the date of hearing. Owners of all
property adjoining a proposed improvement will be mailed or served with a notice at least 10 days in
advance of the hearing. Failure to give mailed notice or any defects in the notice will not invalidate the
proceedings.
(1993 Code, § 405.08)
12 St. Anthony - Public Works
§ 51.09 ESTABLISHMENT OF A TAX LIEN.
Any facilities charges in excess of 90 days past due on October 1 of any year may be certified to the
County Auditor for collection with real estate taxes in the following year pursuant to M.S. § 444.075,
Subd. 3, as it may be amended from time to time. In addition, the city may bring a civil action or
exercise other legal remedies to collect unpaid facilities charges.
(1993 Code, § 405.09)
§ 51.10 RECALCULATION OF CHARGES.
If a property owner or other person responsible for paying facilities charges questions the
correctness of the charges, the person may have the determination of the facilities charges recomputed by
written request to the Public Works Director. The request must be made within 30 days of the mailing
of the billing in question.
(1993 Code, § 405.10)
2. FiberLAN Connections
3301 Silver Lake Road, St. Anthony, Minnesota 55418‐1699 www.savmn.com (612) 782‐3301 Fax (612) 782‐3302
Our mission is to be a progressive and livable community, a walkable village which is sustainable, safe and secure.
MEMO
TO: Mayor & City Council
FROM: Mark Casey, City Manager
DATE: January 30, 2018
RE: FiberLAN Expansion
Below are the bullet points describing the benefits of connecting the Harding Ave. & Foss Road Lift
Stations and Well #5 to the city’s local area fiber network:
• The Harding Ave Lift Station, Foss Rd Lift Station and Well #5 are currently operating using a
traditional telephone connection, which offers a very limited functionality, such as an autodial alarm
paging system. The current system simply alerts City Staff that an issue is occurring and to respond to
the site. Once at the site, staff must then determine the issue and cause of the alarm. Connection to the
City’s fiber network will allow for full integration of these facilities to the City’s SCADA (supervisory
control and data acquisition) network allowing City Staff to monitor and control the facility’s equipment
from a remote location. Costly after‐hours alarm call‐outs can often be avoided since the system will
indicate the nature and degree of a problem.
• The increased connectivity also allows staff to collect and store information for reporting,
troubleshooting, maintenance indications, resulting in reduced operating costs and improved system
performance and reliability.
• Connection to the fiber optic network will increase bandwidth, reliability, resiliency and security.
Unlike wireless connections, the fiber network is not subject to interference from radio or
electromagnetic interference making it far more reliable and secure.
Attachments: FiberLAN Map
Site Figures
Quote Summary
CIP – Utilities Infrastructure
!(
!(
!(
!(
!(
!(
!(
!(
!(
!(
!(
Public Works
Fire Station
Well #4
Water Treatment Plant
City Hall
Harding LiftStation
Foss Lift StationLiquor Store
Well #5
Liquor Store
Well #3
COUNTY ROAD D W
NEWBRIGHTONBLVDCOUNTY ROAD C W
37TH AVE NE
LOWRY AVE NE
45TH AVE NE
SILVER LNKENZIE TERSTINSON BLVDS
AINT
A
N
T
H
O
N
Y
B
L
V
D
29TH AVE NESILVER LAKE RD²
St. Anthony Village Fiber Optic Network
1 inch = 1,000 feet Document Path: K:\01626-770\GIS\Maps\FiberMap-Installed.mxd Date: 1/19/2018Fiber Installed
Propsoed Fiber
Conduit In-Place
0 1,000500Feet
Harding Lift Station Proposed Fiber
Legend
Fiber Points
Building
Handhole
Splice Vault
Fiber Lines
July 19, 2017
Map Powered by DataLink from WSB & Associates
1 in = 200 ft
±
Foss Road Lift Station Proposed Fiber
Legend
Fiber Points
Building
Handhole
Splice Vault
Fiber Lines
July 19, 2017
Map Powered by DataLink from WSB & Associates
1 in = 100 ft
±
Well #5 Proposed Fiber
Legend
Fiber Points
Building
Handhole
Splice Vault
Fiber Lines
July 19, 2017
Map Powered by DataLink from WSB & Associates
1 in = 200 ft
±
Project Area Cost
Foss Road Lift Station $11,687.00
Harding Lift Station $12,985.00
Well No. 5 $36,933.00
TOTAL $61,605.00
ST. ANTHONY VILLAGE, MN
2018 FIBER OPTIC EXTENSION COSTS
UTILITES INFRASTRUCTURE
PLANT, PRODUCTION,STORAGE, WASTE AND FIBER SYSTEM
00 0
DEPT PURPOSE DESCRIPTION 2018 2019 2020
Plant Facilities
AOP Plant
Plant Construction (1)25,000 ‐ ‐
Plant SCADA system (2) ‐ ‐ ‐
GAC / Iron plants (moved from Buildings CIP in 2017)‐ ‐ ‐
Metal Door Frame & Replacement ‐ ‐ ‐
Security upgrades ‐Cameras ‐ ‐ ‐
Security upgrades ‐ Entrance controls / Fiber ‐ ‐ ‐
Reznor Heating Units ‐ 18,900 ‐
Dehumidifier ‐ ‐ ‐
Domestic Water Heaters ‐ ‐ ‐
Dehumidifier ‐ ‐ ‐
Boiler ‐ ‐ ‐
Relamp & Reballast ‐ ‐ ‐
Flow meters‐ GAC & Iron ‐ ‐ ‐
Chorine booster pump ‐GAC ‐ ‐ ‐
GAC Roof 2016 / Iron plant roof 2026 ‐ ‐ ‐
Production
Carbon Media (now funded directly by water rates) ‐ ‐ ‐
High Service Pump Upgrades and Piping (1,2, 3 & 4) ‐ ‐ ‐
Cla Valve Replacement (Replacement by 2040) ‐ ‐ ‐
Well No. 3 Well casing ‐ ‐ ‐
Well No. 3 Pump restoration ‐ ‐ ‐
Well No. 4 Pump restoration ‐ ‐ ‐
Well No. 5 Pump restoration 75,000 ‐ ‐
Retro fit Well No. 5 for mobile Generator 7,500 ‐ ‐
Add permanent generator Well No. 4 ‐ ‐ ‐
Storage
Ground Storage and Tower Cleaning & Inspection ‐ ‐ ‐
Tower Painting (last painted in 2000) ‐ ‐ ‐
Distribution System
Watermains (Included in streets reconstruction) ‐ ‐ ‐
Meter reading software upgrade ‐ ‐ ‐
Mandates
Wellhead Protection Plan Documentation (MDHS) ‐ ‐ 25,000
Update Water System Plan ‐ ‐ ‐
Wellhead Protection Plan Components: ‐ ‐ ‐
Education/Public Awareness 1,000 1,000 1,000
Update Inventory of Potential Contamination Sources 1,000 1,000 1,000
Annual Well Sampling 500 500 500
185,000 21,400 27,500
Lift Stations
Lift Stations ‐ SCADA system 40,000 ‐ ‐
Foss Road Lift Station Pump Replacement/re‐hab ‐ 15,000 ‐
Harding Lift Station Pump Replacement/re‐hab ‐ ‐ ‐
Collection System
Collection System (Included in streets reconstruction) ‐ ‐ ‐
40,000 15,000 ‐
Backbone
Fiber to well houses and lift stations 100,000 ‐ ‐
Network switch City Hall ‐ ‐ ‐
100,000 ‐ ‐
TOTAL PUBLIC UTILITES INFRASTRUTURE PLAN 325,000$ 36,400$ 27,500$
WATER UTILITY
SEWER UTILITY
FIBER LAN UTILITY